Energy Conservation Program: Energy Conservation Standards for Circulator Pumps, 44464-44537 [2024-07873]
Download as PDF
44464
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY
10 CFR Part 431
[EERE–2016–BT–STD–0004]
RIN 1904–AD61
Energy Conservation Program: Energy
Conservation Standards for Circulator
Pumps
Office of Energy Efficiency and
Renewable Energy, Department of
Energy.
ACTION: Final rule.
AGENCY:
The Energy Policy and
Conservation Act, as amended
(‘‘EPCA’’), prescribes energy
conservation standards for various
consumer products and certain
commercial and industrial equipment,
including circulator pumps. EPCA also
requires the U.S. Department of Energy
(‘‘DOE’’) to periodically determine
whether more-stringent, standards
would be technologically feasible and
economically justified, and would result
in significant energy savings. In this
final rule, DOE is adopting new energy
conservation standards for circulator
pumps. It has determined that the
energy conservation standards for this
equipment would result in significant
conservation of energy, and are
technologically feasible and
economically justified.
DATES: The effective date of this rule is
August 5, 2024. Compliance with the
standards established for circulator
pumps in this final rule is required on
and after May 22, 2028.
ADDRESSES: The docket for this
rulemaking, which includes Federal
Register notices, public meeting
attendee lists and transcripts,
comments, and other supporting
documents/materials, is available for
review at www.regulations.gov. All
documents in the docket are listed in
the www.regulations.gov index.
However, not all documents listed in
the index may be publicly available,
such as information that is exempt from
public disclosure.
The docket web page can be found at
www.regulations.gov/docket/EERE2016-BT-STD-0004. The docket web
page contains instructions on how to
access all documents, including public
comments, in the docket.
For further information on how to
review the docket, contact the
Appliance and Equipment Standards
Program staff at (202) 287–1445 or by
email: ApplianceStandardsQuestions@
ee.doe.gov.
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
SUMMARY:
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
Mr. Jeremy Dommu, U.S. Department
of Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency
and Renewable Energy, Building
Technologies Office, EE–5B, 1000
Independence Avenue SW, Washington,
DC 20585–0121. Telephone: (202) 586–
9870. Email: ApplianceStandards
Questions@ee.doe.gov.
Mr. Uchechukwu ‘‘Emeka’’ Eze, U.S.
Department of Energy, Office of the
General Counsel, GC–33, 1000
Independence Avenue SW, Washington,
DC 20585–0121. Telephone: (240) 961–
8879. Email: uchechukwu.eze@
hq.doe.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Table of Contents
I. Synopsis of the Final Rule
A. Benefits and Costs to Consumers
B. Impact on Manufacturers
C. National Benefits and Costs
D. Conclusion
II. Introduction
A. Authority
B. Background
III. General Discussion
A. November 2016 CPWG
Recommendations
1. Energy Conservation Standard Level
2. Labeling Requirements
3. Certification Reports
B. General Comments
C. Equipment Classes and Scope of
Coverage
1. CPWG Recommendations
a. Scope
b. Definitions
c. Equipment Classes
d. Small Vertical In-Line Pumps
D. Test Procedure
1. Control Mode
E. Technological Feasibility
1. General
2. Maximum Technologically Feasible
Levels
F. Energy Savings
1. Determination of Savings
2. Significance of Savings
G. Economic Justification
1. Specific Criteria
a. Economic Impact on Manufacturers and
Consumers
b. Savings in Operating Costs Compared To
Increase in Price (LCC and PBP)
c. Energy Savings
d. Lessening of Utility or Performance of
Equipment
e. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition
f. Need for National Energy Conservation
g. Other Factors
2. Rebuttable Presumption
H. Compliance Date
IV. Methodology and Discussion of Related
Comments
A. Market and Technology Assessment
1. Scope of Coverage and Equipment
Classes
a. Scope
b. Equipment Classes
2. Technology Options
a. Hydraulic Design
b. More Efficient Motors
c. Speed Reduction
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
B. Screening Analysis
1. Screened-Out Technologies
2. Remaining Technologies
C. Engineering Analysis
1. Representative Equipment
a. Circulator Pump Varieties
2. Efficiency Analysis
a. Baseline Efficiency
b. Higher Efficiency Levels
c. EL Analysis
3. Cost Analysis
4. Cost-Efficiency Results
5. Manufacturer Markup and Manufacturer
Selling Price
D. Markups Analysis
E. Energy Use Analysis
1. Circulator Pump Applications
2. Consumer Samples
3. Operating Hours
4. Load Profiles
F. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period
Analysis
1. Equipment Cost
2. Installation Cost
3. Annual Energy Consumption
4. Energy Prices
5. Maintenance and Repair Costs
6. Equipment Lifetime
7. Discount Rates
a. Residential
b. Commercial
8. Energy Efficiency Distribution in the NoNew-Standards Case
9. Payback Period Analysis
G. Shipments Analysis
1. No-New-Standards Case Shipments
Projections
2. Standards-Case Shipment Projections
H. National Impact Analysis
1. Equipment Efficiency Trends
2. National Energy Savings
3. Net Present Value Analysis
I. Consumer Subgroup Analysis
J. Manufacturer Impact Analysis
1. Overview
2. Government Regulatory Impact Model
and Key Inputs
a. Manufacturer Production Costs
b. Shipments Projections
c. Product and Capital Conversion Costs
d. Manufacturer Markup Scenarios
K. Emissions Analysis
1. Air Quality Regulations Incorporated in
DOE’s Analysis
L. Monetizing Emissions Impacts
1. Monetization of Greenhouse Gas
Emissions
a. Social Cost of Carbon
b. Social Cost of Methane and Nitrous
Oxide
2. Monetization of Other Emissions
Impacts
M. Utility Impact Analysis
N. Employment Impact Analysis
V. Analytical Results and Conclusions
A. Trial Standard Levels
B. Economic Justification and Energy
Savings
1. Economic Impacts on Individual
Consumers
a. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period
b. Consumer Subgroup Analysis
c. Rebuttable Presumption Payback
2. Economic Impacts on Manufacturers
a. Industry Cash Flow Analysis Results
b. Direct Impacts on Employment
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
c. Impacts on Manufacturing Capacity
d. Impacts on Subgroups of Manufacturers
e. Cumulative Regulatory Burden
3. National Impact Analysis
a. Significance of Energy Savings
b. Net Present Value of Consumer Costs
and Benefits
c. Indirect Impacts on Employment
4. Impact on Utility or Performance of
Equipment
5. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition
6. Need of the Nation To Conserve Energy
7. Other Factors
8. Summary of Economic Impacts
C. Conclusion
1. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs
Considered for Circulator Pump
Standards
2. Annualized Benefits and Costs of the
Adopted Standards
VI. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review
A. Review Under Executive Orders 12866,
13563, and 14094
B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility
Act
1. Need for, and Objectives of, Rule
2. Significant Issues Raised by Public
Comments in Response to the IRFA
3. Description and Estimated Number of
Small Entities Affected
4. Description of Reporting,
Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance
Requirements
5. Significant Alternatives Considered and
Steps Taken To Minimize Significant
Economic Impacts on Small Entities
C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction
Act
D. Review Under the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969
E. Review Under Executive Order 13132
F. Review Under Executive Order 12988
G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates
Reform Act of 1995
H. Review Under the Treasury and General
Government Appropriations Act, 1999
I. Review Under Executive Order 12630
J. Review Under the Treasury and General
Government Appropriations Act, 2001
K. Review Under Executive Order 13211
L. Information Quality
M. Congressional Notification
VII. Approval of the Office of the Secretary
I. Synopsis of the Final Rule
The Energy Policy and Conservation
Act, Public Law 94–163, as amended
(‘‘EPCA’’),1 authorizes DOE to regulate
the energy efficiency of a number of
consumer products and certain
industrial equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6291–
6317) Title III, Part C of the Energy
Policy and Conservation Act, as
amended (EPCA), established the
Energy Conservation Program for
Certain Industrial Equipment. (42 U.S.C.
6311–6317) Such equipment includes
pumps. Circulator pumps, which are the
subject of this rulemaking, are a
category of pumps.
Pursuant to EPCA, any new energy
conservation standard must be designed
to achieve the maximum improvement
in energy efficiency that DOE
determines is technologically feasible
and economically justified. (42 U.S.C.
6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A))
44465
Furthermore, the new standard must
result in significant conservation of
energy. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B)) EPCA
also provides that not later than 6 years
after issuance of any final rule
establishing or amending a standard,
DOE must publish either a notice of
determination that standards for the
equipment do not need to be amended,
or a notice of proposed rulemaking
including new proposed energy
conservation standards (proceeding to a
final rule, as appropriate). (42 U.S.C.
6295(m))
In accordance with these and other
statutory provisions discussed in this
document, DOE analyzed the benefits
and burdens of four trial standard levels
(‘‘TSLs’’) for circulator pumps. The
TSLs and their associated benefits and
burdens are discussed in detail in
sections V.A through V.C of this
document. As discussed in section V.C
of this document, DOE has determined
that TSL 2 represents the maximum
improvement in energy efficiency that is
technologically feasible and
economically justified. The adopted
standards, which are expressed in in
terms of a maximum circulator energy
index (‘‘CEI’’), are shown in Table I.1.
These standards apply to all equipment
listed in Table I.1 and manufactured in,
or imported into, the United States
starting on May 22, 2028.
Table 1.1 Energy Conservation Standards for Circulator Pumps (Compliance
Startin Ma 22, 2028
Maximum CEI
1.00
As stated in section III.D.1 of this
document, the established standards
apply to circulator pumps when
operated using the least consumptive
control variety with which they are
equipped.
CEI is defined as shown in equation
(1), and consistent 2 with section
41.5.3.2 of HI 41.5–2022, ‘‘Hydraulic
Institute Program Guideline for
Circulator Pump Energy Rating
Program.’’ 3 87 FR 57264.
[ CER]
CE/= CERsrv
1 All references to EPCA in this document refer
to the statute as amended through the Energy Act
of 2020, Public Law 116–260 (Dec. 27, 2020), which
reflect the last statutory amendments that impact
Parts A and A–1 of EPCA.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
conservation standards with the same
hydraulic horsepower as the tested
pump.
The value of CER varies according to
the circulator pump control variety of
2 HI 41.5–2022 uses the term CER
REF for the
analogous concept. In the September 2022 TP Final
Rule, DOE discussed this decision to instead use
CERSTD in the context of Federal energy
conservation standards.
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the tested pump, but in all cases is a
function of measured pump input
power when operated under certain
conditions, as described in the
3 HI 41.5–2022 provides additional instructions
for testing circulator pumps to determine an Energy
Rating value for different circulator pump control
varieties.
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.001
Where:
CEI = the circulator energy index
(dimensionless);
CER = circulator energy rating (hp); and
CERSTD = for a circulator pump that is
minimally compliant with DOE’s energy
ER20MY24.000
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
(1)
44466
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
September 2022 TP Final Rule. 87 FR
57264.
Relatedly, CERSTD represents CER for
a circulator pump that is minimally
compliant with DOE’s energy
conservation standards with the same
hydraulic horsepower as the tested
pump, as determined in accordance
with the specifications at paragraph (i)
of 10 CFR 431.465. 87 FR 57264.
A. Benefits and Costs to Consumers
Table I.2 summarizes DOE’s
evaluation of the economic impacts of
the adopted standards on consumers of
circulator pumps, as measured by the
average life-cycle cost (‘‘LCC’’) savings
and the simple payback period
(‘‘PBP’’).4 The average LCC savings are
positive for all equipment classes, and
the PBP is less than the average lifetime
of circulator pumps, which is estimated
to be 10.5 years (see section IV.F.6 of
this document).
Table 1.2 Impacts of Adopted Energy Conservation Standards on Consumers of
Circulator Pumps
(All Circulator Pumps)
DOE’s analyses indicate that the
adopted energy conservation standards
for circulator pumps would save a
significant amount of energy. Relative to
the case without new standards, the
lifetime energy savings for circulator
pumps purchased in the 30-year period
that begins in the anticipated year of
compliance with the new standards
(2028–2057), amount to 0.55 quadrillion
British thermal units (‘‘Btu’’), or quads.6
This represents a savings of 32.6 percent
relative to the energy use of these
equipment in the case without new
standards (referred to as the ‘‘no-newstandards case’’).
The cumulative net present value
(‘‘NPV’’) of total consumer benefits of
the standards for circulator pumps
ranges from 0.95 billion in 2022$ (at a
7-percent discount rate) to 2.34 billion
in 2022$ (at a 3-percent discount rate).
This NPV expresses the estimated total
value of future operating-cost savings
minus the estimated increased
equipment and installation costs for
circulator pumps purchased in 2028–
2057.
In addition, the adopted standards for
circulator pumps are projected to yield
significant environmental benefits. DOE
estimates that the standards will result
in cumulative emission reductions (over
the same period as for energy savings)
of 10.04 million metric tons (‘‘Mt’’) 7 of
carbon dioxide (‘‘CO2’’), 2.95 thousand
tons of sulfur dioxide (‘‘SO2’’), 18.65
thousand tons of nitrogen oxides
(‘‘NOX’’), 83.84 thousand tons of
methane (‘‘CH4’’), 0.10 thousand tons of
nitrous oxide (‘‘N2O’’), and 0.02 tons of
mercury (‘‘Hg’’).8
DOE estimates the value of climate
benefits from a reduction in greenhouse
gases (‘‘GHG’’) using four different
estimates of the social cost of CO2 (‘‘SC–
CO2’’), the social cost of methane (‘‘SC–
CH4’’), and the social cost of nitrous
oxide (‘‘SC–N2O’’). Together these
represent the social cost of GHG (‘‘SC–
GHG’’). DOE used interim SC–GHG
values (in terms of benefit per ton of
GHG avoided) developed by an
Interagency Working Group on the
Social Cost of Greenhouse Gases
(‘‘IWG’’).9 The derivation of these values
is discussed in section IV.L of this
document. For presentational purposes,
the climate benefits associated with the
average SC–GHG at a 3-percent discount
rate are estimated to be $0.59 billion.
DOE does not have a single central SC–
GHG point estimate and it emphasizes
the importance and value of considering
the benefits calculated using all four
sets of SC–GHG estimates. DOE notes,
however, that the adopted standards
would be economically justified even
without inclusion of monetized benefits
of reduced GHG emissions.
DOE estimated the monetary health
benefits of SO2 and NOX emissions
reductions, using benefit per ton
estimates from the Environmental
4 The average LCC savings refer to consumers that
are affected by a standard and are measured relative
to the efficiency distribution in the no-newstandards case, which depicts the market in the
compliance year in the absence of new standards
(see section IV.F.9 of this document). The simple
PBP, which is designed to compare specific
efficiency levels, is measured relative to the
baseline product (see section IV.C of this
document).
5 All monetary values in this document are
expressed in 2022 dollars. and, where appropriate,
are discounted to 2024 unless explicitly stated
otherwise.
6 The quantity refers to full-fuel-cycle (FFC)
energy savings. FFC energy savings includes the
energy consumed in extracting, processing, and
transporting primary fuels (i.e., coal, natural gas,
petroleum fuels), and, thus, presents a more
complete picture of the impacts of energy efficiency
standards. For more information on the FFC metric,
see section IV.H.2 of this document.
7 A metric ton is equivalent to 1.1 short tons.
Results for emissions other than CO2 are presented
in short tons.
8 DOE calculated emissions reductions relative to
the no-new-standards-case, which reflects key
assumptions in the Annual Energy Outlook 2023
(‘‘AEO2023’’). AEO2023 reflects, to the extent
possible, laws and regulations adopted through
mid-November 2022, including the Inflation
Reduction Act. See section IV.K of this document
for further discussion of AEO2023 assumptions that
affect air pollutant emissions.
9 To monetize the benefits of reducing GHG
emissions this analysis uses the interim estimates
presented in the Technical Support Document:
Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide
Interim Estimates Under Executive Order 13990
published in February 2021 by the IWG. (‘‘February
2021 SC–GHG TSD’’). www.whitehouse.gov/wpcontent/uploads/2021/02/
TechnicalSupportDocument_SocialCostofCarbon
MethaneNitrousOxide.pdf.
DOE’s analysis of the impacts of the
adopted standards on consumers is
described in section IV.F of this
document.
B. Impact on Manufacturers
The industry net present value
(‘‘INPV’’) is the sum of the discounted
cash flows to the industry from the base
year through the end of the analysis
period (2024–2057). Using a real
discount rate of 9.6 percent, DOE
estimates that the INPV for
manufacturers of circulator pumps in
the case without new standards is
$347.1 million in 2022$. Under the
adopted standards, DOE estimates the
change in INPV to range from ¥19.9
percent to 3.2 percent, which is
approximately ¥$69.2 million to $11.1
million. In order to bring equipment
into compliance with new standards, it
is estimated that industry will incur
total conversion costs of $81.2 million.
DOE’s analysis of the impacts of the
adopted standards on manufacturers is
described in sections IV.J and V.B.2 of
this document.
C. National Benefits and Costs 5
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
Simple Payback Period
vears
3.3
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.002
Average LCC Savings
2022$
110.9
Equipment Class
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
Protection Agency,10 as discussed in
section IV.L of this document. DOE
estimated the present value of the health
benefits would be $0.51 billion using a
7-percent discount rate, and $1.16
billion using a 3-percent discount rate.11
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
10 U.S. EPA. Estimating the Benefit per Ton of
Reducing Directly Emitted PM2.5, PM2.5 Precursors
and Ozone Precursors from 21 Sectors. Available at
www.epa.gov/benmap/estimating-benefit-tonreducing-pm25-precursors-21-sectors.
11 DOE estimates the economic value of these
emissions reductions resulting from the considered
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
DOE is currently only monetizing health
benefits from changes in ambient fine
particulate matter (PM2.5)
concentrations from two precursors
(SO2 and NOX), and from changes in
ambient ozone from one precursor (for
NOX), but will continue to assess the
ability to monetize other effects such as
health benefits from reductions in direct
PM2.5 emissions.
TSLs for the purpose of complying with the
requirements of Executive Order 12866.
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44467
Table I.3 summarizes the monetized
benefits and costs expected to result
from the new standards for circulator
pumps. There are other important
unquantified effects, including certain
unquantified climate benefits,
unquantified public health benefits from
the reduction of toxic air pollutants and
other emissions, unquantified energy
security benefits, and distributional
effects, among others.
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
44468
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
Table 1.3 Summary of Monetized Benefits and Costs of Adopted Energy
Conservation Standards (TSL 2) for Circulator Pumps Shipped in 2028-2057
Billion $2022
3% Discount Rate
Consumer Operating Cost Savings
4.30
Climate Benefits*
0.59
Health Benefits**
1.16
Total Benefitst
6.05
Consumer Incremental Equipment Costst
1.96
Net Benefits
4.09
Change in Producer Cashflow (INPV)ii
(0.07)- 0.01
7% Discount Rate
Consumer Operating Cost Savings
2.10
Climate Benefits* (3% discount rate)
0.59
Health Benefits**
0.51
Total Benefitst
3.20
Consumer Incremental Equipment Costst
1.15
Net Benefits
2.05
(0.07)- 0.01
Note: This table presents the costs and benefits associated with equipment name shipped in 2028-2057.
These results include consumer, climate, and health benefits that accrue after 2028 from the equipment
shipped in 2028-2057.
* Climate benefits are calculated using four different estimates of the social cost of carbon (SC-CO2),
methane (SC-CH4), and nitrous oxide (SC-N2O) (model average at 2.5-percent, 3-percent, and 5-percent
discount rates; 95th percentile at 3-percent discount rate) (see section IV.L of this document). Together
these represent the global SC-GHG. For presentational purposes of this table, the climate benefits
associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate are shown; however, DOE emphasizes
the importance and value of considering the benefits calculated using all four sets of SC-GHG estimates.
To monetize the benefits ofreducing GHG emissions, this analysis uses the interim estimates presented in
the Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates
Under Executive Order 13990 published in February 2021 by the IWG.
** Health benefits are calculated using benefit-per-ton values for NOx and SO 2. DOE is currently only
monetizing (for SO2 and NOx) PM2.s precursor health benefits and (for NOx) ozone precursor health
benefits, but will continue to assess the ability to monetize other effects such as health benefits from
reductions in direct PM2.s emissions. See section IV.L of this document for more details.
t Total and net benefits include those consumer, climate, and health benefits that can be quantified and
monetized. For presentation purposes, total and net benefits for both the 3-percent and 7-percent cases are
presented using the average SC-GHG with 3-percent discount rate.
t Costs include incremental equipment costs as well as installation costs.
H Operating Cost Savings are calculated based on the life cycle costs analysis and national impact analysis
as discussed in detail below. See sections IV.F and IV.Hof this document. DOE's NIA includes all
impacts (both costs and benefits) along the distribution chain beginning with the increased costs to the
manufacturer to manufacture the equipment and ending with the increase in price experienced by the
consumer. DOE also separately conducts a detailed analysis on the impacts on manufacturers (i.e.,
manufacturer impact analysis or MIA). See section IV.J of this document. In the detailed MIA, DOE
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.003
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
Change in Producer Cashflow (INPV)U
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
44469
The benefits and costs of the proposed
standards can also be expressed in terms
of annualized values. The monetary
values for the total annualized net
benefits are (1) the reduced consumer
operating costs, minus (2) the increase
in equipment purchase prices and
installation costs, plus (3) the value of
climate and health benefits of emission
reductions, all annualized.12
The national operating cost savings
are domestic private U.S. consumer
monetary savings that occur as a result
of purchasing the covered equipment
and are measured for the lifetime of
circulator pumps shipped in 2028–2057.
The benefits associated with reduced
emissions achieved as a result of the
adopted standards are also calculated
based on the lifetime of circulator
pumps shipped in 2028–2057. Total
benefits for both the 3-percent and 7percent cases are presented using the
average GHG social costs with 3-percent
discount rate. Estimates of SC–GHG
values are presented for all four
discount rates in section V.B.6 of this
document.
Table I.4 presents the total estimated
monetized benefits and costs associated
with the proposed standard, expressed
in terms of annualized values. The
results under the primary estimate are
as follows.
Using a 7-percent discount rate for
consumer benefits and costs and health
benefits from reduced NOX and SO2
emissions, and the 3-percent discount
rate case for climate benefits from
reduced GHG emissions,13 the estimated
cost of the standards adopted in this
rule is $113.9 million per year in
increased equipment costs, while the
estimated annual benefits are $207.5
million in reduced equipment operating
costs, $32.7 million in climate benefits,
and $50.7 million in health benefits. In
this case, the net benefit would amount
to $177.0 million per year.
Using a 3-percent discount rate for all
benefits and costs, the estimated cost of
the standards is $109.4 million per year
in increased equipment costs, while the
estimated annual benefits are $239.7
million in reduced operating costs,
$32.7 million in climate benefits, and
$64.7 million in health benefits. In this
case, the net benefit would amount to
$227.7 million per year.
12 To convert the time-series of costs and benefits
into annualized values, DOE calculated a present
value in 2024, the year used for discounting the
NPV of total consumer costs and savings. For the
benefits, DOE calculated a present value associated
with each year’s shipments in the year in which the
shipments occur (e.g., 2020 or 2030), and then
discounted the present value from each year to
2024. Using the present value, DOE then calculated
the fixed annual payment over a 30-year period,
starting in the compliance year, that yields the same
present value.
13 As discussed in section IV.L.1 of this
document, DOE agrees with the IWG that using
consumption-based discount rates (e.g., 3 percent)
is appropriate when discounting the value of
climate impacts. Combining climate effects
discounted at an appropriate consumption-based
discount rate with other costs and benefits
discounted at a capital-based rate (i.e., 7 percent) is
reasonable because of the different nature of the
types of benefits being measured.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.004
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
models manufacturers' pricing decisions based on assumptions regarding investments, conversion costs,
cashflow, and margins. The MIA produces a range of impacts, which is the rule's expected impact on the
INPV. The change in INPV is the present value of all changes in industry cash flow, including changes in
production costs, capital expenditures, and manufacturer profit margins. Change in INPV is calculated
using the industry weighted average cost of capital value of9.6 percent that is estimated in the MIA (see
chapter 12 of the final rule TSD for a complete description of the industry weighted average cost of
capital). For circulator pumps, those change in INPV ranges from -$69 million to $11 million. DOE
accounts for that range of likely impacts in analyzing whether a trial standard level is economically
justified. See section V.C of this document. DOE is presenting the range of impacts to the INPV under two
markup scenarios: the Preservation of Gross Margin scenario, which is the manufacturer markup scenario
used in the calculation of Consumer Operating Cost Savings in this table, and the Preservation of Operating
Profit scenario, where DOE assumed manufacturers would not be able to increase per-unit operating profit
in proportion to increases in manufacturer production costs. DOE includes the range of estimated INPV in
the above table, drawing on the MIA explained further in section IV.J of this document to provide
additional context for assessing the estimated impacts of this final rule to society, including potential
changes in production and consumption, which is consistent with OMB's Circular A-4 and E.O. 12866. If
DOE were to include the INPV into the net benefit calculation for this final rule, the net benefits would
range from $4.02 billion to $4.10 billion at 3-percent discount rate and would range from $1.98 billion to
$2.06 billion at 7-percent discount rate.
44470
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
Table 1.4 Annualized Monetized Benefits and Costs of Adopted Standards for
Circulator Pumps (TSL 2) Shipped in 2028-2057
Million 2022$/year
Primary Estimate
Low-Net-Benefits
Estimate
High-Net-Benefits
Estimate
3% Discount Rate
Consumer Operating Cost Savings
239.7
228.2
249.6
Climate Benefits*
32.7
32
33
Health Benefits**
64.7
63.4
65.4
Total Benefitst
337.1
323.6
348.1
Consumer Incremental Equipment
Costs:t
109.4
107.7
69.2
Net Benefits
227.7
215.8
278.8
(7.0)- 1.1
(7.0)- 1.1
(7.0)- 1.1
Change in Producer Cashflow (INPV)H
7% Discount Rate
Consumer Operating Cost Savings
207.5
198.3
215.8
Climate Benefits* (3% discount rate)
32.7
32
33
Health Benefits**
50.7
49.8
51.2
Total Benefitst
290.9
280
300
Consumer Incremental Equipment
Costs:t
113.9
112.4
74.5
Net Benefits
177.0
167.7
225.5
(7.0)- 1.1
(7.0)- 1.1
(7.0)- 1.1
Note: This table presents the costs and benefits associated with circulator pumps shipped in 2028-2057.
These results include consumer, climate, and health benefits that accrue after 2057 from the equipment
shipped in 2028-2057. The Primary, Low Net Benefits, and High Net Benefits Estimates utilize
projections of energy prices from the AEO2023 Reference case, Low Economic Growth case, and High
Economic Growth case, respectively. In addition, incremental equipment costs reflect a price decline rate in
the High Net Benefits Estimate. The methods used to derive projected price trends are explained in
appendix 8D of the final rule TSD. Note that the Benefits and Costs may not sum to the Net Benefits due to
rounding.
* Climate benefits are calculated using four different estimates of the global SC-GHG (see section IV.L of
this document). For presentational purposes of this table, the climate benefits associated with the average
SC-GHG at a 3 percent discount rate are shown; however, DOE emphasizes the importance and value of
considering the benefits calculated using all four sets ofSC-GHG estimates. To monetize the benefits of
reducing GHG emissions, this analysis uses the interim estimates presented in the Technical Support
Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates Under Executive Order
13990 published in February 2021 by the IWG.
** Health benefits are calculated using benefit-per-ton values for NOx and SO2. DOE is currently only
monetizing (for SO2 and NOx) PM2.s precursor health benefits and (for NOx) ozone precursor health
benefits, but will continue to assess the ability to monetize other effects such as health benefits from
reductions in direct PM2.s emissions. See section IV.L of this document for more details.
t Total benefits for both the 3-percent and 7-percent cases are presented using the average SC-GHG with 3percent discount rate.
t Costs include incremental equipment costs as well as installation costs.
U Operating Cost Savings are calculated based on the life cycle costs analysis and national impact analysis
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.005
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
Change in Producer Cashflow (INPV)*t
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
44471
as discussed in detail below. See sections IV.F and IV.Hof this document. DOE's national impact analysis
includes all impacts (both costs and benefits) along the distribution chain beginning with the increased
costs to the manufacturer to manufacture the equipment and ending with the increase in price experienced
by the consumer. DOE also separately conducts a detailed analysis on the impacts on manufacturers (i.e.,
manufacturer impact analysis, or MIA). See section IV.J of this document. In the detailed MIA, DOE
models manufacturers' pricing decisions based on assumptions regarding investments, conversion costs,
cashflow, and margins. The MIA produces a range of impacts, which is the rule's expected impact on the
INPV. The change in INPV is the present value of all changes in industry cash flow, including changes in
production costs, capital expenditures, and manufacturer profit margins. The annualized change in INPV is
calculated using the industry weighted average cost of capital value of9.6 percent that is estimated in the
MIA (see chapter 12 of the final rule TSD for a complete description of the industry weighted average cost
of capital). For circulator pumps, the annualized change in INPV ranges from -$7 .0 million to $ 1. 1 million.
DOE accounts for that range oflikely impacts in analyzing whether a trial standard level is economically
justified. See section V.C of this document. DOE is presenting the range of impacts to the INPV under two
markup scenarios: the Preservation of Gross Margin scenario, which is the manufacturer markup scenario
used in the calculation of Consumer Operating Cost Savings in this table; and the Preservation of Operating
Profit scenario, where DOE assumed manufacturers would not be able to increase per-unit operating profit
in proportion to increases in manufacturer production costs. DOE includes the range of estimated
annualized change in INPV in the above table, drawing on the MIA explained further in section IV.J of this
document to provide additional context for assessing the estimated impacts of this final rule to society,
including potential changes in production and consumption, which is consistent with OMB's Circular A-4
and E.O. 12866. IfDOE were to include the INPV into the annualized net benefit calculation for this final
rule, the annualized net benefits would range from $220.7 million to $228.8 million at 3-percent discount
rate and would range from $170.0 million to $178.1 million at 7-percent discount rate.
DOE’s analysis of the national impacts
of the adopted standards is described in
sections IV.H, IV.K and IV.L of this
document.
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
D. Conclusion
DOE concludes that the standards
adopted in this final rule represent the
maximum improvement in energy
efficiency that is technologically
feasible and economically justified, and
would result in the significant
conservation of energy. Specifically,
with regards to technological feasibility,
equipment achieving these standard
levels is already commercially available
for all equipment in the single product
class covered by this final rule. As for
economic justification, DOE’s analysis
shows that the benefits of the standards
exceed, to a great extent, the burdens of
the standards.
Using a 7-percent discount rate for
consumer benefits and costs and NOX
and SO2 reduction benefits, and a 3percent discount rate case for GHG
social costs, the estimated cost of the
standards for circulator pumps is $113.9
million per year in increased equipment
costs, while the estimated annual
benefits are $207.5 million in reduced
equipment operating costs, $32.7
million in climate benefits, and $50.7
million in health benefits. The net
benefit amounts to $177.0 million per
year. DOE notes that the net benefits are
substantial even in the absence of the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
climate benefits 14 and DOE would
adopt the same standards in the absence
of such benefits.
The significance of energy savings
offered by a new energy conservation
standard cannot be determined without
knowledge of the specific circumstances
surrounding a given rulemaking.15 For
example, some covered equipment have
most of their energy consumption occur
during periods of peak energy demand.
The impacts of these equipment on the
energy infrastructure can be more
pronounced than equipment with
relatively constant demand.
Accordingly, DOE evaluates the
significance of energy savings on a caseby-case basis.
As previously mentioned, the
standards are projected to result in
estimated national energy savings of
0.55 quad FFC, the equivalent of the
primary annual energy use of 5.9
million homes. In addition, they are
projected to reduce CO2 emissions by
10.04 Mt. Based on these findings, DOE
has determined the energy savings from
the standard levels adopted in this final
rule are ‘‘significant’’ within the
meaning of 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B). A
more detailed discussion of the basis for
these conclusions is contained in the
14 The information on climate benefits is provided
in compliance with Executive Order 12866.
15 Procedures, Interpretations, and Policies for
Consideration in New or Revised Energy
Conservation Standards and Test Procedures for
Consumer Products and Commercial/Industrial
Equipment, 86 FR 70892, 70901 (Dec. 13, 2021).
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
remainder of this document and the
accompanying TSD.
II. Introduction
The following section briefly
discusses the statutory authority
underlying this final rule, as well as
some of the relevant historical
background related to the establishment
of standards for circulator pumps.
A. Authority
EPCA authorizes DOE to regulate the
energy efficiency of a number of
consumer products and certain
industrial equipment. Title III, Part C of
EPCA, added by Public Law 95–619,
Title IV, section 441(a), established the
Energy Conservation Program for
Certain Industrial Equipment, which
sets forth a variety of provisions
designed to improve energy efficiency.
This equipment includes pumps, the
subject of this rulemaking. (42 U.S.C.
6311(1)(A))
EPCA further provides that, not later
than 6 years after the issuance of any
final rule establishing or amending a
standard, DOE must publish either a
notice of determination that standards
for the equipment do not need to be
amended, or a notice of proposed
rulemaking (‘‘NOPR’’) including new
proposed energy conservation standards
(proceeding to a final rule, as
appropriate). (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42
U.S.C. 6295(m)(1))
The energy conservation program
under EPCA consists essentially of four
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.006
BILLING CODE 6450–01–C
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
44472
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
parts: (1) testing, (2) labeling, (3) the
establishment of Federal energy
conservation standards, and (4)
certification and enforcement
procedures. Relevant provisions of
EPCA include definitions (42 U.S.C.
6311), test procedures (42 U.S.C. 6314),
labeling provisions (42 U.S.C. 6315),
energy conservation standards (42
U.S.C. 6313), and the authority to
require information and reports from
manufacturers (42 U.S.C. 6316).
Federal energy efficiency
requirements for covered equipment
established under EPCA generally
supersede State laws and regulations
concerning energy conservation testing,
labeling, and standards. (42 U.S.C.
6316(a) and 42 U.S.C. 6316(b); 42 U.S.C.
6297) DOE may, however, grant waivers
of Federal preemption in limited
instances for particular State laws or
regulations, in accordance with the
procedures and other provisions set
forth under EPCA. (See 42 U.S.C.
6316(a) (applying the preemption
waiver provisions of 42 U.S.C. 6297))
Subject to certain criteria and
conditions, DOE is required to develop
test procedures to measure the energy
efficiency, energy use, or estimated
annual operating cost of all covered
equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(3)(A) and (r)) Manufacturers of
covered equipment must use the Federal
test procedures as the basis for: (1)
certifying to DOE that their equipment
complies with the applicable energy
conservation standards adopted
pursuant to EPCA (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42
U.S.C. 6295(s)), and (2) making
representations about the efficiency of
that equipment (42 U.S.C. 6314(d)).
Similarly, DOE must use these test
procedures to determine whether the
equipment complies with relevant
standards promulgated under EPCA. (42
U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(s)) The
DOE test procedures for circulator
pumps appear at title 10 of the Code of
Federal Regulations (‘‘CFR’’) part 431,
subpart Y, appendix D.
DOE must follow specific statutory
criteria for prescribing new standards
for covered equipment, including
circulator pumps. Any new standard for
covered equipment must be designed to
achieve the maximum improvement in
energy efficiency that the Secretary of
Energy determines is technologically
feasible and economically justified. (42
U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A))
Furthermore, DOE may not adopt any
standard that would not result in the
significant conservation of energy. (42
U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3))
Moreover, DOE may not prescribe a
standard (1) for certain equipment,
including circulator pumps, if no test
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
procedure has been established for the
equipment, or (2) if DOE determines by
rule that the standard is not
technologically feasible or economically
justified. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(3)(A)–(B)) In deciding whether a
proposed standard is economically
justified, DOE must determine whether
the benefits of the standard exceed its
burdens. Id. DOE must make this
determination after receiving comments
on the proposed standard, and by
considering, to the greatest extent
practicable, the following seven
statutory factors:
(1) The economic impact of the standard
on manufacturers and consumers of the
equipment subject to the standard;
(2) The savings in operating costs
throughout the estimated average life of the
covered equipment in the type (or class)
compared to any increase in the price, initial
charges, or maintenance expenses for the
covered equipment that are likely to result
from the standard;
(3) The total projected amount of energy (or
as applicable, water) savings likely to result
directly from the standard;
(4) Any lessening of the utility or the
performance of the covered equipment likely
to result from the standard;
(5) The impact of any lessening of
competition, as determined in writing by the
Attorney General, that is likely to result from
the standard;
(6) The need for national energy and water
conservation; and
(7) Other factors the Secretary of Energy
(‘‘Secretary’’) considers relevant.
(42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(I)–(VII))
Further, EPCA, as codified,
establishes a rebuttable presumption
that a standard is economically justified
if the Secretary finds that the additional
cost to the consumer of purchasing
equipment complying with an energy
conservation standard level will be less
than three times the value of the energy
savings during the first year that the
consumer will receive as a result of the
standard, as calculated under the
applicable test procedure. (42 U.S.C.
6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(iii))
EPCA, as codified, also contains what
is known as an ‘‘anti-backsliding’’
provision, which prevents the Secretary
from prescribing any new standard that
either increases the maximum allowable
energy use or decreases the minimum
required energy efficiency of covered
equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(1)) Also, the Secretary may not
prescribe a new standard if interested
persons have established by a
preponderance of the evidence that the
standard is likely to result in the
unavailability in the United States in
any covered equipment type (or class) of
performance characteristics (including
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
reliability), features, sizes, capacities,
and volumes that are substantially the
same as those generally available in the
United States. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42
U.S.C. 6295(o)(4))
Additionally, EPCA specifies
requirements when promulgating an
energy conservation standard for
covered equipment that has two or more
subcategories. DOE must specify a
different standard level for a type or
class of equipment that has the same
function or intended use if DOE
determines that equipment within such
group (A) consumes a different kind of
energy from that consumed by other
covered equipment within such type (or
class); or (B) has a capacity or other
performance-related feature which other
equipment within such type (or class)
does not have and such feature justifies
a higher or lower standard. (42 U.S.C.
6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(q)(1)) In
determining whether a performancerelated feature justifies a different
standard for a group of equipment, DOE
must consider such factors as the utility
to the consumer of such a feature and
other factors DOE deems appropriate.
Id. Any rule prescribing such a standard
must include an explanation of the basis
on which such higher or lower level was
established. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42
U.S.C. 6295(q)(2))
B. Background
As stated, EPCA includes ‘‘pumps’’
among the industrial equipment listed
as ‘‘covered equipment’’ for the purpose
of Part A–1, although EPCA does not
define the term ‘‘pump.’’ (42 U.S.C.
6311(1)(A)) In a final rule published
January 25, 2016, DOE established a
definition for ‘‘pump,’’ definitions
associated with pumps, and test
procedures for certain pumps. 81 FR
4086, 4090 (‘‘January 2016 TP Final
Rule’’). ‘‘Pump’’ is defined as
‘‘equipment designed to move liquids
(which may include entrained gases,
free solids, and totally dissolved solids)
by physical or mechanical action and
includes a bare pump and, if included
by the manufacturer at the time of sale,
mechanical equipment, driver, and
controls.’’ 10 CFR 431.462. Circulator
pumps fall within this definition. The
specific pump categories subject to the
test procedures described in the January
2016 TP Final Rule are referred to as
‘‘general pumps’’ in this document.
Circulator pumps were not included as
general pumps.
In general, and relative to pumps atlarge, circulator pumps tend to be
toward the smaller end of the range of
both power and hydraulic head.
Circulated fluid would not require a net
elevation gain, and thus the required
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
head is that associated with the
resistance of the hydraulic circuit. A
circulator pump, by definition, is a
pump that is either a wet rotor
circulator pump; a dry rotor, two-piece
circulator pump; or a dry rotor, threepiece circulator pump. A circulator
pump may be distributed in commerce
with or without a volute.
The January 2016 TP Final Rule
implemented the recommendations of
the Commercial and Industrial Pump
Working Group (‘‘CIPWG’’), established
through the Appliance Standards
Rulemaking Federal Advisory
Committee (‘‘ASRAC’’) to negotiate
standards and a test procedure for
general pumps. (Docket No. EERE–
2013–BT–NOC–0039) The CIPWG and
ASRAC approved a term sheet
containing recommendations to DOE
that included initiation of a separate
rulemaking for circulator pumps.
(Docket No. EERE–2013–BT–NOC–0039,
No. 92, Recommendation #5A at p. 2)
On February 3, 2016, DOE issued a
notice of intent to establish a working
group to negotiate a NOPR for energy
conservation standards for circulator
pumps, to negotiate, if possible, Federal
44473
standards and a test procedure for
circulator pumps, and to announce the
first public meeting. 81 FR 5658. The
members of the Circulator Pump
Working Group (‘‘CPWG’’), which was
established under the ASRAC, were
selected to ensure a broad and balanced
array of interested parties and expertise,
including representatives from
efficiency advocacy organizations and
manufacturers. Additionally, one
member from ASRAC and one DOE
representative were part of the CPWG.
Table II.1 lists the 15 members of the
CPWG and their affiliations.
Table 11.1 ASRAC Circulator Pump Workin~ Group Members and Affiliations
Affiliation
Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute
Annliance Standards Awareness Project
Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
California Investor-Owned Utilities
Grundfos Americas Corporation
Hydraulic Institute
Natural Resources Defense Council
Nidec Motor Corporation
Northwest Power and Conservation Council (ASRAC member)
Plumbing-Heating-Cooling Contractors Association
Rheem Manufacturing Company
TACO, Inc.
U.S. Department of Energy
Wilo Inc.
Xylem Inc.
The CPWG commenced negotiations
at an open meeting on March 29, 2016,
and held six additional meetings to
discuss scope, metric, and the test
procedure. The CPWG concluded its
negotiations for test procedure topics on
September 7, 2016, with a consensus
vote to approve a term sheet containing
recommendations to DOE on scope,
definitions, metric, and the basis of the
test procedure (‘‘September 2016 CPWG
Recommendations’’). The September
2016 CPWG Recommendations are
available in the CPWG docket. (Docket
No. EERE–2016–BT–STD–0004, No. 58)
The CPWG continued to meet to
address potential energy conservation
standards for circulator pumps. Those
meetings were held November 3–4,
2016, and November 29–30, 2016, with
approval of a second term sheet
(‘‘November 2016 CPWG
Recommendations’’) containing CPWG
recommendations related to energy
conservation standards, applicable test
procedure, labeling, and certification
requirements for circulator pumps
(Docket No. EERE–2016–BT–STD–0004,
No. 98). Whereas the September 2016
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
CPWG Recommendations are discussed
in the September 2022 TP Final Rule,
the November 2016 CPWG
Recommendations are summarized in
section III.A of this document. In a
meeting held December 22, 2016,
ASRAC voted unanimously to approve
the September 2016 and November 2016
CPWG Recommendations. (Docket No.
EERE–2013–BT–NOC–0005, No. 91 at p.
2) 16
In a letter dated June 9, 2017, the
Hydraulic Institute (‘‘HI’’) expressed its
support for the process that DOE
initiated regarding circulator pumps and
encouraged the publishing of a NOPR
and a final rule by the end of 2017.
(Docket No. EERE–2016–BT–STD–0004,
HI, No. 103 at p. 1) DOE took no actions
16 All references in this document to the approved
recommendations included in 2016 Term Sheets are
noted with the recommendation number and a
citation to the appropriate document in the CPWG
docket (e.g., Docket No. EERE–2016–BT–STD–0004,
No. X, Recommendation #Y at p. Z). References to
discussions or suggestions of the CPWG not found
in the 2016 Term Sheets include a citation to
meeting transcripts and the commenter, if
applicable (e.g., Docket No. EERE–2016–BT–STD–
0004, [Organization], No. X at p. Y).
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
regarding circulator pumps between
2017 and 2020. In response to an early
assessment review request for
information (‘‘RFI’’) published
September 28, 2020, regarding the
existing test procedures for general
pumps (85 FR 60734, ‘‘September 2020
Early Assessment RFI’’), HI commented
that it continues to support the
recommendations from the CPWG.
(Docket No. EERE–2020–BT–TP–0032,
HI, No. 6 at p. 1) The Northwest Energy
Efficiency Alliance (‘‘NEEA’’) also
referenced the September 2016 CPWG
Recommendations and recommended
that DOE adopt test procedures for
circulator pumps in the pumps
rulemaking or a separate rulemaking.
(Docket No. EERE–2020–BT–TP–0032,
NEEA, No. 8 at p. 8)
On May 7, 2021, DOE published a
request for information related to test
procedures and energy conservation
standards for circulator pumps and
received comments from the interested
parties. 86 FR 24516 (‘‘May 2021 RFI’’).
DOE published a NOPR for the test
procedure on December 20, 2021,
presenting DOE’s proposals to establish
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.007
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
Member
Laura Petrillo-Groh
Joanna Mauer
Gabor Lechner
Garv Fernstrom
Richard Gussert
Peter Gavdon
Lauren Urbanek
Don Lanser
Tom Eckman
Charles White
Russell Pate
Mark Chaffee
Joe Hagerman
David Bortolon
Mark Handzel
44474
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
a circulator pump test procedure
(‘‘December 2021 TP NOPR’’). 86 FR
72096. DOE held a public meeting
related to this NOPR on February 2,
2022. DOE published a final rule for the
test procedure on September 19, 2022
(‘‘September 2022 TP Final Rule’’). The
test procedure final rule established
definitions, testing methods and a
performance metric, requirements
regarding sampling and representations
of energy consumption and certain other
metrics, and enforcement provisions for
circulator pumps.
DOE published an energy
conservation standard NOPR on
December 6, 2022. 87 FR 74850
(‘‘December 2022 NOPR’’). DOE held a
public meeting related to the December
2022 NOPR on January 19, 2023
(‘‘NOPR public meeting’’).
DOE received comments in response
to the December 2022 NOPR from the
interested parties listed in Table II.2.
Table 11.2 List of Commenters with Written Submissions in Response to the
December 2022 NOPR
Appliance Standards Awareness
Project, American Council for an
Energy-Efficient Economy,
Consumer Federation of America,
Natural Resources Defense Council
Earthjustice, Institute for Policy
Integrity at New York University
School of Law, Montana
Environmental Information Center,
Natural Resources Defense Council,
Sierra Club, Union of Concerned
Scientists
Hydraulic Institute
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
A parenthetical reference at the end of
a comment quotation or paraphrase
provides the location of the item in the
public record.17 To the extent that
interested parties have provided written
comments that are substantively
consistent with any oral comments
provided during the NOPR public
meeting, DOE cites the written
comments throughout this final rule.
Any oral comments provided during the
NOPR public meeting that are not
parenthetical reference provides a
reference for information located in the docket of
DOE’s rulemaking to develop energy conservation
standards for circulator pumps. (Docket No. EERE–
2016–BT–STD–0004, which is maintained at
www.regulations.gov). The references are arranged
as follows: (commenter name, comment docket ID
number, page of that document).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
Comment No. in
the Docket
Commenter
Tvpe
ASAP eta!.
131
Efficiency
Advocacy
Organizations
Earthjustice et
al.
132
Efficiency
Advocacy
Organization
126, 135
HI
Mark Strauch
Northwest Energy Efficiency
Alliance, Northwest Power and
Conservation Council
New York State Energy Research
and Development Authority
Pacific Gas and Electric Company,
San Diego Gas and Electric, and
Southern California Edison;
collectively, the California InvestorOwned Utilities
Tom Wyer
Xylem
17 The
Abbreviation
Strauch
123
NEEA/NWPCC
134
NYSERDA
130
State Agency
CAIOUs
133
Utilities
Wyer
Xylem
128
136
Individual
Manufacturer
substantively addressed by written
comments are summarized and cited
separately throughout this final rule.
III. General Discussion
DOE developed this final rule after
considering oral and written comments,
data, and information from interested
parties that represent a variety of
interests. The following discussion
addresses issues raised by these
commenters.
A. November 2016 CPWG
Recommendations
As discussed in section II.B of this
document, the CPWG approved two
term sheets which represented the
group’s consensus recommendations.
The second term sheet, referred to in
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Trade
Association
Individual
Efficiency
Advocacy
Organization
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
this final rule as the ‘‘November 2016
CPWG Recommendations’’ contained
the CPWG’s recommendations related to
energy conservation standards,
applicable test procedure, labeling, and
certification requirements for circulator
pumps. (Docket No. EERE–2016–BT–
STD–0004, No. 98) The standards
established in this final rule closely
mirror the November 2016 CPWG
Recommendations, which are
summarized in this section.
In response to the December 2022
NOPR, the CA IOUs provided comments
that supported DOE’s alignment of the
proposed regulations and the CPWG’s
consensus November term sheet. (CA
IOUs, No. 133 at pp. 1–2) HI stated they
support the recommendations agreed
upon by the CPWG. (HI, No. 135 at p.
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.008
Commenter(s)
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
1) HI acknowledged DOE has
incorporated the appropriate sections
for the testing and rating of circulator
pumps. Id.
1. Energy Conservation Standard Level
The November 2016 CPWG
Recommendations recommended that
each circulator pump be required to
meet an applicable minimum efficiency
standard. Specifically, the
recommendation was that each pump
must have a CEI 18 of less than or equal
to 1.00. Among the numbered efficiency
levels (‘‘ELs’’) considered by the CPWG
as potential standard levels, the agreed
level was EL 2, i.e., a CEI less than or
equal to 1.00 (‘‘Recommendation #1’’).
In response to the December 2022
NOPR, NEEA/NWPCC supported the
proposed rulemaking, specifically the
proposed adoption of TSL 2. (NEEA/
NWPCC, No. 134 at pp. 3–4) In the
December 2022 NOPR DOE defined EL
2 and TSL 2 at the same standard level,
which is consistent with this final rule,
as discussed in section V.B.2 of this
document. 87 FR 74850, 74895.
NYSERDA supported the proposed
adoption of TSL 2 as well, due to the
number of multifamily buildings in New
York City being higher than the national
average. (NYSERDA, No. 130 at p. 4)
NYSERDA commented that circulator
pumps likely operate more in any given
year in places such as New York City
and they may see more energy savings
than the NOPR proposed. Id. The CA
IOUs also supported DOE’s
development of energy conservation
44475
standards based on the consensus
recommendations and supported
adoption of the proposed TSL 2
recommendation. (CA IOUs, No. 133 at
p. 1)
DOE did not receive any comments
that did not support the CPWGrecommended standard level for
circulator pumps in response to the
December 2022 NOPR. Accordingly, and
as described in section V.C.1 of this
document, DOE, in this final rule, is
adopting energy conservation standards
for circulator pumps at TSL 2.
CEI was defined in the September
2022 TP Final Rule consistent with the
November 2016 CPWG
Recommendations as shown in equation
(2), and consistent with section 41.5.3.2
of HI 41.5–2022. 87 FR 57264.
CER ]
CE/= [
CERsrv
(2)
Where:
CER = circulator energy rating (hp); and
CERSTD = circulator energy rating for a
minimally compliant circulator pump
serving the same hydraulic load as the
tested pump.
The value of CER varies according to
the circulator pump control variety of
the tested pump, but in all cases is a
function of measured pump input
power when operated under certain
conditions, as described in the
September 2022 TP Final Rule.
Relatedly, CERSTD represents CER for
a hypothetical circulator pump, as a
function of hydraulic power, that is
CERsrv
=
minimally compliant with DOE’s energy
conservation standards, as determined
in accordance with the specifications at
paragraph (i) of § 431.465. 87 FR 57264.
Conceptually, it is a curve that provides
a value of pump input power for any
hydraulic output power. Energy
conservation standards could
equivalently have been formulated to
direct that a circulator pump must carry
a CER less than the value of CERSTD at
its particular hydraulic output power.
Defining CEI as a ratio of CER and
CERSTD serves to normalize the energy
conservation standard, allowing it to
assume a fixed numerical value
L
regardless of hydraulic output power,
which has the advantage of simplicity
and better comparability among
different pump models.
The November 2016 CPWG
Recommendations contained a proposed
method for calculating CERSTD.19 The
equation represents a summation of
weighted input powers at each part load
test point. The part load test points are
set at 25%, 50%, 75%, and 100% of the
flow at best efficiency point (‘‘BEP’’).
Each test point is weighted based on the
controls used for testing. This equation
is shown in equation (3):
w/~in,STD)
i
method specified in Recommendation
#2C; and
i = test point(s), defined as 25%, 50%, 75%,
and 100% of the flow at BEP.
18 The November 2016 CPWG Recommendations
predated establishment of the current metric, called
‘‘CEI,’’ and instead used the analogous term
‘‘PEICIRC’’. In the December 2021 TP NOPR, DOE
proposed to adopt the ‘‘CEI’’ nomenclature instead
based, in part, on comments received, to remain
consistent with terminology used in HI 41.5 and to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
Recommendation #2B of the
November 2016 CPWG
Recommendations specified a weighting
factor of 25% for each respective test
point i. (‘‘Recommendation #2B’’).
The November 2016 CPWG
Recommendations also included
(‘‘Recommendation #2C’’) a
avoid potential confusion. After receiving favorable
comments on its proposal, DOE adopted the CEI
nomenclature in the September 2022 TP Final Rule.
19 The November 2016 CPWG Recommendations
predated establishment of the current term
‘‘CERSTD’’ and instead used the analogous term
‘‘PERCIRC,STD’’. In the December 2021 TP NOPR,
DOE proposed to adopt the ‘‘CERSTD’’ nomenclature
instead of ‘‘PERCIRC,STD’’ because DOE believed that
CERSTD was more reflective of Federal energy
conservation standards. After receiving no
opposition on its proposal, DOE adopted the
CERSTD nomenclature in the September 2022 TP
Final Rule.
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.009
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
Where:
wi = weight at each test point i, specified in
Recommendation #2B;
Piin,STD = reference power input to the
circulator pump driver at test point i,
calculated using the equations and
ER20MY24.010
(3)
44476
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
recommended reference input power,
Piin,STD, as described in equation (4).
=
p_in,STD
pu,i
a
i
1Jwrw,100%
i
*
100
(4)
Where:
Pu,i = tested hydraulic power output of the
pump being rated at test point i, in hp;
hWTW,100% = reference BEP circulator pump
efficiency at the recommended standard
level (%), calculated using the equations
and values specified in Recommendation
#2D;
1Jwrw,100% =
ai = part-load efficiency factor at each test
point i, specified in Recommendation
#2E; and
i = test point(s), defined as 25%, 50%, 75%,
and 100% of the flow at BEP.
The November 2016 CPWG
Recommendations also included a
reference efficiency at BEP at the
CPWG-recommended standard level,
hWTW,100% (‘‘Recommendation #2D’’),
which varies by circulator pump
hydraulic output power.
Specifically, for circulator pumps
with BEP hydraulic output power
Pu,100% <1 hp, the reference efficiency at
BEP (hWTW,100%) should be determined
using equation (5):
A* In(Pu,100% + B) + C
(5)
Where:
hWTW,100% = reference BEP pump efficiency at
the recommended standard level (%);
and
Pu,100% = tested hydraulic power output of the
pump being rated at BEP (hp).
C used in equation 5 would have the
values listed in Table III.1.
For the CPWG-recommended
standard level, the constants A, B, and
Table 111.1 CPWG-Recommended Reference Efficienc Function Constants*
A
10.00
B
.001141
C
67.78
* Wire-to-water efficiency at BEP
For circulator pumps with BEP
hydraulic output power Pu,100% ≥1 hp,
the reference efficiency at BEP
(hWTW,100%) would have a constant value
of 67.79.
Additionally, the November 2016
CPWG Recommendations included a
part-load efficiency factor (ai, as appears
in equation (4)), which varies according
to test point (‘‘Recommendation #2E).
Specifically, ai would have the values
listed in Table III.2.
This CPWG-recommended equation
structure is used to characterize the
standard level established in this final
rule, with certain inconsequential
changes to variable names.
2. Labeling Requirements
Under EPCA, DOE has certain
authority to establish labeling
requirements for covered equipment.
(42 U.S.C. 6315) The November 2016
CPWG Recommendations contained one
recommendation regarding labeling
requirements, which was to include
both model number and CEI 21 on the
circulator nameplate. (Docket No.
EERE–2016–BT–STD–0004, No. 98,
Recommendation #3 at p. 4)
20 The November 2016 CPWG Recommendations
did not explicitly include a value for the part-load
efficiency factor, ai, in Recommendation #2E.
Nonetheless, Recommendation #2C makes clear that
a value for ai is required to calculate reference input
power, which calls for a value at test point i=100%.
DOE infers the omission of a100% from
Recommendation #2E to reflect that i=100%
corresponds to full-load, and thus implies no partload-driven reduction in efficiency and, by
extension, a load coefficient of unity. DOE is
making this assumption that a100% = 1 explicit by
including it in this table, which is otherwise
identical to that of Recommendation #2E.
21 The CPWG recommended that ‘‘PEI’’ be
included in a potential labeling requirement which,
as described previously, is analogous to CEI.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.012 ER20MY24.013
Correspondin2: Ui
0.4843
0.7736
0.9417
1
ER20MY24.011
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
i
25%
50%
75%
100%20
ER20MY24.014
Table 111.2 CPWG-Recommended Part-Load Efficiency
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
In response to the December 2022
NOPR, HI recommended that DOE
establish label requirements for
circulator pumps in this rulemaking that
only include the basic model number
and CEI, as agreed to by the CPWG. (HI,
No. 135 at p. 6) DOE did not receive any
other comments regarding the
establishment of labeling requirements
for circulator pumps.
DOE is considering establishing
labeling requirements for circulator
pumps in a separate rulemaking and is
carefully evaluating the potential
benefits of establishing labeling
requirements as explained by HI.
Accordingly, in this final rule, DOE is
not establishing specific labeling
requirements for circulator pumps, but
DOE may consider such requirements
for circulator pumps, including those
recommended by the CPWG, in a
separate rulemaking.
3. Certification Reports
Under EPCA, DOE has the authority
to require information and reports from
manufacturers with respect to the
energy efficiency or energy use. (42
U.S.C. 6316; 42 U.S.C. 6296).
The November 2016 CPWG
Recommendations contained one
recommendation regarding certification
reporting requirements. Specifically, the
CPWG recommended that the following
information should be included in both
certification reports and the public
Compliance Certification Management
System (‘‘CCMS’’) database:
• Manufacturer name
• Model number
• CEI 22
• Flow (in gallons per minute) and head
(in feet) at BEP
• Tested control setting
• Input power at measured data points
(Docket No. EERE–2016–BT–STD–0004,
No. 98, Recommendation #4 at p. 4)
The aforementioned CPWG
recommendation also included that
certain additional information be
permitted but not mandatorily included
in both certification reports and the
public CCMS database. (Docket No.
EERE–2016–BT–STD–0004, No. 98
Recommendation #4 at p. 4) These
additional options are: true root mean
square (‘‘RMS’’) current, true RMS
voltage, real power, and resultant power
factor at measured data points. Id.
In response to the December 2022
NOPR proposal to require a pump
operating in the least consumptive
control mode when meeting compliance
with energy conservation standards for
22 CEI had not been established at the time of the
November 2016 CPWG Recommendations, which
instead referred to this value as ‘‘PEICIRC’’.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
circulator pumps, the CA IOUs noted
that the most consumptive performance
of circulator products indicates the
product’s combined motor and
hydraulic efficiency without controls,
providing helpful information to
consumers and the regulatory process.
(CA IOUs, No. 133 at p. 2) They
encouraged DOE to support voluntary
reporting of this performance data to
inform future rulemakings. Id.
DOE is not establishing certification
or reporting, voluntary or mandatory,
requirements for circulator pumps in
this final rule. Instead, DOE may
consider proposals to address
amendments to the certification
requirements and reporting for
circulator pumps under a separate
rulemaking regarding appliance and
equipment certification. Further
information on this voluntary reporting
of performance in various control modes
is discussed in section III.D.1 of this
document.
B. General Comments
DOE received a single general
comment from an interested party
regarding rulemaking timing and
process. Specifically, ASAP et al.
commented in response to the December
2022 NOPR that they supported DOE’s
proposed rulemaking for circulator
pumps. (ASAP et al., No. 131 at p. 1)
C. Equipment Classes and Scope of
Coverage
When evaluating and establishing
energy conservation standards, DOE
divides covered equipment into
equipment classes by the type of energy
used or by capacity or other
performance-related features that justify
differing standards. In determining
whether a performance-related feature
justifies a different standard, DOE must
consider such factors as the utility of the
feature to the consumer and other
factors DOE determines are appropriate.
(42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(q))
This final rule covers equipment that
meets the definition of ‘‘circulator
pumps,’’ as codified at 10 CFR 431.462,
which is consistent with the September
2016 CPWG Recommendations. DOE
identified no basis to change the scope
of energy conservation standards for
circulator pumps relative to the scope of
test procedures adopted in the
September 2022 Final Rule.
Accordingly, in this final rule, DOE is
aligning the scope of energy
conservation standards for circulator
pumps with that of the circulator pumps
test procedure. 87 FR 57264.
Specifically, this final rule is applying
energy conservation standards to all
circulator pumps that are also clean
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44477
water pumps, including on-demand
circulator pumps and circulators-lessvolute, and excluding submersible
pumps and header pumps. Comments
related to scope are discussed and
considered in the test procedure final
rule.
Both of these proposals—scope and
equipment classes—match the
recommendations of the CPWG, which
are summarized in this section. They are
discussed further in section IV.A.1 of
this document.
1. CPWG Recommendations
a. Scope
The September 2016 CPWG
Recommendations addressed the scope
of a circulator pumps rulemaking.
Specifically, the CPWG recommended
that the scope of a circulator pumps test
procedure and energy conservation
standards cover clean water pumps (as
defined at 10 CFR 431.462) distributed
in commerce with or without a volute
and that are one of the following
categories: wet rotor circulator pumps,
dry-rotor close-coupled circulator
pumps, and dry-rotor mechanically
coupled circulator pumps. The CPWG
also recommended that the scope
exclude submersible pumps and header
pumps. 86 FR 24516, 24520. (Docket
No. EERE–2016–BT–STD–0004, No. 58,
Recommendations #1A, 2A, and 2B at
pp. 1–2) As previously stated, the scope
of this rule aligns with the scope
recommended by the CPWG, consistent
with the September 2022 TP Final Rule.
b. Definitions
The CPWG also recommended several
definitions relevant to scope. DOE notes
that, generally, definitions
recommended by the CPWG rely on
terms previously defined in the January
2016 TP final rule, including ‘‘closecoupled pump,’’ ‘‘mechanically-coupled
pump,’’ ‘‘dry rotor pump,’’ ‘‘single axis
flow pump,’’ and ‘‘rotodynamic pump.’’
81 FR 4086, 4146–4147; 10 CFR
431.462.
In the September 2022 TP Final Rule,
DOE did not propose a new definition
for submersible circulator pumps,
instead signaling applicability of an
established term, ‘‘submersible pump,’’
which was defined in the 2017 test
procedure final rule for dedicatedpurpose pool pumps. 82 FR 36858,
36922 (Aug. 7, 2017):
‘‘Submersible pump’’ means a pump
that is designed to be operated with the
motor and bare pump fully submerged
in the pumped liquid. 10 CFR 431.462.
In the September 2022 TP Final Rule,
DOE established a number of definitions
related to circulator pumps. 87 FR
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
44478
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
57264. Specifically, DOE defined
‘‘circulator pump,’’ ‘‘wet rotor circulator
pump,’’ ‘‘dry rotor, two-piece circulator
pump,’’ ‘‘dry rotor, three-piece
circulator pump,’’ ‘‘horizontal motor,’’
‘‘header pump,’’ and ‘‘circulator-lessvolute.’’ Id.
‘‘Circulator pump’’ was defined to
include both wet- and dry-rotor designs
and to include circulators-less-volute,
which are distributed in commerce
without a volute and for which a paired
volute is also distributed in commerce.
Header pumps, by contrast, are those
without volutes and for which no paired
volute is available in commerce. Id.
DOE is maintaining these definitions
from the September 2022 TP Final Rule
in the standards for circulator pumps.
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
c. Equipment Classes
The CPWG recommended that all
circulator pumps be analyzed in a single
equipment class. (Docket No. EERE–
2016–BT–STD–0004, No. 98,
Recommendation #1 at p. 1) DOE’s
proposal aligns with the
recommendation of the CPWG.
Equipment classes are discussed further
in section IV.A.1.b of this document.
d. Small Vertical In-Line Pumps
The CPWG recommended that DOE
analyze and establish energy
conservation standards for small vertical
in-line pumps (‘‘SVILs’’) with a
compliance date equivalent to the
previous energy conservation standards
final rule (81 FR 4367, Jan. 26, 2016) for
general (not circulator) pumps. (Docket
No. EERE–2016–BT–STD–0004, No. 58,
Recommendation #1B at pp. 1–2) The
CPWG recommended the standards for
SVILs be similar in required
performance to those of general pumps.
(Docket No. EERE–2016–BT–STD–0004,
No. 58, Recommendation #1B at p. 2) In
addition to energy conservation
standards for SVILs, the CPWG
recommended SVILs be evaluated using
the same test metric as general pumps.
Id.
Consistent with the CPWG
recommendation, DOE extended the
commercial and industrial pump test
procedures to SVILs in a separate final
rule published March 24, 2023. 88 FR
17934 (‘‘March 2023 Final Rule’’). That
test procedure allows evaluation of
energy conservation standards for SVILs
as part of a commercial and industrial
pumps rulemaking process.
In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE
tentatively determined to maintain its
approach to address energy
conservation standards for circulator
pumps only in this rulemaking,
separately from SVILs. 87 FR 74850,
74862. DOE did not receive adequate
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
data or information to suggest that DOE
should address standards for SVILs
along with the circulator pumps within
the scope of the December 2022 NOPR.
Id. Accordingly, DOE did not propose to
include SVILs within the scope of the
energy conservation standards
considered in the December 2022
NOPR. Id. Relatedly, the September
2022 TP Final Rule did not adopt test
procedures for SVILs. 87 FR 57264.
In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE
requested comment on its approach to
exclude SVILs from the scope of the
NOPR, and whether DOE should
consider standards for any SVILs as part
of this rulemaking. 87 FR 74850, 74862.
HI and NEEA/NWPCC agreed with
DOE’s decision to exclude SVIL pumps
from the circulators scope. (NEEA/
NWPCC, No. 134 at pp. 4–5; HI, No. 135
at p. 4) HI also commented that
according to ASRAC negotiations, SVILs
should instead be addressed under the
commercial and industrial pumps
rulemaking. (HI, No. 135 at p. 4)
Due to stakeholders providing
comment supporting SVILs to be
evaluated in the commercial and pumps
rulemaking in both this rulemaking and
the commercial and industrial pumps
rulemaking, DOE has determined to
maintain its approach to address energy
conservation standards for circulator
pumps only in this rulemaking,
separately from SVILs. Accordingly,
DOE is not including SVILs within the
scope of the energy conservation
standards considered in this final rule.
D. Test Procedure
EPCA sets forth generally applicable
criteria and procedures for DOE’s
adoption and amendment of test
procedures. (42 U.S.C. 6314(a))
Manufacturers of covered equipment
must use these test procedures to certify
to DOE that their equipment complies
with energy conservation standards and
to quantify the efficiency of their
equipment. DOE’s current energy
conservation standards for circulator
pumps are expressed in terms of CEI.
CEI represents the weighted average
electric input power to the driver over
a specified load profile, normalized
with respect to a circulator pump
serving the same hydraulic load that has
a specified minimum performance level.
23 (See 10 CFR 431.464(c).)
1. Control Mode
Circulator pumps may be equipped
with speed controls that govern their
response to settings or signals. DOE’s
23 The
performance of a comparable pump that
has a specified minimum performance level is
referred to as the circulator energy rating (‘‘CERstd’’).
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
test procedure contains definitions and
test methods applicable to pressure
controls, temperature controls, manual
speed controls, external input signal
controls, and no controls (i.e., full speed
operation only).24 Section B.1 of
appendix D to subpart Y of 10 CFR part
431 specifies that circulator pumps
without one of the identified control
varieties (i.e., pressure control,
temperature control, manual speed
control or external input signal control)
are tested at full speed.
Some circulator pumps operate in
only a single control mode, whereas
others are capable of operating in any of
several control modes. As discussed in
the September 2022 TP Final Rule,
circulator pump energy consumption
typically varies by control mode, for
circulator pumps equipped with more
than one control mode. 87 FR 57264,
57273–57275. In the September 2022 TP
Final Rule, DOE summarized and
responded to a variety of stakeholder
comments which discussed advantages
and disadvantages of various potential
requirements regarding the control
variety activated during testing. Id.
Ultimately, DOE determined not to
restrict active control variety during
testing. Id. To not limit application of a
particular control mode, the test
procedure for circulator pumps states
‘‘if a given circulator pump model is
distributed in commerce with multiple
control varieties available, the
manufacturer may select a control
variety (or varieties) among those
available with which to test the
circulator pump, including the test
method for circulator pumps at full
speed or circulator pumps without
external input signal, manual, pressure,
or temperature controls).’’ Section 2.2 of
appendix D to subpart Y of 10 CFR part
431.
In the September 2022 TP Final Rule,
DOE stated that although the test
procedure does not restrict active
control variety during testing, whether
compliance with any standards would
be based on a specific control mode (or
no controls) would be addressed in an
energy conservation standard
rulemaking. 87 FR 57264, 57275. It
further explains that a future energy
conservation standard rulemaking could
determine whether certain information
related to the control mode used for
testing would be required as part of
certification. Id.
In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE
proposed to require compliance with
24 In this document, circulator pumps with ‘‘no
controls’’ are also inclusive of other potential
control varieties that are not one of the specifically
identified control varieties.
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
energy conservation standards for
circulator pumps while operated in the
least consumptive control mode in
which it is capable of operating. 87 FR
74850, 74862. Because many circulator
pumps equipped with control modes
designed to reduce energy consumption
relate to full-speed operating also
include the ability to operate at constant
speed, to require testing using a
circulator pump’s most consumptive
control mode may reduce the ability of
rated CEI to characterize the degree of
energy savings possible across circulator
pump models. 87 FR 74850, 74862–
74863. Circulator pump basic models
equipped with a variety of control
modes would receive the same rating as
an otherwise identical basic model
which could operate only at full speed,
even though in practice the former may
consume considerably less energy in
many applications. 87 FR 74850, 74863.
In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE
requested comment regarding circulator
pump control variety for the purposes of
demonstrating compliance with energy
conservation standards. 87 FR 74850,
74863.
HI, ASAP et al., and the CA IOUs all
supported using the least consumptive
operating mode as the CEI rating metric.
(HI, No. 135 at p. 4; ASAP et al., No. 131
at p. 2; CA IOUs, No. 133 at p. 2) The
CA IOUs also noted that variable-speed
control demonstrated potential savings
relative to maximum-speed-only
circulator pumps. (CA IOUs, No. 133 at
p. 2) Therefore, the CA IOUs
recommended DOE support voluntary
reporting of performance data of
variable-speed control as well as
account for variable-speed control
savings in future circulator pump test
methods and conservation standards. Id.
Further, ASAP et al. encouraged DOE
to require additional reporting of ratings
with the most consumptive method.
(ASAP et al., No. 131 at p. 2) ASAP et
al. commented that specifying CEI
ratings based only on the least
consumptive model may not accurately
reflect the energy usage of fixed-speedmode circulator pumps. Id.
DOE agrees that performance data
obtained from a circulator pump
operated in one mode may not reflect
performance when operated in a
different mode, including the fixedspeed mode cited by ASAP. While DOE
is not adopting certification
requirements, mandatory or voluntary,
in this final rule, as stated in section
III.A.3 of this document, it may do so as
part of a separate rulemaking.
NEEA/NWPCC recommended DOE
require circulator pumps to be tested
and to demonstrate compliance with
energy conservation standards in the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
most consumptive control mode
because: (1) they ‘‘are concerned that
manufacturers will meet the standard
through an optional speed control
setting rather than hydraulic redesign or
addition of an efficient motor, meaning
that the circulator will often function in
a control setting that delivers
performance below what is required by
the standard. In some cases, such as
three speed circulator pumps, the speed
controls are intended to serve different
sizes of systems, and the leastconsumptive mode will not be
representative of larger systems.’’ (2)
‘‘Least-consumptive testing will
increase testing burden, as
manufacturers will have to test multiple
settings to first determine which setting
is the least-consumptive. Conversely,
DOE has asserted (and we agree) that the
most-consumptive control is the full
speed setting, meaning there is no
additional testing required to determine
the most-consumptive setting.’’ (3)
‘‘Non-guaranteed performance will
discourage utility programs, as they will
not be able to determine the current
practice baseline because many
circulators will operate below the actual
standard.’’ (4) ‘‘The market will be
confused about the performance of
circulators in the field, because leastconsumptive control does not equate to
the most representative control. While
we agree with DOE’s assertion in this
NOPR that testing in the leastconsumptive control mode will better
communicate the range of controls
available to the market and their relative
energy consumption, consumers may be
confused as to why the expected energy
performance fails to materialize.’’ (5)
‘‘Manufacturers already support testing
in most-consumptive control setting as
they test and submit ratings to the
Hydraulic Institute (HI) circulator
Energy Rating (ER) database.’’ (6) ’’
Least-consumptive testing impedes
future rulemakings that could
strengthen the standard. Leastconsumptive testing will allow for a
range of performance, with some
circulators operating in modes that
perform worse than the DOE standard.
Tightening that standard in the future
may simply widen the gap of tested
versus actual performance. Conversely,
most-consumptive testing would
establish a clear minimum performance
standard that DOE can build upon in
future rulemakings.’’ (NEEA/NWPCC,
No. 134 at pp. 2–3) NEEA/NWPCC also
explained that the most-consumptive
testing ensures that any tightening of the
standard will remove equipment with
low performance, but least-consumptive
testing may not if their lowest
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44479
consumptive method is in standards
and the rest are not. Id. NEEA/NWPCC
stated that the revised standard would
only achieve the energy conservation
goals if using most consumptive testing,
and NEEA/NWPCC recommend that
DOE revisit this issue in future
circulator pump rulemakings. Id.
Regarding NEEA/NWPCC’s first point
that manufacturers may comply with a
standard based on the least consumptive
operating mode by incorporating
controls, DOE recognizes the possibility
but not that it would necessarily be
detrimental. Speed reduction is a
legitimate means of reducing circulator
pump energy consumption, far
outstripping the savings potential of
other technology options for certain
applications. Even in nominally fixedspeed applications, which call for no
flow variability, speed adjustment can
be used to match the circulator pump
output to load imposed by the actual
hydraulic circuit at hand. The potential
for manufacturers of noncompliant
circulator pumps adding manual speed
controls as a way to reduce CEI to reach
compliance is not expected to be
significant. Analysis of submitted
manufacturer model data indicates that
adding manual speed controls reduces a
circulator pump’s CER metric by an
average of 6.5%. DOE’s analysis of the
market shows that less than 2% of
circulator pumps that would not be
compliant with the standard levels
adopted in this final rule are singlespeed models that could attain
compliance by introducing manual
speed controls. Further, because there
would likely be significant conversion
cost associated with modifying
circulator pump models, manufacturers
may be hesitant to develop them unless
confident of strong demand that would
enable recovery of those costs. Further,
the products themselves would cost
more to manufacture due to multispeed
motors’ costing more to purchase or
construct than single-speed motors,
which would reduce their appeal to
first-cost-motivated consumers. Finally,
while NEEA/NWPCC identifies a
potential case in which manual speed
controls reduce the energy savings
achievable by an energy conservation
standard, so too can manual speed
controls be used to save energy in
applications that do not require the
circulator pumps’ full output. In view of
the relatively small fraction of the
market that could feasibly function as
NEEA/NWPCC describes, the additional
equipment costs and conversion costs
associated with multi-speed products
relative to single-speed, and the
potential for manual-speed control to
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
44480
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
help as well as hinder the objective of
energy savings, the potential of manual
speed control to undermine the
anticipated energy savings of this final
rule appears minimal.
Regarding NEEA/NWPCC’s second
point that least consumptive testing may
increase testing burden, industry
standard HI 41.5–2022, section 41.5.3.4
‘‘Determination of CER’’ directs that
circulator pumps already be rated at
both the most and least consumptive
control methods. Accordingly, DOE
finds incremental testing burden to be
minimized to the extent that computing
both methods is already widespread
industry practice.
Regarding NEEA/NWPCC’s third
point that non-guaranteed performance
may discourage utility programs, DOE
does not have information to evaluate
the size of potential energy savings
arising from utility programs concerning
circulator pumps relative to the
magnitude of the energy savings
estimated to be associated with the
energy conservation standards adopted
in this final rule. Further, a leastconsumptive-based compliance
requirement does not necessarily
obscure differences in full-load
performance, as more-efficient motors
will tend to perform better at both full
and reduced speeds.
Regarding NEEA/NWPCC’s fourth
point that the market may be confused
about the performance of circulators in
the field, DOE observes that the ‘‘field’’
would include an array of applications,
some of which would realize greater or
lesser savings than a single CEI value in
isolation could convey. One factor
which may tend to make the former less
likely than the latter is cost—because
variable-speed circulator pumps tend to
cost more, purchasers may be more
likely to have developed enough
understanding of the product to justify
paying a premium.
It is possible that a circulator pump
purchaser may wind up with less
savings than anticipated if purchasing a
variable-speed circulator pump for an
application that truly requires singlespeed operation. However, even in an
application with truly constant demand,
variable-speed circulator pumps may
still offer energy savings relative to a
single-speed circulator pump. Such
savings could arise from the fact that,
while circulator pump applications
exist over a continuous spectrum of
hydraulic power requirements,
circulator pump models are offered only
at certain, discrete hydraulic power
levels. Thus, even purchasers who
accurately estimate their demand would
likely end up with some amount of
unnecessary hydraulic power. A
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
variable-speed circulator pump may
save energy by operating closer to the
necessary hydraulic power level, even if
that level does not vary over time.
DOE cannot be certain of how electric
utilities might design future incentive
programs for circulator pumps but does
not see that they would necessarily
dismiss the potential of variable-speed
circulator pumps to save energy, even
while purchase of a variable-speed
circulator pump does not guarantee that
every individual installation would
realize savings relative to a hypothetical
alternative of a single-speed circulator
pump with less full-speed power
consumption. One potential mitigating
factor, in the case of a utility unwilling
to consider an incentive program that
could not guarantee savings at every
circulator pump installation using the
CEI metric alone, is that full-speed
pump performance data may be
published for those pumps and
subsequently used as basis for incentive
qualification provided that such data
was generated consistently with the test
procedure for circulator pumps. (See 10
CFR 431.464(c).)
Regarding NEEA/NWPCC’s fifth point
that manufacturers already support
testing in the most-consumptive setting,
as evidenced by their testing and
submission of corresponding ratings to
HI’s circulator Energy Rating database,
those manufacturers also submit ratings
corresponding to the least consumptive
setting. As stated, this is a voluntary
directive of industry standard HI 41.5–
2022, § 41.5.3.4 ‘‘Determination of
CER’’.
Regarding NEEA/NWPCC’s sixth
point that least consumptive testing may
impede future rulemakings that could
otherwise have strengthened standards,
DOE observes that more-stringent
standards in a hypothetical future
rulemaking would not be prohibited, or
even materially impeded, by this final
rule’s adoption of requirements to base
compliance on the least-consumptive
operating mode. Improved motors and
hydraulic assemblies, which are the
sources of improved performance in the
fixed-speed evaluation scenario
supported by NEEA/NWPCC’s
arguments, would still carry potential to
improve under any choice of required
operating mode for compliance.
Several commenters argue that testing
in the least consumptive control mode
may provide a less representative CEI
value in certain situations, but do not
openly consider that the same must be
true of a requirement to test in the most
consumptive control mode. Testing and
certifying performance using the most
consumptive mode would also generate
results that are not accurate in all
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
individual situations. Because there are
multiple control modes on some
circulator pumps, testing at one load
profile could not represent every
potential circulator pump application.
For the purpose of estimating energy
savings that would be realized by
consumers at various potential standard
levels, DOE does not assume a pump
would consume energy in direct
proportion to its CEI value, but instead
relies on energy use assumption as
discussed in section IV.E of this
document.
The energy conservation standards
evaluated in this final rule are based on
wire-to-water efficiency, which is
influenced by both hydraulic efficiency
and motor efficiency. Because circulator
pump efficiency is measured on a wireto-water basis, it is difficult to entirely
disentangle performance differences due
to motor efficiency from those due to
hydraulic efficiency. In redesigning a
pump model to meet the standard
established in this final rule,
manufacturers would likely consider
both hydraulic efficiency and motor
efficiency. Speed reduction is a
legitimate means of reducing energy
consumption and likely offers greater
potential energy savings than hydraulic
optimization would alone due to pump
affinity laws, which are described in
section IV.A.2.c of this document. If
compliance with energy conservation
standards were based on the most
consumptive control mode, circulator
pumps with energy-saving controls
would be unlikely to receive benefit to
their CEI score, as essentially all
circulator pumps would be evaluated at
full speed.
In view of the foregoing discussion
and the support of HI, ASAP et al., and
the CA IOUs, DOE is adopting the
requirement that circulator pumps
comply with energy conservation
standards while operated in their least
consumptive mode.
As stated in section III.A.3 of this
document, certification requirements,
including those related to active control
variety, are not being proposed in this
final rule, but may be addressed in a
potential future rulemaking.
E. Technological Feasibility
1. General
In each energy conservation standards
rulemaking, DOE conducts a screening
analysis based on information gathered
on all current technology options and
prototype designs that could improve
the efficiency of the equipment that is
the subject of the rulemaking. As the
first step in such an analysis, DOE
develops a list of technology options for
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
consideration in consultation with
manufacturers, design engineers, and
other interested parties. DOE then
determines which of those means for
improving efficiency are technologically
feasible. DOE considers technologies
incorporated in commercially available
equipment or in working prototypes to
be technologically feasible. 10 CFR
431.4; sections 6(b)(3)(i) and 7(b)(1) of
appendix A to 10 CFR part 430 subpart
C (‘‘Process Rule’’).
After DOE has determined that
particular technology options are
technologically feasible, it further
evaluates each technology option in
light of the following additional
screening criteria: (1) practicability to
manufacture, install, and service; (2)
adverse impacts on equipment utility or
availability; (3) adverse impacts on
health or safety and (4) unique-pathway
proprietary technologies. 10 CFR 431.4;
sections 7(b)(2)–(5). Section IV.B of this
document discusses the results of the
screening analysis for circulator pumps,
particularly the designs DOE
considered, those it screened out, and
those that are the basis for the standards
considered in this rulemaking. For
further details on the screening analysis
for this rulemaking, see chapter 4 of the
final rule technical support document
(‘‘TSD’’).
2. Maximum Technologically Feasible
Levels
When DOE proposes to adopt a new
standard for a type or class of covered
equipment, it must determine the
maximum improvement in energy
efficiency or maximum reduction in
energy use that is technologically
feasible for such equipment. (42 U.S.C.
6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(1))
Accordingly, in the engineering
analysis, DOE determined the maximum
technologically feasible (‘‘max-tech’’)
improvements in energy efficiency for
circulator pumps, using the design
parameters for the most efficient
equipment available on the market or in
working prototypes. The max-tech
levels that DOE determined for this
rulemaking are described in section
IV.C.2 of this final rule and in chapter
5 of the final rule TSD.
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
F. Energy Savings
1. Determination of Savings
For each TSL, DOE projected energy
savings from application of the TSL to
circulator pumps purchased in the 30year period that begins in the year of
compliance with the new standards
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
44481
(2028–2057).25 The savings are
measured over the entire lifetime of
equipment purchased in the 30-year
analysis period. DOE quantified the
energy savings attributable to each TSL
as the difference in energy consumption
between each standards case and the nonew-standards case. The no-newstandards case represents a projection of
energy consumption that reflects how
the market for equipment would likely
evolve in the absence of new energy
conservation standards.
DOE used its national impact analysis
(‘‘NIA’’) spreadsheet models to estimate
national energy savings (‘‘NES’’) from
potential new standards for circulator
pumps. The NIA spreadsheet model
(described in section IV.H of this
document) calculates energy savings in
terms of site energy, which is the energy
directly consumed by equipment at the
locations where it is used. For
electricity, DOE reports national energy
savings in terms of primary energy
savings, which is the savings in the
energy that is used to generate and
transmit the site electricity. DOE also
calculates NES in terms of full-fuelcycle (‘‘FFC’’) energy savings. The FFC
metric includes the energy consumed in
extracting, processing, and transporting
primary fuels (i.e., coal, natural gas,
petroleum fuels), and thus presents a
more complete picture of the impacts of
energy conservation standards.26 DOE’s
approach is based on the calculation of
an FFC multiplier for each of the energy
types used by covered equipment. For
more information on FFC energy
savings, see section IV.H.2 of this
document.
energy infrastructure can be more
pronounced than equipment with
relatively constant demand.
Accordingly, DOE evaluates the
significance of energy savings on a caseby-case basis, considering the
significance of cumulative FFC national
energy savings, the cumulative FFC
emissions reductions, and the need to
confront the global climate crisis, among
other factors.
As stated, the standard levels adopted
in this final rule are projected to result
in national energy savings of 0.55 quad,
the equivalent of the primary annual
energy use of 5.9 million homes. Based
on the amount of FFC savings, the
corresponding reduction in emissions,
and the need to confront the global
climate crisis, DOE has determined the
energy savings from the standard levels
adopted in this final rule are
‘‘significant’’ within the meaning of 42
U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B).
Even without considering the need to
confront the global climate crisis, DOE
has determined the energy savings from
the standard levels adopted in this rule
are ‘‘significant’’ under EPCA.
2. Significance of Savings
To adopt any new standards for
covered equipment, DOE must
determine that such action would result
in significant energy savings. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(3)(B))
The significance of energy savings
offered by a new energy conservation
standard cannot be determined without
knowledge of the specific circumstances
surrounding a given rulemaking.27 For
example, some covered equipment has
most of its energy consumption occur
during periods of peak energy demand.
The impact of this equipment on the
a. Economic Impact on Manufacturers
and Consumers
25 DOE also presents a sensitivity analysis that
considers impacts for equipment shipped in a 9year period.
26 The FFC metric is discussed in DOE’s
statement of policy and notice of policy
amendment. 76 FR 51282 (Aug. 18, 2011), as
amended at 77 FR 49701 (Aug. 17, 2012).
27 The numeric threshold for determining the
significance of energy savings established in a final
rule published on February 14, 2020 (85 FR 8626,
8670) was subsequently eliminated in a final rule
published on December 13, 2021 (86 FR 70892).
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
G. Economic Justification
1. Specific Criteria
As noted previously, EPCA provides
seven factors to be evaluated in
determining whether a potential energy
conservation standard is economically
justified. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(I)–(VII)) The following
sections discuss how DOE has
addressed each of those seven factors in
this rulemaking.
In determining the impacts of
potential new standards on
manufacturers, DOE conducts an MIA,
as discussed in section IV.J of this
document. DOE first uses an annual
cash-flow approach to determine the
quantitative impacts. This step includes
both a short-term assessment—based on
the cost and capital requirements during
the period between when a regulation is
issued and when entities must comply
with the regulation—and a long-term
assessment over a 30-year period. The
industry-wide impacts analyzed include
(1) INPV, which values the industry on
the basis of expected future cash flows;
(2) cash flows by year; (3) changes in
revenue and income; and (4) other
measures of impact, as appropriate.
Second, DOE analyzes and reports the
impacts on different types of
manufacturers, including impacts on
small manufacturers. Third, DOE
considers the impact of standards on
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
44482
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
domestic manufacturer employment and
manufacturing capacity, as well as the
potential for standards to result in plant
closures and loss of capital investment.
Finally, DOE considers cumulative
impacts of various DOE regulations and
other regulatory requirements on
manufacturers.
For individual consumers, measures
of economic impact include the changes
in LCC and payback period (‘‘PBP’’)
associated with new standards. These
measures are discussed further in the
following section. For consumers in the
aggregate, DOE also calculates the
national net present value of the
consumer costs and benefits expected to
result from particular standards. DOE
also evaluates the impacts of potential
standards on identifiable subgroups of
consumers that may be affected
disproportionately by a standard.
b. Savings in Operating Costs Compared
to Increase in Price (LCC and PBP)
EPCA requires DOE to consider the
savings in operating costs throughout
the estimated average life of the covered
equipment in the type (or class)
compared to any increase in the price
of, or in the initial charges for, or
maintenance expenses of, the covered
equipment that are likely to result from
a standard. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(II)) DOE conducts this
comparison in its LCC and PBP analysis.
The LCC is the sum of the purchase
price of equipment (including its
installation) and the operating cost
(including energy, maintenance, and
repair expenditures) discounted over
the lifetime of the equipment. The LCC
analysis requires a variety of inputs,
such as equipment prices, equipment
energy consumption, energy prices,
maintenance and repair costs,
equipment lifetime, and discount rates
appropriate for consumers. To account
for uncertainty and variability in
specific inputs, such as equipment
lifetime and discount rate, DOE uses a
distribution of values, with probabilities
attached to each value.
The PBP is the estimated amount of
time (in years) it takes consumers to
recover the increased purchase cost
(including installation) of more-efficient
equipment through lower operating
costs. DOE calculates the PBP by
dividing the change in purchase cost
due to a more-stringent standard by the
change in annual operating cost for the
year that standards are assumed to take
effect.
For its LCC and PBP analysis, DOE
assumes that consumers will purchase
the covered equipment in the first year
of compliance with new standards. The
LCC savings for the considered
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
efficiency levels are calculated relative
to the case that reflects projected market
trends in the absence of new standards.
DOE’s LCC and PBP analysis is
discussed in further detail in section
IV.F of this document.
c. Energy Savings
Although significant conservation of
energy is a separate statutory
requirement for adopting an energy
conservation standard, EPCA requires
DOE, in determining the economic
justification of a standard, to consider
the total projected energy savings that
are expected to result directly from the
standard. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(III)) As discussed in
section IV.H of this document, DOE uses
the NIA spreadsheet models to project
national energy savings.
d. Lessening of Utility or Performance of
Equipment
In establishing equipment classes, and
in evaluating design options and the
impact of potential standard levels, DOE
evaluates potential standards that would
not lessen the utility or performance of
the considered equipment. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(IV)) Based on data
available to DOE, the standards adopted
in this document would not reduce the
utility or performance of the equipment
under consideration in this rulemaking.
e. Impact of Any Lessening of
Competition
EPCA directs DOE to consider the
impact of any lessening of competition,
as determined in writing by the
Attorney General, that is likely to result
from a standard. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42
U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(V)) It also directs
the Attorney General to determine the
impact, if any, of any lessening of
competition likely to result from a
standard and to transmit such
determination to the Secretary within 60
days of the publication of a proposed
rule, together with an analysis of the
nature and extent of the impact. (42
U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(ii)) To assist the
Department of Justice (‘‘DOJ’’) in making
such a determination, DOE transmitted
copies of its proposed rule and the
NOPR TSD to the Attorney General for
review, with a request that the DOJ
provide its determination on this issue.
In its assessment letter responding to
DOE, DOJ concluded that the proposed
energy conservation standards for
circulator pumps are unlikely to have a
significant adverse impact on
competition. DOE is publishing the
Attorney General’s assessment at the
end of this final rule.
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
f. Need for National Energy
Conservation
DOE also considers the need for
national energy and water conservation
in determining whether a new standard
is economically justified. (42 U.S.C.
6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VI))
The energy savings from the adopted
standards are likely to provide
improvements to the security and
reliability of the Nation’s energy system.
Reductions in the demand for electricity
also may result in reduced costs for
maintaining the reliability of the
Nation’s electricity system. DOE
conducts a utility impact analysis to
estimate how standards may affect the
Nation’s needed power generation
capacity, as discussed in section IV.M of
this document.
DOE has determined that
environmental and public health
benefits associated with the more
efficient use of energy are important to
take into account when considering the
need for national energy conservation.
The adopted standards are likely to
result in environmental benefits in the
form of reduced emissions of air
pollutants and greenhouse gases
(‘‘GHGs’’) associated with energy
production and use. DOE conducts an
emissions analysis to estimate how
potential standards may affect these
emissions, as discussed in section IV.K
of this document; the estimated
emissions impacts are reported in
section V.B.6 of this document. DOE
also estimates the economic value of
emissions reductions resulting from the
considered TSLs, as discussed in
section IV.L of this document.
g. Other Factors
In determining whether an energy
conservation standard is economically
justified, DOE may consider any other
factors that the Secretary deems to be
relevant. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VII)) To the extent DOE
identifies any relevant information
regarding economic justification that
does not fit into the other categories
described previously, DOE could
consider such information under ‘‘other
factors.’’
2. Rebuttable Presumption
EPCA creates a rebuttable
presumption that an energy
conservation standard is economically
justified if the additional cost to the
equipment that meets the standard is
less than three times the value of the
first year’s energy savings resulting from
the standard, as calculated under the
applicable DOE test procedure. (42
U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C.
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
6295(o)(2)(B)(iii)) DOE’s LCC and PBP
analyses generate values used to
calculate the effect potential new energy
conservation standards would have on
the payback period for consumers.
These analyses include, but are not
limited to, the 3-year payback period
contemplated under the rebuttablepresumption test. In addition, DOE
routinely conducts an economic
analysis that considers the full range of
impacts to consumers, manufacturers,
the Nation, and the environment, as
required under (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42
U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)) The results of
this analysis serve as the basis for DOE’s
evaluation of the economic justification
for a potential standard level (thereby
supporting or rebutting the results of
any preliminary determination of
economic justification). The rebuttable
presumption payback calculation is
discussed in section IV.F of this final
rule.
H. Compliance Date
EPCA does not prescribe a
compliance lead time for energy
conservation standards for pumps, i.e.,
the number of years between the date of
publication of a final energy
conservation standard (‘‘effective date’’)
and the date on which manufacturers
must comply with the new standard.
The November 2016 CPWG
Recommendations specified a
compliance date of four years following
publication of the final rule.
In response to the May 2021 RFI, DOE
received two comments regarding the
compliance date. Grundfos
recommended a 2-year compliance date
and NEEA recommended a 3-year
compliance date. (Docket No. EERE–
2016–BT–STD–0004, Grundfos, No. 113,
at p. 1; Docket No. EERE–2016–BT–
STD–0004, NEEA, No. 115, at p. 3)
Neither Grundfos nor NEEA provided
additional comments regarding the
compliance date in response to the
December 2022 NOPR.
In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE
proposed a 2-year compliance date for
energy conservation standards due to
the industry being more mature than
when the CPWG made its
recommendation. 87 FR 74850, 74865.
DOE requested comment on its
proposal. Id. DOE also noted that, due
to projected market trends, a change in
the rulemaking’s compliance date may
lead to a small but non-negligible
change in consumer and manufacturer
benefits or impacts. Id.
In response to the December 2022
NOPR, HI and Xylem recommended
DOE adopt a 4-year compliance lead
time for manufacturers to meet the
proposed standard. (HI, No. 135 at p. 1;
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
Xylem, No. 136 at p. 1) HI and Xylem
stated that the proposed 2-year
compliance lead time conflicts with the
4-year time negotiated by the CPWG and
that the existing equipment on the
market meeting EL 2 does not cover the
breadth of utility required by the
market. Id. Xylem explained that
implementing a 2-year compliance
timeline for pumps would delay, rather
than accelerate, manufacturer
compliance. (Xylem, No. 136 at p. 1)
Xylem recommended that DOE make
recourse to the European Union’s
method of implementing regulations to
decrease circulator pump energy
consumption by providing
manufacturers the necessary time to
comply with the regulations. (Xylem,
No. 136 at p. 2)
HI and Xylem commented that, as
stated in the December 2022 NOPR, 66
percent of circulator pumps on the
market need to be redesigned to meet
the proposed standard, and
manufacturers will benefit from a 4-year
compliance lead time to engineer,
develop, and test equipment to meet the
standard. (HI, No. 135 at p. 2; Xylem,
No. 136 at p. 2) HI and Xylem
commented that, due to supply chain
issues, it is not uncommon for an 18month lead time for manufacturers to
obtain materials to leave just 6 months
for all engineering, development, and
third-party agency testing; meaning this
timeline is not feasible for
manufacturers. (HI, No. 135 at pp. 2–3;
Xylem, No. 136 at p. 3). HI and Xylem
also stated that much of the
development, sourcing, testing, and
equipment line implementation is
linear, with each step dependent on
prior steps being completed. Id. HI and
Xylem commented that much
equipment will require an EL 3 effort to
be compliant and meet market
competitiveness requirements, which
will extend the timeline of equipment
development and testing well beyond 2
years. Id. In addition, HI added that
manufacturers are required to obtain
safety and drinking water approvals via
third party agency testing for all new/
redesigned equipment. (HI, No. 135 at p.
3)
HI and Xylem further commented that
manufacturers, including Xylem itself,
anticipate struggling to meet capacity,
for instance regarding lead times for
electronically commutated motors
(‘‘ECMs’’), production test equipment,
and other assets that will delay the
compliance lead time. (HI, No. 135 at p.
3; Xylem, No. 136 at p. 3) HI noted that
ECM component suppliers have been
unable to meet demand and will
continue to fall behind as the circulator
market transitions to ECMs. (HI, No. 135
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44483
at p. 4) Xylem commented that
manufacturers will see similar lead time
issues when developing new production
lines as seen with materials in the
supply chain. (Xylem, No. 136 at pp. 3–
4) Xylem stated it will take 12–18
months to source and implement
production lines, which will delay the
compliance lead time. Id. Xylem
commented that manufacturers’
inability to meet the aggressive
compliance timeline will result in a gap
of pumps available in the market and
potentially lead to overinflated pricing,
substitution of older and less efficient
equipment, and costly conversions to
alternative systems. Id.
In the NOPR public meeting, Taco
commented that the proposed
implementation period is extremely
short and requires a lot of changes.
(Taco, Inc., Public Meeting Transcript,
No. 129 at pp. 65–66) Taco stated it is
nearly impossible to get anything
electronic in a two-year period to go
through this testing. Id. Taco further
commented that everything would need
to be redesigned with no way to get the
parts in house to make that happen. Id.
Taco stated that, at the time of the
public meeting, it was receiving twoyear quotes to get in new electronic
products. Id.
HI and Xylem commented that a 2year lead time will pose an additional
financial burden on manufacturers due
to conversion-cost impacts with a quick
turnaround. (HI, No. 135 at p. 4; Xylem,
No. 136 at p. 4) Xylem commented that
even large companies may not be able
to justify achieving the extremely short
investment-to-launch period proposed
by DOE. (Xylem, No. 136 at p. 4) Xylem
believes manufacturers will redesign to
be competitive, which likely means
redesigning past the minimal
compliance CEI of 1.0, which will
include additional costs and time
needed. Id. Xylem agreed that basic
model counts would decrease with a
transition to ECMs due to the greater
range of applications served. Id.
However, Xylem recommended DOE
consider the additional incremental cost
to transition these models to EL 3 levels.
Id. Xylem commented that capital
investment is likely to increase when
going from EL 2 to EL 4 and that DOE
has underestimated the capital
investment and time commitment
needed to reach EL 3 and EL 4. Id. HI
and Xylem recommended that DOE
follow up with manufacturers to qualify
the lead times to acquire and
commission manufacturing assets. (HI,
No. 135 at p. 4; Xylem, No. 136 at pp.
3–4).
Further, HI and Xylem disagreed with
DOE’s assertion that manufacturers
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
44484
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
affected by this rulemaking are not
affected by other rulemakings and
recommended that DOE consider the
cumulative burden of rulemakings
currently in progress, such as those
regarding commercial and industrial
pumps and electric motors. (HI, No. 135
at p. 4; Xylem, No. 136 at p. 5) HI also
recommended DOE consider that the
ECM technology used in CP2- and CP3style circulator pumps is under
consideration in the electric motor
rulemakings. (HI, No. 135 at p. 6) HI
commented that the timing and outcome
of the electric motor rulemakings would
impact circulator manufacturers’ ability
to redesign CP2 and CP3 equipment
within the 2-year compliance lead time.
Id.
Wyer commented that the
manufacturing industry has seen an
increase in the number of ECM
circulator pumps in recent years and
this increase has proven problematic.
(Tom Wyer, No. 128 at pp. 1–2) Wyer
commented that the pump
manufacturers listed by the CPWG do
not currently have the ability to produce
ECM pumps in sufficient quantities to
satisfy a growing market. Id. Wyer
commented that several manufacturers
are substituting permanent split
capacitor ‘‘’’PSC’’) motor pumps for
ECMs to make up for the insufficient
availability of ECM pumps, which is
due to: (1) international supply chain
shortages; (2) plant capacity in the
facilities that manufacturer ECM
circulators, all of which are located in
Europe; and (3) the rapid adoption of
hydronic heat pumps in Europe caused
by the war in Ukraine, natural gas
supply constraints, and rising prices. Id.
Wyer commented that U.S.
manufacturing infrastructure cannot
support the level of production needed
to satisfy the hydronics market with
ECM circulators. (Tom Wyer, No. 128 at
p. 2) Wyer stated that ECM pumps with
the performance curves necessary for
the geothermal HVAC industry are only
manufactured in Europe, while the
majority of PSC pumps currently used
in the geothermal HVAC industry are
made in the United States. Id. Wyer
commented that U.S.-based
manufacturers are more likely to shut
down domestic facilities and continue
importing ECM circulators rather than
invest to upgrade their plants to
produce ECM pumps. Id. Wyer
recommended that DOE consider the
impact of the proposed rulemaking on
domestic manufacturer employment and
the potential of plant closures. Id. Wyer
commented that 3 years is not enough
time for pump manufacturers to upgrade
their capacity to supply the entire
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
hydronics market in the U.S. and
recommended that DOE delay the
implementation of the standard until
the domestic supply of ECM pumps is
sufficient to meet current and future
demand. Id. Wyer recommended that if
DOE continues with the proposed
rulemaking, the compliance time should
be increased to a minimum of 6 years.
Id.
In response, DOE notes that, as stated
by manufacturers, the redesign process
for circulator pumps contains multiple,
sequential steps dependent on
completion of the preceding step. Thirdparty water testing, which is necessary
after the redesign process but before the
circulator pumps go to market, adds
further time constraints to pump
manufacturers. These reasons make a 2year compliance date hard for
manufacturers to reach EL 2 levels, but
some manufacturers will use the
redesigning process as an opportunity
for further energy savings. HI and Xylem
also noted that they feel the cumulative
regulatory burden from other
rulemakings, including commercial
industrial pumps and small electric
motors, put further strain on
manufacturers who expect a 2-year
compliance date for circulator pumps to
add significant financial burden.
Cumulative regulatory burden from
other rulemakings is discussed in
section V.B.2.e of this document.
As discussed previously, in the
December 2022 NOPR DOE did not
follow the CPWG’s recommendation of
a 4-year compliance date, instead
proposing a 2-year compliance date due
to the market maturing since the 2016
CPWG meetings. However, as discussed
by stakeholders, the natural growth of
ECMs in the market has been slow, with
only around 1 percent of the market
switching to ECMs annually, leaving the
majority of the market in need of
redesign to reach EL 2. As such, DOE
agrees that a longer compliance period
than proposed in the DOE 2022 NOPR
is warranted. However, although the
natural market share growth of ECMs
has been slow, the market is closer to EL
2 on average now than when the CPWG
initially recommended a 4-year
compliance date, which has led DOE to
conclude that no additional time past
the 4-year recommendation, such as a 6year compliance date, is necessary.
Accordingly, in this final rule, DOE is
adopting a 4-year compliance date for
energy conservation standards.
IV. Methodology and Discussion of
Related Comments
This section addresses the analyses
DOE has performed for this rulemaking
with regard to circulator pumps.
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Separate subsections address each
component of DOE’s analyses.
DOE used several analytical tools to
estimate the impact of the standards
considered in this document. The first
tool is a spreadsheet that calculates the
LCC savings and PBP of potential new
energy conservation standards. The
national impacts analysis uses a second
spreadsheet set that provides shipments
projections and calculates national
energy savings and net present value of
total consumer costs and savings
expected to result from potential energy
conservation standards. DOE uses the
third spreadsheet tool, the Government
Regulatory Impact Model (‘‘GRIM’’), to
assess manufacturer impacts of potential
standards. These three spreadsheet tools
are available on the DOE website for this
rulemaking: www.regulations.gov/
docket/EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004.
Additionally, DOE used output from the
latest version of the Energy Information
Administration’s (‘‘EIA’s’’) Annual
Energy Outlook (‘‘AEO’’) for the
emissions and utility impact analyses.
A. Market and Technology Assessment
DOE develops information in the
market and technology assessment that
provides an overall picture of the
market for the equipment concerned,
including the purpose of the equipment,
the industry structure, manufacturers,
market characteristics, and technologies
used in the equipment. This activity
includes both quantitative and
qualitative assessments, based primarily
on publicly available information. The
subjects addressed in the market and
technology assessment for this
rulemaking include (1) a determination
of the scope of the rulemaking and
equipment classes, (2) manufacturers
and industry structure, (3) existing
efficiency programs, (4) shipments
information, (5) market and industry
trends, and (6) technologies or design
options that could improve the energy
efficiency of circulator pumps. The key
findings of DOE’s market assessment are
summarized in the following sections.
See chapter 3 of the final rule TSD for
further discussion of the market and
technology assessment.
In response to the December 2022
NOPR, HI requested that DOE provide
its market assessment of basic model
information as a supplemental
publication, including the estimated
number of models left for conversion
and the percentage they make up of the
market. (HI, No. 126 at p. 1) HI
requested that DOE allow manufacturers
time to review the market assessment
data and provide comments. Id.
DOE responded to this comment by
publishing a supplementary document
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
with the estimated number of models at
or above EL 2 and the number of models
below EL 2 on January 31, 2023. (Docket
No. EERE–2016–BT–STD–0004–0127)
This information is reflected in Table
IV.14 in section IV.J.2.c of this
document.
1. Scope of Coverage and Equipment
Classes
a. Scope
As stated in the December 2022
NOPR, DOE proposed to align the scope
of these proposed energy conservation
standards with that of the circulator
pumps test procedure. 87 FR 74850,
74865; 87 FR 57264. In that document,
DOE finalized the scope of the circulator
pumps test procedure such that it
applies to circulator pumps that are
clean water pumps, including
circulators-less-volute and on-demand
circulator pumps, and excluding header
pumps and submersible pumps. 87 FR
74850, 74865–74866. That scope is
consistent with the recommendations of
the CPWG. (Docket No. EERE–2016–BT–
STD–0004, No. 58)
In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE
proposed to apply energy conservation
standards to all circulator pumps
included in the CWPG
recommendations, which excluded
submersible pumps and header pumps.
87 FR 74850, 74866. (Docket No. EERE–
2016–BT–STD–0004, No. 58) The
September 2022 TP Final Rule also
excluded submersible pumps and
header pumps. 87 FR 57264, 57272. Any
future evaluation of energy conservation
standards would require a
corresponding test procedure.
In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE
requested comment regarding the
proposed scope of energy conservation
standards for circulator pumps. 87 FR
74850, 74866.
HI agreed with DOE’s proposal to
apply standards to all circulator pumps
included in the CWPG
recommendations, which excluded
submersible pumps and header pumps.
(HI, No. 135 at p. 4)
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
Equipment Diagrams
In general, DOE establishes written
definitions to designate which
equipment falls within the scope of a
test procedure or energy conservation
standard. In the specific case of
circulator pumps, certain scope-related
definitions were adopted by the
September 2022 TP Final Rule and
codified at 10 CFR 431.462.
DOE adopted the definitions that
distinguish various circulator pumps
nearly unchanged from those
recommended by the CPWG at meeting
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
2. (Docket No. EERE–2016–BT–STD–
0004–0021, p. 22) 10 CFR 431.462.
CPWG membership included five
manufacturers of circulator pumps; a
trade association representing the U.S.
hydraulic industry; a trade association
representing plumbing, heating, and
cooling contractors; and other
manufacturers of equipment that either
use or are used by circulator pumps as
components.
In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE
stated that given the strong
representation of entities with deep
experience in circulator pump design
and for whom definitional ambiguity
could be burdensome, it is reasonable to
expect the CPWG-proposed definitions
were viewed as sufficiently clear at the
time of their recommendation. 87 FR
74850, 74866.
Additionally, in the December 2022
NOPR, DOE explained that the
development of diagrams to support the
definitions could create confusion if
interpretations of such diagrams differ
from those of the corresponding written
definitions. For this reason, and in the
absence of any evidence of ambiguity in
the definitions, DOE did not propose to
establish equipment diagrams in the
December 2022 NOPR, but requested
comments on the definitions and
whether any clarification was needed.
87 FR 74850, 74866.
HI agreed that the proposed
definitions are sufficiently clear and
consistent with the diagrams provided
in ANSI/HI 14.1–14.2. (HI, No. 135 at p.
4)
Accordingly, DOE is not establishing
equipment diagrams in this final rule.
b. Equipment Classes
When evaluating and establishing
energy conservation standards, DOE
may divide covered equipment into
equipment classes by the type of energy
used, or by capacity or other
performance-related features that justify
a different standard. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a);
42 U.S.C. 6295(q)) In making a
determination whether capacity or
another performance-related feature
justifies a different standard, DOE must
consider such factors as the utility of the
feature to the consumer and other
factors DOE deems appropriate. Id.
For circulator pumps, there are no
current energy conservation standards
and, thus, no preexisting equipment
classes. However, the November 2016
Term Sheets contained a
recommendation related to establishing
equipment classes for circulator pumps.
Specifically, ‘‘Recommendation #1’’ of
the November 2016 CPWG
Recommendations suggests grouping all
circulator pumps into a single
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44485
equipment class, though with numerical
energy conservation standard values
that vary as a function of hydraulic
output power. (Docket No. EERE–2016–
BT–STD–0004, No. 98,
Recommendation #1 at p.1)
As stated in section III.C.1 of this
document, circulator pumps may be
offered in wet- or dry-rotor
configurations, and if dry-rotor, in either
close-coupled or mechanically coupled
construction. Minor differences may
exist across configurations. For
example, during interviews with
manufacturers, DOE learned that wetrotor pumps tended to be quieter,
whereas dry-rotor pumps may be easier
to service. In general, however, each
respective pump variety serves similar
applications. Similarly, data provided to
DOE as part of the confidential
submission process indicates that each
variety may reach similar efficiency
levels when operated with similar motor
technology. Accordingly, no apparent
basis exists to warrant establishing
separate equipment classes by circulator
pump configuration.
One additional salient design attribute
of circulator pumps is housing material.
Generally, circulator pumps are built
using a cast iron, bronze, or stainlesssteel housing. Bronze and stainless steel
(sometimes discussed collectively with
the descriptor ‘‘nonferrous’’) carry
greater corrosion resistance and are thus
suitable for use in applications in which
they will be exposed to corrosive
elements. Typically, corrosion
resistance is most important in ‘‘open
loop’’ applications in which new water
is constantly being replaced.
By contrast, cast iron (sometimes
described as ‘‘ferrous’’ to distinguish
from the ‘‘nonferrous’’ descriptor
applied to bronze and stainless steel)
pump housing is less resistant to
corrosion than bronze or stainless steel,
and as a result is generally limited to
‘‘closed loop’’ applications in which the
same water remains in the hydraulic
circuit, in which it will eventually
become deionized and less able to
corrode metallic elements of circulator
pumps. Cast iron is generally less
expensive to manufacture than bronze
or stainless steel and, as a result, bronze
or stainless-steel circulator pumps are
less commonly selected by consumers
for applications that do not strictly
require them.
As discussed in the December 2022
NOPR, although a difference in utility
exists across circulator pump housing
materials, no such difference exists in
ability to reach higher efficiencies. 87
FR 74850, 74866. All housing materials
can reach all efficiency levels analyzed
in this final rule. Id. Accordingly, no
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
44486
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
apparent basis exists to warrant
establishing separate equipment classes
by circulator pump housing material. Id.
In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE
requested comment regarding the
proposal to analyze all circulator pumps
within a single equipment class. 87 FR
74850, 74866.
In response, ASAP et al. and HI
supported DOE’s proposal of a single
equipment class and standard for all
circulator pumps, as it is consistent
with the CPWG recommendations.
(ASAP et al., No. 131 at pp. 1–2; HI, No.
135 at p. 4)
Based on the foregoing analysis and
the support of stakeholders, DOE is
establishing circulator pumps in a single
equipment class.
Strauch commented that while DOE
regularly considers the cumulative
regulatory burden on manufacturers,
DOE does not address an equivalent
burden on consumers, for whom
regulatory processes result in
diminished equipment choices. (Mark
Strauch, No. 123 at p. 2)
As discussed by Strauch, DOE
evaluated cumulative regulatory burden
on manufacturers in this rulemaking.
See section V.B.2.e of this document. In
response to Strauch’s comment
regarding diminishing equipment
choices, DOE notes that some circulator
pump models with induction motors
also come equipped with automatic
continuous variable speed controls and
therefore not all induction motors will
be removed from the market. Further,
DOE analyzes burden on consumers in
section IV.I of this document.
On-Demand Circulator Pumps
On-demand circulator pumps respond
to actions of the user rather than other
factors such as pressure, temperature, or
time. In the September 2022 TP Final
Rule, DOE adopted the following
definition for on-demand circulator
pumps, which is consistent with that
recommended by the CPWG (Docket No.
EERE–2016–BT–STD–0004, No. 98,
Recommendation 4 at p. 5):
On-demand circulator pump means a
circulator pump that is distributed in
commerce with an integral control that:
• Initiates water circulation based on
receiving a signal from the action of a
user [of a fixture or appliance] or
sensing the presence of a user of a
fixture and cannot initiate water
circulation based on other inputs, such
as water temperature or a pre-set
schedule.
• Automatically terminates water
circulation once hot water has reached
the pump or desired fixture.
• Does not allow the pump to operate
when the temperature in the pipe
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
exceeds 104 °F or for more than 5
minutes continuously.
10 CFR 431.462.
The TP final rule (87 FR 57264)
responded to a number of comments
received in response to the December
2021 TP NOPR, which were discussed
therein. Several commenters encouraged
DOE to develop an adjustment to the
CEI metric that accounted for the
potential of on-demand circulator
pumps to save energy in certain
contexts. (EERE–2016–BT–TP–0033, No.
10 at p. 5; EERE–2016–BT–TP–0033,
No. 11 at pp. 4–5). Other commenters
did not support an adjusted CEI metric
for on-demand circulator pumps in the
test procedure final rule, but
recommended evaluation of such in a
potential future rulemaking. (Docket No.
EERE–2016–BT–TP–0033, No. 9 at p. 3;
EERE–2016–BT–TP–0033, No. 7 at p. 1).
DOE ultimately did not adopt any
modification to the CEI metric for ondemand circulator pumps in the final
rule but stated that it would consider
the appropriate scope and equipment
categories for standards for on-demand
circulator pumps in a separate energy
conservation rulemaking.
As stated in section III.C of this
document, DOE is aligning the scope of
energy conservation standards for
circulator pumps consistently with that
of the test procedure for circulator
pumps, which includes on-demand
circulator pumps. 87 FR 57264.
As discussed in the December 2022
NOPR, in developing the equipment
class structure, DOE is directed to
consider, among other factors,
performance-related features that justify
a different standard and the utility of
such features to the consumer. 87 FR
74850, 74867. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42
U.S.C. 6295(q)) In the specific case of
on-demand circulator pumps, the
primary distinguishing feature (i.e.,
ability to react to user action or
presence) is not obviously performance
related in that it does not impede the
ability of on-demand circulator pumps
to reach the same performance levels as
any other circulator pumps. Id.
On that basis, DOE proposed not to
establish a separate equipment class for
on-demand circulator pumps in the
December 2022 NOPR. Id.
In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE
requested comment on its proposal not
to establish a separate equipment class
for on-demand circulator pumps. 87 FR
74850, 74867.
In response to the December 2022
NOPR, HI and NEEA/NWPCC stated
their support of DOE’s proposal to
refrain from creating a separate
equipment class for on-demand
circulators. (HI, No. 135 at p. 4; NEEA/
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
NWPCC, No. 134 at p. 4) NEEA/NWPCC
also recommended that, due to the
associated energy savings, DOE adopt a
CEI credit for on-demand circulator
pumps, recognizing that the necessary
data collection may delay implementing
such a credit until the next circulator
pumps rulemaking. (NEEA/NWPCC, No.
134 at p. 4)
On-demand circulator pumps have
access to the same technology options as
circulator pumps at-large. Thus, it is not
clear that on-demand function relates to
efficiency, as measured by the test
procedure for circulator pumps. (See 10
CFR 431.464(c)) In certain applications,
on-demand circulator pumps may
conceivably save energy if used to
replace an equivalent non-on-demand
circulator pump through reduced
aggregate operating duration rather the
improved energy efficiency during
operation. DOE expects the energy
efficiency during operation to be the
same. DOE does not have data to
determine the extent to which ondemand circulator pumps are replacing
more traditional circulator pumps.
However, such energy savings during
the life of the operation would be highly
variable based on used and would not
materialize if the on-demand circulator
pump were installed where none had
existed previously (i.e., a newly added
on-demand circulator pump). DOE
already accounts for operating duration
of on-demand circulator pumps in the
energy use analysis, which is described
in section IV.E of this final rule. In
summary, on-demand circulator pumps
neither obviously provide additional
utility to consumers relative to non-ondemand circulator pumps nor face any
impediment to achieving the same
performance levels as circulator pumps
at-large. Accordingly, DOE is not able to
conclude that on-demand function
would meet the statutory requirements
for establishment of a separate
equipment class (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42
U.S.C. 6295(q)).
Based on the foregoing analysis and
consistent with commenters, DOE is not
establishing a separate equipment class
for on-demand circulators. If DOE
receives data regarding a potential CEI
credit for on-demand circulator pumps,
DOE may consider a CEI credit at that
time.
2. Technology Options
In the preliminary market analysis
and technology assessment, DOE
identified 3 technology options that
would be expected to improve the
efficiency of circulator pumps, as
measured by the DOE test procedure:
• Improved hydraulic design;
• More efficient motors; and
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
• Increased number of motor speeds.
Chapter 3 of the final rule TSD details
each of these technology options.
Section IV.C.2.c of this document
provides examples of which technology
options may be used to reach various
efficiency levels.
a. Hydraulic Design
The performance characteristics of a
pump, such as flow, head, and
efficiency, are influenced by the pump’s
hydraulic design. For the purposes of
DOE’s analysis, ‘‘hydraulic design’’ is a
broad term used to describe the system
design of the wetted components of a
pump. Although hydraulic design
focuses on the specific hydraulic
characteristics of the impeller and the
volute/casing, it also includes design
choices related to bearings, seals, and
other ancillary components.
Impeller and volute/casing
geometries, clearances, and associated
components can be redesigned to a
higher efficiency (at the same flow and
head) using a combination of techniques
including historical best practices and
modern computer-aided design (CAD)
and analysis methods. The wide
availability of modern CAD packages
and techniques now enables pump
designers to reach designs with
improved vane shapes, flow paths, and
cutwater designs more quickly, all of
which work to improve the efficiency of
the pump as a whole.
b. More Efficient Motors
Different constructions of motors have
different achievable efficiencies. Two
general motor constructions are present
in the circulator pump market:
induction motors and ECMs. Induction
motors include both single-phase and
three-phase configurations. Single-phase
induction motors may be further
differentiated and include split-phase,
capacitor-start induction-run (‘‘CSIR’’),
capacitor-start capacitor-run (‘‘CSCR’’),
and PSC motors. In manufacturer
interviews, DOE, using confidentially
submitted manufacturer data, found that
induction motor circulator pumps
account for the majority of the circulator
pump market.
The efficiency of an induction motor
can be increased by redesigning the
motor to reduce slip losses between the
rotor and stator components, as well as
reducing mechanical losses at seals and
bearings. ECMs are generally more
efficient than induction motors because
their construction minimizes slip losses
between the rotor and stator
components. Unlike induction motors,
however, ECMs require an electronic
drive to function. This electronic drive
consumes electricity, and variations in
drive losses and mechanical designs
lead to a range of ECM efficiencies.
The energy conservation standard in
this rule is based upon wire-to-water
efficiency, which is defined as the
hydraulic output power of a circulator
pump divided by its line input power
and is expressed as a percentage. The
achievable wire-to-water efficiency of
circulator pumps is influenced by both
hydraulic efficiency and motor
efficiency. As part of the engineering
analysis (section IV.C of this document),
DOE assessed the range of attainable
wire-to-water efficiencies for circulator
pumps with induction motors and those
with ECMs over a range of hydraulic
power outputs. Because circulator pump
efficiency is measured on a wire-towater basis, it is difficult to fully
separate differences due to motor
efficiency from those due to hydraulic
efficiency. In redesigning a pump model
to meet the standard established in this
final rule, manufacturers could consider
both hydraulic efficiency and motor
efficiency.
Higher motor capacities are generally
required for higher hydraulic power
outputs, and as motor capacity
increases, the attainable efficiency of the
motor at full load also increases. Higher
horsepower motors also operate close to
44487
their peak efficiency for a wider range
of loading conditions.28
Circulator pump manufacturers either
manufacture motors in-house or
purchase complete or partial motors
from motor manufacturers and/or
distributors. Manufacturers may select
an entirely different motor or redesign
an existing motor in order to improve a
pump’s motor efficiency.
c. Speed Reduction
Circulator pumps with variable speed
capability can reduce their energy
consumption by reducing pump speed
to match load requirements. As
discussed in the September 2022 TP
Final Rule, the CER metric is a weighted
average of input powers at each test
point relative to BEP flow. The
circulator pump test procedure allows
CER values for multi- and variablespeed circulator pumps to be calculated
as the weighted average of input powers
at full speed BEP flow, and reduced
speed at flow points less than BEP; CER
for single-speed circulator pumps is
calculated based only on input power at
full speed. 10 CFR 431.464(c)(2). Due to
pump affinity laws, variable-speed
circulator pumps will achieve reduced
power consumption at flow points less
than BEP by reducing their rotational
speed to more closely match required
system head. As such, the CER metric
grants benefits on circulator pumps
capable of variable speed operation.
Specifically, pump affinity laws
describe the relationship of pump
operating speed, flow rate, head, and
hydraulic power. According to the
affinity laws, flow varies proportionally
with the pump’s rotational speed, as
described in equation (6). The affinity
laws also establish that pump total head
is proportional to speed squared, as
described in equation (7), and pump
hydraulic power is proportional to
speed cubed, as described in equation
(8)
28 U.S. DOE Building Technologies Office. Energy
Savings Potential and Opportunities for HighEfficiency Electric Motors in Residential and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
Commercial Equipment. December 2013. Prepared
for the DOE by Navigant Consulting. pp. 4.
Available at energy.gov/sites/prod/files/2014/02/f8/
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
Motor%20Energy%20Savings%20Potential%20
Report%202013-12-4.pdf DFR.
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.015
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
(6)
44488
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
(7)
(8)
29 A discussion of reduced-speed pump dynamics
is available at www.regulations.gov/
document?D=EERE-2015-BT-STD-0008-0099.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
space when less heat is needed even in
a given zone or zones.
In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE
concluded that the technology options
identified were sufficient to conduct the
engineering analysis, which is discussed
in section IV.C of this document.
B. Screening Analysis
DOE uses the following four screening
criteria to determine which technology
options are suitable for further
consideration in an energy conservation
standards rulemaking:
(1) Technological feasibility. Technologies
that are not incorporated in commercial
equipment or in commercially viable,
existing prototypes will not be considered
further.
(2) Practicability to manufacture, install,
and service. If it is determined that mass
production of a technology in commercial
equipment and reliable installation and
servicing of the technology could not be
achieved on the scale necessary to serve the
relevant market at the time of the projected
compliance date of the standard, then that
technology will not be considered further.
(3) Impacts on equipment utility. If a
technology is determined to have a
significant adverse impact on the utility of
the equipment to subgroups of consumers, or
result in the unavailability of any covered
equipment type with performance
characteristics (including reliability),
features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that
are substantially the same as equipment
generally available in the United States at the
time, it will not be considered further.
(4) Safety of technologies. If it is
determined that a technology would have
significant adverse impacts on health or
safety, it will not be considered further.
(5) Unique-pathway proprietary
technologies. If a technology has proprietary
protection and represents a unique pathway
to achieving a given efficiency level, it will
not be considered further, due to the
potential for monopolistic concerns.
10 CFR 431.4; 10 CFR part 430, subpart
C, appendix I6(c)(3) and 7(b).
In sum, if DOE determines that a
technology, or a combination of
technologies, fails to meet one or more
of the listed five criteria, it will be
excluded from further consideration in
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.017
This means that a pump operating at
half speed will provide one half of the
pump’s full-speed flow and one eighth
of the pump’s full-speed power.29
However, pump affinity laws do not
account for changes in hydraulic and
motor efficiency that may occur as a
pump’s rotational speed is reduced.
Typically, hydraulic efficiency and
motor efficiency will be reduced at
lower operating speeds. Consequently,
at reduced speeds, power consumption
is not reduced as drastically as
hydraulic output power. Even so, the
efficiency losses at low-speed operation
are typically outweighed by the
exponential reduction in hydraulic
output power at low-speed operation;
this results in a lower input power at
low-speed operation at flow points
lower than BEP.
Circulator pump speed controls may
be discrete or continuous, as well as
manual or automatic. Circulator pumps
with discrete speed controls vary the
circulator pump’s rotational speed in a
stepwise manner. Discrete controls are
found mostly on circulator pumps with
induction motors and have several
speed settings that can be used to allow
contractors greater installation
flexibility with a single circulator pump
model. For these circulator pumps, the
speed is set manually with a dial or
buttons by the installer or user, and they
operate at a constant speed once the
installation is complete.
Circulator pumps equipped with
automatic speed controls can adjust the
circulator pump’s rotational speed
based on a signal from differential
pressure or temperature sensors, or an
external input signal from a boiler. The
variable frequency drives required for
ECMs make them fairly amenable to the
addition of variable speed control logic;
currently, the vast majority of circulator
pumps with automatic continuously
variable speed controls also have ECMs.
However, some circulator pump models
with induction motors also come
equipped with automatic continuous
variable speed controls. While
automatic controls can reduce energy
consumption by allowing circulator
pump speed to dynamically respond to
changes in system conditions, these
controls can also reduce energy
consumption by reducing speed to a
single, constant value that is optimized
based on system head at the required
flow point. Automatic controls can be
broadly categorized into two groups:
pressure-based controls, and
temperature-based controls.
Pressure-based controls vary the
circulator pump speed based on changes
in the system pressure. These pressure
changes are typically induced by a
thermostatically controlled zone valve
that monitors the space temperature in
different zones and calls for heat (i.e.,
opens the valve) when the space/zone
temperature is below the set-point,
similar to a thermostat. In this type of
control, a pressure sensor internal to the
circulator pump determines the amount
of pressure in the system and adjusts the
circulator pump speed to achieve the
desired system pressure.
Temperature-based controls monitor
the supply and return temperature to
the circulator pump and modulate the
circulator pump’s speed to maintain a
fixed temperature drop across the
system. Circulator pumps with
temperature-based controls are able to
serve the heat loads of a conditioned
space at a lower speed, and therefore
lower input power, than the differential
pressure control because it can account
for the differential temperature between
the space and supplied hot water,
delivering a constant BTU/hr load to the
ER20MY24.016
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
Where:
Q1 and Q2 = volumetric flow rate at two
operating points;
H1 and H2 = pump total head at two
operating points;
N1 and N2 = pump rotational speed at two
operating points; and
P1 and P2 = pump hydraulic power at two
operating points.
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
the engineering analysis. The reasons
for eliminating any technology are
discussed in the following sections.
The subsequent sections include
comments from interested parties
pertinent to the screening criteria,
DOE’s evaluation of each technology
option against the screening analysis
criteria, and whether DOE determined
that a technology option should be
excluded (‘‘screened out’’) based on the
screening criteria.
1. Screened-Out Technologies
In the December 2022 NOPR DOE
received comment from stakeholders
regarding the potential of screening out
ECMs. HI responded to the May 2021
RFI by commenting that ECMs and
controls could potentially become a
problem due to scarcity of necessary
component materials, reliance on
foreign sources, and the degree of
automation and specialized tooling
involved in the manufacture of ECMs.
(Docket No. EERE–2016–BT–STD–0004,
HI, No. 112, at p. 7) DOE interpreted
HI’s comment to be discussing a
hypothetical future scenario, and not to
be stating that ECMs are unavailable at
this time. 87 FR 74850, 74870.
Accordingly in the December 2022
NOPR, DOE retained ECMs as a design
option for the analysis. Id.
In the December 2022 NOPR DOE
requested comment regarding the
current and anticipated forward
availability of ECMs and components
necessary for their manufacture. 87 FR
74850, 74870.
HI responded stating the suppliers of
ECM components, such as chips,
electronic components, and rare earth
metals, have not been able to meet
demand and that some manufacturers
have been seeing lead times of 18
months. (HI, No. 135 at p. 4)
Subsequent private interview of a
well-known circulator pump
manufacturer concluded that, although
certain components had realized
shortages following the COVID–19
pandemic, the market appeared to be
equilibrating and there was no reason to
expect the shortage would persist.
DOE has found ECMs available in a
range of sizes needed to support the
circulator pumps market and
commercially and readily available
today. Further, the U.S. government is
investing in domestic manufacturing of
semiconductor microchips in programs
such as the CHIPS and Science Act.
Semiconductors are an integral part of
ECMs and are often the limiting factor
in the motor’s production. CHIPS for
America is a program that offers $52
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
billion of financial incentives for
domestic manufacturing and
development of semiconductors and
was signed into law on August 9, 2022.
Therefore, domestic microchip
production may be expected to grow.
DOE did not receive any comments
requesting that ECMs be screened out in
this analysis. Therefore, DOE is
retaining ECMs as a design option for
the analysis.
2. Remaining Technologies
Through a review of each technology,
DOE tentatively concludes that all of the
other identified technologies listed in
section IV.A.2 of this document met all
five screening criteria to be examined
further as design options in DOE’s final
rule analysis. In summary, DOE did not
screen out the following technology
options:
• Improved hydraulic design;
• Improved motor efficiency; or
• Increased number of motor speeds.
DOE determined that these
technology options are technologically
feasible because they are being used or
have previously been used in
commercially available equipment or
working prototypes. DOE also finds that
all of the remaining technology options
meet the other screening criteria (i.e.,
practicable to manufacture, install, and
service and do not result in adverse
impacts on consumer utility, equipment
availability, health, or safety). For
additional details, see chapter 4 of the
final rule TSD.
C. Engineering Analysis
The purpose of the engineering
analysis is to establish the relationship
between the efficiency and cost of
circulator pumps. There are two
elements to consider in the engineering
analysis; the selection of efficiency
levels to analyze (i.e., the ‘‘efficiency
analysis’’) and the determination of
equipment cost at each efficiency level
(i.e., the ‘‘cost analysis’’). In determining
the performance of higher-efficiency
equipment, DOE considers technologies
and design option combinations not
eliminated by the screening analysis.
For each equipment class, DOE
estimates the baseline cost, as well as
the incremental cost for the equipment
at efficiency levels above the baseline.
The output of the engineering analysis
is a set of cost-efficiency ‘‘curves’’ that
are used in downstream analyses (i.e.,
the LCC and PBP analyses and the NIA).
1. Representative Equipment
To assess MPC-efficiency
relationships for all circulator pumps
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44489
available on the market, DOE selected a
set of representative units to analyze.
These representative units exemplify
capacities and hydraulic characteristics
typical of circulator pumps currently
found on the market. In general, to
determine representative capacities and
hydraulic characteristics, DOE analyzed
the distribution of all available models
and/or shipments and discussed its
findings with the CPWG. The analysis
focused on single speed induction
motors as they represent the bulk of the
baseline of the market.
To start the selection process,
nominal horsepower targets based on
CPWG feedback of 1/40, 1/25, 1/12, 1/
6, and 1 hp were selected for
representative units (Docket No. EERE–
2016–BT–STD–0004–0061, p. 9). At
each horsepower target, pump curves
were constructed from manufacturer
data. Near identical pump curves were
consolidated into single curves and
curves that represent circulator pumps
with low shipments were filtered out to
remove the impact of low-selling
pumps. These high-sales consolidated
pump curves were then grouped with
similar curves to form clusters of similar
circulator pumps. A representative
curve was then constructed from this
cluster of pumps by using the mean
flow and head at each test point. Eight
of these curves were constructed to form
the eight representative units used in
further analyses.
a. Circulator Pump Varieties
Circulator pumps varieties are used to
classify different pumps in industry.
Wet rotor circulator pumps are
commonly referred to as CP1; dry-rotor,
two-piece circulator pumps are
commonly referred to as CP2; and dryrotor, three-piece circulator pumps are
commonly referred to as CP3. The
distinction of circulator varieties does
not have a large impact on performance
with all circulator pump varieties being
capable of achieving any particular
performance curve. Due to the
performance similarities, the groups of
pump curves used to generate
representative units contain a mix of all
three circulator varieties. Although DOE
analyzed CP1, CP2, and CP3 circulator
varieties as a single equipment class,
representative units were selected such
that all circulator varieties were
captured in the analysis.
The parameters of each of the
representative units used in this
analysis are provided in Table IV.1.
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
44490
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
Table IV.l Representative Unit Parameters
Representative
Unit
Nominal
Power (hp)
FlowatBEP
(GPM)
Head atBEP
(ft)_
Phydro at BEP
(hp)
Variety
I
1/40
3.073
3.043
0.002
CPI
2
1/40
5.759
6.628
0.010
CPI
3
1/25
10.065
9.282
0.024
CPI
4
1/25
10.525
6.064
0.016
CPI
5
1/12
17.941
6.510
0.030
CPI, CP2, CP3
6
1/6
19.521
20.254
0.100
CPI, CP2, CP3
7
1/6
36.531
10.601
0.098
CPI, CP2, CP3
8
1
61.200
36.782
0.569
CPI, CP3
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
efficiency level currently available on
the market).
In this rulemaking, DOE applied an
efficiency-level approach due to the
availability of robust data characterizing
both performance and selling price at a
variety of efficiency levels.
a. Baseline Efficiency
For each equipment class, DOE
generally selects a baseline model as a
reference point for each class, and
measures changes resulting from
potential energy conservation standards
against the baseline. The baseline model
in each equipment class represents the
characteristics of equipment typical of
that class (e.g., capacity, physical size).
Generally, a baseline model is one that
just meets current energy conservation
standards, or, if no standards are in
place, the baseline is typically a
common, low-efficiency unit on the
market.
For all representative units, DOE
modeled a baseline circulator pump as
one with a PSC motor.
b. Higher Efficiency Levels
As part of DOE’s analysis, the
maximum available efficiency level is
the highest efficiency unit currently
available on the market. DOE also
defines a ‘‘max-tech’’ efficiency level to
represent the maximum possible
efficiency for a given type of equipment.
For all representative units, DOE
modeled a max-tech circulator pump as
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
one with an ECM and operated on a
differential temperature-based control
scheme.
c. EL Analysis
DOE examined the influence of
different parameters on wire-to-water
efficiency including hydraulic power.
Hydraulic power has a significant
impact on wire-to-water efficiency as
seen in the different representative
units. To find the correlation, the
relationship of power and wire-to-water
efficiency were evaluated for both single
speed induction and single speed ECMs.
Multiple relationships were tested with
a logarithmic relationship being the
most accurate. This logarithmic
relationship can be used to set
efficiency levels inclusive of all
representative units across the ranges of
horsepower.
To calculate wire-to-water efficiency
at part-load conditions, wire-to-water
efficiency at full-load conditions is
multiplied by a part-load coefficient,
represented by alpha (a). As instructed
by the CPWG, a mean fit was developed
for each part-load test point across
representative units to find a single
value to use for alpha for each test
point. This methodology was conducted
independently for single-speed
induction, single-speed ECM, and
variable-speed ECM to find unique
alphas at each point for each motor
type. The unique alpha values are
provided in Table IV.2.
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.018
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
2. Efficiency Analysis
DOE typically uses one of two
approaches to develop energy efficiency
levels for the engineering analysis: (1)
relying on observed efficiency levels in
the market (i.e., the efficiency-level
approach), or (2) determining the
incremental efficiency improvements
associated with incorporating specific
design options to a baseline model (i.e.,
the design-option approach). Using the
efficiency-level approach, the efficiency
levels established for the analysis are
determined based on the market
distribution of existing equipment (in
other words, based on the range of
efficiencies and efficiency level
‘‘clusters’’ that already exist on the
market). Using the design option
approach, the efficiency levels
established for the analysis are
determined through detailed
engineering calculations and/or
computer simulations of the efficiency
improvements from implementing
specific design options that have been
identified in the technology assessment.
DOE may also rely on a combination of
these two approaches. For example, the
efficiency-level approach (based on
actual equipment on the market) may be
extended using the design option
approach to interpolate to define ‘‘gap
fill’’ levels (to bridge large gaps between
other identified efficiency levels) and/or
to extrapolate to the ‘‘max-tech’’ level
(particularly in cases where the ‘‘maxtech’’ level exceeds the maximum
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
44491
.
omt an dMotor Confi1 ~uraf10n
Table IV2M ean AlIph a V a1ues b1y TestP.
Motor Confi2uration
Single-Speed Induction
Single-Speed ECM
Variable-Speed ECM
DOE set EL 0 as the baseline
configuration of circulator pumps
representing the minimum efficiency
available on the market. DOE used the
logarithmic function developed when
finding the relationship between
hydraulic power and wire-to-water
efficiency to find the lower second
percentile of single speed induction
circulator pumps to set as EL 0. DOE
finds single speed circulator pumps
with induction motors have the lowest
wire-to-water efficiency and are being
set as EL 0, as agreed on at CPWG
meeting 8. (Docket No. EERE–2016–BT–
STD–0004–0061, p. 15)
Mean Alpha
0.4671
0.7674
0.9425
0.9835
0.4845
0.7730
0.9408
0.9841
0.5914
0.8504
0.9613
Test Point Load
25
50
75
110
25
50
75
110
25
50
75
DOE set EL 1 to correspond
approximately to single-speed induction
motors with improved wire-to-water
efficiency. EL 1 is an intermediate
efficiency level between the baseline EL
0 and more efficient ECMs defined in
higher efficiency levels. EL 1 was
defined as the halfway between the
most efficient single-speed induction
motors and the baseline used as EL 0.
EL 2 is set to correspond
approximately to single-speed ECMs.
The values for these circulator pumps
are found using the same base
logarithmic function that was used
when finding the relationship between
hydraulic power and wire-to-water
efficiency. EL 2 corresponds to a CEI of
1.00, which is the level recommended
by the CPWG in the November 2016
CPWG Recommendations.
EL 3 is set to correspond
approximately to variable-speed ECMs
with automatic proportional pressure
control. The effect of a 50-percent
proportional pressure control is applied
using equation (9) for each part-load test
point. The wire-to-water efficiency at
each test point is found using the alpha
values for variable speed ECM values for
Alpha.
(9)
EL 4 is the max-tech efficiency level,
which represents the circulator pumps
with the maximum possible efficiency.
EL 4 is set as variable speed ECMs with
automatic differential temperature
control. The effects of the controls are
calculated using equation (10). Similar
to EL 3, the wire-to-water efficiencies
are found using the alpha values for
variable speed ECMs.
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
(10)
For pumps that do not fit exactly into
a representative unit, DOE developed a
continuous function for wire-to-water
efficiency at BEP. The technique
extends the representative units for each
EL to compute wire-to-water efficiency
at BEP for all circulator pumps by using
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
a logarithmic function based on
hydraulic power represented in
equation (11) and fit to each pump’s
specific performance data. A
logarithmic curve form was selected
based on apparent fit over a wide power
range to manufacturer-submitted pump
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
performance data. Variable d can be
solved by using equation (12) and the
variables for a and b are presented in
Table IV.3 which contains different
values for each efficiency level. See TSD
Chapter 5 for additional detail on the
engineering analysis.
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.020 ER20MY24.021
H100% = total pump head at 100 percent of
BEP flow at maximum speed (ft).
ER20MY24.019
Where:
Hi = total system head at each load point i
(ft);
Qi = flow rate at each load point i (gpm);
Q100% = flow rate at 100 percent of BEP flow
at maximum speed (gpm); and
44492
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
1Jwrw = a In(Phydro
+ b) + d
(11)
d = -aln(b)
(12)
Where:
hWTW = wire-to-water efficiency
Phydro = hydraulic power (hp);
Table IV.3 Parameters used to solve for wire-to-water efficiency
EL
0
1
2
3
4
a
7.065278
8.727971
10.002583
10.002583
10.002583
b
0.003958
0.003223
0.001140
0.001140
0.001140
Table IV.4 contains a summary of the
motor type and control scheme
associated with each EL.
Table IV.4 Motors and controls associated with each EL
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
The cost analysis portion of the
engineering analysis is conducted using
one or a combination of cost
approaches. The selection of cost
approach depends on a suite of factors,
including the availability and reliability
of public information, characteristics of
the regulated equipment, the availability
and timeliness of purchasing the
equipment on the market. The cost
approaches are summarized as follows:
b Physical teardowns: Under this
approach, DOE physically dismantles
commercially available equipment,
component-by-component, to develop a
detailed bill of materials for the
equipment.
b Catalog teardowns: In lieu of
physically deconstructing equipment,
DOE identifies each component using
parts diagrams (available from
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
Control Scheme
Single Speed
Single Speed
Single Speed
Automatic Proportional Pressure Control
Automatic Differential Temperature Control
manufacturer websites or appliance
repair websites, for example) to develop
the bill of materials for the equipment.
b Price surveys: If neither a physical
nor catalog teardown is feasible (for
example, for tightly integrated
equipment such as fluorescent lamps,
which are infeasible to disassemble and
for which parts diagrams are
unavailable) or cost-prohibitive and
otherwise impractical (e.g., large
commercial boilers), DOE conducts
price surveys using publicly available
pricing data published on major online
retailer websites and/or by soliciting
prices from distributors and other
commercial channels.
In the present case, DOE conducted
the analysis using a combination of
physical teardowns and price surveys.
The resulting bill of materials provides
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the basis for the manufacturer
production cost (‘‘MPC’’) estimates.
To account for manufacturers’ nonproduction costs and profit margin, DOE
applies a multiplier (the manufacturer
markup) to the MPC. The resulting
manufacturer selling price (‘‘MSP’’) is
the price at which the manufacturer
distributes a unit into commerce. DOE
developed an average manufacturer
markup by examining the annual
Securities and Exchange Commission
(‘‘SEC’’) 10–K reports filed by publicly
traded manufacturers primarily engaged
in machinery and equipment-industrial
pumps, except hydraulic fluid power
pumps, not seasonally adjusted
manufacturing, and whose combined
equipment range includes circulator
pumps.
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.025
3. Cost Analysis
Motor Type
AC Induction
AC Induction
ECM
ECM
ECM
ER20MY24.023 ER20MY24.024
Description of EL
Single Speed, Induction
Improved Single Speed, Induction
Single Speed, ECM
Variable Speed, ECM, dP
Variable Speed, ECM, dT
ER20MY24.022
EL
0
1
2
3
4
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
4. Cost-Efficiency Results
The results of the engineering analysis
are reported as cost-efficiency data (or
‘‘curves’’) in the form of wire-to-water
efficiency versus MPC (in dollars). DOE
developed 15 curves representing the 15
representative units in the analysis. The
methodology for developing the curves
started with determining the energy
consumption for baseline equipment
and MPCs for this equipment. Above the
baseline, DOE implemented design
options using the ratio of cost to savings
and implemented only one design
option at each level. Design options
were implemented until all available
technologies were employed (i.e., at a
max-tech level).
Table IV.5, Table IV.6, Table IV.7, and
Table IV.8 contain cost-efficiency
results of the engineering analysis.
.
44493
MPCs are presented for circulator
pumps with both ferrous and nonferrous
housing material. Housing material does
not significantly affect the energy
consumption of circulator pumps but
does alter production cost. Housing
material is discussed further in section
IV.A.1.b of this document. See TSD
Chapter 5 for additional detail on the
engineering analysis.
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P
.
Rep Unit
HP
Description
1
1/40
1
1/40
VerDate Sep<11>2014
'
Constrnction
EL
MPC - Ferrons
MPC - Nonferrons
Single Speed, Induction
CPI
0
$29.70
$33.74
Improved Single Speed, Induction
CPI
1
$29.70
$33.74
1
1/40
Single Speed, ECM
CPI
2
$48.93
$52.97
1
1/40
Variable Speed, ECM, dP
CPI
3
$60.49
$64.53
1
1/40
Variable Speed, ECM, dT
CPI
4
$69.74
$73.78
$37.08
2
1/40
Single Speed, Induction
CPI
0
$32.64
2
1/40
Improved Single Speed, Induction
CPI
1
$32.64
$37.08
2
1/40
Single Speed, ECM
CPI
2
$54.71
$59.15
2
1/40
Variable Speed, ECM, dP
CPI
3
$66.27
$70.71
2
1/40
Variable Speed, ECM, dT
CPI
4
$75.51
$79.95
3
1/25
Single Speed, Induction
CPI
0
$38.68
$51.71
3
1/25
Improved Single Speed, Induction
CPI
1
$38.68
$51.71
3
1/25
Single Speed, ECM
CPI
2
$67.05
$80.08
3
1/25
Variable Speed, ECM, dP
CPI
3
$78.60
$91.64
3
1/25
Variable Speed, ECM, dT
CPI
4
$87.85
$100.88
4
1/25
Single Speed, Induction
CPI
0
$38.68
$51.71
4
1/25
Improved Single Speed, Induction
CPI
1
$38.68
$51.71
4
1/25
Single Speed, ECM
CPI
2
$67.05
$80.08
4
1/25
Variable Speed, ECM, dP
CPI
3
$78.60
$91.64
4
1/25
Variable Speed, ECM, dT
CPI
4
$87.85
$100.88
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.026
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
Table IV 5 Enpineering
Results - CPI Rep Units 1-4
...
44494
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
"t 5 -8
T able IV.6 EllJ meermg R esuIts- CPl R ep. U ms
Rep. Unit
HP
'
Description
Construction
EL
MPC - Ferrous
MPC - Nonferrous
$44.43
$59.40
5
1/12
Single Speed, Induction
CPI
0
5
1/12
Improved Single Speed, Induction
CPI
1
$44.43
$59.40
$101.28
5
1/12
Single Speed, ECM
CPI
2
$86.31
5
1/12
Variable Speed, ECM, dP
CPI
3
$97.87
$112.84
5
1/12
Variable Speed, ECM, dT
CPI
4
$107.12
$122.09
0
$55.52
$74.22
$74.22
6
1/6
Single Speed, Induction
CPI
6
1/6
Improved Sinl/,le Speed, Induction
CPI
1
$55.52
6
1/6
Sinl/,le Speed, ECM
CPI
2
$138.50
$157.20
3
$150.06
$168.76
4
$159.30
$178.01
$55.52
$74.22
6
6
1/6
1/6
Variable Speed, ECM, dP
CPI
Variable Speed, ECM, dT
CPI
7
1/6
Sinl/.le Speed, Induction
CPI
0
7
1/6
Improved Sinl/,le Speed, Induction
CPI
1
$55.52
$74.22
$157.20
$168.76
7
1/6
Sinl/,le Speed, ECM
CPI
2
$138.50
7
1/6
Variable Speed, ECM, dP
CPI
3
$150.06
7
1/6
Variable Speed, ECM, dT
CPI
4
$159.30
$178.01
$297.69
8
1
Sinl/.le Speed, Induction
CPI
0
$233.73
8
1
Improved Sinl/,le Speed, Induction
CPI
1
$233.73
$297.69
8
1
Sinl/,le Speed, ECM
CPI
2
$360.97
$424.93
3
$372.52
$436.49
CPI
4
$381.77
$445.73
8
8
1
1
Variable Speed, ECM, dP
CPI
Variable Speed, ECM, dT
Rep Unit
HP
Description
Construction
EL
MPC - Ferrous
MPC - Nonferrous
5
1/12
Single Speed, Induction
CP2
0
$66.98
$90.02
5
1/12
Improved Single Speed, Induction
CP2
1
$66.98
$90.02
5
1/12
Single Speed, ECM
CP2
2
$119.12
$142.17
5
1/12
Variable Speed, ECM, dP
CP2
3
$130.68
$153.72
5
1/12
Variable Speed, ECM, dT
CP2
4
$139.92
$162.97
6
1/6
Single Speed, Induction
CP2
0
$104.43
$134.78
6
1/6
Improved Single Speed, Induction
CP2
1
$104.43
$134.78
6
1/6
Single Speed, ECM
CP2
2
$170.41
$200.76
6
1/6
Variable Speed, ECM, dP
CP2
3
$181.97
$212.31
6
1/6
Variable Speed, ECM, dT
CP2
4
$191.21
$221.56
7
1/6
Single Speed, Induction
CP2
0
$104.43
$134.78
7
1/6
Improved Single Speed, Induction
CP2
1
$104.43
$134.78
1/6
Single Speed, ECM
CP2
2
$170.41
$200.76
1/6
Variable Speed, ECM, dP
CP2
3
$181.97
$212.31
7
1/6
Variable Speed, ECM, dT
CP2
4
$191.21
$221.56
ER20MY24.028
7
7
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.027
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
T able IV7E
. Ill •meermg ResuIts- CP2
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
44495
Table IV.8 En tmeermg ResuIts- CP3
Rep Unit
HP
Description
Construction
EL
MPC - Ferrous
MPC - Nonferrous
5
1/12
Single Speed, Induction
CP3
0
$97.78
$123.42
5
1/12
Improved Single Speed, Induction
CP3
1
$97.78
$123.42
5
1/12
Single Speed, ECM
CP3
2
$160.34
$185.98
5
1/12
Variable Speed, ECM, dP
CP3
3
$171.90
$197.54
5
1/12
Variable Speed, ECM, dT
CP3
4
$181.14
$206.78
6
1/6
Single Speed, Induction
CP3
0
$152.46
$233.38
6
1/6
Improved Single Speed, Induction
CP3
1
$152.46
$233.38
6
1/6
Single Speed, ECM
CP3
2
$229.38
$310.29
6
1/6
Variable Speed, ECM, dP
CP3
3
$240.93
$321.85
6
1/6
Variable Speed, ECM, dT
CP3
4
$250.18
$331.09
7
1/6
Single Speed, Induction
CP3
0
$152.46
$233.38
7
1/6
Improved Single Speed, Induction
CP3
1
$152.46
$233.38
7
1/6
Single Speed, ECM
CP3
2
$229.38
$310.29
7
1/6
Variable Speed, ECM, dP
CP3
3
$240.93
$321.85
7
1/6
Variable Speed, ECM, dT
CP3
4
$250.18
$331.09
8
1
Single Speed, Induction
CP3
0
$447.42
$661.09
8
1
Improved Single Speed, Induction
CP3
1
$447.42
$661.09
8
1
Single Speed, ECM
CP3
2
$617.08
$830.75
8
1
Variable Speed, ECM, dP
CP3
3
$628.63
$842.30
8
1
Variable Speed, ECM, dT
CP3
4
$637.88
$851.55
5. Manufacturer Markup and
Manufacturer Selling Price
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
To account for manufacturers’ nonproduction costs and profit margin, DOE
applies a non-production cost multiplier
(the manufacturer markup) to the full
MPC. The resulting MSP is the price at
which the manufacturer can recover
production and non-production costs.
To calculate the manufacturer markups,
DOE used data from 10–K reports 30
submitted to the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission (‘‘SEC’’) by the
publicly owned circulator pump
manufacturers. DOE then averaged the
financial figures spanning the years
2018 to 2022 to calculate the initial
estimate of markups for circulator
pumps for this rulemaking. During the
2022 manufacturer interviews, DOE
discussed the manufacturer markup
with manufacturers and used the
feedback to modify the manufacturer
30 U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission,
Annual 10–K Reports (Various Years) available at
sec.gov (Last accessed Sept. 19, 2023).
31 Because the projected price of standardscompliant equipment is typically higher than the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
markup calculated through review of
SEC 10–K reports.
To calculate the MSP for circulator
pump equipment, DOE multiplied the
calculated MPC at each efficiency level
by the manufacturer markup. See
chapter 12 of the final rule TSD for more
details about the manufacturer markup
calculation and the MSP calculations.
D. Markups Analysis
The markups analysis develops
appropriate markups (e.g., retailer
markups, wholesaler markups,
contractor markups) in the distribution
chain and sales taxes to convert the
MSP estimates derived in the
engineering analysis to consumer prices,
which are then used in the LCC and PBP
analysis and in the manufacturer impact
analysis. At each step in the distribution
channel, companies mark up the price
of the equipment to cover business costs
and profit.
For circulator pumps, the main
parties in the distribution channel are
price of baseline equipment, using the same markup
for the incremental cost and the baseline cost would
result in higher per-unit operating profit. While
such an outcome is possible in the short run, DOE
maintains that in markets that are reasonably
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(1) sales representatives (reps); (2)
wholesalers; (3) contractors; and (4)
original equipment manufacturers
(OEMs). For each actor in the
distribution channel, DOE developed
baseline and incremental markups.
Baseline markups are applied to the
price of equipment with baseline
efficiency, while incremental markups
are applied to the difference in price
between baseline and higher-efficiency
models (the incremental cost increase).
The incremental markup is typically
less than the baseline markup and is
designed to maintain similar per-unit
operating profit before and after new
standards.31
DOE identified distribution channels
for circulator pumps and estimated their
respective shares of shipments by sector
(residential and commercial) based on
feedback from manufacturers and the
CPWG (Docket No. EERE–2016–BT–
STD–0004, No. 49 at p. 51), as shown
in Table IV.9.
competitive it is unlikely that standards would lead
to a sustainable increase in profitability in the long
run.
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.029
BILLING CODE 6450–01–C
44496
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
Table IV.9 Circulator Pumps Distribution Channels and Respective Market Shares
Residential
Shipments Share (%)
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
32 U.S. Census Bureau, 2017 Annual Wholesale
Trade Survey (Available at: www.census.gov/data/
tables/2017/econ/awts/) (Last accessed February 07,
2023).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
2%
12%
13%
100%
12%
13%
100%
-
Sales Rep ➔ Contractor ➔ End User
Sales Rep ➔ Distributor ➔ Contractor ➔ End User
Distributor ➔ End User
Sales Rep ➔ Distributor ➔ End User
OEM ➔ Contractor ➔ End User
OEM ➔ Distributor ➔ Contractor ➔ End User
Total:
The sales representative in the
distribution chain serves the role of a
wholesale distributor, as they do not
take commission from the sale, but buy
the equipment and take title to it. The
OEM channels represent sales of
circulator pumps, which are included in
other equipment, such as hot water
boilers.
In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE
requested comment on whether the
distribution channels described above
and the percentage of equipment sold
through the different channels are
appropriate and sufficient to describe
the distribution markets for circulator
pumps. 87 FR 74850, 74875.
Specifically, DOE requested comment
and data on online sales of circulator
pumps and the appropriate channel to
characterize them. Id.
HI commented that it generally agreed
with the distribution channels
presented in Table IV.9 and noted that
online sales would be split between line
2 (Sales Rep → Distributor → Contractor
→ End User) and line 4 (Sales Rep →
Distributor → End User) (HI, No. 135 at
p. 5)
DOE acknowledges that the online
sales of circulator pumps may have
increased in the past few years.
However, there is currently no sufficient
data supporting a notable price
difference between online sales and
conventional sales, namely channel 2
and channel 4. Hence, DOE assumed
that circulator pumps sold through
online channels have the same prices as
those through conventional channels
and that online sales have been
included in the shares of channel 2 and
channel 4.
To estimate average baseline and
incremental markups, DOE relied on
several sources, including: (1) U.S.
Census Bureau 2017 Annual Wholesale
Trade Survey 32 (for sales
representatives and circulator
wholesalers), (2) U.S. Census Bureau
-
Commercial
Shipments Share (%)
37%
36%
2%
73%
2017 Economic Census data 33 on the
residential and commercial building
construction industry (for contractors),
and (3) the Heating, Air Conditioning &
Refrigeration Distributors International
(‘‘HARDI’’) 2013 Profit Report 34 (for
equipment wholesalers). In addition to
markups of distribution channel costs,
DOE applied state and local sales tax
provided by the Sales Tax
Clearinghouse to derive the final
consumer purchase prices for circulator
pumps.35
Chapter 6 of the final rule TSD
provides details on DOE’s development
of markups for circulator pumps.
E. Energy Use Analysis
The purpose of the energy use
analysis is to determine the annual
energy consumption of circulator
pumps at different efficiencies in
representative U.S. single-family homes,
multi-family residences, and
commercial buildings, and to assess the
energy savings potential of increased
circulator pump efficiency. The energy
use analysis estimates the range of
energy use of circulator pumps in the
field (i.e., as they are actually used by
consumers). The energy use analysis
provides the basis for other analyses
DOE performed, particularly
assessments of the energy savings and
the savings in consumer operating costs
that could result from adoption of new
standards.
Following the same approach as in
the December 2022 NOPR, to calculate
the annual energy use (‘‘AEU’’) for
circulator pumps, DOE multiplied the
annual operating hours by the line input
33 U.S. Census Bureau, 2017 Economic Census
Data. available at www.census.gov/programssurveys/economic-census.html (last accessed
February 07, 2023).
34 Heating, Air Conditioning & Refrigeration
Distributors International (‘‘HARDI’’), 2013 HARDI
Profit Report, available at hardinet.org/ (last
accessed February 07, 2023). Note that the 2013
HARDI Profit Report is the latest version of the
report.
35 Sales Tax Clearinghouse Inc., State Sales Tax
Rates Along with Combined Average City and
County Rates, 2023 (Available at: thestc.com/
STrates.stm) (Last accessed September. 11, 2023).
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
-
power (derived in the engineering
analysis) at each operating point. The
following sections describe how DOE
estimated circulator pump energy use in
the field for different applications,
geographical areas, and use cases.
1. Circulator Pump Applications
DOE identified two primary
applications for circulator pumps:
hydronic heating, and hot water
recirculation. Hydronic heating systems
are typically characterized by the use of
water to move heating from sources
such as hot water boilers to different
rooms through pipes and radiating
surfaces. Hot water recirculation
systems serve the purpose of moving hot
water from sources such as water
heaters, through pipes, to water fixture
outlets. For each of these applications,
DOE developed estimates of operating
hours and load profiles to characterize
circulator pump energy use in the field.
Circulator pumps used in hydronic
heating applications typically have cast
iron housings, while those used in hot
water recirculation applications have
housings made of stainless steel or
bronze. DOE collected sales data for
circulator pumps, including their
housing materials, through
manufacturer interviews, and was able
to estimate the market share of each
application by horsepower and
efficiency level. To estimate market
shares by sector and horsepower rating,
DOE relied primarily on industry expert
input.
In the May 2021 RFI, DOE requested
feedback on whether the breakdowns of
circulator pumps by sector and
application have changed since the
CPWG proceedings. HI commented that
there have not been any market changes
to warrant a different estimate. (HI, No.
112 at p. 9) During the 2022
manufacturer interviews, DOE collected
recent data and updated the estimated
market shares by application. According
to these data, DOE estimated the market
share of circulator pumps used in
hydronic heating and hot water
recirculation applications at 66.6, and
33.4 percent, respectively.
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.030
Channel: From Manufacturer
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
2. Consumer Samples
To estimate the energy use of
circulator pumps in field operating
conditions, DOE developed consumer
samples that are representative of
installation and operating
characteristics of how such equipment
is used in the field, as well as
distributions of annual energy use by
application and market segment.
To develop a sample of circulator
pump consumers, DOE used the Energy
Information Administration’s (EIA) 2018
Commercial Buildings Energy
Consumption Survey (CBECS) 36 and the
2015 residential energy consumption
survey (RECS) 37. For the commercial
sector, DOE selected commercial
buildings from CBECS and apartment
buildings with five or more units from
RECS. For the residential sector, DOE
selected single family attached or
detached buildings from RECS. As
discussed in chapter 7 of the final rule
TSD, the majority of consumers (73.7%)
of circulator pumps are in the
residential sector, and the rest (26.3%)
are in the commercial sector. The
following paragraphs describe how DOE
developed the consumer samples by
application.
For hydronic heating, because there is
no data in RECS and CBECS specifically
on the use of circulator pumps, DOE
used data on hot water boilers to
develop its consumer sample. DOE
adjusted the selection weight associated
with the representative RECS and
CBECS buildings containing boilers to
effectively exclude steam boilers, which
are not used with circulator pumps. To
estimate the distribution of circulator
pumps by geographical region, DOE also
used information on each building’s
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
36 U.S. Department of Energy–Energy Information
Administration. 2012 Commercial Buildings Energy
Consumption Survey (CBECS). 2018. (Last accessed
September 29, 2023.) www.eia.gov/consumption/
commercial/data/2012/.
37 U.S. Department of Energy: Energy Information
Administration. 2015 Residential Energy
Consumption Survey (RECS). 2015. (Last accessed
September 29, 2023.) www.eia.gov/consumption/
residential/data/2015/.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
heated area by boilers to correlate it to
circulator horsepower rating.
For hot water recirculation, there is
limited information in RECS and
CBECS. In the residential sector, DOE
selected consumers based on building
square footage and assumed that
buildings greater than 3,000 square feet
have a hot water recirculation system,
according to feedback from the CPWG.38
(Docket No. EERE–2016–BT–STD–0004,
No. 67 at pp. 171,172) DOE also
assumed that only small (<1⁄12 hp)
circulator pumps are installed in
residential buildings, according to
feedback from the CPWG. (Docket No.
EERE–2016–BT–STD–0004, No. 67 at
pp. 157–163) For the commercial sector,
DOE first selected buildings in CBECS
with water heaters. Further, DOE
assigned a circulator pump size category
based on the number of floors in each
building. The commercial segment of
the RECS sample was defined as multifamily buildings with more than four
units. Similar to the hydronic heating
application, to determine a distribution
by region by representative unit, DOE
assigned circulator pump sizes (i.e.,
horsepower ratings) to building types
based on the number of floors in each
building.
For details on the consumer sample
methodology, see chapter 7 of the final
rule TSD.
3. Operating Hours
DOE developed annual operating hour
estimates by sector (commercial,
residential) and application (hydronic
heating, hot water recirculation).
a. Hydronic Heating
For hydronic heating applications in
the residential sector, operating hours
per year were estimated based on two
sources: 2015 confidential residential
field metering data from Vermont, and
a 2012–2013 residential metering study
38 As discussed during the CPWG, a hot water
recirculation pump is more likely to be available in
a building where the distance from a water heater
to outlets (e.g., bathrooms) is such that the benefits
of a HWR system are more pronounced. (Docket No.
EERE–2016–BT–STD–0004, No. 46 at pp. 180–
181,184)
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44497
in Ithaca, NY.39 DOE used the data from
these metering data to establish a
relationship between heating degree
days (HDDs) 40 and circulator pump
operating hours. DOE correlated
monthly operating hours with
corresponding HDDs to annual
operating hours. DOE then used the
geographic distribution of consumers,
derived from the consumer sample
based on RECS and CBECS in
correlation to the presence of hot water
boilers, as described in section IV.E.2, to
estimate weighted-average HDDs for
each region. For the residential sector,
this scaling factor was 0.33 HPY/HDD.
For the commercial sector, the CPWG
recommended a scaling factor of 0.45
HPY/HDD. (Docket No. EERE–2016–BT–
STD–0004, No. 100 at pp. 122–123). The
weighted average operating hours per
year for the hydronic heating
application were estimated at
approximately 1,970 and 2,200 for the
residential and commercial sector,
respectively.
b. Hot Water Recirculation
For circulator pumps used in hot
water recirculation applications, DOE
developed operating hour and consumer
fractions estimates based on their
associated control types, according to
feedback from the CPWG (Docket No.
EERE–2016–BT–STD–0004, No. 60 at p.
74; Docket No. EERE–2016–BT–STD–
0004, No. 67 at pp. 194–195; Docket No.
EERE–2016–BT–STD–0004, No. 68 at p.
184), as shown in Table IV.10.
39 Arena, L. and O. Faakye. Optimizing Hydronic
System Performance in Residential Applications.
2013. U.S. Department of Energy Building
Technologies Office. Last accessed July 21, 2022.
www.nrel.gov/docs/fy14osti/60200.pdf.
40 Heating Degree Day (HDD) is a measure of how
cold a location was over a period of time, relative
to a base temperature. In RECS and CBECS, the base
temperature used is 65 °F and the period of time is
one year. The heating degree-days for a single day
is the difference between the base temperature and
the day’s average outside temperature if the daily
average is less than the base, and zero if the daily
average outside temperature is greater than or equal
to the base temperature. The heating degree-days for
a longer period of time are the sum of the daily
heating degree-days for days in that period.
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
44498
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
.
Table IV 10 c·1rcuIator Pump 0 iperafm~ Hours tior HtWt
a er Rec1rcu Iaf10n
0
Control
Type
Sector
Fraction of
Consumers
Operating
Hours per
Year
Notes
50%
8760
Constant Operation
Residential
No Control
Commercial
Residential
50% operating constantly, and 50%
operating 16hrs/dav
50% operating constantly and 50%
operating 12hrs/day
7300
25%
Timer
Commercial
6570
Residential
Aquastat
20%
Commercial
Residential
3 hrs per day
61
10 minutes per day*
5%
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
Commercial
122
*Assuming that circulators operate for 30 sec for each demand "push".
With regard to Table IV.10, Strauch
commented that DOE overestimates
operating hours for circulator pumps in
the residential sector and cited personal
experience with using a circulator pump
with an integrated timer. (Strauch, No.
123 at p. 1) In response, while DOE
acknowledges that the estimates in
Table IV.10 are averages and do not
cover all use cases, it also notes that
these estimates were discussed in the
CPWG and supported by stakeholders
following the May 2021 RFI. (NEEA, No.
115 at pp. 5–6); (Grundfos, No. 113 at
p. 9); (HI, No. 112 at p. 9)
NYSERDA commented that DOE’s
assumed average operating hours across
technology options are nationally
representative but may be higher when
high-rise multi-family buildings due to
longer pipes with increased heat loss, as
well as larger household sizes and water
usage. (NYSERDA, No.130 at p. 4)
DOE agrees with NYSERDA that
multi-family buildings may consume
more water and experience more heat
loss than other types of buildings.
However, DOE is not aware of data
relating circulator pump hours of
operation to building type. DOE also
notes that its analysis does consider
purchasers with the characteristics
related to high-rise multi-family
buildings. For example, half of the
purchasers in the hot water
recirculation application are estimated
to use their circulator pump 24 hours
per day. Further, DOE considers a wide
range of piping configurations in its
calculation of load profiles as described
in the section IV.E.4, including systems
curves related to longer pipes.
4. Load Profiles
To estimate the power consumption
of each representative unit at each
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
efficiency level, DOE used the following
methodology: For each representative
unit, DOE defined a range of typical
system curves representing different
piping and fluid configurations and
bounded the representative unit’s pump
curve derived in the engineering
analysis within those system curves.
The upper and lower boundaries of this
range of system curves correspond to a
maximum (Qmax) and minimum (Qmin)
value of volumetric flow. The value of
Qmax is capped to 150% of BEP flow at
most, while the value of the value of
Qmin is capped to at least 25% of BEP
flow.
For single speed circulator pumps
(ELs 0–2) in single zone applications,
DOE randomly selects a single operating
point (Q0) within the boundaries of a
uniform distribution defined by the
system curves such that Q0 is between
Qmin and Qmax. The AEU is then
calculated by multiplying the power
consumption at the volumetric flow Q0,
as derived in the engineering analysis,
by the annual operating hours. DOE
notes that while a random operating
point is assigned to each purchaser of an
analyzed representative unit, as
discussed in the previous paragraph, the
boundaries Qmin and Qmax are selected
such that they correspond to
appropriate operating ranges
specifically for each of those
representative units.
For variable-speed circulator pumps
(ELs 3–4) in single-zone applications,
similarly, DOE randomly selects a single
operating point (Q0) within the
boundaries of the system curves, such
that Q0 is between Qmin and Qmax. After
the operating point is selected, the
procedure to determine the AEU varies
depending on the value of Q0: If the
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
20 minutes per day*
selected operating point (Q0) has a flow
that is equal or higher than QBEP, the
method is the same as the one for single
speed circulator pumps in single zones.
For operating points where Q0
On-Demand
1095
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
assertion that a portion of purchasers do
not benefit from controls in the field, in
which case energy savings of variable
speed controls compared to EL 2 may
not be fully realized. However, they
noted that occurrences of ineffective
installed controls should decrease over
time as integrated controls and
automatic-operating-point adjustments
become simpler to set-up and more
widely adopted (CA IOUs, No. 133 at p.
3) ASAP requested that DOE determine
the fraction of circulator pump
installations in the field that are indeed
capable of benefiting from speed
control. (ASAP, No. 131 at p. 2)
In response to these comments, DOE
conducted further research but found no
data on the fraction of circulator pump
installations in the field that are indeed
capable of benefiting from speed
controls. In turn, DOE conducted a
sensitivity analysis to estimate the
impact in the LCC analysis of varying
the fraction of purchasers that benefit
from controls in the field. Results
showed that the fraction of purchasers
experiencing a net cost at EL 3 and EL
4 would linearly increase from 42.7% to
60.7% and 45.9% to 74.8%,
respectively, when the fraction of
purchasers who do benefit from controls
in the field varies from 100% to 0%.
The remaining ELs (EL0 and EL1) do not
include controls and were not affected.
See chapter 8 of the final rule TSD and
appendix 8D for more details on this
sensitivity analysis.
Chapter 7 of the final rule TSD
provides details on DOE’s energy use
analysis.
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
F. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period
Analysis
DOE conducted LCC and PBP
analyses to evaluate the economic
impacts on individual purchasers of
potential energy conservation standards
for circulator pumps. The effect of new
energy conservation standards on
individual purchasers usually involves
a reduction in operating cost and an
increase in purchase cost. DOE used the
following two metrics to measure
consumer impacts:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
b The LCC is the total consumer
expense of an equipment over the life of
that equipment, consisting of total
installed cost (manufacturer selling
price, distribution chain markups, sales
tax, and installation costs) plus
operating costs (expenses for energy use,
maintenance, and repair). To compute
the operating costs, DOE discounts
future operating costs to the time of
purchase and sums them over the
lifetime of the equipment.
b The PBP is the estimated amount
of time (in years) it takes purchasers to
recover the increased purchase cost
(including installation) of a moreefficient equipment through lower
operating costs. DOE calculates the PBP
by dividing the change in purchase cost
at higher efficiency levels by the change
in annual operating cost for the year that
new standards are assumed to take
effect.
For any given efficiency level, DOE
measures the change in LCC relative to
the LCC in the no-new-standards case,
which reflects the estimated efficiency
distribution of circulator pumps in the
absence of new energy conservation
standards. In contrast, the PBP for a
given efficiency level is measured
relative to the baseline equipment.
For each considered efficiency level
in each equipment class, DOE
calculated the LCC and PBP for a
nationally representative set of
commercial and residential purchasers.
As stated previously, DOE developed
purchaser samples from the 2015 RECS
and the 2018 CBECS, for the residential
and commercial sectors, respectively.
For each sampled purchaser, DOE
determined the energy consumption for
the circulator pumps and the
appropriate energy price. By developing
a representative sample of purchasers,
the analysis captured the variability in
energy consumption and energy prices
associated with the use of circulator
pumps.
Inputs to the calculation of total
installed cost include the cost of the
equipment—which includes MPCs,
manufacturer markups, retailer and
distributor markups, and sales taxes—
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44499
and installation costs. Inputs to the
calculation of operating expenses
include annual energy consumption,
energy prices and price projections,
repair and maintenance costs,
equipment lifetimes, and discount rates.
DOE created distributions of values for
equipment lifetime, discount rates, and
sales taxes, with probabilities attached
to each value, to account for their
uncertainty and variability.
The computer model DOE uses to
calculate the LCC relies on a Monte
Carlo simulation to incorporate
uncertainty and variability into the
analysis. The Monte Carlo simulations
randomly sample input values from the
probability distributions and circulator
pumps user samples. The model
calculated the LCC and PBP for a
sample of 75,000 purchasers per
simulation run. The analytical results
include a distribution of 75,000 data
points showing the range of LCC
savings. In performing an iteration of
the Monte Carlo simulation for a given
consumer, equipment efficiency is
chosen based on its probability. By
accounting for purchasers who already
purchase more-efficient equipment,
DOE avoids overstating the potential
benefits from increasing efficiency.
DOE calculated the LCC and PBP for
purchasers of circulator pumps as if
each were to purchase a new equipment
in the first year of required compliance
with new standards. As discussed in
section III.G, new standards would
apply to circulator pumps manufactured
4 years after the date on which any new
or amended standard is published. DOE
is publishing this final rule in 2024.
Therefore, for purposes of its analysis,
DOE used 2028 as the first year of
compliance with standards for
circulator pumps.
Table IV.11 summarizes the approach
and data DOE used to derive inputs to
the LCC and PBP calculations. The
subsections that follow provide further
discussion. Details of the model, and of
all the inputs to the LCC and PBP
analyses, are contained in chapter 8 of
the final rule TSD and its appendices.
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
44500
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
Table IV.11 Summa
In uts
Equipment Cost
Installation Costs
Annual Energy Use
Energy Prices
Ener Price Trends
Repair and
Maintenance Costs
E ui ment Lifetime
Source/Method
Derived by multiplying MPCs by manufacturer and retailer markups and sales
tax, as a ro riate.
Installation costs are determined with data from RSMeans 2023 and CPWG
in uts, and v
with efficienc level and eo a hie location.
The total annual energy use multiplied by the hours per year. Average number of
hours based on field data. Varies b a lication and eo ra hical area.
Based on 2022 marginal electricity price data from the Edison Electric Institute.
Electrici
b season and U.S. re ion.
Assumed no change with efficiency level. Varies by circulator pump variety.
Avera e: CPI: 10 ears; CP2: 15 ears; CP3: 20 ears
Approach involves identifying all possible debt or asset classes that might be
used to purchase the considered equipment or might be affected indirectly.
Discount Rates
Primary data source was the Federal Reserve Board's Survey of Consumer
Finances and Damodaran Online, a widely used source of information about debt
and e ui fmancin for most
es of firms.
2028
Com liance Date
* Not used for PBP calculation. References for the data sources mentioned in this table are provided in the sections
following the table or in chapter 8 of the final rule TSD.
2. Installation Cost
Installation cost includes labor,
overhead, and any miscellaneous
materials and parts associated with
installing a circulator pump in the place
of use. DOE derived installation costs
for circulator pumps based on data from
RSMeans and input from the CPWG.41
(Docket #0004, No. 67 at p. 266)
DOE assumed that circulator pumps
without variable speed controls (ELs 0–
2) require a labor time of 3 hours and
an additional 30 minutes for circulators
41 RSMeans.
2021 RSMeans Plumbing Cost Data.
Rockland, MA. https://www.rsmeans.com.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
with electronic controls (ELs 3 and 4).
(Docket #0004, No. 67 at p. 266)
RSMeans provides estimates on the
labor hours and labor costs required to
install equipment. In the NOPR, DOE
derived the installation cost for
circulator pumps as the product of labor
hours and time required to install a
circulator pump. Installation costs vary
by geographic location and efficiency
level. During the 2022 manufacturer
interviews, manufacturers agreed with
DOE’s approach to estimate installation
costs.
In the December 2022 NOPR, the CA
IOUs acknowledged DOE’s installation
cost assumptions regarding additional
set-up time for circulator pumps with
controls due to commissioning
challenges. However, they noted that, in
a future rulemaking evaluation cycle,
DOE should not consider incremental
set-up time for circulator pumps at EL
3 and EL 4 that have automaticoperating-point selection functionality.
(CA IOUs, No.133 at p. 2–3) In response
to the CA IOUs comment, DOE states
that is not aware of data quantifying the
fraction of circulator pumps purchasers
that have automatic-operating-point
selection functionality. Therefore, DOE
maintained its installation cost
assumptions, which are based on what
was agreed by the CWPG, as previously
described.
3. Annual Energy Consumption
For each sampled purchaser, DOE
determined the AEU for a circulator
pump at different efficiency levels using
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the approach described previously in
section IV.E.3 of this document.
4. Energy Prices
Because marginal electricity price
more accurately captures the
incremental savings associated with a
change in energy use from higher
efficiency, it provides a better
representation of incremental change in
consumer costs than average electricity
prices. DOE generally applies average
electricity prices for the energy use of
the equipment purchased in the nonew-standards case, and marginal
electricity prices for the incremental
change in energy use associated with
the other efficiency levels considered. In
this final rule, DOE only used marginal
electricity prices due to the calculated
annual electricity cost for some regions
and efficiency levels being negative
when using average electricity prices for
the energy use of the equipment
purchased in the no-new-standards
case. Negative costs can occur in
instances where the marginal electricity
cost for the region and the energy
savings relative to the baseline for the
given efficiency level are large enough
that the incremental cost savings exceed
the baseline cost.
DOE derived electricity prices in 2022
using data from EEI Typical Bills and
Average Rates reports. Based upon
comprehensive, industry-wide surveys,
this semi-annual report presents typical
monthly electric bills and average
kilowatt-hour costs to the customer as
charged by investor-owned utilities. For
the residential sector, DOE calculated
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.032
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
1. Equipment Cost
To calculate consumer equipment
costs, DOE multiplied the MPCs
developed in the engineering analysis
by the markups described previously
(along with sales taxes). DOE used
different markups for baseline
equipment and higher-efficiency
equipment because DOE applies an
incremental markup to the increase in
MSP associated with higher-efficiency
equipment. Due to lack of historical
price data and uncertainty on the factors
that may affect future circulator pump
prices, such as price declines on certain
equipment components, DOE assumed a
constant price over the analysis period.
However, DOE developed a sensitivity
analysis accounting for future price
declines of electronic components in
circulator pumps with ECMs. See
chapter 8 of the final rule TSD and
appendix 8D for more details on this
sensitivity analysis.
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
electricity prices using the methodology
described in Coughlin and Beraki
(2018).42 For the commercial sector,
DOE calculated electricity prices using
the methodology described in Coughlin
and Beraki (2019).
DOE’s methodology allows electricity
prices to vary by sector, region, and
season. In the analysis, variability in
electricity prices is chosen to be
consistent with the way the consumer
economic and energy use characteristics
are defined in the LCC analysis.
To estimate energy prices in future
years, DOE multiplied the 2022 regional
energy prices by the projection of
annual change in national-average
residential or commercial energy price
from AEO2023, which has an end year
of 2050.43 For each purchaser sampled,
DOE applied the projection for the
geographic location in which the
consumer was located. To estimate price
trends after 2050, DOE assumed that the
regional prices would remain at the
2050 value.
DOE used the electricity price trends
associated with the AEO Reference case,
which is a business-as-usual estimate,
given known market, demographic, and
technological trends. DOE also included
AEO High Economic Growth and AEO
Low Economic Growth scenarios in the
analysis. The high- and low-growth
cases show the projected effects of
alternative economic growth
assumptions on energy prices.
For a detailed discussion of the
development of electricity prices, see
chapter 8 of the final rule TSD.
5. Maintenance and Repair Costs
Repair costs are associated with
repairing or replacing equipment
components that have failed in an
equipment; maintenance costs are
associated with maintaining the
operation of the equipment. Typically,
small incremental increases in
equipment efficiency entail no, or only
minor, changes in repair and
maintenance costs compared to baseline
efficiency equipment.
As in the December 2022 NOPR, DOE
assumed that only certain types of CP3
circulators require annual maintenance
through oil lubrication. Based on CPWG
feedback, DOE assumed that 50 percent
of commercial purchasers have a
maintenance cost of $10 per year and 25
percent of residential purchasers have a
maintenance cost of $20 per year, which
result in an overall $5 annual
maintenance cost for CP3 circulators in
each of the two applications. (Docket
#0004, No. 47 at pp. 324–327)
Repair costs consist of both labor and
replacement part costs. DOE assumed
that repair costs for CP1 circulators are
negligible because purchasers tend to
discard such equipment when they fail.
For CP2 and CP3 circulator pumps, DOE
assumed that 50 percent of purchasers
will incur repairs once in the equipment
lifetime, that repair cost does not vary
with efficiency level, and that cost is
spread over the equipment’s lifetime.
Rather than assuming a specific repair
year, the cost of a single repair is
divided over the lifetime of the
equipment and added to its annual
operating expenses. According to CPWG
44501
feedback and manufacturer interview
input, typical repairs for CP2 and CP3
include seal replacements and coupler
plus motor mount replacements,
respectively. DOE assumed consistent
labor time with installation costs, which
is 3 hours for seal replacement and 1.5
hours for coupler and motor mount
replacement. Additionally, DOE
assumes there is no variation in repair
costs between a baseline efficiency
circulator and a higher efficiency
circulator. During the 2022
manufacturer interviews, manufacturers
agreed with DOE’s approach to estimate
maintenance and repair costs. DOE
maintained its assumptions in this final
rule.
6. Equipment Lifetime
Equipment lifetime is the age when a
unit of circulator equipment is retired
from service. DOE estimated lifetimes
and developed lifetime distributions for
circulator pumps primarily based on
manufacturer interviews conducted in
2016 and CPWG feedback. (Docket
#0004, No. 41 at p. 74) The data
collected by manufacturers allowed
DOE to develop a survival function,
which provides a distribution of
lifetimes ranging from a minimum of 3
years based on warranty covered period,
to a maximum of 50 years for CP1, CP2,
or CP3 respectively. Based on
manufacturer interviews, DOE assumed
circulator pump lifetimes do not vary
across efficiency levels. (Docket #0004,
No. 41 at p. 74) Table IV.12 shows the
average and maximum lifetimes by
circulator variety.
Table IV.12 Average Circulator Pump Lifetime by Circulator Pump Variety
Average Lifetime
(Years)
10
15
20
During the 2022 manufacturer
interviews, DOE solicited additional
feedback from manufacturers on the
lifetime assumptions presented in Table
IV.12, and the general consensus was
that there have not been significant
technological changes to warrant a
different estimate on the circulator
pump lifetimes.
Mark Strauch commented that
equipment lifetime should vary by
efficiency level because more controls
equate to less reliability and AC motors
and ECMs fail at different rates. (Mark
Strauch, No.123 at p. 1) DOE did not
modify its lifetime assumptions because
its assumptions rely on feedback from
manufacturer interviews and CPWG
feedback.
42 Coughlin, K. and B. Beraki.2018. Residential
Electricity Prices: A Review of Data Sources and
Estimation Methods. Lawrence Berkeley National
Lab. Berkeley, CA. Report No. LBNL–2001169.
ees.lbl.gov/publications/residential-electricityprices-review.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
7. Discount Rates
In the calculation of LCC, DOE
applies discount rates appropriate to
residential and commercial purchasers
to estimate the present value of future
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
operating cost savings. The subsections
below provide information on the
derivation of the discount rates by
sector.
a. Residential
DOE applies weighted average
discount rates calculated from consumer
debt and asset data, rather than marginal
43 EIA. Annual Energy Outlook 2023. Available at
www.eia.gov/outlooks/aeo/ (last accessed
September, 21, 2023).
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.033
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
Circulator Pump
Variety
CPI
CP2
CP3
44502
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
or implicit discount rates.44 The LCC
analysis estimates net present value
over the lifetime of the equipment, so
the appropriate discount rate will reflect
the general opportunity cost of
household funds, taking this time scale
into account. Given the long timehorizon modeled in the LCC, the
application of a marginal interest rate
associated with an initial source of
funds is inaccurate. Regardless of the
method of purchase, purchasers are
expected to continue to rebalance their
debt and asset holdings over the LCC
analysis period, based on the
restrictions purchasers face in their debt
payment requirements and the relative
size of the interest rates available on
debts and assets. DOE estimates the
aggregate impact of this rebalancing
using the historical distribution of debts
and assets.
To establish residential discount rates
for the LCC analysis, DOE identified all
relevant household debt or asset classes
in order to approximate a consumer’s
opportunity cost of funds related to
equipment energy cost savings. It
estimated the average percentage shares
of the various types of debt and equity
by household income group using data
from the Federal Reserve Board’s
triennial Survey of Consumer
Finances 45 (‘‘SCF’’) in 1995, 1998, 2001,
2004, 2007, 2010, 2013, 2016, and 2019.
U.S. Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System. Survey of Consumer
Finances. 1995, 1998, 2001, 2004, 2007,
2010, 2013, 2016, and 2019. (Last
accessed August 1, 2023.) https://
www.federalreserve.gov/econresdata/
scf/scfindex.htm. Using the SCF and
other sources, DOE developed a
distribution of rates for each type of
debt and asset by income group to
represent the rates that may apply in the
year in which new standards would take
effect. DOE assigned each sample
household a specific discount rate
drawn from one of the distributions.
The average rate across all types of
44 The implicit discount rate is inferred from a
consumer purchase decision between two otherwise
identical goods with different first cost and
operating cost. It is the interest rate that equates the
increment of first cost to the difference in net
present value of lifetime operating cost,
incorporating the influence of several factors:
transaction costs; risk premiums and response to
uncertainty; time preferences; interest rates at
which a consumer is able to borrow or lend. The
implicit discount rate is not appropriate for the LCC
analysis because it reflects a range of factors that
influence consumer purchase decisions, rather than
the opportunity cost of the funds that are used in
purchases.
45 U.S. Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System. Survey of Consumer Finances. 1995, 1998,
2001, 2004, 2007, 2010, 2013, 2016, and 2019. (Last
accessed May 1, 2023.) www.federalreserve.gov/
econresdata/scf/scfindex.htm.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
household debt and equity and income
groups, weighted by the shares of each
type, is 3.9 percent. See chapter 8 of the
final rule TSD for further details on the
development of consumer discount
rates.
b. Commercial
For commercial purchasers, DOE used
the cost of capital to estimate the
present value of cash flows to be
derived from a typical company project
or investment. Most companies use both
debt and equity capital to fund
investments, so the cost of capital is the
weighted-average cost to the firm of
equity and debt financing. This
corporate finance approach is referred to
as the weighted-average cost of capital.
DOE used currently available economic
data in developing commercial discount
rates, with Damodaran Online being the
primary data source.46 The average
discount rate across the commercial
building types is 6.9 percent.
See chapter 8 of the final rule TSD for
further details on the development of
discount rates.
8. Energy Efficiency Distribution in the
No-New-Standards Case
To accurately estimate the share of
purchasers that would be affected by a
potential energy conservation standard
at a particular efficiency level, DOE’s
LCC analysis considered the projected
distribution (market shares) of
equipment efficiencies under the nonew-standards case (i.e., the case
without new energy conservation
standards).
To estimate the energy efficiency
distribution of circulator pumps at the
assumed compliance year (2028), DOE
first analyzed detailed confidential
manufacturer shipments data from 2015,
broken down by efficiency level,
circulator variety, and nominal
horsepower. During the 2016
manufacturer interviews, DOE also
collected aggregated historical circulator
pump efficiency data from 2013 to 2015.
Based on these data, DOE developed an
efficiency trend between the year for
which DOE had detailed data (2015) and
the expected first year of compliance.47
According to CPWG feedback, DOE
applied an efficiency trend from
baseline (EL 0) circulator pumps to
circulator pumps with ECMs (ELs 2–4).
(Docket #0004, No. 78 at p. 6).
46 Damodaran, A. Data Page: Costs of Capital by
Industry Sector. 2021. (Last accessed August 1,
2023.) https://pages.stern.nyu.edu/∼adamodar/.
47 To develop the efficiency trend, DOE also
utilized an estimated introduction year of 1994 for
circulator pumps with ECMs. (Docket #0004, No. 78
at p. 6).
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
In the May 2021 RFI, DOE requested
information on whether any changes in
the circulator pump market since 2015
have affected the market efficiency
distribution of circulator pumps. NEEA
discussed their energy efficiency
program for circulators since mid 2020
and the circulator sales data collected
from circulator manufacturer
representatives covering the entire
Northwest at the start of 2020. NEEA
stated that more than two-thirds of
circulator pumps sold by participants in
the Northwest are not equipped with
ECM. NEEA stated that fewer than onefifth of circulator pumps are equipped
with speed control technology. (NEEA,
No. 115 at pp. 2–3, 6) HI stated that
small incremental growth is occurring
for ECMs, but first cost is a barrier. (HI,
No. 112 at p. 9–10) Grundfos suggested
market changes have affected
distribution of circulators since 2015
and DOE should use manufacturer and
market interviews to update their
dataset. (Grundfos, No. 113 at p. 9)
During the 2022 manufacturer
interviews, DOE collected additional
aggregated historical circulator pump
efficiency data (ranging from 2016 to
2021). Based on these data, DOE
retained the methodology described
earlier, but updated the efficiency trend,
which was used to project the nostandards-case efficiency distribution at
the assumed compliance year (2028)
and beyond. See chapter 8 of the final
rule TSD for further information on the
derivation of the efficiency
distributions.
Following the December 2022 NOPR,
in which DOE requested further
comment on its approach and inputs to
develop the no-new standards case
efficiency distribution, HI commented
that it agrees with DOE’s approach and
noted that markets are moving towards
more controlled equipment. (HI, No. 135
at p. 5). DOE maintained the same
methodology as in the December 2022
NOPR to develop the no-standards-case
efficiency distribution in this final rule.
a. Assignment of Circulator Pump
Efficiency to Sampled Consumers
While DOE expects economic factors
to play a role when consumers,
commercial building owners, or
builders decide on what type of
circulator pump to install, assignment of
circulator pump efficiency for a given
installation based solely on economic
measures such as life-cycle cost or
simple payback period would not fully
and accurately reflect most real-world
installations. There are a number of
market failures discussed in the
economics literature that illustrate how
purchasing decisions with respect to
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
energy efficiency are unlikely to be
perfectly correlated with energy use, as
described subsequently. DOE maintains
that the method of assignment, which is
in part random, is a reasonable
approach. It simulates behavior in the
circulator pump market, where market
failures result in purchasing decisions
not being perfectly aligned with
economic interests. DOE further
emphasizes that its approach does not
assume that all purchasers of circulator
pumps make economically irrational
decisions (i.e., the lack of a correlation
is not the same as a negative
correlation). As part of the random
assignment, some homes or buildings
with large heating loads will be assigned
higher-efficiency circulator pumps, and
some homes or buildings with
particularly low heating loads will be
assigned baseline circulator pumps,
which aligns with the available data. By
using this approach, DOE acknowledges
the uncertainty inherent in the data and
does not assume certain market
conditions that are unsupported by the
available evidence.
The following discussion provides
more detail about the various market
failures that affect circulator pump
purchases. First, consumers are
motivated by more than simple financial
trade-offs. There are consumers who are
willing to pay a premium for more
energy-efficient products because they
are environmentally conscious.48
Additionally, there are systematic
market failures that are likely to
contribute further complexity to how
equipment is chosen by consumers. For
example, in new construction, builders
influence the type of circulator pumps
used in many buildings but do not pay
operating costs. Also, contractors install
a large share of circulator pumps in
replacement situations, and they can
exert a high degree of influence over the
type of circulator pump purchased.
Furthermore, emergency replacements
of essential equipment such as a
circulator pump in the heating season
are strongly biased toward like-for-like
replacement (i.e., replacing the nonfunctioning equipment with a similar or
identical product). Time is a
constraining factor during emergency
replacements, and consumers may not
consider the full range of available
options on the market, despite their
availability. The consideration of
alternative equipment options is far
48 Ward, D.O., Clark, C.D., Jensen, K.L., Yen, S.T.,
& Russell, C.S. (2011): ‘‘Factors influencing
willingness-to pay for the ENERGY STAR® label,’’
Energy Policy, 39 (3), 1450–1458 (Available at:
www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/
S0301421510009171) (Last accessed March 14,
2024).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
more likely for planned replacements
and installations in new construction.
There are market failures relevant to
circulator pumps installed in
commercial applications as well. It is
often assumed that because commercial
and industrial customers are businesses
that have trained or experienced
individuals making decisions regarding
investments in cost-saving measures,
some of the commonly observed market
failures present in the general
population of residential customers
should not be as prevalent in a
commercial setting. However, there are
many characteristics of organizational
structure and historic circumstance in
commercial settings that can lead to
underinvestment in energy efficiency.
First, a recognized problem in
commercial settings is the split
incentive problem, where the building
owner (or building developer) selects
the equipment, and the tenant (or
subsequent building owner) pays for
energy costs.49 50 There are other
similarly misaligned incentives
embedded in the organizational
structure within a given firm or business
that can impact the choice of a
circulator pump. For example, if one
department or individual within an
organization is responsible for capital
expenditures (and therefore equipment
selection) while a separate department
or individual is responsible for paying
the energy bills, a market failure similar
to the split-incentive problem can
result.51 Additionally, managers may
have other responsibilities and often
have other incentives besides operating
cost minimization, such as satisfying
shareholder expectations, which can
sometimes be focused on short-term
returns.52 Decision-making related to
commercial buildings is highly complex
49 Vernon, D., and Meier, A. (2012).
‘‘Identification and quantification of principal-agent
problems affecting energy efficiency investments
and use decisions in the trucking industry,’’ Energy
Policy, 49, 266–273.
50 Blum, H. and Sathaye, J. (2010). ‘‘Quantitative
Analysis of the Principal-Agent Problem in
Commercial Buildings in the U.S.: Focus on Central
Space Heating and Cooling,’’ Lawrence Berkeley
National Laboratory, LBNL–3557E (Available at:
escholarship.org/uc/item/6p1525mg) (Last accessed
March 14, 2024).
51 Prindle, B., Sathaye, J., Murtishaw, S., Crossley,
D., Watt, G., Hughes, J., and de Visser, E. (2007).
‘‘Quantifying the effects of market failures in the
end-use of energy,’’ Final Draft Report Prepared for
International Energy Agency (Available from
International Energy Agency, Head of Publications
Service, 9 rue de la Federation, 75739 Paris, Cedex
15 France).
52 Bushee, B.J. (1998). ‘‘The influence of
institutional investors on myopic R&D investment
behavior,’’ Accounting Review, 305–333. DeCanio,
S.J. (1993). ‘‘Barriers Within Firms to Energy
Efficient Investments,’’ Energy Policy, 21(9), 906–
914 (explaining the connection between shorttermism and underinvestment in energy efficiency).
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44503
and involves gathering information from
and for a variety of different market
actors. It is common to see conflicting
goals across various actors within the
same organization, as well as
information asymmetries between
market actors in the energy efficiency
context in commercial building
construction.53
The arguments for the existence of
market failures in the commercial and
industrial sectors are corroborated by
empirical evidence. One study in
particular showed evidence of
substantial gains in energy efficiency
that could have been achieved without
negative repercussions on profitability,
but the investments had not been
undertaken by firms.54 The study found
that multiple organizational and
institutional factors caused firms to
require shorter payback periods and
higher returns than the cost of capital
for alternative investments of similar
risk. Another study demonstrated
similar results with firms requiring very
short payback periods of 1–2 years in
order to adopt energy-saving projects,
implying hurdle rates of 50 to 100
percent, despite the potential economic
benefits.55
The existence of market failures in the
residential and commercial sectors is
well supported by the economics
literature and by a number of case
studies. If DOE developed an efficiency
distribution that assigned circulator
pump efficiency in the no-newstandards case solely according to
energy use or economic considerations
such as life-cycle cost or payback
period, the resulting distribution of
efficiencies within the building sample
would not reflect any of the market
failures or behavioral factors above.
Thus, DOE concludes such a
distribution would not be representative
of the circulator pump market.
9. Payback Period Analysis
The payback period is the amount of
time (expressed in years) it takes the
consumer to recover the additional
installed cost of more-efficient
equipment, compared to baseline
equipment, through energy cost savings.
Payback periods that exceed the life of
53 International Energy Agency (IEA). (2007).
Mind the Gap: Quantifying Principal-Agent
Problems in Energy Efficiency. OECD Pub.
(Available at www.iea.org/reports/mind-the-gap)
(Last accessed March 14, 2024).
54 DeCanio, S.J. (1998). ‘‘The Efficiency Paradox:
Bureaucratic and Organizational Barriers to
Profitable Energy-Saving Investments,’’ Energy
Policy, 26(5), 441–454.
55 Andersen, S.T., and Newell, R.G. (2004).
‘‘Information programs for technology adoption: the
case of energy-efficiency audits,’’ Resource and
Energy Economics, 26, 27–50.
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
44504
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
the equipment mean that the increased
total installed cost is not recovered in
reduced operating expenses.
The inputs to the PBP calculation for
each efficiency level are the change in
total installed cost of the equipment and
the change in the first-year annual
operating expenditures relative to the
baseline. DOE refers to this as a ‘‘simple
PBP’’ because it does not consider
changes over time in operating cost
savings. The PBP calculation uses the
same inputs as the LCC analysis when
deriving first-year operating costs.
As noted previously, EPCA
establishes a rebuttable presumption
that a standard is economically justified
if the Secretary finds that the additional
cost to the consumer of purchasing an
equipment complying with an energy
conservation standard level will be less
than three times the value of the first
year’s energy savings resulting from the
standard, as calculated under the
applicable test procedure. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(iii)) For each considered
efficiency level, DOE determined the
value of the first year’s energy savings
by calculating the energy savings in
accordance with the applicable DOE test
procedure, and multiplying those
savings by the average energy price
projection for the year in which
compliance with the new standards
would be required.
G. Shipments Analysis
DOE uses projections of annual
equipment shipments to calculate the
national impacts of potential new
energy conservation standards on
energy use, NPV, and future
manufacturer cash flows.56 The
shipments model takes an accounting
approach, tracking market shares of
each equipment class and the vintage of
units in the stock. Stock accounting uses
equipment shipments as inputs to
estimate the age distribution of inservice equipment stocks for all years.
The age distribution of in-service
equipment stocks is a key input to
calculations of both the NES and NPV,
because operating costs for any year
depend on the age distribution of the
stock.
In the accounting approach,
shipments are the result either of
demand for the replacement of existing
equipment, or of demand for equipment
from new commercial and residential
construction. Replacements in any
projection year are based on (a)
shipments in prior years, and (b) the
lifetime of previously shipped
equipment. Demand for new equipment
is based on the rate of increase in
commercial floor space (in the
commercial sector), and residential
housing (in the residential sector). In
each year of shipments projections,
retiring equipment is removed from a
record of existing stock, and new
shipments are added. DOE accounts for
demand lost to demolitions (i.e. loss of
circulator pumps that will not be
replaced) by assuming that a small
fraction of stock is retired without being
replaced in each year, based on a
derived demolition rate for each sector.
DOE collected confidential historical
shipments data for the period 2013–
2021 from manufacturer interviews held
in 2016 (during the CPWG) and 2022.
Shipments data provided by
manufacturers were broken down by
circulator variety, nominal horsepower
rating, and efficiency. Table IV.13
presents historical circulator pumps
shipments. Note that due to
confidentiality concerns, DOE is only
able to present aggregated circulator
pump shipments.
Table IV.13 Historical Circulator Pump Shipments
Shipments 2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.034
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
Year
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
sector and application, according to
manufacturer feedback.58 After
calculating retirements of existing
pumps based on those previously
shipped and equipment lifetimes, DOE
assumes that some of this quantity will
not be replaced due to demolition. DOE
estimates the demolition rate of existing
equipment stock by using the AEO 2023
projections of new commercial
floorspace and floorspace growth in the
commercial sector, and new housing
starts and housing stock in the
residential sector.
2. Standards-Case Shipment Projections
The standards-case shipments
projections account for the effects of
potential standards on shipments. DOE
assumed a ‘‘roll-up’’ scenario to
estimate standards-case shipments,
wherein the no-new-standards-case
shipments that would be below the
minimum qualifying efficiency level
prescribed by a standard beginning in
the assumed compliance year (2028) are
‘‘rolled up’’ (i.e., added to) to the
minimum qualifying equipment
efficiency level at that standard level.
HI did not provide any further
suggestions beyond the approach
proposed by DOE. (HI, No.135 at p. 5).
See chapter 9 of the final rule TSD for
details on the shipments analysis.
H. National Impact Analysis
The NIA assesses the national energy
savings (‘‘NES’’) and the NPV from a
national perspective of total consumer
costs and savings that would be
expected to result from new standards at
specific efficiency levels.59
(‘‘Consumer’’ in this context refers to
purchasers of the equipment being
regulated.) DOE calculates the NES and
NPV for the potential standard levels
considered based on projections of
annual equipment shipments, along
with the annual energy consumption
and total installed cost data from the
energy use and LCC analyses. For the
present analysis, DOE projected the
energy savings, operating cost savings,
equipment costs, and NPV of consumer
benefits over the lifetime of circulator
pumps sold from 2028 through 2057.
DOE evaluates the impacts of new
standards by comparing a case without
such standards with standards-case
projections. The no-new-standards case
characterizes energy use and consumer
costs for each equipment class in the
44505
absence of new energy conservation
standards. For this projection, DOE
considers historical trends in efficiency
and various forces that are likely to
affect the mix of efficiencies over time.
DOE compares the no-new-standards
case with projections characterizing the
market for each equipment class if DOE
adopted new standards at specific
energy efficiency levels (i.e., the TSLs or
standards cases) for that class. For the
standards cases, DOE considers how a
given standard would likely affect the
market shares of equipment with
efficiencies greater than the standard.
DOE provides a spreadsheet model to
calculate the energy savings and the
national consumer costs and savings
from each TSL. Interested parties can
review DOE’s analyses by changing
various input quantities within the
spreadsheet. The NIA spreadsheet
model uses typical values (as opposed
to probability distributions) as inputs.
Table IV.14 summarizes the inputs
and methods DOE used for the NIA
analysis for the final rule. Discussion of
these inputs and methods follows the
table. See chapter 10 of the final rule
TSD for further details.
Table IV.14 Summary of Inputs and Methods for the National Impact Analysis
Efficiency Trends
Annual Energy Consumption per Unit
Total Installed Cost per Unit
Repair and Maintenance Cost per Unit
Energy Price Trends
Energy Site-to-Primary and FFC
Conversion
Discount Rate
Present Year
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
1. Equipment Efficiency Trends
A key component of the NIA is the
trend in energy efficiency projected for
the no-new-standards case and each of
the standards cases. Section IV.F.8 of
this document describes how DOE
developed an energy efficiency
distribution for the no-new-standards
58 According to manufacturer feedback, circulator
pumps are typically replaced by the same model if
available when they fail. Contractors and
technicians are more likely to replace a like-for-like
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
Method
Annual shipments from shipments model.
2028
No-new-standards case: based on manufacturer interview data
Standard cases: Roll-up to meet minimum qualifying efficiency
level in each standards case.
Energy use values are a function of equipment efficiency level,
sector, annlication, and variety.
Total installed cost values are a function of equipment
efficiency level, sector, application, and variety. They include
average estimated installation costs, as well as purchase price.
Annual values do not change with efficiency level.
AEO2023 projections (to 2050) and extrapolation thereafter.
A time-series conversion factor based on AEO2023.
Three and seven percent.
2024
case (which yields a shipment-weighted
average efficiency) for each of the
considered equipment classes for the
year of anticipated compliance with an
new standard. To project the trend in
efficiency absent new standards for
circulator pumps over the entire
shipments projection period, DOE
followed the approach discussed in
section IV.F.8 of this document. The
approach is further described in chapter
8 of the final rule TSD.
For the standards cases, DOE used a
‘‘roll-up’’ scenario to establish the
shipment-weighted efficiency for the
year that standards are assumed to
circulator pump in order to match installation
configurations and that the replacement pump
meets the performance criteria of the replaced one.
59 The NIA accounts for impacts in the 50 states
and U.S. territories.
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.035
Inputs
Shipments
Compliance Date of Standard
44506
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
become effective (2028). In this
scenario, the market shares of
equipment in the no-new-standards case
that do not meet the standard under
consideration would ‘‘roll up’’ to meet
the new standard level, and the market
share of equipment above the standard
would remain unchanged.
The CA IOUs commented that they
expect accelerated adoption of
circulator pumps with variable speed
controls following a standard at TSL 2
and strongly encouraged DOE to
collaborate with stakeholders
monitoring these trends to better inform
the LCC and NIA analyses and
associated savings from EL 3 and EL 4
circulator pumps. (CA IOUs, No.133 at
p. 4) In response, DOE notes that based
on manufacturer-provided data, DOE
estimates an efficiency trend from
baseline (EL 0) or EL 1 circulator pumps
to ELs 2 through 4 in the absence of
standards (see section F.8 of this
document and chapter 8 of the final rule
TSD for details). In the standards case,
while it is possible that a higher
percentage of purchasers and
applications may shift to circulator
pumps with variable speed control (i.e.,
ELs 3 and 4), DOE does not have the
data (e.g., historical price and efficiency
data) to estimate that trend, therefore,
consistent with the NOPR analysis, it
assumes a roll-up scenario in this final
rule.
2. National Energy Savings
The national energy savings analysis
involves a comparison of national
energy consumption of the considered
equipment between each potential
standards case (‘‘TSL’’) and the case
with no new energy conservation
standards. DOE calculated the national
energy consumption by multiplying the
number of units (stock) of each
equipment (by vintage or age) by the
unit energy consumption (also by
vintage). DOE calculated annual NES
based on the difference in national
energy consumption for the no-newstandards case and for each higher
efficiency standard case. DOE estimated
energy consumption and savings based
on site energy and converted the
electricity consumption and savings to
primary energy (i.e., the energy
consumed by power plants to generate
site electricity) using annual conversion
factors derived from AEO2023.
Cumulative energy savings are the sum
of the NES for each year over the
timeframe of the analysis.
Use of higher-efficiency equipment is
sometimes associated with a direct
rebound effect, which refers to an
increase in utilization of the equipment
due to the increase in efficiency. DOE
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
did not find any data on the rebound
effect specific to circulator pumps 60 and
requested comment on its assumption of
0 rebound effect in the NOPR issued in
2021. DOE requested a comment
specifically for circulator pumps,
including the magnitude of any rebound
effect and data sources specific to
circulator pumps. In response, HI
commented that it agrees with DOE’s
assumed negligible rebound effect. (HI,
No.135 at p. 5)
In 2011, in response to the
recommendations of a committee on
‘‘Point-of-Use and Full-Fuel-Cycle
Measurement Approaches to Energy
Efficiency Standards’’ appointed by the
National Academy of Sciences, DOE
announced its intention to use FFC
measures of energy use and greenhouse
gas and other emissions in the national
impact analyses and emissions analyses
included in future energy conservation
standards rulemakings. 76 FR 51281
(Aug. 18, 2011). After evaluating the
approaches discussed in the August 18,
2011 notice, DOE published a statement
of amended policy in which DOE
explained its determination that EIA’s
National Energy Modeling System
(‘‘NEMS’’) is the most appropriate tool
for its FFC analysis and its intention to
use NEMS for that purpose. 77 FR 49701
(Aug. 17, 2012). NEMS is a public
domain, multi-sector, partial
equilibrium model of the U.S. energy
sector 61 that EIA uses to prepare its
Annual Energy Outlook. The FFC factors
incorporate losses in production and
delivery in the case of natural gas
(including fugitive emissions) and
additional energy used to produce and
deliver the various fuels used by power
plants. The approach used for deriving
FFC measures of energy use and
emissions is described in appendix 10B
of the final rule TSD.
3. Net Present Value Analysis
The inputs for determining the NPV
of the total costs and benefits
experienced by purchasers are (1) total
annual installed cost, (2) total annual
operating costs (energy costs and repair
and maintenance costs), and (3) a
discount factor to calculate the present
value of costs and savings. DOE
calculates net savings each year as the
60 DOE acknowledges that studies have found a
rebound effect in residential heating situations.
However, none of these studies address circulator
pumps in particular. DOE does not expect that
consumers would increase utilization of their
heating system due to increased efficiency of a
small component of the system.
61 For more information on NEMS, refer to The
National Energy Modeling System: An Overview
2009, DOE/EIA–0581(2009), October 2009.
Available at www.eia.gov/forecasts/aeo/index.cfm
(last accessed October 5, 2023).
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
difference between the no-newstandards case and each standards case
in terms of total savings in operating
costs versus total increases in installed
costs. DOE calculates operating cost
savings over the lifetime of each
equipment shipped during the
projection period.
Due to lack of historical price data
and uncertainty on the factors that may
affect future circulator pump prices,
DOE assumed a constant price (in
$2022) when estimating circulator
pump prices in future years. However,
as discussed in section IV.F.1 of this
document, DOE developed a sensitivity
analysis to account for the effect of
potential future price declines of
electronic components in circulator
pumps with ECMs. See appendix 10C of
the final rule TSD for the results of this
sensitivity analysis.
The operating cost savings are energy
cost savings and costs associated with
repair and maintenance, which are
calculated using the estimated operating
cost savings in each year and the
projected price of the appropriate form
of energy. The energy cost savings are
calculated using the estimated energy
savings in each year and the projected
price of the appropriate form of energy.
To estimate energy prices in future
years, DOE multiplied the average
regional energy prices by the projection
of annual national-average residential
energy price changes in the Reference
case from AEO2023, which has an end
year of 2050. To estimate price trends
after 2050, the 2050 price was used for
all years. As part of the NIA, DOE also
analyzed scenarios that used inputs
from variants of the AEO2023 Reference
case that have lower and higher
economic growth. Those cases have
lower and higher energy price trends
compared to the Reference case. NIA
results based on these cases are
presented in appendix10C of the final
rule TSD.
In calculating the NPV, DOE
multiplies the net savings in future
years by a discount factor to determine
their present value. For this final rule,
DOE estimated the NPV of consumer
benefits using both a 3-percent and a 7percent real discount rate. DOE uses
these discount rates in accordance with
guidance provided by the Office of
Management and Budget (‘‘OMB’’) to
Federal agencies on the development of
regulatory analysis.62 The discount rates
for the determination of NPV are in
contrast to the discount rates used in the
62 United States Office of Management and
Budget. Circular A–4: Regulatory Analysis.
September 17, 2003. Section E. Available at https://
www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/legacy_
drupal_files/omb/circulars/A4/a-4.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
LCC analysis, which are designed to
reflect a consumer’s perspective. The 7percent real value is an estimate of the
average before-tax rate of return to
private capital in the U.S. economy. The
3-percent real value represents the
‘‘social rate of time preference,’’ which
is the rate at which society discounts
future consumption flows to their
present value.
I. Consumer Subgroup Analysis
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
In analyzing the potential impact of
new energy conservation standards on
purchasers, DOE evaluates the impact
on identifiable subgroups of purchasers
that may be disproportionately affected
by a new national standard. The
purpose of a subgroup analysis is to
determine the extent of any such
disproportional impacts. DOE evaluates
impacts on particular subgroups of
purchasers by analyzing the LCC
impacts and PBP for those particular
purchasers from alternative standard
levels. For this final rule, due to the
high fraction of consumers utilizing
circulator pumps in the residential
sector, DOE analyzed the impacts of the
considered standard levels on one
subgroup: i.e., senior-only households.
The analysis used subsets of the RECS
2015 sample composed of households
that meet the criteria for the considered
subgroups. DOE used the LCC and PBP
spreadsheet model to estimate the
impacts of the considered efficiency
levels on these subgroups. Chapter 11 in
the final rule TSD describes the
consumer subgroup analysis.
In the December 2022 NOPR,
NYSERDA commented that DOE should
consider including high-rise
multifamily buildings in the subgroup
analysis for subsequent rulemakings
because they are likely to experience
higher operating hours, especially for
the HWR application. (NYSERDA,
No.130 at p. 4)
DOE notes the primary purpose of a
subgroup analysis is to investigate
whether a subsection of purchasers
would be negatively impacted by
standards. If high-rise multifamily
buildings are expected to experience
higher operating hours than the general
purchaser population, then they will
incur larger and more positive benefits
from standards, rendering a subgroup
analysis of these purchasers
unnecessary.
J. Manufacturer Impact Analysis
1. Overview
DOE performed an MIA to estimate
the financial impacts of new energy
conservation standards on
manufacturers of circulator pumps and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
to estimate the potential impacts of such
standards on employment and
manufacturing capacity. The MIA has
both quantitative and qualitative aspects
and includes analyses of projected
industry cash flows, the INPV,
investments in research and
development (‘‘R&D’’) and
manufacturing capital, and domestic
manufacturing employment.
Additionally, the MIA seeks to
determine how new energy conservation
standards might affect manufacturing
employment, capacity, and competition,
as well as how standards contribute to
overall regulatory burden. Finally, the
MIA serves to identify any
disproportionate impacts on
manufacturer subgroups, including
small business manufacturers.
The quantitative part of the MIA
primarily relies on the Government
Regulatory Impact Model (‘‘GRIM’’), an
industry cash flow model with inputs
specific to this rulemaking. The key
GRIM inputs include data on the
industry cost structure, unit production
costs, equipment shipments,
manufacturer markups, and investments
in R&D and manufacturing capital
required to produce compliant
equipment. The key GRIM outputs are
the INPV, which is the sum of industry
annual cash flows over the analysis
period, discounted using the industryweighted average cost of capital, and the
impact on domestic manufacturing
employment. The model uses standard
accounting principles to estimate the
impacts of more-stringent energy
conservation standards on a given
industry by comparing changes in INPV
and domestic manufacturing
employment between a no-newstandards case and the various
standards cases (i.e., TSLs). To capture
the uncertainty relating to manufacturer
pricing strategies following new
standards, the GRIM estimates a range of
possible impacts under different
manufacturer markup scenarios.
The qualitative part of the MIA
addresses manufacturer characteristics
and market trends. Specifically, the MIA
considers such factors as a potential
standard’s impact on manufacturing
capacity, competition within the
industry, the cumulative impact of other
DOE and non-DOE regulations, and
impacts on manufacturer subgroups.
The complete MIA is outlined in
chapter 12 of the final rule TSD.
DOE conducted the MIA for this
rulemaking in three phases. In Phase 1
of the MIA, DOE prepared a profile of
the circulator pump manufacturing
industry based on the market and
technology assessment, preliminary
manufacturer interviews, and publicly
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44507
available information. This included a
top-down analysis of circulator pump
manufacturers that DOE used to derive
preliminary financial inputs for the
GRIM (e.g., revenues; materials, labor,
overhead, and depreciation expenses;
selling, general, and administrative
expenses (‘‘SG&A’’); and R&D expenses).
DOE also used public sources of
information to further calibrate its
initial characterization of the circulator
pump manufacturing industry,
including company filings of form 10–
K from the SEC,63 corporate annual
reports, the U.S. Census Bureau’s
‘‘Economic Census,’’ 64 and reports from
D&B Hoovers.65
In Phase 2 of the MIA, DOE prepared
a framework industry cash-flow analysis
to quantify the potential impacts of new
energy conservation standards. The
GRIM uses several factors to determine
a series of annual cash flows starting
with the announcement of the standard
and extending over a 30-year period
following the compliance date of the
standards. These factors include annual
expected revenues, costs of sales, SG&A
and R&D expenses, taxes, and capital
expenditures. In general, energy
conservation standards can affect
manufacturer cash flow in three distinct
ways: (1) creating a need for increased
investment, (2) raising production costs
per unit, and (3) altering revenue due to
higher per-unit prices and changes in
sales volumes.
In addition, during Phase 2, DOE
developed interview guides to distribute
to manufacturers of circulator pumps in
order to develop other key GRIM inputs,
including product and capital
conversion costs, and to gather
additional information on the
anticipated effects of energy
conservation standards on revenues,
direct employment, capital assets,
industry competitiveness, and subgroup
impacts.
In Phase 3 of the MIA, DOE
conducted structured, detailed
interviews with representative
manufacturers. During these interviews,
DOE discussed engineering,
manufacturing, procurement, and
financial topics to validate assumptions
used in the GRIM and to identify key
issues or concerns. As part of Phase 3,
DOE also evaluated subgroups of
manufacturers that may be
disproportionately impacted by new
standards or that may not be accurately
represented by the average cost
assumptions used to develop the
63 www.sec.gov/edgar.
64 www.census.gov/programs-surveys/asm/data/
tables.html.
65 app.avention.com.
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
44508
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
industry cash-flow analysis. Such
manufacturer subgroups may include
small business manufacturers, lowvolume manufacturers, niche players,
and/or manufacturers exhibiting a cost
structure that largely differs from the
industry average. DOE identified one
subgroup for a separate impact analysis:
small business manufacturers. The
small business subgroup is discussed in
section VI.B, ‘‘Review under the
Regulatory Flexibility Act’’ and in
chapter 12 of the final rule TSD.
2. Government Regulatory Impact Model
and Key Inputs
DOE uses the GRIM to quantify the
changes in cash flow due to new
standards that result in a higher or
lower industry value. The GRIM uses a
standard, annual discounted cash-flow
analysis that incorporates manufacturer
costs, markups, shipments, and industry
financial information as inputs. The
GRIM model changes in costs,
distribution of shipments, investments,
and manufacturer margins that could
result from new energy conservation
standards. The GRIM spreadsheet uses
the inputs to arrive at a series of annual
cash flows, beginning in 2024 (the base
year of the analysis) and continuing to
2057. DOE calculated INPVs by
summing the stream of annual
discounted cash flows during this
period. For manufacturers of circulator
pumps, DOE used a real discount rate of
9.6 percent, which was derived from
industry financials and then modified
according to feedback received during
manufacturer interviews.
The GRIM calculates cash flows using
standard accounting principles and
compares changes in INPV between the
no-new-standards case and each
standards case. The difference in INPV
between the no-new-standards case and
a standards case represents the financial
impact of new energy conservation
standards on manufacturers. As
discussed previously, DOE developed
critical GRIM inputs using a number of
sources, including publicly available
data, results of the engineering analysis,
information gathered from industry
stakeholders during the course of
manufacturer interviews, and
subsequent Working Group meetings.
The GRIM results are presented in
section V.B.2 of this document.
Additional details about the GRIM, the
discount rate, and other financial
parameters can be found in chapter 12
of the final rule TSD.
a. Manufacturer Production Costs
Manufacturing more efficient
equipment is typically more expensive
than manufacturing baseline equipment
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
due to the use of more complex
components, which are typically more
costly than baseline components. The
changes in the MPCs of covered
equipment can affect the revenues, gross
margins, and cash flow of the industry.
MPCs were derived in the engineering
analysis using methods discussed in
section IV.C.3 of this document.
For a complete description of the
MPCs, see chapter 5 of the final rule
TSD.
b. Shipments Projections
The GRIM estimates manufacturer
revenues based on total unit shipment
projections and the distribution of those
shipments by efficiency level. Changes
in sales volumes and efficiency mix
over time can significantly affect
manufacturer finances. For this analysis,
the GRIM uses the NIA’s annual
shipment projections derived from the
shipments analysis from 2024 (the base
year) to 2057 (the end year of the
analysis period). See chapter 9 of the
final rule TSD for additional details.
c. Product and Capital Conversion Costs
New energy conservation standards
could cause manufacturers to incur
conversion costs to bring their
production facilities and equipment
designs into compliance. DOE evaluated
the level of conversion-related
expenditures that would be needed to
comply with each considered efficiency
level in each equipment class. For the
MIA, DOE classified these conversion
costs into two major groups: (1) product
conversion costs; and (2) capital
conversion costs. Product conversion
costs are investments in research,
development, testing, marketing, and
other non-capitalized costs necessary to
make equipment designs comply with
new energy conservation standards.
Capital conversion costs are investments
in property, plant, and equipment
necessary to adapt or change existing
production facilities such that new
compliant equipment designs can be
fabricated and assembled.
To evaluate the level of product
conversion costs manufacturers would
likely incur to comply with new energy
conservation standards, DOE estimated
the number of basic models that
manufacturers would have to re-design
to move their equipment lines to each
incremental efficiency level. DOE
developed the product conversion costs
by estimating the amount of labor per
basic model manufacturers would need
for research and development to raise
the efficiency of models to each
incremental efficiency level. DOE
anticipates that manufacturer basic
model counts would decrease with use
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
of ECMs due to the greater range of
applications served by one ECM as
opposed to an induction motor. DOE
also assumed manufacturers would
incur testing costs to establish certified
ratings using DOE’s test procedure for
circulator pumps and applying DOE’s
statistical sampling plans to assess
compliance.
For circulator pumps, DOE estimated
that the re-design effort varies by
efficiency level. At EL 1, DOE
anticipates a minor redesign effort as
manufacturers increase their breadth of
offerings to meet standards at this level.
DOE estimated a redesign effort of 18
months of engineering labor and 9
months of technician labor per model at
this level. At EL 2, DOE anticipates
manufacturers to integrate ECMs into
their circulator pumps. This requires a
significant amount of re-design as
manufacturers transition from legacy AC
induction motors to ECMs. DOE
estimated a redesign effort of 35 months
of engineering labor and 18 months of
technician labor per model. At EL 3 and
EL 4, DOE anticipates manufacturers to
incur additional control board redesign
costs as manufacturers add controls
(e.g., proportional pressure controls).
DOE estimated a redesign effort of 54
months of engineering labor and 35
months of technician labor per model at
EL 3. DOE estimated a redesign effort of
54 months of engineering labor and 54
months of technician labor per model at
EL 4.
To evaluate the level of capital
conversion costs manufacturers would
likely incur to comply with new energy
conservation standards, DOE used
information derived from the
engineering analysis, shipments
analysis, and manufacturer interviews.
DOE used the information to estimate
the additional investments in property,
plant, and equipment that are necessary
to meet energy conservation standards.
In the engineering analysis evaluation of
higher efficiency equipment from
leading manufacturers of circulator
pumps, DOE found a range of designs
and manufacturing approaches. DOE
attempted to account for both the range
of manufacturing pathways and the
current efficiency distribution of
shipments in the modeling of industry
capital conversion costs.
For all circulator pump varieties, DOE
estimates that capital conversion costs
are driven by the cost for industry to
expand production capacity at
efficiency levels requiring use of an
ECM (i.e., EL 2, EL 3, and EL 4). DOE
anticipates capital investments to be
similar among EL 2 through EL 4 as
circulator pump controls are likely to be
used to increase a circulator pump
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
beyond EL 2, and pump controls do not
require additional capital investments.
At all ELs, DOE anticipates
manufacturers will incur costs to
expand production capacity of more
efficient equipment.
For CP1 type circulator pumps, DOE
anticipates manufacturers would choose
to assemble ECMs in-house. As such,
the capital conversion cost estimates for
CP1-type circulator pumps include, but
were not limited to, capital investments
in welding and bobbin tooling,
magnetizers, winders, lamination dies,
testing equipment, and additional
manufacturing floor-space requirements.
For CP2 and CP3 type circulator
pumps, DOE anticipates manufacturers
would purchase ECMs as opposed to
assembling in-house. As such, DOE
estimated that the design changes to
produce circulator pumps with ECMs
would be driven by purchased parts
(i.e., ECMs). The capital conversion
costs for these variety of circulator
pumps are based on additional
44509
manufacturing floor space requirements
to expand manufacturing capacity of
ECMs.
During the NOPR public meeting,
Taco requested that DOE provide an
estimate on the number of models that
are assumed to be redesigned for each
EL. (Taco, Inc., Public Meeting
Transcript, No. 129 at pp. 69–70) Table
IV.15 displays the number of circulator
pump models that would be redesigned
and introduced into the market at each
efficiency level.
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
Number of Circulator Pump
Models Estimated to be Redesie:ned
EL 1
EL2
EL3
EL4
9
82
82
82
HI and Xylem commented on the
December 2022 NOPR that the
investments DOE estimated in the
December 2022 NOPR required to
comply with standards set at TSL 2, TSL
3, and TSL 4, would be substantial
investments given the size of and total
free cash flow available to most
circulator pump manufacturers. (HI, No.
135 at pp. 3–5; Xylem, No. 136 at p. 4)
HI and Xylem continued by stating that
requiring manufacturers to make these
investments in a 2-year compliance
period and the current market’s supply
chain issues increases the conversion
cost impacts on the manufacturers. (Id.)
Additionally, HI and Xylem commented
that considering lead times for materials
and components, it is not possible to
invest the amount required to comply
with TSL 2 efficiently within the 2-year
compliance period.66 (Id.) HI and Xylem
recommended that DOE have a 4-year
compliance period, which was the
compliance period agreed to by the
CPWG. (Id.) As discussed in section
III.H of this document, DOE is
establishing a 4-year compliance date
for energy conservation standards for
circulator pumps. DOE interprets HI’s
comment regarding conversion cost
impact to manufacturers’ will be
mitigated if a 4-year compliance date is
adopted.
HI and Xylem also commented that it
would be difficult for companies to
introduce a circulator pump into the
market that has a CEI right at 1.0 and
have it be competitive in the market.
(HI, No. 135 at pp. 3–5; Xylem, No. 136
at p. 4) Therefore, HI and Xylem state
that the DOE NOPR analysis of TSL 2,
which only looks at the costs associated
with making circulator pumps that are
minimally compliant with TSL 2 (i.e.,
comply with standards set at TSL 2 but
would not meet efficiency levels
associated with TSL 3) is not accurate.
(Id.) HI and Xylem stated that the
market realities are that new circulators
need to be designed to successfully
compete in the market as well, which
will require an investment much closer
to the impacts (cost & time) which DOE
has associated with TSL 3. (Id.) As
described in section IV.G.2 of this
document, the shipments analysis
models a ‘‘roll-up’’ scenario to estimate
standards-case shipments. In this
scenario, the shipments in the no-newstandards-case that would be below the
minimum qualifying efficiency level
prescribed by standards are ‘‘rolled up’’
(i.e., added to) to the minimum
qualifying equipment efficiency level at
that standard level. DOE disagrees that
there would not be a market for
minimally qualifying circulator pumps
at any of the analyzed TSLs. As
displayed in Table IV.4 through Table
IV.7, MPCs increase at higher efficiency
levels, which results in more expensive
end-user prices at higher efficiency
levels. DOE estimates that
approximately 70 percent of circulator
pump shipments currently sold into the
U.S. market are at baseline or EL 1
(which are the least expensive circulator
pumps on the market). HI additionally
stated that while small incremental
growth is occurring for ECMs (circulator
pumps with ECMs typically are at EL 2,
EL 3, or EL 4) first cost is a barrier for
customers. (HI, No. 112 at pp. 9–10)
DOE agrees that the initial purchase
price prevents some customers from
purchasing more efficient and expensive
circulator pumps. Therefore, DOE
modeled a shipment scenario that has
customers continuing to purchase the
minimally complaint circulator pumps
(which would also be the least
expensive circulator pumps) after
compliance with each analyzed energy
conservation standard.
HI and Xylem also commented that
capital investment will increase going
from EL 2 to EL 4. (Id.) HI commented
that EL 3 and EL 4 circulator pumps are
more complex equipment that will
require additional investment in
programing and testing infrastructure,
and additional manufacturing tooling
for EL 4 beyond what is required at EL
3 to simulate the external input signals
during manufacturing testing. (Id.) DOE
agrees that EL 3 and EL 4 will require
additional programing and testing and
has included those additional costs in
the product conversion costs shown in
Table IV.16 as these programing and
testing costs are non-capitalized costs
and should be included in product
conversion costs and not capital
conversion costs.67 Therefore, DOE has
included these additional investments
required to comply with EL 3 and EL 4.
In general, DOE assumes all
conversion-related investments occur
between the date of publication of this
final rule and the year by which
manufacturers must comply with the
new standards. The conversion cost
figures used in the GRIM can be found
in Table IV.16 and in section V.B.2.a of
this document. For additional
information on the estimated capital
66 In the December 2022 NOPR (Table IV.13) DOE
estimated that manufacturers will have to invest
$54.7 million in product conversion costs and an
additional $22.3 million in capital conversion cost
($77.0 million total). 87 FR 74850, 74886.
67 At EL 2 DOE estimates the product conversion
costs will be $56.4 million. This will increase to
$91.5 million at EL 3 and increase to $105.1 million
at EL 4.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.036
Table IV.15 Number of Models Redesigned at Each Efficiency Level
44510
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
and product conversion costs, see
chapter 12 of the final rule TSD.
Table IV.16 Industry Product and Capital Conversion Costs per Efficiency Level
Units
Product Conversion Costs
Capital Conversion Costs
d. Manufacturer Markup Scenarios
MSPs include direct manufacturing
production costs (i.e., labor, materials,
and overhead estimated in DOE’s MPCs)
and all non-production costs (i.e.,
SG&A, R&D, and interest), along with
profit. To calculate the MSPs in the
GRIM, DOE applied non-production
cost markups to the MPCs estimated in
the engineering analysis for each
equipment class and efficiency level.
Modifying these markups in the
standards case yields different sets of
impacts on manufacturers. For the MIA,
DOE modeled two standards-case
manufacturer markup scenarios to
represent uncertainty regarding the
potential impacts on prices and
profitability for manufacturers following
the implementation of new energy
conservation standards: (1) a
preservation of gross margin scenario
2022$ millions
2022$ millions
EL 1
5.5
0.0
Efficiency Level
EL2
EL3
56.4
91.5
24.7
24.7
and (2) a preservation of operating profit
scenario. These scenarios lead to
different manufacturer markup values
that, when applied to the MPCs, result
in varying revenue and cash flow
impacts.
Under the preservation of gross
margin scenario, DOE applied a single
uniform ‘‘gross margin percentage’’
across all efficiency levels, which
assumes that manufacturers would be
able to maintain the same amount of
profit as a percentage of revenues at all
efficiency levels within an equipment
class. As MPCs increase with efficiency,
this scenario implies that the absolute
dollar markup will increase. This is the
manufacturer markup scenario that is
used in all consumer analyses (e.g.,
LCC, NIA, etc.).
To estimate the average manufacturer
markup used in the preservation of
gross margin scenario, DOE analyzed
EL4
105.1
24.7
publicly available financial information
for manufacturers of circulator pumps.
DOE then requested feedback on its
initial manufacturer markup estimates
during manufacturer interviews. Based
on manufacturer interviews, DOE
revised the initial manufacturer
markups that were used in December
2022 NOPR. DOE did not receive any
comments on the manufacturer markups
presented in the December 2022 NOPR.
Therefore, DOE continues to use the
same manufacturer markups in this final
rule analysis that were used in the
December 2022 NOPR. Table IV.17
presents the manufacturers markups
used in this final rule analysis for the
no-new-standards case and the
preservation of gross margin scenario
standards cases. These markups capture
all non-production costs, including
SG&A expenses, R&D expenses, interest
expenses, and profit.
Table IV.17 Manufacturer Markups for the No-New-Standards Case and the
Preservation of Gross Margin Scenario
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
A comparison of industry financial
impacts under the two manufacturer
markup scenarios is presented in
section V.B.2.a of this document.
K. Emissions Analysis
The emissions analysis consists of
two components. The first component
estimates the effect of potential energy
conservation standards on power sector
and site (where applicable) combustion
emissions of CO2, NOX, SO2, and Hg.
The second component estimates the
impacts of potential standards on
emissions of two additional greenhouse
gases, CH4 and N2O, as well as the
reductions in emissions of other gases
due to ‘‘upstream’’ activities in the fuel
production chain. These upstream
activities comprise extraction,
processing, and transporting fuels to the
site of combustion.
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
The analysis of electric power sector
emissions of CO2, NOX, SO2, and Hg
uses emissions intended to represent the
marginal impacts of the change in
electricity consumption associated with
new standards. The methodology is
based on results published for the AEO,
including a set of side cases that
implement a variety of efficiency-related
policies. The methodology is described
in appendix 13A in the final rule TSD.
The analysis presented in this notice
uses projections from AEO2023. Power
sector emissions of CH4 and N2O from
fuel combustion are estimated using
Emission Factors for Greenhouse Gas
Inventories published by the
Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA).68
68 Available at www.epa.gov/sites/production/
files/2021-04/documents/emission-factors_
apr2021.pdf (last accessed September 29, 2023).
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.038
Under the preservation of operating
profit scenario, DOE modeled a
situation in which manufacturers are
not able to increase per-unit operating
profit in proportion to increases in
MPCs. In this scenario, manufacturer
markups are set so that operating profit
one year after the compliance date of
energy conservation standards is the
same as in the no-new-standards case on
a per-unit basis. In other words,
manufacturers are not able to garner
additional operating profit from the
higher MPCs and the investments that
are required to comply with the energy
conservation standards. However,
manufacturers are able to maintain the
same per-unit operating profit in the
standards case that was earned in the
no-new-standards case. Therefore,
operating margin in percentage terms is
reduced between the no-new-standards
case and standards case.
Manufacturer Markup
1.60
2.30
1.90
ER20MY24.037
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
Circulator Pump Variety
CPI
CP2
CP3
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
FFC upstream emissions, which
include emissions from fuel combustion
during extraction, processing, and
transportation of fuels, and ‘‘fugitive’’
emissions (direct leakage to the
atmosphere) of CH4 and CO2, are
estimated based on the methodology
described in chapter 15 of the final rule
TSD.
The emissions intensity factors are
expressed in terms of physical units per
MWh or MMBtu of site energy savings.
For power sector emissions, specific
emissions intensity factors are
calculated by sector and end use. Total
emissions reductions are estimated
using the energy savings calculated in
the national impact analysis.
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
1. Air Quality Regulations Incorporated
in DOE’s Analysis
DOE’s no-new-standards case for the
electric power sector reflects the AEO,
which incorporates the projected
impacts of existing air quality
regulations on emissions. AEO2023
reflects, to the extent possible, laws and
regulations adopted through midNovember 2022, including the
emissions control programs discussed in
the following paragraphs the emissions
control programs discussed in the
following paragraphs, and the Inflation
Reduction Act.69
SO2 emissions from affected electric
generating units (‘‘EGUs’’) are subject to
nationwide and regional emissions capand-trade programs. Title IV of the
Clean Air Act sets an annual emissions
cap on SO2 for affected EGUs in the 48
contiguous States and the District of
Columbia (‘‘DC’’). (42 U.S.C. 7651 et
seq.) SO2 emissions from numerous
States in the eastern half of the United
States are also limited under the CrossState Air Pollution Rule (‘‘CSAPR’’). 76
FR 48208 (Aug. 8, 2011). CSAPR
requires these States to reduce certain
emissions, including annual SO2
emissions, and went into effect as of
January 1, 2015.70 The AEO
69 For further information, see the Assumptions to
AEO2023 report that sets forth the major
assumptions used to generate the projections in the
Annual Energy Outlook. Available at www.eia.gov/
outlooks/aeo/assumptions/ (last accessed
September 29, 2023).
70 CSAPR requires states to address annual
emissions of SO2 and NOX, precursors to the
formation of fine particulate matter (‘‘PM2.5’’)
pollution, in order to address the interstate
transport of pollution with respect to the 1997 and
2006 PM2.5 National Ambient Air Quality Standards
(‘‘NAAQS’’). CSAPR also requires certain states to
address the ozone season (May-September)
emissions of NOX, a precursor to the formation of
ozone pollution, in order to address the interstate
transport of ozone pollution with respect to the
1997 ozone NAAQS. 76 FR 48208 (Aug. 8, 2011).
EPA subsequently issued a supplemental rule that
included an additional five states in the CSAPR
ozone season program; 76 FR 80760 (Dec. 27, 2011)
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
incorporates implementation of CSAPR,
including the update to the CSAPR
ozone season program emission budgets
and target dates issued in 2016. 81 FR
74504 (Oct. 26, 2016). Compliance with
CSAPR is flexible among EGUs and is
enforced through the use of tradable
emissions allowances. Under existing
EPA regulations, for states subject to
SO2 emissions limits under CSAPR, any
excess SO2 emissions allowances
resulting from the lower electricity
demand caused by the adoption of an
efficiency standard could be used to
permit offsetting increases in SO2
emissions by another regulated EGU.
However, beginning in 2016, SO2
emissions began to fall as a result of the
Mercury and Air Toxics Standards
(‘‘MATS’’) for power plants.71 77 FR
9304 (Feb. 16, 2012). The final rule
establishes power plant emission
standards for mercury, acid gases, and
non-mercury metallic toxic pollutants.
Because of the emissions reductions
under the MATS, it is unlikely that
excess SO2 emissions allowances
resulting from the lower electricity
demand would be needed or used to
permit offsetting increases in SO2
emissions by another regulated EGU.
Therefore, energy conservation
standards that decrease electricity
generation will generally reduce SO2
emissions. DOE estimated SO2
emissions reduction using emissions
factors based on AEO2023.
CSAPR also established limits on NOX
emissions for numerous States in the
eastern half of the United States. Energy
conservation standards would have
little effect on NOX emissions in those
States covered by CSAPR emissions
limits if excess NOX emissions
allowances resulting from the lower
electricity demand could be used to
permit offsetting increases in NOX
emissions from other EGUs. In such
case, NOX emissions would remain near
the limit even if electricity generation
goes down. Depending on the
configuration of the power sector in the
different regions and the need for
allowances, however, NOX emissions
might not remain at the limit in the case
of lower electricity demand. That would
mean that standards might reduce NOX
emissions in covered States. Despite this
possibility, DOE has chosen to be
conservative in its analysis and has
maintained the assumption that
(Supplemental Rule), and EPA issued the CSAPR
Update for the 2008 ozone NAAQS. 81 FR 74504
(Oct. 26, 2016).
71 In order to continue operating, coal power
plants must have either flue gas desulfurization or
dry sorbent injection systems installed. Both
technologies, which are used to reduce acid gas
emissions, also reduce SO2 emissions.
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44511
standards will not reduce NOX
emissions in States covered by CSAPR.
Standards would be expected to reduce
NOX emissions in the States not covered
by CSAPR. DOE used AEO2023 data to
derive NOX emissions factors for the
group of States not covered by CSAPR.
The MATS limit mercury emissions
from power plants, but they do not
include emissions caps and, as such,
DOE’s energy conservation standards
would be expected to slightly reduce Hg
emissions. DOE estimated mercury
emissions reduction using emissions
factors based on AEO2023, which
incorporates the MATS.
L. Monetizing Emissions Impacts
As part of the development of this
final rule, for the purpose of complying
with the requirements of Executive
Order 12866, DOE considered the
estimated monetary benefits from the
reduced emissions of CO2, CH4, N2O,
NOX, and SO2 that are expected to result
from each of the TSLs considered. In
order to make this calculation analogous
to the calculation of the NPV of
consumer benefit, DOE considered the
reduced emissions expected to result
over the lifetime of equipment shipped
in the projection period for each TSL.
This section summarizes the basis for
the values used for monetizing the
emissions benefits and presents the
values considered in this final rule.
To monetize the benefits of reducing
GHG emissions, this analysis uses the
interim estimates presented in the
Technical Support Document: Social
Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous
Oxide Interim Estimates Under
Executive Order 13990 published in
February 2021 by the IWG.
1. Monetization of Greenhouse Gas
Emissions
DOE estimates the monetized benefits
of the reductions in emissions of CO2,
CH4, and N2O by using a measure of the
SC of each pollutant (e.g., SC–CO2).
These estimates represent the monetary
value of the net harm to society
associated with a marginal increase in
emissions of these pollutants in a given
year, or the benefit of avoiding that
increase. These estimates are intended
to include (but are not limited to)
climate-change-related changes in net
agricultural productivity, human health,
property damages from increased flood
risk, disruption of energy systems, risk
of conflict, environmental migration,
and the value of ecosystem services.
DOE exercises its own judgment in
presenting monetized climate benefits
as recommended by applicable
Executive orders, and DOE would reach
the same conclusion presented in this
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
44512
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
rulemaking in the absence of the social
cost of greenhouse gases. That is, the
social costs of greenhouse gases,
whether measured using the February
2021 interim estimates presented by the
Interagency Working Group on the
Social Cost of Greenhouse Gases or by
another means, did not affect the rule
ultimately proposed by DOE.
DOE estimated the global social
benefits of CO2, CH4, and N2O
reductions using SC–GHG values that
were based on the interim values
presented in the Technical Support
Document: Social Cost of Carbon,
Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim
Estimates under Executive Order 13990,
published in February 2021 by the IWG
(‘‘February 2021 SC–GHG TSD’’). The
SC–GHG is the monetary value of the
net harm to society associated with a
marginal increase in emissions in a
given year, or the benefit of avoiding
that increase. In principle, the SC–GHG
includes the value of all climate change
impacts, including (but not limited to)
changes in net agricultural productivity,
human health effects, property damage
from increased flood risk and natural
disasters, disruption of energy systems,
risk of conflict, environmental
migration, and the value of ecosystem
services. The SC–GHG therefore, reflects
the societal value of reducing emissions
of the gas in question by one metric ton.
The SC–GHG is the theoretically
appropriate value to use in conducting
benefit-cost analyses of policies that
affect CO2, N2O and CH4 emissions. As
a member of the IWG involved in the
development of the February 2021 SC–
GHG TSD, DOE agreed that the interim
SC–GHG estimates represent the most
appropriate estimate of the SC–GHG
until revised estimates are developed
reflecting the latest, peer-reviewed
science. See 87 FR 78382, 78406–78408
for discussion of the development and
details of the IWG SC–GHG estimates.
There are a number of limitations and
uncertainties associated with the SC–
GHG estimates. First, the current
scientific and economic understanding
of discounting approaches suggests
discount rates appropriate for
intergenerational analysis in the context
of climate change are likely to be less
than 3 percent, near 2 percent or
lower.72 Second, the IAMs used to
produce these interim estimates do not
72 Interagency Working Group on Social Cost of
Greenhouse Gases. 2021. Technical Support
Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and
Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates under Executive
Order 13990. February. United States Government.
Available at: www.whitehouse.gov/briefing-room/
blog/2021/02/26/a-return-to-science-evidencebased-estimates-of-the-benefits-of-reducing-climatepollution/.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
include all of the important physical,
ecological, and economic impacts of
climate change recognized in the
climate change literature and the
science underlying their ‘‘damage
functions’’—i.e., the core parts of the
IAMs that map global mean temperature
changes and other physical impacts of
climate change into economic (both
market and nonmarket) damages—lags
behind the most recent research. For
example, limitations include the
incomplete treatment of catastrophic
and non-catastrophic impacts in the
integrated assessment models, their
incomplete treatment of adaptation and
technological change, the incomplete
way in which inter-regional and
intersectoral linkages are modeled,
uncertainty in the extrapolation of
damages to high temperatures, and
inadequate representation of the
relationship between the discount rate
and uncertainty in economic growth
over long time horizons. Likewise, the
socioeconomic and emissions scenarios
used as inputs to the models do not
reflect new information from the last
decade of scenario generation or the full
range of projections. The modeling
limitations do not all work in the same
direction in terms of their influence on
the SC–CO2 estimates. However, as
discussed in the February 2021 SC–GHG
TSD, the IWG has recommended that,
taken together, the limitations suggest
that the interim SC–GHG estimates used
in this final rule likely underestimate
the damages from GHG emissions. DOE
concurs with this assessment.
Earthjustice et al. commented that
DOE appropriately applies the social
cost estimates developed by the IWG to
its analysis of climate benefits. They
stated that these values are widely
agreed to underestimate the full social
costs of greenhouse gas emissions, but
for now they remain appropriate to use
as conservative estimates. (Earthjustice
et al., No. 132–1 at p. 1)
DOE agrees that the interim SC–GHG
values applied for this final rule are
conservative estimates. In the February
2021 SC–GHG TSD, the IWG stated that
the models used to produce the interim
estimates do not include all of the
important physical, ecological, and
economic impacts of climate change
recognized in the climate change
literature. For these same impacts, the
science underlying their ‘‘damage
functions’’ lags behind the most recent
research. In the judgment of the IWG,
these and other limitations suggest that
the range of four interim SC–GHG
estimates presented in the TSD likely
underestimate societal damages from
GHG emissions. The IWG is in the
process of assessing how best to
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
incorporate the latest peer-reviewed
science and the recommendations of the
National Academies to develop an
updated set of SC–GHG estimates, and
DOE remains engaged in that process.
Earthjustice et al. suggested that DOE
should state that criticisms of the social
cost of greenhouse gases are moot in this
rulemaking because the proposed rule is
justified without them. (Earthjustice et
al., No. 132–1 at p.2) DOE agrees that
the proposed rule is economically
justified without including climate
benefits associated with reduced GHG
emissions.
Earthjustice et al. commented that
DOE should consider applying
sensitivity analysis using EPA’s draft
climate-damage estimates released in
November 2022, as EPA’s work
faithfully implements the roadmap laid
out in 2017 by the National Academies
of Sciences and applies recent advances
in the science and economics on the
costs of climate change. (Earthjustice et
al., No. 132–1 at pp. 2–3)
DOE is aware that in December 2023,
EPA issued a new set of SC–GHG
estimates in connection with a final
rulemaking under the Clean Air Act.73
As DOE had used the IWG interim
values in proposing this rule and is
currently reviewing the updated 2023
SC–GHG values, for this final rule, DOE
used these updated 2023 SC–GHG
values to conduct a sensitivity analysis
of the value of GHG emissions
reductions. DOE notes that because
EPA’s estimates are considerably higher
than the IWG’s interim SC–GHG values
applied for this final rule, an analysis
that uses the EPA’s estimates results in
significantly greater climate-related
benefits. However, such results would
not affect DOE’s decision in this final
rule. As stated elsewhere in this
document, DOE would reach the same
conclusion regarding the economic
justification of the standards presented
in this final rule without considering
the IWG’s interim SC–GHG values,
which DOE agrees are conservative
estimates. For the same reason, if DOE
were to use EPA’s higher SC–GHG
estimates, they would not change DOE’s
conclusion that the standards are
economically justified.
DOE’s derivations of the SC–CO2, SC–
N2O, and SC–CH4 values used for this
final rule are discussed in the following
sections, and the results of DOE’s
analyses estimating the benefits of the
reductions in emissions of these GHGs
are presented in section V.B.6 of this
document.
73 See www.epa.gov/environmental-economics/
scghg.
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
a. Social Cost of Carbon
The SC–CO2 values used for this final
rule were based on the values developed
for the February 2021 SC–GHG TSD,
which are shown in Table IV.18 in fiveyear increments from 2020 to 2050. The
set of annual values that DOE used,
44513
DOE expects additional climate benefits
to accrue for equipment still operating
after 2070, but a lack of available SC–
CO2 estimates for emissions years
beyond 2070 prevents DOE from
monetizing these potential benefits in
this analysis.
which was adapted from estimates
published by EPA,74 is presented in
Appendix 14A of the final rule TSD.
These estimates are based on methods,
assumptions, and parameters identical
to the estimates published by the IWG
(which were based on EPA modeling),
and include values for 2051 to 2070.
Table IV.18. Annual SC-CO2 Values from 2021 Interagency Update, 2020-2050
• Ton CO2:)
I'2020$ per M et rIC
Discount Rate and Statistic
3%
2.5%
5%
Year
Average
Average
Average
14
17
19
22
25
28
32
51
56
62
67
73
79
85
76
83
89
96
103
110
116
2020
2025
2030
2035
2040
2045
2050
DOE multiplied the CO2 emissions
reduction estimated for each year by the
SC–CO2 value for that year in each of
the four cases. DOE adjusted the values
to 2022$ using the implicit price
deflator for gross domestic product
(‘‘GDP’’) from the Bureau of Economic
Analysis. To calculate a present value of
the stream of monetary values, DOE
discounted the values in each of the
four cases using the specific discount
3%
95th
percentile
152
169
187
206
225
242
260
rate that had been used to obtain the
SC–CO2 values in each case.
b. Social Cost of Methane and Nitrous
Oxide
The SC–CH4 and SC–N2O values used
for this final rule were based on the
values developed for the February 2021
SC–GHG TSD. Table IV.19 shows the
updated sets of SC–CH4 and SC–N2O
estimates from the latest interagency
update in 5-year increments from 2020
to 2050. The full set of annual values
used is presented in appendix 14A of
the final rule TSD. To capture the
uncertainties involved in regulatory
impact analysis, DOE has determined it
is appropriate to include all four sets of
SC–CH4 and SC–N2O values, as
recommended by the IWG. DOE derived
values after 2050 using the approach
described above for the SC–CO2.
Table IV.19. Annual SC-CH4 and SC-N2O Values from 2021 lnteragency Update,
2020-2050 (2020$ per Metric Ton)
5%
3%
2.5%
Average
Average
Average
670
800
940
1100
1300
1500
1700
1500
1700
2000
2200
2500
2800
3100
2000
2200
2500
2800
3100
3500
3800
3%
95th
percentile
3900
4500
5200
6000
6700
7500
8200
5%
3%
2.5%
Average
Average
Average
5800
6800
7800
9000
10000
12000
13000
18000
21000
23000
25000
28000
30000
33000
27000
30000
33000
36000
39000
42000
45000
3%
95th
percentile
48000
54000
60000
67000
74000
81000
88000
DOE multiplied the CH4 and N2O
emissions reduction estimated for each
year by the SC–CH4 and SC–N2O
estimates for that year in each of the
cases. DOE adjusted the values to 2022$
using the implicit price deflator for
gross domestic product (‘‘GDP’’) from
the Bureau of Economic Analysis. To
calculate a present value of the stream
of monetary values, DOE discounted the
values in each of the cases using the
specific discount rate that had been
used to obtain the SC–CH4 and SC–N2O
estimates in each case.
74 See EPA, Revised 2023 and Later Model Year
Light-Duty Vehicle GHG Emissions Standards:
Regulatory Impact Analysis, Washington, DC,
December 2021. Available at nepis.epa.gov/Exe/
ZyPDF.cgi?Dockey=P1013ORN.pdf (last accessed
October 2, 2023).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
c. Sensitivity Analysis Using Updated
SC–GHG Estimates
In December 2023, EPA issued an
updated set of SC–GHG estimates (2023
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.040
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
2020
2025
2030
2035
2040
2045
2050
SC-N20
Discount Rate and Statistic
ER20MY24.039
Year
SC-CH4
Discount Rate and Statistic
44514
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
SC–GHG) in connection with a final
rulemaking under the Clean Air Act.75
These estimates incorporate recent
research and address recommendations
of the National Academies (2017) and
comments from a 2023 external peer
review of the accompanying technical
report. For this rulemaking, DOE used
these updated 2023 SC–GHG values to
conduct a sensitivity analysis of the
value of GHG emissions reductions
associated with alternative standards for
circulator pumps. This sensitivity
analysis provides an expanded range of
potential climate benefits associated
with amended standards. The final year
of EPA’s new 2023 SC–GHG estimates is
2080; therefore, DOE did not monetize
the climate benefits of GHG emissions
reductions occurring after 2080.
The overall climate benefits are
greater when using the higher, updated
2023 SC–GHG estimates, compared to
the climate benefits using the older IWG
SC–GHG estimates. The results of the
sensitivity analysis are presented in
appendix 14C of the final rule TSD.
2. Monetization of Other Emissions
Impacts
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
For the final rule, DOE estimated the
monetized value of NOX and SO2
emissions reductions from electricity
generation using benefit-per-ton
estimates for that sector from the EPA’s
Benefits Mapping and Analysis
Program.76 DOE used EPA’s values for
PM2.5-related benefits associated with
NOX and SO2 and for ozone-related
benefits associated with NOX for 2025
and 2030, and 2040, calculated with
discount rates of 3 percent and 7
percent. DOE used linear interpolation
to define values for the years not given
in the 2025 to 2040 period; for years
beyond 2040, the values are held
constant. DOE combined the EPA
regional benefit-per-ton estimates with
regional information on electricity
consumption and emissions from
AEO2023 to define weighted-average
national values for NOX and SO2 (see
appendix 14B of the final rule TSD).
DOE multiplied the site emissions
reduction (in tons) in each year by the
associated $/ton values, and then
discounted each series using discount
rates of 3 percent and 7 percent as
appropriate.
75 See www.epa.gov/environmental-economics/
scghg.
76 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
Estimating the Benefit per Ton of Reducing
Directly-Emitted PM2.5, PM2.5 Precursors and Ozone
Precursors from 21 Sectors. www.epa.gov/benmap/
estimating-benefit-ton-reducing-directly-emittedpm25-pm25-precursors-and-ozone-precursors.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
M. Utility Impact Analysis
The utility impact analysis estimates
the changes in installed electrical
capacity and generation projected to
result for each considered TSL. The
analysis is based on published output
from the NEMS associated with
AEO2023. NEMS produces the AEO
Reference case, as well as a number of
side cases that estimate the economywide impacts of changes to energy
supply and demand. For the current
analysis, impacts are quantified by
comparing the levels of electricity sector
generation, installed capacity, fuel
consumption and emissions in the
AEO2023 Reference case and various
side cases. Details of the methodology
are provided in the appendices to
chapters 13 and 15 of the final rule TSD.
The output of this analysis is a set of
time-dependent coefficients that capture
the change in electricity generation,
primary fuel consumption, installed
capacity and power sector emissions
due to a unit reduction in demand for
a given end use. These coefficients are
multiplied by the stream of electricity
savings calculated in the NIA to provide
estimates of selected utility impacts of
potential new energy conservation
standards.
N. Employment Impact Analysis
DOE considers employment impacts
in the domestic economy as one factor
in selecting a standard. Employment
impacts from new energy conservation
standards include both direct and
indirect impacts. Direct employment
impacts are any changes in the number
of employees of manufacturers of the
equipment subject to standards, their
suppliers, and related service firms. The
MIA addresses those impacts. Indirect
employment impacts are changes in
national employment that occur due to
the shift in expenditures and capital
investment caused by the purchase and
operation of more-efficient equipment.
Indirect employment impacts from
standards consist of the net jobs created
or eliminated in the national economy,
other than in the manufacturing sector
being regulated, caused by (1) reduced
spending by purchasers on energy, (2)
reduced spending on new energy supply
by the utility industry, (3) increased
consumer spending on the equipment to
which the new standards apply and
other goods and services, and (4) the
effects of those three factors throughout
the economy.
One method for assessing the possible
effects on the demand for labor of such
shifts in economic activity is to compare
sector employment statistics developed
by the Labor Department’s Bureau of
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Labor Statistics (‘‘BLS’’). BLS regularly
publishes its estimates of the number of
jobs per million dollars of economic
activity in different sectors of the
economy, as well as the jobs created
elsewhere in the economy by this same
economic activity. Data from BLS
indicate that expenditures in the utility
sector generally create fewer jobs (both
directly and indirectly) than
expenditures in other sectors of the
economy.77 There are many reasons for
these differences, including wage
differences and the fact that the utility
sector is more capital-intensive and less
labor-intensive than other sectors.
Energy conservation standards have the
effect of reducing consumer utility bills.
Because reduced consumer
expenditures for energy likely lead to
increased expenditures in other sectors
of the economy, the general effect of
efficiency standards is to shift economic
activity from a less labor-intensive
sector (i.e., the utility sector) to more
labor-intensive sectors (e.g., the retail
and service sectors). Thus, the BLS data
suggest that net national employment
may increase due to shifts in economic
activity resulting from energy
conservation standards.
DOE estimated indirect national
employment impacts for the standard
levels considered in this final rule using
an input/output model of the U.S.
economy called Impact of Sector Energy
Technologies version 4 (‘‘ImSET’’).78
ImSET is a special-purpose version of
the ‘‘U.S. Benchmark National InputOutput’’ (‘‘I–O’’) model, which was
designed to estimate the national
employment and income effects of
energy-saving technologies. The ImSET
software includes a computer-based I–O
model having structural coefficients that
characterize economic flows among 187
sectors most relevant to industrial,
commercial, and residential building
energy use.
DOE notes that ImSET is not a general
equilibrium forecasting model, and that
the uncertainties involved in projecting
employment impacts, especially
changes in the later years of the
analysis. Because ImSET does not
incorporate price changes, the
employment effects predicted by ImSET
may over-estimate actual job impacts
77 See U.S. Department of Commerce—Bureau of
Economic Analysis. Regional Multipliers: A User
Handbook for the Regional Input-Output Modeling
System (‘‘RIMS II’’). 1997. U.S. Government Printing
Office: Washington, DC. Available at apps.bea.gov/
scb/pdf/regional/perinc/meth/rims2.pdf (last
accessed October 02, 2023).
78 Livingston, O.V., S.R. Bender, M.J. Scott, and
R.W. Schultz. ImSET 4.0: Impact of Sector Energy
Technologies Model Description and User’s Guide.
2015. Pacific Northwest National Laboratory:
Richland, WA. PNNL–24563.
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
over the long run for this rule.
Therefore, DOE used ImSET only to
generate results for near-term
timeframes (2028–2032), where these
uncertainties are reduced. For more
details on the employment impact
analysis, see chapter 16 of the final rule
TSD.
V. Analytical Results and Conclusions
The following section addresses the
results from DOE’s analyses with
respect to the considered energy
conservation standards for circulator
pumps. It addresses the TSLs examined
by DOE, the projected impacts of each
of these levels if adopted as energy
conservation standards for circulator
pumps, and the standards level that
DOE is adopting in this final rule.
Additional details regarding DOE’s
analyses are contained in the final rule
TSD supporting this document.
A. Trial Standard Levels
In general, DOE typically evaluates
potential new standards for equipment
by grouping individual efficiency levels
for each class into TSLs. Use of TSLs
allows DOE to identify and consider
manufacturer cost interactions between
the equipment classes, to the extent that
there are such interactions, and price
elasticity of consumer purchasing
decisions that may change when
different standard levels are set.
In the analysis conducted for this
final rule, DOE analyzed the benefits
44515
and burdens of four TSLs for circulator
pumps. As discussed previously,
because there is only one equipment
class for circulator pumps, DOE
developed TSLs that align with their
corresponding ELs (i.e., TSL 1
corresponds to EL 1, etc.). DOE presents
the results for the TSLs in this
document, while the results for all
efficiency levels that DOE analyzed are
in the final rule TSD.
Table V.1 presents the TSLs and the
corresponding efficiency levels that
DOE has identified for potential new
energy conservation standards for
circulator pumps. TSL 4 represents the
maximum technologically feasible
(‘‘max-tech’’) energy efficiency.
Table V.1 Trial Standard Levels for Circulator Pumps by Efficiency Level
TSL
EL
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
B. Economic Justification and Energy
Savings
1. Economic Impacts on Individual
Consumers
DOE analyzed the economic impacts
on circulator pump consumers by
looking at the effects that potential new
standards at each TSL would have on
the LCC and PBP. DOE also examined
the impacts of potential standards on
selected consumer subgroups. These
analyses are discussed in the following
sections.
a. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period
In general, higher-efficiency
equipment affects consumers in two
ways: (1) purchase price increases and
(2) annual operating costs decrease.
Inputs used for calculating the LCC and
PBP include total installed costs (i.e.,
equipment price plus installation costs),
and operating costs (i.e., annual energy
use, energy prices, energy price trends,
repair costs, and maintenance costs).
The LCC calculation also uses
equipment lifetime and a discount rate.
Chapter 8 of the final rule TSD provides
detailed information on the LCC and
PBP analyses.
Table V.2 and Table V.3 show the
LCC and PBP results for the TSLs
considered for each equipment class. In
the first of each pair of tables, the
simple payback is measured relative to
the baseline equipment. In the second
table, the impacts are measured relative
to the efficiency distribution in the in
the no-new-standards case in the
compliance year (see section IV.F.8 of
this document). Because some
consumers purchase equipment with
higher efficiency in the no-newstandards case, the average savings are
less than the difference between the
average LCC of the baseline equipment
and the average LCC at each TSL. The
savings refer only to consumers who are
affected by a standard at a given TSL.
Those who already purchase an
equipment with efficiency at or above a
given TSL are not affected. Consumers
for whom the LCC increases at a given
TSL experience a net cost.
.
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
-1
2
3
4
Efficiency
Level
Baseline
1
2
3
4
Installed
Cost
557.3
557.3
665.3
759.7
787.7
LCC
Simple
Payback
years
Average
Lifetime
years
1067.4
939.5
896.1
879.2
871.3
0.0
0.0
3.3
4.5
4.6
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use equipment at that efficiency level. The
PBP is measured relative to the baseline equipment.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.041
TSL
Average Costs
2022$
First Year's
Lifetime
Operating
Operating
Cost
Cost
58.2
510.1
43.3
382.2
25.7
230.7
12.7
119.4
8.5
83.6
ER20MY24.042
Table V 2 Averare LCC and PBP Results for Circulator Pumps
44516
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
Table V.3 Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case for
Circulator Pumps
TSL
Efficiency
Level
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
Life-C ,c1e Cost Savings
Percent of Consumers that
Average LCC Savings *
Experience Net Cost
/2022$/
0.0%
135.6
28.0%
110.9
42.7%
117.4
45.9%
112.4
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers.
b. Consumer Subgroup Analysis
In the consumer subgroup analysis,
due to the high fraction of circulator
pumps used in the residential sector,
DOE estimated the impact of the
considered TSLs on senior-only
households. The analysis used subsets
of the RECS 2015 sample composed of
households that meet the criteria for
seniors to generate a new sample of
75,000 senior consumers. Table V.4
compares the average LCC savings and
PBP at each efficiency level for the
consumer subgroups with similar
metrics for the entire consumer sample
for circulator pumps. In most cases, the
average LCC savings and PBP for senioronly households at the considered
efficiency levels are not substantially
different from the average for all
households. Chapter 11 of the final rule
TSD presents the complete LCC and
PBP results for the considered subgroup.
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P
Table V.4 Comparison of LCC Savings and PBP for Seniors-Only Subgroup and All
Purchasers; Circulator Pumps
Senior-Only
All Purchasers
Purchasers
Average LCC Savings (2022$)
TSL 1
135.3
135.6
TSL2
141.5
110.9
TSL3
132.1
117.4
TSL4
120.4
112.4
Payback Period (years)
TSL 1
0.0
0.0
TSL2
2.8
3.3
TSL3
4.3
4.5
TSL4
4.6
4.6
Consumers with Net Benefit (%)
TSL 1
42.8%
39.8%
TSL2
59.4%
50.7%
TSL3
49.0%
44.2%
55.3%
51.3%
TSL4
0.0%
0.0%
TSL2
18.7%
28.0%
TSL3
38.0%
42.7%
TSL4
42.1%
45.9%
BILLING CODE 6450–01–C
c. Rebuttable Presumption Payback
As discussed in section II.A of this
document, EPCA establishes a
rebuttable presumption that an energy
conservation standard is economically
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
justified if the increased purchase cost
for an equipment that meets the
standard is less than three times the
value of the first-year energy savings
resulting from the standard. In
calculating a rebuttable presumption
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
payback period for each of the
considered TSLs, DOE used discrete
values, and as required by EPCA, based
the energy use calculation on the DOE
test procedures for circulator pumps. In
contrast, the PBPs presented in section
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.044
TSL 1
ER20MY24.043
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
Consumers with Net Cost (%)
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
V.B.1.a were calculated using
distributions that reflect the range of
energy use in the field.
Table V.5 presents the rebuttablepresumption payback periods for the
considered TSLs for circulator pumps.
While DOE examined the rebuttablepresumption criterion, it considered
whether the standard levels considered
for this rule are economically justified
through a more detailed analysis of the
economic impacts of those levels,
pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i),
that considers the full range of impacts
to the consumer, manufacturer, Nation,
and environment. The results of that
44517
analysis serve as the basis for DOE to
definitively evaluate the economic
justification for a potential standard
level, thereby supporting or rebutting
the results of any preliminary
determination of economic
justification.79
Table V.5 Rebuttable-Presumption Payback Periods
Rebuttable PBP
(years)
TSL
--
1
2
3
4
3.0
4.4
4.7
2. Economic Impacts on Manufacturers
DOE performed an MIA to estimate
the impact of new energy conservation
standards on manufacturers of circulator
pumps. The next section describes the
expected impacts on manufacturers at
each considered TSL. Chapter 12 of the
final rule TSD explains the analysis in
further detail.
a. Industry Cash Flow Analysis Results
In this section, DOE provides GRIM
results from the analysis, which
examines changes in the industry that
would result from new energy
conservation standards. The following
tables summarize the estimated
financial impacts (represented by
changes in INPV) of potential new
energy conservation standards on
manufacturers of circulator pumps, as
well as the conversion costs that DOE
estimates manufacturers of circulator
pumps would incur at each TSL.
As discussed in section IV.J.2.d of this
document, DOE modeled two
manufacturer markup scenarios to
evaluate a range of cash flow impacts on
the circulator pump industry: (1) the
preservation of gross margin scenario
and (2) the preservation of operating
profit scenario. DOE considered the
preservation of gross margin scenario by
applying a ‘‘gross margin percentage’’
for each equipment class across all
efficiency levels. As MPCs increase with
efficiency, this scenario implies that the
absolute dollar markup will increase.
Because this scenario assumes that a
manufacturer’s absolute dollar markup
would increase as MPCs increase in the
standards cases, it represents the upperbound to industry profitability under
new energy conservation standards.
The preservation of operating profit
scenario reflects manufacturers’
concerns about their inability to
maintain margins as MPCs increase to
meet higher efficiency levels. In this
scenario, while manufacturers make the
necessary investments required to
convert their facilities to produce
compliant equipment, operating profit
remains the same in absolute dollars,
but decreases as a percentage of
revenue.
Each of the modeled manufacturer
markup scenarios results in a unique set
of cash-flows and corresponding
industry values at each TSL. In the
following discussion, the INPV results
refer to the difference in industry value
between the no-new-standards case and
each standards case resulting from the
sum of discounted cash-flows from 2024
through 2057. To provide perspective
on the short-run cash-flow impact, DOE
includes in the discussion of results a
comparison of free cash flow between
the no-new-standards case and the
standards case at each TSL in the year
before new energy conservation
standards are required.
DOE presents the range in INPV for
circulator pump manufacturers in Table
V.6 and Table V.7. DOE presents the
impacts to industry cash flows and the
conversion costs in Table V.8.
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P
Table V.6 Industry Net Present Value for Circulator Pumps - Preservation of Gross
Mar2in Scenario
79 As shown in Table V.5, the rebuttable payback
period for the recommended standard level (3.0
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
Trial Standard Level*
2
3
358.2
362.3
11.1
15.2
3.2
4.4
years) comes very close to satisfying the rebuttable
presumption.
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
4
379.6
32.4
9.3
ER20MY24.046
2022$ millions
2022$ millions
Change in INPV
%
* Numbers in parentheses indicate a negative number.
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
INPV
1
343.7
(3.4)
(1.0)
20MYR5
ER20MY24.045
No-NewStandards Case
347.1
Units
44518
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
Table V.7 Industry Net Present Value for Circulator Pumps - Preservation of
Operatin~ Profit Scenario
Units
INPV
Change in INPV
2022$ millions
2022$ millions
No-NewStandards Case
347.1
1
343.7
(3.4)
(1.0)
-
%
* Numbers in parentheses indicate a negative number.
Trial Standard Level*
2
3
278.0
247.1
(69.2)
(100.1)
(19.9)
(28.8)
4
229.1
(118.1)
(34.0)
Table V.8 Cash Flow Analysis for Circulator Pump Manufacturers
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
BILLING CODE 6450–01–C
At TSL 4, DOE estimates the change
in INPV will range from ¥$118.1
million to $32.4 million, which
represents a change in INPV of ¥34.0
percent to 9.3 percent, respectively. At
TSL 4, industry free cash flow decreases
to ¥$20.8 million, which represents a
decrease of approximately 173.3
percent, compared to the no-newstandards case value of $28.4 million in
2027, the year before the compliance
year.
TSL 4 sets the efficiency level at EL
4, max-tech, for all circulator pump
varieties. DOE estimates that
approximately 2 percent of all circulator
pump shipments will meet the ELs
required at TSL 4 in the no-newstandards case in 2028, the compliance
year.
At TSL 4, DOE estimates
manufacturers would incur $105.1
million in product conversion costs and
$24.7 million in capital conversion costs
to bring their equipment portfolios into
compliance with standards set at TSL 4.
At TSL 4, product conversion costs are
the key driver of the decrease in free
cash flow. These upfront investments
result in a significantly lower free cash
flow in the year before the compliance
date.
At TSL 4, the shipment weightedaverage MPC significantly increases by
approximately 65.3 percent relative to
the no-new-standards case MPC. In the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
1
2
3
4
26.5
(2.1)
(14.6)
(20.8)
(1.9)
(6.6)
(30.4)
(107.3)
(43.0)
(151.6)
(49.2)
(173.3)
5.5
56.4
91.5
105.1
0.0
24.7
24.7
24.7
5.5
81.2
116.2
129.9
preservation of gross margin scenario,
this increase in MPC causes an increase
in manufacturer free cash flow, while
the $129.9 million in conversion costs
estimated at TSL 4 cause a decrease in
manufacturer free cash flow. Ultimately,
these factors result in a moderately
positive change in INPV at TSL 4 under
the preservation of gross margin
scenario.
Under the preservation of operating
profit scenario, the significant increase
in the shipment weighted-average MPC
results in a lower average manufacturer
markup. This lower average
manufacturer markup and the $129.9
million in conversion costs result in a
significantly negative change in INPV at
TSL 4 under the preservation of
operating profit scenario.
At TSL 3, DOE estimates the change
in INPV will range from ¥$100.1
million to $15.2 million, which
represents a change in INPV of ¥28.8
percent to 4.4 percent, respectively. At
TSL 3, industry free cash flow decreases
to ¥$14.6 million, which represents a
decrease of approximately 151.6
percent, compared to the no-newstandards case value of $28.4 million in
2027, the year before the compliance
year.
TSL 3 sets the efficiency level at EL
3 for all circulator pump varieties. DOE
estimates that approximately 20 percent
of all circulator pump shipments will
meet or exceed the ELs required at TSL
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3 in the no-new-standards case in 2028,
the compliance year.
At TSL 3, DOE estimates
manufacturers would incur $91.5
million in product conversion costs and
$24.7 million in capital conversion costs
to bring their equipment portfolios into
compliance with standards set at TSL 3.
At TSL 3, product conversion costs
continue to be a key driver of the
decrease in free cash flow. These
upfront investments result in a
significantly lower free cash flow in the
year before the compliance date.
At TSL 3, the shipment weightedaverage MPC significantly increases by
approximately 51.0 percent relative to
the no-new-standards case MPC. In the
preservation of gross margin scenario,
this increase in MPC causes an increase
in manufacturer free cash flow, while
the $116.2 million in conversion costs
estimated at TSL 3 cause a decrease in
manufacturer free cash flow. Ultimately,
these factors result in a slightly positive
change in INPV at TSL 3 under the
preservation of gross margin scenario.
Under the preservation of operating
profit scenario, the significant increase
in the shipment weighted-average MPC
results in a lower average manufacturer
markup. This lower average
manufacturer markup and the $116.2
million in conversion costs result in a
significantly negative change in INPV at
TSL 3 under the preservation of
operating profit scenario.
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.048
Free Cash Flow
2022$ millions
28.4
(2027)
2022$ millions
Change in Free
Cash Flow (2027)
%
Product
2022$ millions
Conversion Costs
Capital
2022$ millions
Conversion Costs
Total Conversion
2022$ millions
Costs
* Numbers in parentheses indicate a negative number.
Trial Standard Level*
ER20MY24.047
No-NewStandards
Case
Units
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
At TSL 2, DOE estimates the change
in INPV will range from ¥$69.2 million
to $11.1 million, which represents a
change in INPV of ¥19.9 percent to 3.2
percent, respectively. At TSL 2, industry
free cash flow decreases to ¥$2.1
million, which represents a decrease of
approximately 107.3 percent, compared
to the no-new-standards case value of
$28.4 million in 2027, the year before
the compliance year.
TSL 2 sets the efficiency level at EL
2 for all circulator pump varieties. DOE
estimates that approximately 37 percent
of all circulator pump shipments will
meet or exceed the ELs required at TSL
2 in the no-new-standards case in 2028,
the compliance year.
At TSL 2, DOE estimates
manufacturers would incur $56.4
million in product conversion costs and
$24.7 million in capital conversion costs
to bring their equipment portfolios into
compliance with standards set at TSL 2.
At TSL 2, product conversion costs
continue to be a key driver of the
decrease in free cash flow. These
upfront investments result in a lower
free cash flow in the year before the
compliance date.
At TSL 2, the shipment weightedaverage MPC moderately increases by
approximately 36.5 percent relative to
the no-new-standards case MPC. In the
preservation of gross margin scenario,
this increase in MPC causes an increase
in manufacturer free cash flow, while
the $81.2 million in conversion costs
estimated at TSL 2 cause a decrease in
manufacturer free cash flow. Ultimately,
these factors result in a slightly positive
change in INPV at TSL 2 under the
preservation of gross margin scenario.
Under the preservation of operating
profit scenario, the moderate increase in
the shipment weighted-average MPC
results in a lower average manufacturer
markup. This lower average
manufacturer markup and the $81.2
million in conversion costs result in a
moderately negative change in INPV at
TSL 2 under the preservation of
operating profit scenario.
At TSL 1, DOE estimates the change
in INPV will be ¥$3.4 million, which
represents a change in INPV of ¥1.0
percent. At TSL 1, industry free cash
flow decreases to $26.5 million, which
represents a decrease of approximately
6.6 percent, compared to the no-newstandards case value of $28.4 million in
2027, the year before the compliance
year.
TSL 1 sets the efficiency level at EL
1 for all circulator pump varieties. DOE
estimates that approximately 69 percent
of all circulator pump shipments will
meet or exceed the ELs required at TSL
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
1 in the no-new-standards case in 2028,
the compliance year.
At TSL 1, DOE does not expect the
increases in efficiency requirements at
this TSL to require any capital
investments. DOE anticipates that
manufacturers would have to make
slight investments in R&D to re-design
some of their equipment offering to
meet standards set at TSL 1. Overall,
DOE estimates that manufacturers
would incur $5.5 million in product
conversion costs to bring their
equipment portfolios into compliance
with standards set to TSL 1. At TSL 1,
all manufacturers have basic models
that meet or exceed these efficiency
levels.
At TSL 1, the shipment-weighted
average MPC for all circulator pumps
does not increase relative to the no-newstandards case shipment-weighted
average MPC in 2028. Since the
shipment-weighted average MPC does
not increase at all at TSL 1 compared to
the no-new-standards case,
manufacturers are not able to recover
any additional revenue at TSL 1, despite
the conversion costs that they incur at
TSL 1. Therefore, the $5.5 million in
conversion costs incurred by
manufacturers causes a slightly negative
change in INPV at TSL 1 in both
manufacturer markup scenarios.
b. Direct Impacts on Employment
To quantitatively assess the potential
impacts of new energy conservation
standards on direct employment in the
circulator pump industry, DOE used the
GRIM to estimate the domestic labor
expenditures and number of direct
employees in the no-new-standards case
and in each of the standards cases
during the analysis period. This analysis
includes both production and nonproduction employees employed by
circulator pump manufacturers. DOE
used statistical data from the U.S.
Census Bureau’s 2021 Annual Survey of
Manufacturers 80 (‘‘ASM’’), the results of
the engineering analysis, and interviews
with manufacturers to determine the
inputs necessary to calculate industrywide labor expenditures and domestic
employment levels. Labor expenditures
related to manufacturing of the
equipment are a function of the labor
intensity of the equipment, the sales
volume, and an assumption that wages
remain fixed in real terms over time.
The total labor expenditures in the
GRIM are converted to domestic
production worker employment levels
80 U.S. Census Bureau, 2018–2021 Annual Survey
of Manufacturers: Statistics for Industry Groups and
Industries (2021). Available at www.census.gov/
data/tables/time-series/econ/asm/2018-2021asm.html.
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44519
by dividing production labor
expenditures by the average fully
burdened wage per production worker.
DOE calculated the fully burdened wage
by multiplying the industry production
worker hourly blended wage (provided
by the ASM) by the fully burdened wage
ratio. The fully burdened wage ratio
factors in paid leave, supplemental pay,
insurance, retirement and savings, and
legally required benefits. DOE
determined the fully burdened ratio
from the Bureau of Labor Statistics’
employee compensation data.81 The
estimates of production workers in this
section cover workers, including line
supervisors who are directly involved in
fabricating and assembling the
equipment within the manufacturing
facility. Workers performing services
that are closely associated with
production operations, such as materials
handling tasks using forklifts, are also
included as production labor.
Non-production worker employment
levels were determined by multiplying
the industry ratio of production worker
employment to non-production
employment against the estimated
production worker employment
previously explained. Estimates of nonproduction workers in this section cover
above-the-line supervisors, sales, sales
delivery, installation, office functions,
legal, and technical employees.
The total direct-employment impacts
calculated in the GRIM are the sum of
the changes in the number of domestic
production and non-production workers
resulting from energy conservation
standards for circulator pumps, as
compared to the no-new-standards case.
Typically, more efficient equipment is
more complex and labor intensive to
produce. Per-unit labor requirements
and production time requirements trend
higher with more stringent energy
conservation standards.
DOE estimates that approximately 65
percent of circulator pumps sold in the
United States are manufactured
domestically. In the absence of energy
conservation standards, DOE estimates
that there would be 173 domestic
production workers in the circulator
pump industry in 2028, the compliance
year.
DOE’s analysis estimates that the
circulator pump industry will
domestically employ 284 production
and non-production workers in the
circulator pump industry in 2028 in the
absence of energy conservation
standards. Table V.9 presents the range
81 U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. Employer Costs
for Employee Compensation (June 2023). Available
at www.bls.gov/news.release/archives/ecec_
09122023.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
44520
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
of potential impacts of energy
conservation standards on U.S.
production workers of circulator pumps.
Table V.9 Potential Changes in the Total Number of Circulator Pump Production
W orkers ID
• D'1rect Em ooymen
1
t ID
• 2028
No-NewStandards Case
Trial Standard Level**
2
3
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
to foreign countries due to the energy
conservation standard at TSL 2 or
higher.
HI stated that domestic employment
is specific to each manufacturer. To
obtain this information DOE is
encouraged to procure these estimates
under NDA with each manufacturer.
(HI, No. 135 at p. 6) DOE conducted
manufacturer interviews with a variety
of circulator pump manufacturers prior
to the December 2022 NOPR. DOE
continues to use the information
gathered during those manufacturer
interviews in this final rule.
Wyer commented that U.S.
manufacturing infrastructure cannot
support the level of production needed
to satisfy the hydronics market with
ECM circulators. (Wyer, No. 128 at p. 2)
Wyer stated that ECM pumps with the
performance curves necessary for the
geothermal HVAC industry are only
manufactured in Europe, while the
majority of PSC pumps currently being
used in the geothermal HVAC industry
are made in the United States. (Id.)
Wyer commented that U.S.-based
manufacturers are more likely to shut
down domestic facilities and continue
importing ECM circulators rather than
invest to upgrade their plants to
produce ECM pumps. (Id.) Wyer
recommended that DOE consider the
impact of the proposed rulemaking on
domestic manufacturer employment and
the potential of plant closures. (Id.)
Table V.9 displays the range of potential
impacts to domestic manufacturing.
Specifically, the lower end of the range
represents a scenario where some
manufacturers move their circulator
pump production for ELs that will likely
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
require an ECM to production facilities
located abroad.
Due to variations in manufacturing
labor practices, actual direct
employment could vary depending on
manufacturers’ preference for high
capital or high labor practices in
response to standards. DOE notes that
the employment impacts discussed here
are independent of the indirect
employment impacts to the broader U.S.
economy, which are documented in
chapter 15 of the accompanying TSD.
c. Impacts on Manufacturing Capacity
During manufacturer interviews,
industry feedback indicated that
manufacturers’ current production
capacity was strained due to upstream
supply chain constraints. Additionally,
manufacturers expressed that additional
production lines would be required
during the conversion period if
standards were set at a level requiring
ECMs. However, many manufacturers
noted that their portfolios have
expanded in recent years to
accommodate more circulator pumps
using ECMs. Furthermore,
manufacturers indicated that a
circulator pump utilizing an ECM could
support a wider range of applications
compared to a circulator pump utilizing
an induction motor.
As part of the December 2022 NOPR,
DOE requested comment on a potential
2-year compliance period. HI and Xylem
commented that manufacturers will
benefit from a 4-year compliance period
to allow time to engineer, develop, and
test equipment to meet the standards.
Additionally, there could be
manufacturing capacity concerns if DOE
required compliance within 2 years of
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.049
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
4
Number of Domestic
173
173
236
261
286
Production Workers
Number of Domestic
111
111
152
168
184
Non-Production Workers
Total Domestic Direct
284
284
388
429
470
Emolovment*
Potential Changes in
Domestic Direct
0
(86)- 104
(86)- 145
(86)- 186
Employment*
* This field presents impacts on domestic direct employment, which aggregates production and nonproduction workers.
** DOE presents a range of potential impacts. Numbers in parentheses indicate a negative number.
At the upper end of the range, all
examined TSLs show an increase (or no
change) in the number of domestic
workers for circulator pumps. The
upper end of the range represents a
scenario where manufacturers increase
production and non-production hiring
due to the increase in labor associated
with more efficient circulator pumps
and the additional engineers needed to
redesign more efficient circulator
pumps. However, this assumes that in
addition to hiring more production and
no-production employees, all existing
domestic production and nonproduction employees would remain in
the United States and not shift to other
countries that currently produce
circulator pumps that are sold in the
United States.
At the lower end of the range, all
examined TSLs show a decrease (or no
change) in the number of domestic
workers for circulator pumps. Based on
information gathered during
manufacturer interviews, DOE
understands circulator pumps with
ECMs are primarily manufactured
outside the United States. However,
manufacturers stated that they would
likely expand their ECM production
capacities in the United States if
standards were established at efficiency
levels that would likely require ECMs
(i.e., TSL 2 or higher). The lower end of
the range represents a scenario where
some manufacturers with existing
production facilities abroad move their
circulator pump production for ELs that
will likely require an ECM to those
production facilities abroad. Therefore,
DOE modeled a low-end employment
range that assumes half of existing
domestic production would be relocated
1
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
publication of a final rule. (HI, No. 135
at pp. 2–3; Xylem, No. 136 at pp. 3–4)
This topic is also discussed in more
detail in section III.H of this document.
Given that DOE is requiring compliance
with energy conservation standards 4
years after publication of this final rule,
DOE does not anticipate any
manufacturing capacity concerns.
year compliance period. The second
small business is estimated to redesign
3 basic models at a cost of
approximately $3.7 million, which
corresponds to approximately 11.6
percent of that small business’s annual
revenue over the 4-year compliance
period. The third small business is
estimated to redesign 1 basic model at
a cost of approximately $1.5 million,
which corresponds to approximately
18.3 percent of that small business’s
annual revenue over the 4-year
compliance period.
The small business subgroup analysis
is discussed in more detail in chapter 12
of the final rule TSD and in section VI.B
of this document.
d. Impacts on Subgroups of
Manufacturers
As discussed in section IV.J of this
document, using average cost
assumptions to develop an industry
cash-flow estimate may not be adequate
for assessing differential impacts among
manufacturer subgroups. Small
manufacturers, niche manufacturers,
and manufacturers exhibiting a cost
structure substantially different from the
industry average could be affected
disproportionately. DOE used the
results of the industry characterization
to group manufacturers exhibiting
similar characteristics. Consequently,
DOE identified small business
manufacturers as a subgroup for a
separate impact analysis.
For the small business subgroup
analysis, DOE applied the small
business size standards published by
the Small Business Administration
(‘‘SBA’’) to determine whether a
company is considered a small business.
The size standards are codified at 13
CFR part 201. To be categorized as a
small business under the North
American Industry Classification
System (‘‘NAICS’’) code 333914,
‘‘Measuring, Dispensing, and Other
Pumping Equipment Manufacturing,’’ a
circulator pump manufacturer and its
affiliates may employ a maximum of
750 employees. The 750-employee
threshold includes all employees in a
business’s parent company and any
other subsidiaries. Based on this
classification, DOE identified three
small businesses that manufacture
circulator pumps in the United States.
DOE estimates one of the small
businesses does not manufacture any
circulator pump models that would
meet the adopted standards. The other
two small businesses both offer
circulator pumps that would meet the
adopted standards. The first small
business is estimated to redesign 32
basic models at a cost of approximately
$50.1 million, which corresponds to
approximately 7.9 percent of that small
business’s annual revenue over the 4-
e. Cumulative Regulatory Burden
One aspect of assessing manufacturer
burden involves looking at the
cumulative impact of multiple DOE
standards and the regulatory actions of
other Federal agencies and States that
affect the manufacturers of covered
equipment. While any one regulation
may not impose a significant burden on
manufacturers, the combined effects of
several existing or impending
regulations may have serious
consequences for some manufacturers,
groups of manufacturers, or an entire
industry. Multiple regulations affecting
the same manufacturer can strain profits
and lead companies to abandon
equipment lines or markets with lower
expected future returns than competing
equipment. For these reasons, DOE
conducts an analysis of cumulative
regulatory burden as part of its
rulemakings pertaining to equipment
efficiency.
DOE evaluates equipment-specific
regulations that will take effect
approximately 3 years before or after the
2028 compliance date of any energy
conservation standards for circulator
pumps.82 DOE is aware that circulator
pump manufacturers produce other
equipment or products including
dedicated-purpose pool pumps 83 and
commercial and industrial pumps.84
None of these products or equipment
have proposed or adopted energy
conservation standards that require
compliance within 3 years of the
adopted energy conservation standards
for circulator pumps in this final rule.
HI and Xylem stated that the
commercial and industrial pumps
rulemaking is ongoing and the impact of
the commercial and industrial pumps
82 Section 13(g)(2) of appendix A to 10 CFR part
430 subpart C (‘‘Process Rule’’).
83 www.regulations.gov/docket/EERE-2022-BTSTD-0001.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44521
rulemaking will certainly require
extensive resources from the same
manufacturers being affected by the
circulator pumps rulemaking during the
same time horizon. (HI, No. 135 at p. 4;
Xylem, No. 136 at p. 5) The commercial
and industrial pumps rulemaking is an
ongoing rulemaking that has not
published a proposed rulemaking (i.e.,
NOPR) or a final rule. DOE is unable to
estimate the potential impact of
rulemakings that do not have proposed
or adopted energy conservation
standards. However, DOE will consider
the cumulative effect of this circulator
pumps rulemaking as part of the
commercial and industrial pumps
rulemaking if DOE proposes or
establishes standards for commercial
and industrial pumps in a future
rulemaking.
Lastly, HI and Xylem commented that
the electric motors rulemaking 85 will
have a significant impact on the
availability (style and volume), and
breadth of ECMs to support conversion,
especially the CP2 and CP3 style
circulator pumps. (Id.) DOE was unable
to find any circulator pump
manufacturer that also manufactures
electric motors covered by that
rulemaking. Additionally, the ECMs that
are used in the circulator pumps to meet
the efficiency levels at EL 2 and above,
are not covered by that electric motors
rulemaking.
3. National Impact Analysis
This section presents DOE’s estimates
of the national energy savings and the
NPV of consumer benefits that would
result from each of the TSLs considered
as potential new standards.
a. Significance of Energy Savings
To estimate the energy savings
attributable to potential new standards
for circulator pumps, DOE compared
their energy consumption under the nonew-standards case to their anticipated
energy consumption under each TSL.
The savings are measured over the
entire lifetime of equipment purchased
in the 30-year period that begins in the
year of anticipated compliance with
new standards (2028–2057). Table V.10
presents DOE’s projections of the
national energy savings for each TSL
considered for circulator pumps. The
savings were calculated using the
approach described in section IV.H.2 of
this document.
84 www.regulations.gov/docket/EERE-2021-BTSTD-0018.
85 88 FR 36066 (Jun. 1, 2023).
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
44522
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
Table V.10 Cumulative National Energy Savings for Circulator Pumps; 30 Years of
Shipments (2028 -2057)
Primary energy
FFC energy
OMB Circular A–4 86 requires
agencies to present analytical results,
including separate schedules of the
monetized benefits and costs that show
the type and timing of benefits and
costs. Circular A–4 also directs agencies
to consider the variability of key
elements underlying the estimates of
benefits and costs. For this rulemaking,
DOE undertook a sensitivity analysis
using 9 years, rather than 30 years, of
1
I
0.10
0.11
I
I
Trial Standard Level
2
3
I
quads
0.53
0.99
I
0.55
1.02
I
equipment shipments. The choice of a
9-year period is a proxy for the timeline
in EPCA for the review of certain energy
conservation standards and potential
revision of and compliance with such
revised standards.87 The review
timeframe established in EPCA is
generally not synchronized with the
equipment lifetime, equipment
manufacturing cycles, or other factors
specific to circulator pumps. Thus, such
I
4
I
I
1.16
1.19
results are presented for informational
purposes only and are not indicative of
any change in DOE’s analytical
methodology. The NES sensitivity
analysis results based on a 9-year
analytical period are presented in Table
V.11. The impacts are counted over the
lifetime of circulator pumps purchased
in 2028–2036.
Table V.11 Cumulative National Energy Savings for Circulator Pumps; 9 Years of
Shi ments 2028-2036
Trial Standard Level
b. Net Present Value of Consumer Costs
and Benefits
DOE estimated the cumulative NPV of
the total costs and savings for
1
4
0.05
0.05
0.39
0.41
consumers that would result from the
TSLs considered for circulator pumps.
In accordance with OMB’s guidelines on
regulatory analysis,88 DOE calculated
NPV using both a 7-percent and a 3-
percent real discount rate. Table V.12
shows the consumer NPV results with
impacts counted over the lifetime of
equipment purchased in 2028–2057.
1
I
3 percent
7 percent
0.91
0.47
I
I
Trial Standard Level
2
3
I
billion 2022$
2.34
3.25
I
0.95
1.11
I
I
4
I
I
3.57
1.17
The NPV results based on the
aforementioned 9-year analytical period
are presented in Table V.13. The
impacts are counted over the lifetime of
equipment purchased in 2028–2036. As
mentioned previously, such results are
presented for informational purposes
only and are not indicative of any
change in DOE’s analytical methodology
or decision criteria.
86 U.S. Office of Management and Budget.
Circular A–4: Regulatory Analysis. September 17,
2003. https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/
uploads/legacy_drupal_files/omb/circulars/A4/a4.pdf.
87 EPCA requires DOE to review its standards at
least once every 6 years, and requires, for certain
equipment, a 3-year period after any new standard
is promulgated before compliance is required,
except that in no case may any new standards be
required within 6 years of the compliance date of
the previous standards. (42 U.S.C. 6295(m)) While
adding a 6-year review to the 3-year compliance
period adds up to 9 years, DOE notes that it may
undertake reviews at any time within the 6-year
period and that the 3-year compliance date may
yield to the 6-year backstop. A 9-year analysis
period may not be appropriate given the variability
that occurs in the timing of standards reviews and
the fact that for some equipment, the compliance
period is 5 years rather than 3 years.
88 U.S. Office of Management and Budget.
Circular A–4: Regulatory Analysis. September 17,
2003. https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/
uploads/legacy_drupal_files/omb/circulars/A4/a4.pdf.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.051 ER20MY24.052
Discount Rate
ER20MY24.050
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
Table V.12 Cumulative Net Present Value of Consumer Benefits for Circulator
Pumps; 30 Years of Shipments (2028-2057)
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
44523
Table V.13 Cumulative Net Present Value of Consumer Benefits for Circulator
Pumps; 9 Years of Sh"1 Jmen ts (2028- 2036)
Trial Standard Level
Discount Rate
1
I
I
2
3
I
4
1.45
0.63
I
I
1.59
0.67
billion 2022$
0.50
0.31
c. Indirect Impacts on Employment
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
DOE estimates that new energy
conservation standards for circulator
pumps will reduce energy expenditures
for consumers of those equipment, with
the resulting net savings being
redirected to other forms of economic
activity. These expected shifts in
spending and economic activity could
affect the demand for labor. As
described in section IV.N of this
document, DOE used an input/output
model of the U.S. economy to estimate
indirect employment impacts of the
TSLs that DOE considered. There are
uncertainties involved in projecting
employment impacts, especially
changes in the later years of the
analysis. Therefore, DOE generated
results for near-term timeframes (2028–
2032), where these uncertainties are
reduced.
The results suggest that the adopted
standards are likely to have a negligible
impact on the net demand for labor in
the economy. The net change in jobs is
so small that it would be imperceptible
in national labor statistics and might be
offset by other, unanticipated effects on
employment. Chapter 16 of the final
rule TSD presents detailed results
regarding anticipated indirect
employment impacts.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
I
I
1.10
0.56
I
I
4. Impact on Utility or Performance of
Equipment
As discussed in section III.G.1.d of
this document, DOE has concluded that
the standards adopted in this final rule
will not lessen the utility or
performance of the circulator pumps
under consideration in this rulemaking.
Manufacturers of these equipment
currently offer units that meet or exceed
the adopted standards.
5. Impact of Any Lessening of
Competition
DOE considered any lessening of
competition that would be likely to
result from new standards. As discussed
in section III.G.1.e of this document,
EPCA directs the Attorney General of
the United States (‘‘Attorney General’’)
to determine the impact, if any, of any
lessening of competition likely to result
from a proposed standard and to
transmit such determination in writing
to the Secretary within 60 days of the
publication of a proposed rule, together
with an analysis of the nature and
extent of the impact. To assist the
Attorney General in making this
determination, DOE provided the
Department of Justice (‘‘DOJ’’) with
copies of the NOPR and the TSD for
review. In its assessment letter
responding to DOE, DOJ concluded that
the proposed energy conservation
standards for circulator pumps are
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
unlikely to have a significant adverse
impact on competition. DOE is
publishing the Attorney General’s
assessment at the end of this final rule.
6. Need of the Nation To Conserve
Energy
Enhanced energy efficiency, where
economically justified, improves the
Nation’s energy security, strengthens the
economy, and reduces the
environmental impacts (costs) of energy
production. Reduced electricity demand
due to energy conservation standards is
also likely to reduce the cost of
maintaining the reliability of the
electricity system, particularly during
peak-load periods. Chapter 15 in the
final rule TSD presents the estimated
impacts on electricity, for the TSLs that
DOE considered in this rulemaking.
Energy conservation resulting from
potential energy conservation standards
for circulator pumps is expected to yield
environmental benefits in the form of
reduced emissions of certain air
pollutants and greenhouse gases. Table
V.14 provides DOE’s estimate of
cumulative emissions reductions
expected to result from the TSLs
considered in this rulemaking. The
emissions were calculated using the
multipliers discussed in section IV.K of
this document. DOE reports annual
emissions reductions for each TSL in
chapter 13 of the final rule TSD.
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.053
3 percent
7 percent
44524
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
Table V.14 Cumulative Emissions Reduction for Circulator Pumps Shipped in
2028-2057
Trial Standard Level
1
2
3
Electric Power Sector Emissions
1.83
9.13
16.85
0.14
0.66
1.21
0.02
0.09
0.17
0.91
4.38
8.01
0.59
2.90
5.28
0.00
0.02
0.04
Upstream Emissions
0.18
0.92
1.70
16.30
83.18
154.65
0.00
0.00
0.01
2.80
14.27
26.52
0.01
0.06
0.10
0.00
0.00
0.00
Total FFC Emissions
2.01
10.04
18.56
16.43
83.84
155.86
0.02
0.10
0.18
3.70
18.65
34.53
0.61
2.95
5.39
0.00
0.02
0.04
C02(million metric tons)
CHi (thousand tons)
N2O (thousand tons)
SO2 (thousand tons)
NOx (thousand tons)
Hg (tons)
C02(million metric tons)
CHi (thousand tons)
N2O (thousand tons)
SO2 (thousand tons)
NOx (thousand tons)
Hg (tons)
C02(million metric tons)
CHi (thousand tons)
N2O (thousand tons)
SO2 (thousand tons)
NOx (thousand tons)
Hg (tons)
As part of the analysis for this rule,
DOE estimated monetary benefits likely
to result from the reduced emissions of
CO2 that DOE estimated for each of the
considered TSLs for circulator pumps.
Section IV.L of this document discusses
the estimated SC–CO2 values that DOE
used. Table V.15 presents the value of
CO2 emissions reduction at each TSL for
each of the SC–CO2 cases. The time-
4
19.73
1.41
0.20
9.35
6.16
0.04
2.00
181.29
0.01
31.09
0.12
0.00
21.73
182.70
0.20
40.44
6.29
0.04
series of annual values is presented for
the selected TSL in chapter 14 of the
final rule TSD.
Table V.15 Present Value of CO2 Emissions Reduction for Circulator Pumps
Shipped in 2028-2057
TSL
5%
Avera2e
1
2
3
4
23.8
112.5
204.3
238.5
SC-CO2 Case
Discount Rate and Statistics
3%
2.5%
Avera2e
Avera2e
million 2022$
147.8
96.2
462.9
715.6
845.9
1,310.0
1,531.2
988.4
time-series of annual values is presented
for the selected TSL in chapter 14 of the
final rule TSD.
ER20MY24.055
considered TSLs for circulator pumps.
Table V.16 presents the value of the CH4
emissions reduction at each TSL, and
Table V.17 presents the value of the N2O
emissions reduction at each TSL. The
293.2
1,408.4
2,572.6
3,005.5
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.054
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
As discussed in section IV.L.2 of this
document, DOE estimated the climate
benefits likely to result from the
reduced emissions of methane and N2O
that DOE estimated for each of the
3%
95 th percentile
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
44525
Table V.16 Present Value of Methane Emissions Reduction for Circulator Pumps
Shipped in 2028-2057
TSL
5%
Avera2e
1
2
3
4
8.8
42.6
78.0
91.2
SC-CH4 Case
Discount Rate and Statistics
3%
2.5%
Avera2e
Avera2e
million 2022$
24.5
33.6
121.5
167.8
224.2
310.0
262.4
363.0
3%
95 th percentile
65.1
322.2
593.8
695.1
Table V.17 Present Value of Nitrous Oxide Emissions Reduction for Circulator
Pumps Shipped in 2028-2057
TSL
5%
Avera2e
1
2
3
4
0.1
0.4
0.7
0.9
SC-N20 Case
Discount Rate and Statistics
3%
2.5%
Avera2e
Avera2e
million 2022$
0.3
0.5
2.4
1.6
2.8
4.4
3.3
5.1
DOE is well aware that scientific and
economic knowledge about the
contribution of CO2 and other GHG
emissions to changes in the future
global climate and the potential
resulting damages to the global and U.S.
economy continues to evolve rapidly.
DOE, together with other Federal
agencies, will continue to review
methodologies for estimating the
monetary value of reductions in CO2
and other GHG emissions. This ongoing
review will consider the comments on
this subject that are part of the public
record for this and other rulemakings, as
well as other methodological
assumptions and issues. DOE notes,
however, that the adopted standards
would be economically justified even
without inclusion of monetized benefits
of reduced GHG emissions.
DOE also estimated the monetary
value of the economic benefits
associated with NOX and SO2 emissions
reductions anticipated to result from the
considered TSLs for circulator pumps.
The dollar-per-ton values that DOE used
3%
95 th percentile
0.9
4.2
7.6
8.8
are discussed in section IV.L of this
document. Table V.18 presents the
present value for NOX emissions
reduction for each TSL calculated using
7-percent and 3-percent discount rates,
and Table V.19 presents similar results
for SO2 emissions reductions. The
results in these tables reflect application
of EPA’s low dollar-per-ton values,
which DOE used to be conservative. The
time-series of annual values is presented
for the selected TSL in chapter 14 of the
final rule TSD.
Table V.18 Present Value ofNOx Emissions Reduction for Circulator Pumps
Shipped in 2028-2057
TSL
3% Discount Rate
ER20MY24.057 ER20MY24.058
199.0
950.6
1,733.8
2,025.2
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.056
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
1
2
3
4
7% Discount Rate
million 2022$
93.3
419.3
750.6
873.9
44526
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
Table V.19 Present Value of SO2 Emissions Reduction for Circulator Pumps
Shipped in 2028-2057
TSL
3% Discount Rate
7% Discount Rate
I
million 2022$
1
2
3
4
45.2
210.1
378.4
440.3
Not all the public health and
environmental benefits from the
reduction of greenhouse gases, NOX,
and SO2 are captured in the values
above, and additional unquantified
benefits from the reductions of those
pollutants as well as from the reduction
of direct PM and other co-pollutants
may be significant. DOE has not
included monetary benefits of the
reduction of Hg emissions because the
amount of reduction is very small.
21.6
94.5
167.1
193.8
7. Other Factors
The Secretary of Energy, in
determining whether a standard is
economically justified, may consider
any other factors that the Secretary
deems to be relevant. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VII)) No other factors
were considered in this analysis.
8. Summary of Economic Impacts
Table V.20 presents the NPV values
that result from adding the estimates of
the economic benefits resulting from
reduced GHG and NOX and SO2
emissions to the NPV of consumer
benefits calculated for each TSL
considered in this rulemaking. The
consumer benefits are domestic U.S.
monetary savings that occur as a result
of purchasing the covered equipment
and are measured for the lifetime of
equipment shipped in 2028–2057. The
climate benefits associated with reduced
GHG emissions resulting from the
adopted standards are global benefits
and are also calculated based on the
lifetime of circulator pumps shipped in
2028–2057.
Table V.20 Consumer NPV Combined with Present Value of Climate Benefits and
Health Benefits
TSL 1
Catee:orv
TSL2
TSL3
TSL4
Using 3% discount rate for Consumer NPV and Health Benefits (billion 2022$)
5% Average SC-GHG case
1.2
3.7
5.6
6.4
1.3
4.1
6.4
7.3
3% Average SC-GHG case
1.3
4.4
7.0
7.9
2.5% Average SC-GHG case
5.2
3% 95th percentile SC-GHG case
1.5
8.5
9.7
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
significant conservation of energy. (42
U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B))
For this final rule, DOE considered
the impacts of new standards for
circulator pumps at each TSL, beginning
with the maximum technologically
feasible level, to determine whether that
level was economically justified. Where
the max-tech level was not justified,
DOE then considered the next most
efficient level and undertook the same
evaluation until it reached the highest
efficiency level that is both
technologically feasible and
economically justified and saves a
significant amount of energy.
To aid the reader as DOE discusses
the benefits and/or burdens of each TSL,
tables in this section present a summary
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
of the results of DOE’s quantitative
analysis for each TSL. In addition to the
quantitative results presented in the
tables, DOE also considers other
burdens and benefits that affect
economic justification. These include
the impacts on identifiable subgroups of
consumers who may be
disproportionately affected by a national
standard and impacts on employment.
1. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs
Considered for Circulator Pump
Standards
Table V.21 and Table V.22 summarize
the quantitative impacts estimated for
each TSL for circulator pumps. The
national impacts are measured over the
lifetime of circulator pumps purchased
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.060
C. Conclusion
When considering new energy
conservation standards, the standards
that DOE adopts for any type (or class)
of covered equipment must be designed
to achieve the maximum improvement
in energy efficiency that the Secretary
determines is technologically feasible
and economically justified. (42 U.S.C.
6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A)) In
determining whether a standard is
economically justified, the Secretary
must determine whether the benefits of
the standard exceed its burdens by, to
the greatest extent practicable,
considering the seven statutory factors
discussed previously. (42 U.S.C.
6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)) The
new standard must also result in
ER20MY24.059
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
UsinK 7% discount rate for Consumer NPVand Health Benefits (billion 2022$)
0.6
1.6
2.3
2.6
5% Average SC-GHG case
3% Average SC-GHG case
0.7
2.0
3.1
3.5
2.3
4.1
2.5% Average SC-GHG case
0.8
3.7
3% 95th percentile SC-GHG case
0.9
3.2
5.2
6.0
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
in the 30-year period that begins in the
anticipated year of compliance with
new standards (2028–2057). The energy
savings, emissions reductions, and
value of emissions reductions refer to
full-fuel-cycle results. DOE is presenting
monetized benefits of GHG emissions
reductions in accordance with the
applicable Executive orders and DOE
would reach the same conclusion
presented in this notice in the absence
of the social cost of greenhouse gases,
44527
including the Interim Estimates
presented by the Interagency Working
Group. The efficiency levels contained
in each TSL are described in section
V.A of this document.
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P
TSL2
TSL3
TSL4
TSL 1
Cate2orv
Cumulative FFC National Energy Savings
0.11
1.02
0.55
1.19
Quads
Cumulative FFC Emissions Reduction
CO2 (million metric tons)
2.01
10.04
18.56
21.73
CH4 (thousand tons)
16.43
83.84
155.86
182.70
N2O (thousand tons)
0.02
0.10
0.18
0.20
3.70
18.65
34.53
40.44
SO2 (thousand tons)
NOx(thousand tons)
0.61
2.95
5.39
6.29
Hg (tons)
0.02
0.04
0.04
0.00
Present Value of Benefits and Costs (3% discount rate, billion 2022$)
Consumer Operating Cost Savings
4.30
7.71
8.94
0.93
Climate Benefits*
0.12
1.25
0.59
1.07
Health Benefits**
0.24
2.11
2.47
1.16
1.29
12.66
Total Benefitst
6.05
10.89
Consumer Incremental Equipment Costs:t
0.01
4.45
1.96
5.37
Consumer Net Benefits
0.91
2.34
3.25
3.57
Total Net Benefits
1.28
4.09
6.44
7.29
Present Value of Benefits and Costs (7% discount rate, billion 2022$)
Consumer Operating Cost Savings
0.48
2.10
3.70
4.28
Climate Benefits*
0.12
0.59
1.07
1.25
Health Benefits**
0.11
0.51
0.92
1.07
Total Benefitst
0.72
3.20
5.69
6.60
Consumer Incremental Equipment Costs:t
0.01
1.15
2.58
3.10
Consumer Net Benefits
0.47
0.95
1.11
1.17
Total Net Benefits
0.71
2.05
3.10
3.50
Note: This table presents the costs and benefits associated with circulator pumps shipped in 2028-2057.
These results include benefits to consumers which accrue after 2057 from the equipment shipped in
2028-2057.
* Climate benefits are calculated using four different estimates of the SC-CO2, SC-C~ and SC-N2O.
Together, these represent the global SC-GHG. For presentational purposes of this table, the climate benefits
associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3 percent discount rate are shown; however, DOE emphasizes the
importance and value of considering the benefits calculated using all four sets of SC-GHG estimates. To
monetize the benefits ofreducing GHG emissions, this analysis uses the interim estimates presented in the
Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates
Under Executive Order 13990 published in February 2021 by the IWG.
** Health benefits are calculated using benefit-per-ton values for NOx and SO2. DOE is currently only
monetizing (for NOx and SO2) PM2.s precursor health benefits and (for NOx) ozone precursor health
benefits, but will continue to assess the ability to monetize other effects such as health benefits from
reductions in direct PM2.s emissions. The health benefits are presented at real discount rates of 3 and 7
percent. See section IV.L of this document for more details.
t Total and net benefits include consumer, climate, and health benefits. For presentation purposes, total and
net benefits for both the 3-percent and 7-percent cases are presented using the average SC-GHG with 3percent discount rate.
t Costs include incremental equipment costs as well as installation costs.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.061
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
Table V.21 Summary of Analytical Results for Circulator Pumps TSLs: National
Impacts
44528
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
Table V.22 Summary of Analytical Results for Circulator Pumps TSLs:
Manufacturer and Consumer Impacts
Category
TSLl
Manufacturer Impacts
Industry NPV (million 2022$)
(No-new-standards case INPV =
343.7 - 343.7
347.1)
Industry NPV (% change)
(1.0)-(1.0)
Consumer Average LCC Savings 2022$)
(All Circulator Pumps)
135.6
Consumer Simple PBP (years)
(All Circulator Pumps)
0.0
Percent of Consumers that Experience a Net Cost
(All Circulator Pumps)
0.0%
TSL2
TSL3
TSL4
278.0 - 358.2
247.1-362.3
229.1- 379.6
(19.9)- 3.2
(28.8)-4.4
(34.0)- 9.3
110.9
117.4
112.4
3.3
4.5
4.6
28.0%
42.7%
45.9%
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
BILLING CODE 6450–01–C
DOE first considered TSL 4, which
represents the max-tech efficiency
levels. TSL 4 would save an estimated
1.19 quads of energy, an amount DOE
considers significant. Under TSL 4, the
NPV of consumer benefit would be
$1.17 billion using a discount rate of 7
percent, and $3.57 billion using a
discount rate of 3 percent.
The cumulative emissions reductions
at TSL 4 are 21.73 Mt of CO2, 40.4
thousand tons of SO2, 6.29 thousand
tons of NOX, 0.04 tons of Hg, 182.7
thousand tons of CH4, and 0.20
thousand tons of N2O. The estimated
monetary value of the climate benefits
from reduced GHG emissions
(associated with the average SC–GHG at
a 3-percent discount rate) at TSL 4 is
$1.25 billion. The estimated monetary
value of the health benefits from
reduced SO2 and NOX emissions at TSL
4 is $1.07 billion using a 7-percent
discount rate and $2.47 billion using a
3-percent discount rate.
Using a 7-percent discount rate for
consumer benefits and costs, health
benefits from reduced SO2 and NOX
emissions, and the 3-percent discount
rate case for climate benefits from
reduced GHG emissions, the estimated
total NPV at TSL 4 is $3.5 billion. Using
a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits
and costs, the estimated total NPV at
TSL 4 is $7.29 billion.
At TSL 4, the average LCC impact is
a savings of $112.4. The simple payback
period is 4.6 years. The fraction of
purchasers experiencing a net LCC cost
is 45.9 percent.
At TSL 4, the projected change in
INPV ranges from a decrease of $118.1
million to an increase of $32.4 million,
which corresponds to a decrease of 34.0
percent and an increase of 9.3 percent,
respectively. DOE estimates that
industry must invest $129.9 million to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
comply with standards set at TSL 4.
This investment is primarily driven by
converting all existing equipment to
include differential-temperature based
controls and the associated product
conversion costs that would be needed
to support such a transition. DOE
estimates that approximately 2 percent
of circulator pump shipments would
meet the efficiency levels analyzed at
TSL 4 in the no-new-standards case.
The Secretary concludes that at TSL
4 for circulator pump, the benefits of
energy savings, positive NPV of
consumer benefits, emission reductions,
and the estimated monetary value of the
emissions reductions would be
outweighed by the economic burden on
many consumers, and the impacts on
manufacturers, including the large
conversion costs, profit margin impacts
that could result in a large reduction in
INPV, and the lack of manufacturers
currently offering products meeting the
efficiency levels required at this TSL,
including small businesses. Almost a
majority of circulator pump customers
(45.9 percent) would experience a net
cost and manufacturers would have to
significantly ramp up production of
more efficient models since only 2
percent of shipments currently meet the
efficiency levels at TSL 4. Consequently,
the Secretary has concluded that TSL 4
is not economically justified.
DOE then considered TSL 3, which
represents EL 3 for all circulator pumps,
and would require automatic
proportional pressure controls to be
added to the circulator pump. TSL 3
would save an estimated 1.02 quads of
energy, an amount DOE considers
significant. Under TSL 3, the NPV of
consumer benefit would be $1.11 billion
using a discount rate of 7 percent, and
$3.25 billion using a discount rate of 3
percent.
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
The cumulative emissions reductions
at TSL 3 are 18.56 Mt of CO2, 5.39
thousand tons of SO2, 34.5 thousand
tons of NOX, 0.04 tons of Hg, 155.86
thousand tons of CH4, and 0.18
thousand tons of N2O. The estimated
monetary value of the climate benefits
from reduced GHG emissions
(associated with the average SC–GHG at
a 3-percent discount rate) at TSL 3 is
$1.07 billion. The estimated monetary
value of the health benefits from
reduced SO2 and NOX emissions at TSL
3 is $0.92 billion using a 7-percent
discount rate and $2.11 billion using a
3-percent discount rate.
Using a 7-percent discount rate for
consumer benefits and costs, health
benefits from reduced SO2 and NOX
emissions, and the 3-percent discount
rate case for climate benefits from
reduced GHG emissions, the estimated
total NPV at TSL 3 is $3.10 billion.
Using a 3-percent discount rate for all
benefits and costs, the estimated total
NPV at TSL 3 is $6.44 billion.
At TSL 3, the average LCC impact is
a savings of $117.4. The simple payback
period is 4.5 years. The fraction of
consumers experiencing a net LCC cost
is 42.7 percent.
At TSL 3, the projected change in
INPV ranges from a decrease of $100.1
million to an increase of $15.2 million,
which corresponds to a decrease of 28.8
percent and an increase of 4.4 percent,
respectively. DOE estimates that
industry must invest $116.2 million to
comply with standards set at TSL 3.
DOE estimates that approximately 20
percent of circulator pump shipments
will meet or exceed the efficiency levels
analyzed at TSL 3 in the no-newstandards case.
DOE also notes that the estimated
energy and economic savings from TSL
3 are highly dependent on the end-use
systems in which the circulator pumps
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.062
Parentheses indicate negative (-) values.
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
are installed (e.g., hydronic heating or
water heating applications). Circulator
pumps are typically added to systems
when installed in the field and can be
replaced separately than the end-use
appliance in which they are paired.
Depending on the type of controls that
the end-use appliance contains, the
circulator pumps may not see the field
savings benefits from the technologies
incorporated in TSL 3 because the enduse system cannot accommodate full
variable-speed operation. In particular,
some systems will not achieve any
additional savings from differential
pressure controls as compared to a
single speed ECM with no controls (i.e.,
TSL 2). As discussed earlier in this
document, to evaluate the effect of a
varying fraction of circulator pumps
benefitting from controls, DOE
conducted a sensitivity in the LCC
analysis. The results of this sensitivity
analysis showed that the fraction of
purchasers experiencing a net cost at EL
3 and EL 4 would linearly increase from
42.7% to 60.7% and 45.9% to 74.8%,
respectively, when the fraction of
purchasers who do benefit from controls
in the field varies from 100% to 0%.
While the analysis includes the best
available assumptions on the
distribution of system curves and singlezone versus multi-zone applications,
variation in those assumptions could
have a large impact on savings potential
and resulting economics providing
uncertainty in the savings associated
with TSL 3.
The Secretary concludes that at TSL
3 for circulator pump, the benefits of
energy savings, positive NPV of
consumer benefits, emission reductions,
and the estimated monetary value of the
emissions reductions would be
outweighed by the economic burden on
many consumers, and the impacts on
manufacturers, including the large
conversion costs, profit margin impacts
that could result in a large reduction in
INPV, and the lack of manufacturers
currently offering products meeting the
efficiency levels required at this TSL,
including small businesses. Almost a
majority of circulator pump customers
(42.7 percent) would experience a net
cost and manufacturers would have to
significantly ramp up production of
more efficient models since only 2
percent of shipments currently meet
TSL 3 efficiency levels. In addition, the
Secretary is also concerned about the
uncertainty regarding the potential
energy savings as compared to the field
savings due to the lack of end-use
appliances being able to respond to
differential pressure controls from the
circulator pump. Consequently, the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
Secretary has concluded that TSL 3 is
not economically justified.
DOE then considered TSL 2, which
represents efficiency level 2 for
circulator pumps. TSL 2 would save an
estimated 0.55 quads of energy, an
amount DOE considers significant.
Under TSL 2, the NPV of consumer
benefit would be $0.95 billion using a
discount rate of 7 percent, and $2.34
billion using a discount rate of 3
percent.
The cumulative emissions reductions
at TSL 2 are 10.04 Mt of CO2, 2.95
thousand tons of SO2, 18.65 thousand
tons of NOX, 0.02 tons of Hg, 83.84
thousand tons of CH4, and 0.10
thousand tons of N2O. The estimated
monetary value of the climate benefits
from reduced GHG emissions
(associated with the average SC–GHG at
a 3-percent discount rate) at TSL 2 is
$0.59 billion. The estimated monetary
value of the health benefits from
reduced SO2 and NOX emissions at TSL
2 is $0.51 billion using a 7-percent
discount rate and $1.16 billion using a
3-percent discount rate.
Using a 7-percent discount rate for
consumer benefits and costs, health
benefits from reduced SO2 and NOX
emissions, and the 3-percent discount
rate case for climate benefits from
reduced GHG emissions, the estimated
total NPV at TSL 2 is $2.05 billion.
Using a 3-percent discount rate for all
benefits and costs, the estimated total
NPV at TSL 2 is $4.09 billion.
At TSL 2, the average LCC impact is
a savings of $110.9. The simple payback
period is 3.3 years. The fraction of
consumers experiencing a net LCC cost
is 28.0 percent.
At TSL 2, the projected change in
INPV ranges from a decrease of $69.2
million to an increase of $11.1 million,
which corresponds to a decrease of 19.9
percent and to an increase of 3.2
percent, respectively. DOE estimates
that industry must invest $81.2 million
to comply with standards set at TSL 2.
DOE estimates that approximately 37
percent of circulator pump shipments
would meet the efficiency levels
analyzed at TSL 2. At TSL 2, most
manufacturers have current circulator
pump offerings at this level.
Standards set at TSL 2 essentially
guarantees energy savings in all
applications currently served by an
induction motor, as the savings accrue
from motor efficiency alone rather than
from a particular control strategy that
must be properly matched to the system
in the field. In comparison, TSL 3 and
4 include an ECM as in TSL 2, but TSL
3 and 4 also include the associated
variable speed controls that must be
properly matched in the field. TSL 2
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44529
also allows and encourages uptake of
circulators with controls, as
manufacturers may choose to prioritize
variable speed ECM as opposed to single
speed ECM. This could increase the
potential savings from TSL 2 from those
captured in the analysis, while
providing consumers and manufacturers
with flexibility to select the motor and/
or control strategy most appropriate to
their given application.
After considering the analysis and
weighing the benefits and burdens, the
Secretary has concluded that a standard
set at TSL 2 for circulator pumps would
be economically justified. At this TSL,
the average LCC savings are positive. An
estimated 28.0 percent 89 of circulator
pump consumers experience a net cost.
The FFC national energy savings are
significant and the NPV of consumer
benefits is positive using both a 3percent and 7-percent discount rate.
Notably, the benefits to consumers
vastly outweigh the cost to
manufacturers. At TSL 2, the NPV of
consumer benefits, even measured at the
more conservative discount rate of 7
percent is over 13 times higher than the
maximum estimated manufacturers’ loss
in INPV. The standard levels at TSL 2
are economically justified even without
weighing the estimated monetary value
of emissions reductions. When those
emissions reductions are included—
representing $0.59 billion in climate
benefits (associated with the average
SC–GHG at a 3-percent discount rate),
and $1.16 billion (using a 3-percent
discount rate) or $0.51 billion (using a
7-percent discount rate) in health
benefits—the rationale becomes stronger
still.
As stated, DOE conducts the walkdown analysis to determine the TSL that
represents the maximum improvement
in energy efficiency that is
technologically feasible and
economically justified as required under
EPCA. The walk-down is not a
comparative analysis, as a comparative
analysis would result in the
maximization of net benefits instead of
energy savings that are technologically
feasible and economically justified,
which would be contrary to the statute.
86 FR 70892, 70908. Although DOE has
not conducted a comparative analysis to
select the new energy conservation
standards, DOE notes that despite the
average consumer LCC savings being
89 While there are various factors that may lead
to certain consumers experiencing a net cost (e.g.,
high discount rates, lower equipment lifetimes, or
a combination thereof), typically consumers who
use their equipment for lower operating hours
compared to the rest of the sample are generally less
likely to recoup the purchase price of the
equipment through operating cost savings.
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
44530
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
similar between TSL 2 ($110.9), TSL 3
($117.4) and TSL 4 ($112.4), TSL 2 has
a much lower fraction of consumers
who experience a net cost (28.0%) than
TSL 3 (42.7%) and TSL 4 (45.9%). In
terms of industry investment to comply
with each standard level, TSL 2 ($81.2
million) has considerably lower impact
than TSL 3 ($116.2 million) and TSL 4
($129.9 million).
Therefore, based on the previous
considerations, DOE adopts the energy
conservation standards for circulator
pumps at TSL 2. The new energy
conservation standards for circulator
pumps, which are expressed as CEI, are
shown in Table V.23.
Conservation Standards for Circulator Pum s
Maximum CEI
1.00
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
2, expressed in 2022$. The results under
the primary estimate are as follows.
Using a 7-percent discount rate for
consumer benefits and costs and NOX
and SO2 reductions, and the 3-percent
discount rate case for GHG social costs,
the estimated cost of the adopted
standards for circulator pumps is $113.9
million per year in increased equipment
installed costs, while the estimated
annual benefits are $207.5 million from
reduced equipment operating costs,
$32.7 million in GHG reductions
(climate benefits), and $50.7 million in
health benefits from reduced NOX and
SO2 emissions. In this case, the net
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
benefit amounts to $177 million per
year.
Using a 3-percent discount rate for all
benefits and costs, the estimated cost of
the adopted standards for circulator
pumps is $109.4 million per year in
increased equipment costs, while the
estimated annual benefits are $239.7
million in reduced operating costs,
$32.7 million from GHG reductions, and
$64.7 million from reduced NOX and
SO2 emissions. In this case, the net
benefit amounts to $227.7 million per
year.
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.063
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
2. Annualized Benefits and Costs of the
Adopted Standards
The benefits and costs of the adopted
standards can also be expressed in terms
of annualized values. The annualized
net benefit is (1) the annualized national
economic value (expressed in 2022$) of
the benefits from operating equipment
that meet the adopted standards
(consisting primarily of operating cost
savings from using less energy), minus
increases in equipment purchase costs,
and (2) the annualized monetary value
of the climate and health benefits.
Table V.24 shows the annualized
values for circulator pumps under TSL
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
44531
Table V.24 Annualized Monetized Benefits and Costs of Adopted Standards for
Circulator Pumps (TSL 2) Shipped in 2028-2057
Million 2022$/year
Primary Estimate
Low-Net-Benefits
Estimate
High-Net-Benefits
Estimate
3% Discount Rate
Consumer Operating Cost Savings
239.7
228.2
249.6
Climate Benefits*
32.7
32
33
Health Benefits**
64.7
63.4
65.4
Total Benefitst
337.1
323.6
348.1
Consumer Incremental Equipment
Costs:t
109.4
107.7
69.2
Net Benefits
227.7
215.8
278.8
(7.0)-1.1
(7.0)- 1.1
(7.0)- 1.1
Change in Producer Cashflow (INPV)tl
7% Discount Rate
Consumer Operating Cost Savings
207.5
198.3
215.8
Climate Benefits* (3% discount rate)
32.7
32
33
Health Benefits**
50.7
49.8
51.2
Total Benefitst
290.9
280
300
Consumer Incremental Equipment
Costs!
113.9
112.4
74.5
Net Benefits
177.0
167.7
225.5
(7.0)- 1.1
(7.0)- 1.1
(7.0)- 1.1
Note: This table presents the costs and benefits associated with circulator pumps shipped in 2028-2057.
These results include consumer, climate, and health benefits that accrue after 2057 from the equipment
shipped in 2028-2057. The Primary, Low Net Benefits, and High Net Benefits Estimates utilize
projections of energy prices from the AEO2023 Reference case, Low Economic Growth case, and High
Economic Growth case, respectively. In addition, incremental equipment costs reflect a price decline rate in
the High Net Benefits Estimate. The methods used to derive projected price trends are explained in
appendix 8D of the final rule TSD. Note that the Benefits and Costs may not sum to the Net Benefits due
to rounding.
* Climate benefits are calculated using four different estimates of the global SC-GHG (see section IV.L of
this document). For presentational purposes of this table, the climate benefits associated with the average
SC-GHG at a 3 percent discount rate are shown; however, DOE emphasizes the importance and value of
considering the benefits calculated using all four sets of SC-GHG estimates. To monetize the benefits of
reducing GHG emissions, this analysis uses the interim estimates presented in the Technical Support
Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates Under Executive Order
13990 published in February 2021 by the IWG.
** Health benefits are calculated using benefit-per-ton values for NOx and SO2. DOE is currently only
monetizing (for SO2 and NOx) PM2.s precursor health benefits and (for NOx) ozone precursor health
benefits, but will continue to assess the ability to monetize other effects such as health benefits from
reductions in direct PM2s emissions. See section IV.L of this document for more details.
t Total benefits for both the 3-percent and 7-percent cases are presented using the average SC-GHG with 3percent discount rate.
t Costs include incremental equipment costs as well as installation costs.
BILLING CODE 6450–01–C
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.064
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
Change in Producer Cashflow (INPV)**
44532
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
VI. Procedural Issues and Regulatory
Review
A. Review Under Executive Orders
12866, 13563, and 14094
Executive Order (‘‘E.O.’’) 12866,
‘‘Regulatory Planning and Review,’’ as
supplemented and reaffirmed by E.O.
13563, ‘‘Improving Regulation and
Regulatory Review,’’ 76 FR 3821 (Jan.
21, 2011) and amended by E.O. 14094,
‘‘Modernizing Regulatory Review,’’ 88
FR 21879 (April 11, 2023), requires
agencies, to the extent permitted by law,
to (1) propose or adopt a regulation only
upon a reasoned determination that its
benefits justify its costs (recognizing
that some benefits and costs are difficult
to quantify); (2) tailor regulations to
impose the least burden on society,
consistent with obtaining regulatory
objectives, taking into account, among
other things, and to the extent
practicable, the costs of cumulative
regulations; (3) select, in choosing
among alternative regulatory
approaches, those approaches that
maximize net benefits (including
potential economic, environmental,
public health and safety, and other
advantages; distributive impacts; and
equity); (4) to the extent feasible, specify
performance objectives, rather than
specifying the behavior or manner of
compliance that regulated entities must
adopt; and (5) identify and assess
available alternatives to direct
regulation, including providing
economic incentives to encourage the
desired behavior, such as user fees or
marketable permits, or providing
information upon which choices can be
made by the public. DOE emphasizes as
well that E.O. 13563 requires agencies to
use the best available techniques to
quantify anticipated present and future
benefits and costs as accurately as
possible. In its guidance, the Office of
Information and Regulatory Affairs
(‘‘OIRA’’) in the Office of Management
and Budget (‘‘OMB’’) has emphasized
that such techniques may include
identifying changing future compliance
costs that might result from
technological innovation or anticipated
behavioral changes. For the reasons
stated in the preamble, this final
regulatory action is consistent with
these principles.
Section 6(a) of E.O. 12866 also
requires agencies to submit ‘‘significant
regulatory actions’’ to OIRA for review.
OIRA has determined that this final
regulatory action constitutes a
‘‘significant regulatory action’’ within
the scope of section 3(f)(1) of E.O.
12866., as amended by E.O. 14094.
Accordingly, pursuant to section
6(a)(3)(C) of E.O. 12866, DOE has
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
provided to OIRA an assessment,
including the underlying analysis, of
benefits and costs anticipated from the
final regulatory action, together with, to
the extent feasible, a quantification of
those costs; and an assessment,
including the underlying analysis, of
costs and benefits of potentially
effective and reasonably feasible
alternatives to the planned regulation,
and an explanation why the planned
regulatory action is preferable to the
identified potential alternatives. These
assessments are summarized in this
preamble and further detail can be
found in the technical support
document for this rulemaking.
B. Review Under the Regulatory
Flexibility Act
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5
U.S.C. 601 et seq.) requires preparation
of an initial regulatory flexibility
analysis (‘‘IRFA’’) and a final regulatory
flexibility analysis (‘‘FRFA’’) for any
rule that by law must be proposed for
public comment, unless the agency
certifies that the rule, if promulgated,
will not have a significant economic
impact on a substantial number of small
entities. As required by E.O. 13272,
‘‘Proper Consideration of Small Entities
in Agency Rulemaking,’’ 67 FR 53461
(Aug. 16, 2002), DOE published
procedures and policies on February 19,
2003, to ensure that the potential
impacts of its rules on small entities are
properly considered during the
rulemaking process. 68 FR 7990. DOE
has made its procedures and policies
available on the Office of the General
Counsel’s website (energy.gov/gc/officegeneral-counsel). DOE has prepared the
following FRFA for the equipment that
is the subject of this rulemaking.
For manufacturers of circulator
pumps, the SBA has set a size threshold,
which defines those entities classified
as ‘‘small businesses’’ for the purposes
of the statute. DOE used the SBA’s small
business size standards to determine
whether any small entities would be
subject to the requirements of the rule.
(See 13 CFR part 121.) The size
standards are listed by NAICS code and
industry description and are available at
www.sba.gov/document/support-tablesize-standards. Manufacturing of
circulator pumps is classified under
NAICS 333914, ‘‘Measuring, Dispensing,
and Other Pumping Equipment
Manufacturing.’’ The SBA sets a
threshold of 750 employees or fewer for
an entity to be considered as a small
business for this category.
1. Need for, and Objectives of, Rule
The January 2016 TP Final Rule and
the January 2016 ECS Final Rule
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
implemented the recommendations of
the CIPWG established through the
ASRAC to negotiate standards and a test
procedure for general pumps. (Docket
No. EERE–2013–BT–NOC–0039) The
CIPWG approved a term sheet
containing recommendations to DOE on
appropriate standard levels for general
pumps, as well as recommendations
addressing issues related to the metric
and test procedure for general pumps
(‘‘CIPWG recommendations’’). (Docket
No. EERE–2013–BT–NOC–0039, No. 92)
Subsequently, ASRAC approved the
CIPWG recommendations. The CIPWG
recommendations included initiation of
a separate rulemaking for circulator
pumps. (Docket No. EERE–2013–BT–
NOC–0039, No. 92, Recommendation
#5A at p. 2)
On February 3, 2016, DOE issued a
notice of intent to establish the
Circulator Pumps Working Group to
negotiate a NOPR for energy
conservation standards for circulator
pumps; to negotiate, if possible, Federal
standards and a test procedure for
circulator pumps; and to announce the
first public meeting. 81 FR 5658. The
CPWG met to address potential energy
conservation standards for circulator
pumps. Those meetings began on
November 3–4, 2016, and concluded on
November 30, 2016, with approval of a
term sheet (‘‘November 2016 CPWG
Recommendations’’) containing CPWG
recommendations related to energy
conservation standards, applicable test
procedure, and labeling and
certification requirements for circulator
pumps. (Docket No. EERE–2016–BT–
STD–0004, No. 98) As such, DOE has
undertaken this rulemaking to consider
establishing energy conservation
standards for circulator pumps.
2. Significant Issues Raised by Public
Comments in Response to the IRFA
HI commented that while they do not
have any specific small business data to
provide, the 2-year compliance lead
time will be very difficult for small
businesses to comply with, which may
cause these small businesses to exit the
market. As discussed in section III.H of
this document, DOE is establishing a 4year compliance date for energy
conservation standards for circulator
pumps. DOE interprets HI’s comment
regarding the impacts to small
businesses will be mitigated if a 4-year
compliance date is adopted.
3. Description and Estimated Number of
Small Entities Affected
As previously described, DOE used
SBA’s definition of a small business to
identify any circulator pump small
business manufacturers. DOE used
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
publicly available information to
identify small businesses that
manufacture circulator pumps covered
in this rulemaking. DOE identified ten
companies that are manufacturers of
circulator pumps covered by this
rulemaking. DOE screened out
companies that do not meet the
definition of a ‘‘small business,’’ are
foreign-owned and operated, or do not
manufacture circulator pumps in the
United States. DOE identified three
small businesses that manufacture
circulator pumps in the United States
using subscription-based business
information tools to determine the
number of employees and revenue of
these small businesses.
4. Description of Reporting,
Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance
Requirements
This final rule establishes energy
conservation standards for circulator
pumps. To determine the impact on the
small business manufacturers, DOE
estimated the product conversion costs
and capital conversion costs that all
circulator pump manufacturers would
incur. DOE additionally estimated the
product and capital conversion costs
that the three identified small business
manufacturers would incur. Product
conversion costs are investments in
research, development, testing,
marketing, and other non-capitalized
costs necessary to make equipment
designs comply with energy
conservation standards. Capital
conversion costs are one-time
investments in plant, property, and
equipment made in response to
standards.
DOE estimates there is one small
business that does not have any
circulator pump models that would
meet the adopted standards. The other
44533
two businesses both offer circulator
pumps that would meet the adopted
standards. DOE applied the conversion
cost methodology described in section
IV.J.2.c of this document to arrive at its
estimate of product and capital
conversion costs for the small business
manufacturers. DOE assumes that all
circulator pump manufacturers,
including small business manufacturers,
would spread conversion costs over the
four-year compliance timeframe, as
manufacturers are required to comply
with standards four years after the
publication of this final rule. Using
publicly available data, DOE estimated
the average annual revenue for each of
the three small businesses, displayed in
Table VI.1.
Table VI.1 Estimate of Small Business Manufacturer Compliance Costs
Manufacturer A
Manufacturer B
Manufacturer C
Basic Models
Needing to be
Redesie:ned
32
3
I
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
Additionally, these manufacturers
could choose to discontinue their least
efficient models and ramp up
production of existing, compliant
models rather than redesign each of
their non-compliant models. Therefore,
DOE’s estimated conversion costs could
overestimate the actual conversion costs
that these small businesses would incur.
5. Significant Alternatives Considered
and Steps Taken To Minimize
Significant Economic Impacts on Small
Entities
The discussion in the previous
section analyzes impacts on small
businesses that would result from the
adopted standards, represented by TSL
2. In reviewing alternatives to the
adopted standards, DOE examined
energy conservation standards set at
lower efficiency levels. While TSL 1
would reduce the impacts on small
business manufacturers, it would come
at the expense of a reduction in energy
savings. TSL 1 achieves 80 percent
lower energy savings and achieves 51
percent lower consumer net benefits
compared to the energy savings and
consumer net benefits at TSL 2.
Establishing standards at TSL 2 is the
maximum improvement in energy
efficiency that is technologically
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
Conversion Costs
(2022$ millions)
$50.1
$3.7
$1.5
4 Years of Revenue
Estimate
(2022$ millions)
$632
$32
$8
feasible and that DOE has determined in
this final rule to be economically
justified as requirement by EPCA,
including considering the potential
burdens placed on circulator pump
manufacturers, including small business
manufacturers. Accordingly, DOE is not
adopting one of the other TSLs
considered in the analysis, or the other
policy alternatives examined as part of
the regulatory impact analysis and
included in chapter 17 of the final rule
TSD.
Additional compliance flexibilities
may be available through other means.
Manufacturers subject to DOE’s energy
efficiency standards may apply to DOE’s
Office of Hearings and Appeals for
exception relief under certain
circumstances. Manufacturers should
refer to 10 CFR part 430, subpart E, and
10 CFR part 1003 for additional details.
C. Review Under the Paperwork
Reduction Act
Manufacturers of circulator pumps
must certify to DOE that their
equipment complies with any
applicable energy conservation
standards. In certifying compliance,
manufacturers must test their
equipment according to the DOE test
procedures for circulator pumps,
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Compliance Costs
as a Percent of 4year Revenue (%)
7.9%
11.6%
18.3%
including any amendments adopted for
those test procedures. DOE has
established regulations for the
certification and recordkeeping
requirements for all covered consumer
equipment and commercial equipment,
including circulator pumps. (See
generally 10 CFR part 429). The
collection-of-information requirement
for the certification and recordkeeping
is subject to review and approval by
OMB under the Paperwork Reduction
Act (‘‘PRA’’). This requirement has been
approved by OMB under OMB control
number 1910–1400. Public reporting
burden for the certification is estimated
to average 35 hours per response,
including the time for reviewing
instructions, searching existing data
sources, gathering and maintaining the
data needed, and completing and
reviewing the collection of information.
Certification data will be required for
circulator pumps; however, DOE is not
adopting certification or reporting
requirements for circulator pumps in
this final rule. Instead, DOE may
consider proposals to establish
certification requirements and reporting
for circulator pumps under a separate
rulemaking regarding appliance and
equipment certification. DOE will
address changes to OMB Control
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.066
Small Business
Manufacturer
44534
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
Number 1910–1400 at that time, as
necessary.
Notwithstanding any other provision
of the law, no person is required to
respond to, nor shall any person be
subject to a penalty for failure to comply
with, a collection of information subject
to the requirements of the PRA, unless
that collection of information displays a
currently valid OMB Control Number.
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
D. Review Under the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969
Pursuant to the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969
(‘‘NEPA’’), DOE has analyzed this
proposed action rule in accordance with
NEPA and DOE’s NEPA implementing
regulations (10 CFR part 1021). DOE has
determined that this rule qualifies for
categorical exclusion under 10 CFR part
1021, subpart D, appendix B5.1 because
it is a rulemaking that establishes energy
conservation standards for consumer
equipment or industrial equipment,
none of the exceptions identified in
B5.1(b) apply, no extraordinary
circumstances exist that require further
environmental analysis, and it meets the
requirements for application of a
categorical exclusion. (See 10 CFR
1021.410.) Therefore, DOE has
determined that promulgation of this
rule is not a major Federal action
significantly affecting the quality of the
human environment within the meaning
of NEPA, and does not require an
environmental assessment or an
environmental impact statement.
E. Review Under Executive Order 13132
E.O. 13132, ‘‘Federalism,’’ 64 FR
43255 (Aug. 10, 1999), imposes certain
requirements on Federal agencies
formulating and implementing policies
or regulations that preempt State law or
that have federalism implications. The
Executive order requires agencies to
examine the constitutional and statutory
authority supporting any action that
would limit the policymaking discretion
of the States and to carefully assess the
necessity for such actions. The
Executive order also requires agencies to
have an accountable process to ensure
meaningful and timely input by State
and local officials in the development of
regulatory policies that have federalism
implications. On March 14, 2000, DOE
published a statement of policy
describing the intergovernmental
consultation process it will follow in the
development of such regulations. 65 FR
13735. DOE has examined this rule and
has determined that it would not have
a substantial direct effect on the States,
on the relationship between the national
government and the States, or on the
distribution of power and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
responsibilities among the various
levels of government. EPCA governs and
prescribes Federal preemption of State
regulations as to energy conservation for
the equipment that are the subject of
this final rule. States can petition DOE
for exemption from such preemption to
the extent, and based on criteria, set
forth in EPCA. See 42 U.S.C. 6316(a)
and (b); 42 U.S.C. 6297) Therefore, no
further action is required by Executive
Order 13132.
F. Review Under Executive Order 12988
With respect to the review of existing
regulations and the promulgation of
new regulations, section 3(a) of E.O.
12988, ‘‘Civil Justice Reform,’’ imposes
on Federal agencies the general duty to
adhere to the following requirements:
(1) eliminate drafting errors and
ambiguity, (2) write regulations to
minimize litigation, (3) provide a clear
legal standard for affected conduct
rather than a general standard, and (4)
promote simplification and burden
reduction. 61 FR 4729 (Feb. 7, 1996).
Regarding the review required by
section 3(a), section 3(b) of E.O. 12988
specifically requires that Executive
agencies make every reasonable effort to
ensure that the regulation (1) clearly
specifies the preemptive effect, if any,
(2) clearly specifies any effect on
existing Federal law or regulation, (3)
provides a clear legal standard for
affected conduct while promoting
simplification and burden reduction, (4)
specifies the retroactive effect, if any, (5)
adequately defines key terms, and (6)
addresses other important issues
affecting clarity and general
draftsmanship under any guidelines
issued by the Attorney General. Section
3(c) of E.O. 12988 requires Executive
agencies to review regulations in light of
applicable standards in section 3(a) and
section 3(b) to determine whether they
are met or it is unreasonable to meet one
or more of them. DOE has completed the
required review and determined that, to
the extent permitted by law, this final
rule meets the relevant standards of E.O.
12988.
G. Review Under the Unfunded
Mandates Reform Act of 1995
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates
Reform Act of 1995 (‘‘UMRA’’) requires
each Federal agency to assess the effects
of Federal regulatory actions on State,
local, and Tribal governments and the
private sector. Public Law 104–4, sec.
201 (codified at 2 U.S.C. 1531). For a
regulatory action likely to result in a
rule that may cause the expenditure by
State, local, and Tribal governments, in
the aggregate, or by the private sector of
$100 million or more in any one year
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(adjusted annually for inflation), section
202 of UMRA requires a Federal agency
to publish a written statement that
estimates the resulting costs, benefits,
and other effects on the national
economy. (2 U.S.C. 1532(a), (b)) The
UMRA also requires a Federal agency to
develop an effective process to permit
timely input by elected officers of State,
local, and Tribal governments on a
‘‘significant intergovernmental
mandate,’’ and requires an agency plan
for giving notice and opportunity for
timely input to potentially affected
small governments before establishing
any requirements that might
significantly or uniquely affect them. On
March 18, 1997, DOE published a
statement of policy on its process for
intergovernmental consultation under
UMRA. 62 FR 12820. DOE’s policy
statement is also available at energy.gov/
sites/prod/files/gcprod/documents/
umra_97.pdf.
DOE has concluded that this final rule
may require expenditures of $100
million or more in any one year by the
private sector. Such expenditures may
include (1) investment in research and
development and in capital
expenditures by circulator pumps
manufacturers in the years between the
final rule and the compliance date for
the new standards and (2) incremental
additional expenditures by consumers
to purchase higher-efficiency circulator
pumps, starting at the compliance date
for the applicable standard.
Section 202 of UMRA authorizes a
Federal agency to respond to the content
requirements of UMRA in any other
statement or analysis that accompanies
the final rule. (2 I.C. 1532(c)) The
content requirements of section 202(b)
of UMRA relevant to a private sector
mandate substantially overlap the
economic analysis requirements that
apply under section 325(o) of EPCA and
Executive Order 12866. The
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section of
this document and the TSD for this final
rule respond to those requirements.
Under section 205 of UMRA, DOE is
obligated to identify and consider a
reasonable number of regulatory
alternatives before promulgating a rule
for which a written statement under
section 202 is required. (2 U.S.C.
1535(a)) DOE is required to select from
those alternatives the most cost-effective
and least burdensome alternative that
achieves the objectives of the rule
unless DOE publishes an explanation
for doing otherwise, or the selection of
such an alternative is inconsistent with
law. As required by 42 U.S.C. 6295(m),
this final rule establishes new energy
conservation standards for circulator
pumps that are designed to achieve the
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
maximum improvement in energy
efficiency that DOE has determined to
be both technologically feasible and
economically justified, as required by
6295(o)(2)(A) and 6295(o)(3)(B). A full
discussion of the alternatives
considered by DOE is presented in
chapter [17] of the TSD for this final
rule.
H. Review Under the Treasury and
General Government Appropriations
Act, 1999
Section 654 of the Treasury and
General Government Appropriations
Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105–277) requires
Federal agencies to issue a Family
Policymaking Assessment for any rule
that may affect family well-being. This
rule would not have any impact on the
autonomy or integrity of the family as
an institution. Accordingly, DOE has
concluded that it is not necessary to
prepare a Family Policymaking
Assessment.
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
I. Review Under Executive Order 12630
Pursuant to E.O. 12630,
‘‘Governmental Actions and Interference
with Constitutionally Protected Property
Rights,’’ 53 FR 8859 (March 18, 1988),
DOE has determined that this rule
would not result in any takings that
might require compensation under the
Fifth Amendment to the U.S.
Constitution.
J. Review Under the Treasury and
General Government Appropriations
Act, 2001
Section 515 of the Treasury and
General Government Appropriations
Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516, note)
provides for Federal agencies to review
most disseminations of information to
the public under information quality
guidelines established by each agency
pursuant to general guidelines issued by
OMB. OMB’s guidelines were published
at 67 FR 8452 (Feb. 22, 2002), and
DOE’s guidelines were published at 67
FR 62446 (Oct. 7, 2002). Pursuant to
OMB Memorandum M–19–15,
Improving Implementation of the
Information Quality Act (April 24,
2019), DOE published updated
guidelines which are available at
www.energy.gov/sites/prod/files/2019/
12/f70/DOE%20
Final%20Updated%20IQA
%20Guidelines%20Dec%202019.pdf.
DOE has reviewed this final rule under
the OMB and DOE guidelines and has
concluded that it is consistent with
applicable policies in those guidelines.
K. Review Under Executive Order 13211
E.O. 13211, ‘‘Actions Concerning
Regulations That Significantly Affect
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use,’’ 66
FR 28355 (May 22, 2001), requires
Federal agencies to prepare and submit
to OIRA at OMB, a Statement of Energy
Effects for any significant energy action.
A ‘‘significant energy action’’ is defined
as any action by an agency that
promulgates or is expected to lead to
promulgation of a final rule, and that (1)
is a significant regulatory action under
Executive Order 12866, or any successor
order; and (2) is likely to have a
significant adverse effect on the supply,
distribution, or use of energy, or (3) is
designated by the Administrator of
OIRA as a significant energy action. For
any significant energy action, the agency
must give a detailed statement of any
adverse effects on energy supply,
distribution, or use should the proposal
be implemented, and of reasonable
alternatives to the action and their
expected benefits on energy supply,
distribution, and use.
DOE has concluded that this
regulatory action, which sets forth new
energy conservation standards for
circulator pumps, is not a significant
energy action because the standards are
not likely to have a significant adverse
effect on the supply, distribution, or use
of energy, nor has it been designated as
such by the Administrator at OIRA.
Accordingly, DOE has not prepared a
Statement of Energy Effects on this final
rule.
L. Information Quality
On December 16, 2004, OMB, in
consultation with the Office of Science
and Technology Policy (‘‘OSTP’’),
issued its Final Information Quality
Bulletin for Peer Review (‘‘the
Bulletin’’). 70 FR 2664 (Jan. 14, 2005).
The Bulletin establishes that certain
scientific information shall be peer
reviewed by qualified specialists before
it is disseminated by the Federal
Government, including influential
scientific information related to agency
regulatory actions. The purpose of the
Bulletin is to enhance the quality and
credibility of the Government’s
scientific information. Under the
Bulletin, the energy conservation
standards rulemaking analyses are
‘‘influential scientific information,’’
which the Bulletin defines as ‘‘scientific
information the agency reasonably can
determine will have, or does have, a
clear and substantial impact on
important public policies or private
sector decisions.’’ 70 FR 2664, 2667.
In response to OMB’s Bulletin, DOE
conducted formal peer reviews of the
energy conservation standards
development process and the analyses
that are typically used and prepared a
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
44535
report describing that peer review.90
Generation of this report involved a
rigorous, formal, and documented
evaluation using objective criteria and
qualified and independent reviewers to
make a judgment as to the technical/
scientific/business merit, the actual or
anticipated results, and the productivity
and management effectiveness of
programs and/or projects. Because
available data, models, and
technological understanding have
changed since 2007, DOE has engaged
with the National Academy of Sciences
to review DOE’s analytical
methodologies to ascertain whether
modifications are needed to improve
DOE’s analyses. DOE is in the process
of evaluating the resulting report.91
M. Congressional Notification
As required by 5 U.S.C. 801, DOE will
report to Congress on the promulgation
of this rule prior to its effective date.
Pursuant to Subtitle E of the Small
Business Regulatory Enforcement
Fairness Act of 1996 (also known as the
Congressional Review Act), the Office of
Information and Regulatory Affairs has
determined that this rule meets the
criteria set forth in 5 U.S.C. 804(2).
VII. Approval of the Office of the
Secretary
The Secretary of Energy has approved
publication of this final rule.
List of Subjects in 10 CFR Part 431
Administrative practice and
procedure, Confidential business
information, Energy conservation,
Incorporation by reference, Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements.
Signing Authority
This document of the Department of
Energy was signed on April 9, 2024, by
Jeffrey Marootian, Principal Deputy
Assistant Secretary for Energy Efficiency
and Renewable Energy, pursuant to
delegated authority from the Secretary
of Energy. That document with the
original signature and date is
maintained by DOE. For administrative
purposes only, and in compliance with
requirements of the Office of the Federal
Register, the undersigned DOE Federal
Register Liaison Officer has been
authorized to sign and submit the
document in electronic format for
90 The 2007 ‘‘Energy Conservation Standards
Rulemaking Peer Review Report’’ is available at the
following website: energy.gov/eere/buildings/
downloads/energy-conservation-standardsrulemaking-peer-review-report-0 (last accessed
September 19, 2023).
91 The report is available at
www.nationalacademies.org/our-work/review-ofmethods-for-setting-building-and-equipmentperformance-standards.
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
44536
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
publication, as an official document of
the Department of Energy. This
administrative process in no way alters
the legal effect of this document upon
publication in the Federal Register.
PART 431—ENERGY EFFICIENCY
PROGRAM FOR CERTAIN
COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL
EQUIPMENT
1. The authority citation for part 431
continues to read as follows:
■
Signed in Washington, DC, on April 10,
2024.
Treena V. Garrett,
Federal Register Liaison Officer,U.S.
Department of Energy.
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6291–6317; 28 U.S.C.
2461 note.
2. Amend § 431.465 by revising the
section heading and adding paragraph
(i) to read as follows:
■
For the reasons set forth in the
preamble, DOE amends part 431 of
chapter II, subchapter D, of title 10 of
the Code of Federal Regulations as set
forth below:
§ 431.465 Circulator pumps energy
conservation standards and their
compliance dates.
*
*
*
*
*
(i) Each circulator pump that is
manufactured starting on May 22, 2028
and that meets the criteria in paragraphs
(i)(1) through (i)(2) of this section must
have a circulator energy index (‘‘CEI’’)
rating (as determined in accordance
with the test procedure in
§ 431.464(c)(2)) of not more than 1.00
using the instructions in paragraph (i)(3)
of this section and with a control mode
as specified in paragraph (i)(4) of this
section:
(1) Is a clean water pump as defined
in § 431.462.
(2) Is not a submersible pump or a
header pump, each as defined in
§ 431.462.
(3) The relationships in this paragraph
(i)(3) are necessary to calculate
maximum CEI.
(i) Calculate CEI according to the
following equation:
Equation 1 to Paragraph (i)(3)(i)
CER
CEl=--CERsTD
Where:
CEI = the circulator energy index
(dimensionless);
CER = the circulator energy rating (hp),
determined in accordance with section 6
of appendix D to subpart Y of part 431;
and
CERSTD = the CER for a circulator pump that
is minimally compliant with DOE’s
energy conservation standards with the
same hydraulic horsepower as the rated
Where:
CERSTD = the CER for a circulator pump that
is minimally compliant with DOE’s
energy conservation standards with the
same hydraulic horsepower as the rated
pump (hp);
i = the index variable of the summation
notation used to express CERSTD
(dimensionless) as described in the table
3 to paragraph (i)(3)(ii), in which i is
expressed as a percentage of circulator
pump flow at best efficiency point,
determined in accordance with the test
procedure in § 431.464(c)(2);
wi = the weighting factor (dimensionless) at
each corresponding test point, i, as
described in table 3 to paragraph
(i)(3)(ii); and Piin,STD = the reference
power input to the circulator pump
driver (hp) at test point i, calculated
using the equations and method
specified in paragraph (i)(3)(iii) of this
section.
=
I
(%)
Corresponding
wi
25 ........................................
50 ........................................
75 ........................................
100 ......................................
.25
.25
.25
.25
a. * 1Jwrw,100%
in accordance with 10 CFR
429.59(a)(2)(i);
ai = part-load efficiency factor
(dimensionless) at each test point i as
described in table 4 to paragraph
(i)(3)(iii); and
hWTW,100% = reference circulator pump wireto-water efficiency at best efficiency
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
point (%) at the applicable energy
conservation standard level, as described
in table 5 to paragraph (i)(3)(iii) as a
function of circulator pump basic model
rated hydraulic horsepower at 100% BEP
flow, Pu,100%.
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
ER20MY24.068 ER20MY24.069
100
ER20MY24.067
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
Jkt 262001
TABLE 3 TO PARAGRAPH (i)(3)(ii)
pu,i
i
21:36 May 17, 2024
Equation 2 to Paragraph (i)(3)(ii)
Equation 3 to Paragraph (i)(3)(iii)
i
VerDate Sep<11>2014
(ii) Calculate CERSTD according to the
following equation:
(iii) Calculate Piin,STD according to the
following equation:
p_in,STD
Where:
Piin,STD = the reference power input to the
circulator pump driver at test point i
(hp);
Pu,i = circulator pump basic model rated
hydraulic horsepower (hp) determined
pump (hp), determined in accordance
with paragraph (i)(3)(ii) of this section.
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
for Litigation, Regulation and Energy
Efficiency
Corresponding U.S. Department of Energy
ai
Washington, DC 20585
Re: Energy Conservation Standards for
0.4843
Circulator Pumps
0.7736
0.9417 DOE Docket No. EERE–2016–BT–STD–
1 0004
Dear Assistant General Counsel GraceTardy:
TABLE 4 TO PARAGRAPH (i)(3)(III)
I
(%)
25 ........................................
50 ........................................
75 ........................................
100 ......................................
TABLE 5 TO PARAGRAPH (i)(3)(III)
Pu,100%
hWTW,100%
<1 ........
≥1 ........
10*ln(Pu,100% + 0.001141) + 67.78.
67.79%.
(4) A circulator pump subject to
energy conservation standards as
described in this paragraph (i) must
achieve the maximum CEI as described
in paragraph (i)(3)(i) of this section and
in accordance with the test procedure in
§ 431.464(c)(2) in the least consumptive
control mode in which it is capable of
operating.
Note: The following letter will not appear
in the Code of Federal Regulations.
lotter on DSK11XQN23PROD with RULES5
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
Antitrust Division
RFK Main Justice Building
950 Pennsylvania Avenue NW
Washington, DC 20530–0001
January 26, 2024
Ami Grace-Tardy
Assistant General Counsel
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:36 May 17, 2024
Jkt 262001
I am responding to your November 28,
2023, letter seeking the views of the
Attorney General about the potential
impact on competition of energy
conservation standards for circulator
pumps.
Your request was submitted under
Section 325(o)(2)(B)(i)(V) of the Energy
Policy and Conservation Act, as
amended (ECPA), 42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(V), which requires the
Attorney General to make a
determination of the impact of any
lessening of competition that is likely to
result from the imposition of proposed
energy conservation standards. The
Attorney General’s responsibility for
responding to requests from other
departments about the effect of a
program on competition has been
delegated to the Assistant Attorney
General for the Antitrust Division in 28
CFR§ 0.40(g). The Assistant Attorney
General for the Antitrust Division has
authorized me, as the Policy Director for
the Antitrust Division, to provide the
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
44537
Antitrust Division’s views regarding the
potential impact on competition of
proposed energy conservation standards
on his behalf.
In conducting its analysis, the
Antitrust Division examines whether a
potential amended standard may lessen
competition, for example, by
substantially limiting consumer choice,
by placing certain manufacturers at an
unjustified competitive disadvantage, or
by inducing avoidable inefficiencies in
production or distribution of particular
products. A lessening of competition
could result in higher prices to
manufacturers and consumers.
We have reviewed the proposed
standards contained in the Notice of
proposed rulemaking and request for
comment (87 FR 74850, December 6,
2022) and the related Technical Support
Document. We have also reviewed
public comments and information
discussed at the Working Group
Meetings held in November 29–30,
2016.
Based on this review, our conclusion
is that the proposed energy conservation
standards for circulator pumps are
unlikely to have a significant impact on
competition.
Sincerely,
David G.B. Lawrence,
Policy Director
[FR Doc. 2024–07873 Filed 5–17–24; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P
E:\FR\FM\20MYR5.SGM
20MYR5
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 89, Number 98 (Monday, May 20, 2024)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 44464-44537]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2024-07873]
[[Page 44463]]
Vol. 89
Monday,
No. 98
May 20, 2024
Part V
Department of Energy
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
10 CFR Part 431
Energy Conservation Program: Energy Conservation Standards for
Circulator Pumps; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 89 , No. 98 / Monday, May 20, 2024 / Rules
and Regulations
[[Page 44464]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY
10 CFR Part 431
[EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004]
RIN 1904-AD61
Energy Conservation Program: Energy Conservation Standards for
Circulator Pumps
AGENCY: Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of
Energy.
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The Energy Policy and Conservation Act, as amended (``EPCA''),
prescribes energy conservation standards for various consumer products
and certain commercial and industrial equipment, including circulator
pumps. EPCA also requires the U.S. Department of Energy (``DOE'') to
periodically determine whether more-stringent, standards would be
technologically feasible and economically justified, and would result
in significant energy savings. In this final rule, DOE is adopting new
energy conservation standards for circulator pumps. It has determined
that the energy conservation standards for this equipment would result
in significant conservation of energy, and are technologically feasible
and economically justified.
DATES: The effective date of this rule is August 5, 2024. Compliance
with the standards established for circulator pumps in this final rule
is required on and after May 22, 2028.
ADDRESSES: The docket for this rulemaking, which includes Federal
Register notices, public meeting attendee lists and transcripts,
comments, and other supporting documents/materials, is available for
review at www.regulations.gov. All documents in the docket are listed
in the www.regulations.gov index. However, not all documents listed in
the index may be publicly available, such as information that is exempt
from public disclosure.
The docket web page can be found at www.regulations.gov/docket/EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004. The docket web page contains instructions on how
to access all documents, including public comments, in the docket.
For further information on how to review the docket, contact the
Appliance and Equipment Standards Program staff at (202) 287-1445 or by
email: [email protected].
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Mr. Jeremy Dommu, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Energy
Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Building Technologies Office, EE-5B,
1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20585-0121. Telephone:
(202) 586-9870. Email: [email protected].
Mr. Uchechukwu ``Emeka'' Eze, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of
the General Counsel, GC-33, 1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC
20585-0121. Telephone: (240) 961-8879. Email:
[email protected].
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Table of Contents
I. Synopsis of the Final Rule
A. Benefits and Costs to Consumers
B. Impact on Manufacturers
C. National Benefits and Costs
D. Conclusion
II. Introduction
A. Authority
B. Background
III. General Discussion
A. November 2016 CPWG Recommendations
1. Energy Conservation Standard Level
2. Labeling Requirements
3. Certification Reports
B. General Comments
C. Equipment Classes and Scope of Coverage
1. CPWG Recommendations
a. Scope
b. Definitions
c. Equipment Classes
d. Small Vertical In-Line Pumps
D. Test Procedure
1. Control Mode
E. Technological Feasibility
1. General
2. Maximum Technologically Feasible Levels
F. Energy Savings
1. Determination of Savings
2. Significance of Savings
G. Economic Justification
1. Specific Criteria
a. Economic Impact on Manufacturers and Consumers
b. Savings in Operating Costs Compared To Increase in Price (LCC
and PBP)
c. Energy Savings
d. Lessening of Utility or Performance of Equipment
e. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition
f. Need for National Energy Conservation
g. Other Factors
2. Rebuttable Presumption
H. Compliance Date
IV. Methodology and Discussion of Related Comments
A. Market and Technology Assessment
1. Scope of Coverage and Equipment Classes
a. Scope
b. Equipment Classes
2. Technology Options
a. Hydraulic Design
b. More Efficient Motors
c. Speed Reduction
B. Screening Analysis
1. Screened-Out Technologies
2. Remaining Technologies
C. Engineering Analysis
1. Representative Equipment
a. Circulator Pump Varieties
2. Efficiency Analysis
a. Baseline Efficiency
b. Higher Efficiency Levels
c. EL Analysis
3. Cost Analysis
4. Cost-Efficiency Results
5. Manufacturer Markup and Manufacturer Selling Price
D. Markups Analysis
E. Energy Use Analysis
1. Circulator Pump Applications
2. Consumer Samples
3. Operating Hours
4. Load Profiles
F. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period Analysis
1. Equipment Cost
2. Installation Cost
3. Annual Energy Consumption
4. Energy Prices
5. Maintenance and Repair Costs
6. Equipment Lifetime
7. Discount Rates
a. Residential
b. Commercial
8. Energy Efficiency Distribution in the No-New-Standards Case
9. Payback Period Analysis
G. Shipments Analysis
1. No-New-Standards Case Shipments Projections
2. Standards-Case Shipment Projections
H. National Impact Analysis
1. Equipment Efficiency Trends
2. National Energy Savings
3. Net Present Value Analysis
I. Consumer Subgroup Analysis
J. Manufacturer Impact Analysis
1. Overview
2. Government Regulatory Impact Model and Key Inputs
a. Manufacturer Production Costs
b. Shipments Projections
c. Product and Capital Conversion Costs
d. Manufacturer Markup Scenarios
K. Emissions Analysis
1. Air Quality Regulations Incorporated in DOE's Analysis
L. Monetizing Emissions Impacts
1. Monetization of Greenhouse Gas Emissions
a. Social Cost of Carbon
b. Social Cost of Methane and Nitrous Oxide
2. Monetization of Other Emissions Impacts
M. Utility Impact Analysis
N. Employment Impact Analysis
V. Analytical Results and Conclusions
A. Trial Standard Levels
B. Economic Justification and Energy Savings
1. Economic Impacts on Individual Consumers
a. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period
b. Consumer Subgroup Analysis
c. Rebuttable Presumption Payback
2. Economic Impacts on Manufacturers
a. Industry Cash Flow Analysis Results
b. Direct Impacts on Employment
[[Page 44465]]
c. Impacts on Manufacturing Capacity
d. Impacts on Subgroups of Manufacturers
e. Cumulative Regulatory Burden
3. National Impact Analysis
a. Significance of Energy Savings
b. Net Present Value of Consumer Costs and Benefits
c. Indirect Impacts on Employment
4. Impact on Utility or Performance of Equipment
5. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition
6. Need of the Nation To Conserve Energy
7. Other Factors
8. Summary of Economic Impacts
C. Conclusion
1. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs Considered for Circulator Pump
Standards
2. Annualized Benefits and Costs of the Adopted Standards
VI. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review
A. Review Under Executive Orders 12866, 13563, and 14094
B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act
1. Need for, and Objectives of, Rule
2. Significant Issues Raised by Public Comments in Response to
the IRFA
3. Description and Estimated Number of Small Entities Affected
4. Description of Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance
Requirements
5. Significant Alternatives Considered and Steps Taken To
Minimize Significant Economic Impacts on Small Entities
C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act
D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969
E. Review Under Executive Order 13132
F. Review Under Executive Order 12988
G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
H. Review Under the Treasury and General Government
Appropriations Act, 1999
I. Review Under Executive Order 12630
J. Review Under the Treasury and General Government
Appropriations Act, 2001
K. Review Under Executive Order 13211
L. Information Quality
M. Congressional Notification
VII. Approval of the Office of the Secretary
I. Synopsis of the Final Rule
The Energy Policy and Conservation Act, Public Law 94-163, as
amended (``EPCA''),\1\ authorizes DOE to regulate the energy efficiency
of a number of consumer products and certain industrial equipment. (42
U.S.C. 6291-6317) Title III, Part C of the Energy Policy and
Conservation Act, as amended (EPCA), established the Energy
Conservation Program for Certain Industrial Equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6311-
6317) Such equipment includes pumps. Circulator pumps, which are the
subject of this rulemaking, are a category of pumps.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ All references to EPCA in this document refer to the statute
as amended through the Energy Act of 2020, Public Law 116-260 (Dec.
27, 2020), which reflect the last statutory amendments that impact
Parts A and A-1 of EPCA.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pursuant to EPCA, any new energy conservation standard must be
designed to achieve the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that
DOE determines is technologically feasible and economically justified.
(42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A)) Furthermore, the new
standard must result in significant conservation of energy. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(3)(B)) EPCA also provides that not later than 6 years after
issuance of any final rule establishing or amending a standard, DOE
must publish either a notice of determination that standards for the
equipment do not need to be amended, or a notice of proposed rulemaking
including new proposed energy conservation standards (proceeding to a
final rule, as appropriate). (42 U.S.C. 6295(m))
In accordance with these and other statutory provisions discussed
in this document, DOE analyzed the benefits and burdens of four trial
standard levels (``TSLs'') for circulator pumps. The TSLs and their
associated benefits and burdens are discussed in detail in sections V.A
through V.C of this document. As discussed in section V.C of this
document, DOE has determined that TSL 2 represents the maximum
improvement in energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and
economically justified. The adopted standards, which are expressed in
in terms of a maximum circulator energy index (``CEI''), are shown in
Table I.1. These standards apply to all equipment listed in Table I.1
and manufactured in, or imported into, the United States starting on
May 22, 2028.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.000
As stated in section III.D.1 of this document, the established
standards apply to circulator pumps when operated using the least
consumptive control variety with which they are equipped.
CEI is defined as shown in equation (1), and consistent \2\ with
section 41.5.3.2 of HI 41.5-2022, ``Hydraulic Institute Program
Guideline for Circulator Pump Energy Rating Program.'' \3\ 87 FR 57264.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ HI 41.5-2022 uses the term CERREF for the
analogous concept. In the September 2022 TP Final Rule, DOE
discussed this decision to instead use CERSTD in the
context of Federal energy conservation standards.
\3\ HI 41.5-2022 provides additional instructions for testing
circulator pumps to determine an Energy Rating value for different
circulator pump control varieties.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.001
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Where:
CEI = the circulator energy index (dimensionless);
CER = circulator energy rating (hp); and
CERSTD = for a circulator pump that is minimally
compliant with DOE's energy conservation standards with the same
hydraulic horsepower as the tested pump.
The value of CER varies according to the circulator pump control
variety of the tested pump, but in all cases is a function of measured
pump input power when operated under certain conditions, as described
in the
[[Page 44466]]
September 2022 TP Final Rule. 87 FR 57264.
Relatedly, CERSTD represents CER for a circulator pump
that is minimally compliant with DOE's energy conservation standards
with the same hydraulic horsepower as the tested pump, as determined in
accordance with the specifications at paragraph (i) of 10 CFR 431.465.
87 FR 57264.
A. Benefits and Costs to Consumers
Table I.2 summarizes DOE's evaluation of the economic impacts of
the adopted standards on consumers of circulator pumps, as measured by
the average life-cycle cost (``LCC'') savings and the simple payback
period (``PBP'').\4\ The average LCC savings are positive for all
equipment classes, and the PBP is less than the average lifetime of
circulator pumps, which is estimated to be 10.5 years (see section
IV.F.6 of this document).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\4\ The average LCC savings refer to consumers that are affected
by a standard and are measured relative to the efficiency
distribution in the no-new-standards case, which depicts the market
in the compliance year in the absence of new standards (see section
IV.F.9 of this document). The simple PBP, which is designed to
compare specific efficiency levels, is measured relative to the
baseline product (see section IV.C of this document).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.002
DOE's analysis of the impacts of the adopted standards on consumers
is described in section IV.F of this document.
B. Impact on Manufacturers
The industry net present value (``INPV'') is the sum of the
discounted cash flows to the industry from the base year through the
end of the analysis period (2024-2057). Using a real discount rate of
9.6 percent, DOE estimates that the INPV for manufacturers of
circulator pumps in the case without new standards is $347.1 million in
2022$. Under the adopted standards, DOE estimates the change in INPV to
range from -19.9 percent to 3.2 percent, which is approximately -$69.2
million to $11.1 million. In order to bring equipment into compliance
with new standards, it is estimated that industry will incur total
conversion costs of $81.2 million.
DOE's analysis of the impacts of the adopted standards on
manufacturers is described in sections IV.J and V.B.2 of this document.
C. National Benefits and Costs \5\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\5\ All monetary values in this document are expressed in 2022
dollars. and, where appropriate, are discounted to 2024 unless
explicitly stated otherwise.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE's analyses indicate that the adopted energy conservation
standards for circulator pumps would save a significant amount of
energy. Relative to the case without new standards, the lifetime energy
savings for circulator pumps purchased in the 30-year period that
begins in the anticipated year of compliance with the new standards
(2028-2057), amount to 0.55 quadrillion British thermal units
(``Btu''), or quads.\6\ This represents a savings of 32.6 percent
relative to the energy use of these equipment in the case without new
standards (referred to as the ``no-new-standards case'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\6\ The quantity refers to full-fuel-cycle (FFC) energy savings.
FFC energy savings includes the energy consumed in extracting,
processing, and transporting primary fuels (i.e., coal, natural gas,
petroleum fuels), and, thus, presents a more complete picture of the
impacts of energy efficiency standards. For more information on the
FFC metric, see section IV.H.2 of this document.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The cumulative net present value (``NPV'') of total consumer
benefits of the standards for circulator pumps ranges from 0.95 billion
in 2022$ (at a 7-percent discount rate) to 2.34 billion in 2022$ (at a
3-percent discount rate). This NPV expresses the estimated total value
of future operating-cost savings minus the estimated increased
equipment and installation costs for circulator pumps purchased in
2028-2057.
In addition, the adopted standards for circulator pumps are
projected to yield significant environmental benefits. DOE estimates
that the standards will result in cumulative emission reductions (over
the same period as for energy savings) of 10.04 million metric tons
(``Mt'') \7\ of carbon dioxide (``CO2''), 2.95 thousand tons
of sulfur dioxide (``SO2''), 18.65 thousand tons of nitrogen
oxides (``NOX''), 83.84 thousand tons of methane
(``CH4''), 0.10 thousand tons of nitrous oxide
(``N2O''), and 0.02 tons of mercury (``Hg'').\8\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\7\ A metric ton is equivalent to 1.1 short tons. Results for
emissions other than CO2 are presented in short tons.
\8\ DOE calculated emissions reductions relative to the no-new-
standards-case, which reflects key assumptions in the Annual Energy
Outlook 2023 (``AEO2023''). AEO2023 reflects, to the extent
possible, laws and regulations adopted through mid-November 2022,
including the Inflation Reduction Act. See section IV.K of this
document for further discussion of AEO2023 assumptions that affect
air pollutant emissions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE estimates the value of climate benefits from a reduction in
greenhouse gases (``GHG'') using four different estimates of the social
cost of CO2 (``SC-CO2''), the social cost of
methane (``SC-CH4''), and the social cost of nitrous oxide
(``SC-N2O''). Together these represent the social cost of
GHG (``SC-GHG''). DOE used interim SC-GHG values (in terms of benefit
per ton of GHG avoided) developed by an Interagency Working Group on
the Social Cost of Greenhouse Gases (``IWG'').\9\ The derivation of
these values is discussed in section IV.L of this document. For
presentational purposes, the climate benefits associated with the
average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate are estimated to be $0.59
billion. DOE does not have a single central SC-GHG point estimate and
it emphasizes the importance and value of considering the benefits
calculated using all four sets of SC-GHG estimates. DOE notes, however,
that the adopted standards would be economically justified even without
inclusion of monetized benefits of reduced GHG emissions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\9\ To monetize the benefits of reducing GHG emissions this
analysis uses the interim estimates presented in the Technical
Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide
Interim Estimates Under Executive Order 13990 published in February
2021 by the IWG. (``February 2021 SC-GHG TSD''). www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/TechnicalSupportDocument_SocialCostofCarbonMethaneNitrousOxide.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE estimated the monetary health benefits of SO2 and
NOX emissions reductions, using benefit per ton estimates
from the Environmental
[[Page 44467]]
Protection Agency,\10\ as discussed in section IV.L of this document.
DOE estimated the present value of the health benefits would be $0.51
billion using a 7-percent discount rate, and $1.16 billion using a 3-
percent discount rate.\11\ DOE is currently only monetizing health
benefits from changes in ambient fine particulate matter
(PM2.5) concentrations from two precursors (SO2
and NOX), and from changes in ambient ozone from one
precursor (for NOX), but will continue to assess the ability
to monetize other effects such as health benefits from reductions in
direct PM2.5 emissions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\10\ U.S. EPA. Estimating the Benefit per Ton of Reducing
Directly Emitted PM2.5, PM2.5 Precursors and
Ozone Precursors from 21 Sectors. Available at www.epa.gov/benmap/estimating-benefit-ton-reducing-pm25-precursors-21-sectors.
\11\ DOE estimates the economic value of these emissions
reductions resulting from the considered TSLs for the purpose of
complying with the requirements of Executive Order 12866.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table I.3 summarizes the monetized benefits and costs expected to
result from the new standards for circulator pumps. There are other
important unquantified effects, including certain unquantified climate
benefits, unquantified public health benefits from the reduction of
toxic air pollutants and other emissions, unquantified energy security
benefits, and distributional effects, among others.
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P
[[Page 44468]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.003
[[Page 44469]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.004
The benefits and costs of the proposed standards can also be
expressed in terms of annualized values. The monetary values for the
total annualized net benefits are (1) the reduced consumer operating
costs, minus (2) the increase in equipment purchase prices and
installation costs, plus (3) the value of climate and health benefits
of emission reductions, all annualized.\12\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\12\ To convert the time-series of costs and benefits into
annualized values, DOE calculated a present value in 2024, the year
used for discounting the NPV of total consumer costs and savings.
For the benefits, DOE calculated a present value associated with
each year's shipments in the year in which the shipments occur
(e.g., 2020 or 2030), and then discounted the present value from
each year to 2024. Using the present value, DOE then calculated the
fixed annual payment over a 30-year period, starting in the
compliance year, that yields the same present value.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The national operating cost savings are domestic private U.S.
consumer monetary savings that occur as a result of purchasing the
covered equipment and are measured for the lifetime of circulator pumps
shipped in 2028-2057. The benefits associated with reduced emissions
achieved as a result of the adopted standards are also calculated based
on the lifetime of circulator pumps shipped in 2028-2057. Total
benefits for both the 3-percent and 7-percent cases are presented using
the average GHG social costs with 3-percent discount rate. Estimates of
SC-GHG values are presented for all four discount rates in section
V.B.6 of this document.
Table I.4 presents the total estimated monetized benefits and costs
associated with the proposed standard, expressed in terms of annualized
values. The results under the primary estimate are as follows.
Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs and
health benefits from reduced NOX and SO2
emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits
from reduced GHG emissions,\13\ the estimated cost of the standards
adopted in this rule is $113.9 million per year in increased equipment
costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $207.5 million in
reduced equipment operating costs, $32.7 million in climate benefits,
and $50.7 million in health benefits. In this case, the net benefit
would amount to $177.0 million per year.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\ As discussed in section IV.L.1 of this document, DOE agrees
with the IWG that using consumption-based discount rates (e.g., 3
percent) is appropriate when discounting the value of climate
impacts. Combining climate effects discounted at an appropriate
consumption-based discount rate with other costs and benefits
discounted at a capital-based rate (i.e., 7 percent) is reasonable
because of the different nature of the types of benefits being
measured.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs, the
estimated cost of the standards is $109.4 million per year in increased
equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $239.7 million
in reduced operating costs, $32.7 million in climate benefits, and
$64.7 million in health benefits. In this case, the net benefit would
amount to $227.7 million per year.
[[Page 44470]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.005
[[Page 44471]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.006
BILLING CODE 6450-01-C
DOE's analysis of the national impacts of the adopted standards is
described in sections IV.H, IV.K and IV.L of this document.
D. Conclusion
DOE concludes that the standards adopted in this final rule
represent the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is
technologically feasible and economically justified, and would result
in the significant conservation of energy. Specifically, with regards
to technological feasibility, equipment achieving these standard levels
is already commercially available for all equipment in the single
product class covered by this final rule. As for economic
justification, DOE's analysis shows that the benefits of the standards
exceed, to a great extent, the burdens of the standards.
Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs and
NOX and SO2 reduction benefits, and a 3-percent
discount rate case for GHG social costs, the estimated cost of the
standards for circulator pumps is $113.9 million per year in increased
equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $207.5 million
in reduced equipment operating costs, $32.7 million in climate
benefits, and $50.7 million in health benefits. The net benefit amounts
to $177.0 million per year. DOE notes that the net benefits are
substantial even in the absence of the climate benefits \14\ and DOE
would adopt the same standards in the absence of such benefits.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\14\ The information on climate benefits is provided in
compliance with Executive Order 12866.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The significance of energy savings offered by a new energy
conservation standard cannot be determined without knowledge of the
specific circumstances surrounding a given rulemaking.\15\ For example,
some covered equipment have most of their energy consumption occur
during periods of peak energy demand. The impacts of these equipment on
the energy infrastructure can be more pronounced than equipment with
relatively constant demand. Accordingly, DOE evaluates the significance
of energy savings on a case-by-case basis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\15\ Procedures, Interpretations, and Policies for Consideration
in New or Revised Energy Conservation Standards and Test Procedures
for Consumer Products and Commercial/Industrial Equipment, 86 FR
70892, 70901 (Dec. 13, 2021).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As previously mentioned, the standards are projected to result in
estimated national energy savings of 0.55 quad FFC, the equivalent of
the primary annual energy use of 5.9 million homes. In addition, they
are projected to reduce CO2 emissions by 10.04 Mt. Based on
these findings, DOE has determined the energy savings from the standard
levels adopted in this final rule are ``significant'' within the
meaning of 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B). A more detailed discussion of the
basis for these conclusions is contained in the remainder of this
document and the accompanying TSD.
II. Introduction
The following section briefly discusses the statutory authority
underlying this final rule, as well as some of the relevant historical
background related to the establishment of standards for circulator
pumps.
A. Authority
EPCA authorizes DOE to regulate the energy efficiency of a number
of consumer products and certain industrial equipment. Title III, Part
C of EPCA, added by Public Law 95-619, Title IV, section 441(a),
established the Energy Conservation Program for Certain Industrial
Equipment, which sets forth a variety of provisions designed to improve
energy efficiency. This equipment includes pumps, the subject of this
rulemaking. (42 U.S.C. 6311(1)(A))
EPCA further provides that, not later than 6 years after the
issuance of any final rule establishing or amending a standard, DOE
must publish either a notice of determination that standards for the
equipment do not need to be amended, or a notice of proposed rulemaking
(``NOPR'') including new proposed energy conservation standards
(proceeding to a final rule, as appropriate). (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42
U.S.C. 6295(m)(1))
The energy conservation program under EPCA consists essentially of
four
[[Page 44472]]
parts: (1) testing, (2) labeling, (3) the establishment of Federal
energy conservation standards, and (4) certification and enforcement
procedures. Relevant provisions of EPCA include definitions (42 U.S.C.
6311), test procedures (42 U.S.C. 6314), labeling provisions (42 U.S.C.
6315), energy conservation standards (42 U.S.C. 6313), and the
authority to require information and reports from manufacturers (42
U.S.C. 6316).
Federal energy efficiency requirements for covered equipment
established under EPCA generally supersede State laws and regulations
concerning energy conservation testing, labeling, and standards. (42
U.S.C. 6316(a) and 42 U.S.C. 6316(b); 42 U.S.C. 6297) DOE may, however,
grant waivers of Federal preemption in limited instances for particular
State laws or regulations, in accordance with the procedures and other
provisions set forth under EPCA. (See 42 U.S.C. 6316(a) (applying the
preemption waiver provisions of 42 U.S.C. 6297))
Subject to certain criteria and conditions, DOE is required to
develop test procedures to measure the energy efficiency, energy use,
or estimated annual operating cost of all covered equipment. (42 U.S.C.
6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(A) and (r)) Manufacturers of covered
equipment must use the Federal test procedures as the basis for: (1)
certifying to DOE that their equipment complies with the applicable
energy conservation standards adopted pursuant to EPCA (42 U.S.C.
6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(s)), and (2) making representations about the
efficiency of that equipment (42 U.S.C. 6314(d)). Similarly, DOE must
use these test procedures to determine whether the equipment complies
with relevant standards promulgated under EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42
U.S.C. 6295(s)) The DOE test procedures for circulator pumps appear at
title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations (``CFR'') part 431, subpart
Y, appendix D.
DOE must follow specific statutory criteria for prescribing new
standards for covered equipment, including circulator pumps. Any new
standard for covered equipment must be designed to achieve the maximum
improvement in energy efficiency that the Secretary of Energy
determines is technologically feasible and economically justified. (42
U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A)) Furthermore, DOE may not adopt
any standard that would not result in the significant conservation of
energy. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3))
Moreover, DOE may not prescribe a standard (1) for certain
equipment, including circulator pumps, if no test procedure has been
established for the equipment, or (2) if DOE determines by rule that
the standard is not technologically feasible or economically justified.
(42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(A)-(B)) In deciding whether a
proposed standard is economically justified, DOE must determine whether
the benefits of the standard exceed its burdens. Id. DOE must make this
determination after receiving comments on the proposed standard, and by
considering, to the greatest extent practicable, the following seven
statutory factors:
(1) The economic impact of the standard on manufacturers and
consumers of the equipment subject to the standard;
(2) The savings in operating costs throughout the estimated
average life of the covered equipment in the type (or class)
compared to any increase in the price, initial charges, or
maintenance expenses for the covered equipment that are likely to
result from the standard;
(3) The total projected amount of energy (or as applicable,
water) savings likely to result directly from the standard;
(4) Any lessening of the utility or the performance of the
covered equipment likely to result from the standard;
(5) The impact of any lessening of competition, as determined in
writing by the Attorney General, that is likely to result from the
standard;
(6) The need for national energy and water conservation; and
(7) Other factors the Secretary of Energy (``Secretary'')
considers relevant.
(42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(I)-(VII))
Further, EPCA, as codified, establishes a rebuttable presumption
that a standard is economically justified if the Secretary finds that
the additional cost to the consumer of purchasing equipment complying
with an energy conservation standard level will be less than three
times the value of the energy savings during the first year that the
consumer will receive as a result of the standard, as calculated under
the applicable test procedure. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(iii))
EPCA, as codified, also contains what is known as an ``anti-
backsliding'' provision, which prevents the Secretary from prescribing
any new standard that either increases the maximum allowable energy use
or decreases the minimum required energy efficiency of covered
equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(1)) Also, the
Secretary may not prescribe a new standard if interested persons have
established by a preponderance of the evidence that the standard is
likely to result in the unavailability in the United States in any
covered equipment type (or class) of performance characteristics
(including reliability), features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that
are substantially the same as those generally available in the United
States. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(4))
Additionally, EPCA specifies requirements when promulgating an
energy conservation standard for covered equipment that has two or more
subcategories. DOE must specify a different standard level for a type
or class of equipment that has the same function or intended use if DOE
determines that equipment within such group (A) consumes a different
kind of energy from that consumed by other covered equipment within
such type (or class); or (B) has a capacity or other performance-
related feature which other equipment within such type (or class) does
not have and such feature justifies a higher or lower standard. (42
U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(q)(1)) In determining whether a
performance-related feature justifies a different standard for a group
of equipment, DOE must consider such factors as the utility to the
consumer of such a feature and other factors DOE deems appropriate. Id.
Any rule prescribing such a standard must include an explanation of the
basis on which such higher or lower level was established. (42 U.S.C.
6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(q)(2))
B. Background
As stated, EPCA includes ``pumps'' among the industrial equipment
listed as ``covered equipment'' for the purpose of Part A-1, although
EPCA does not define the term ``pump.'' (42 U.S.C. 6311(1)(A)) In a
final rule published January 25, 2016, DOE established a definition for
``pump,'' definitions associated with pumps, and test procedures for
certain pumps. 81 FR 4086, 4090 (``January 2016 TP Final Rule'').
``Pump'' is defined as ``equipment designed to move liquids (which may
include entrained gases, free solids, and totally dissolved solids) by
physical or mechanical action and includes a bare pump and, if included
by the manufacturer at the time of sale, mechanical equipment, driver,
and controls.'' 10 CFR 431.462. Circulator pumps fall within this
definition. The specific pump categories subject to the test procedures
described in the January 2016 TP Final Rule are referred to as
``general pumps'' in this document. Circulator pumps were not included
as general pumps.
In general, and relative to pumps at-large, circulator pumps tend
to be toward the smaller end of the range of both power and hydraulic
head. Circulated fluid would not require a net elevation gain, and thus
the required
[[Page 44473]]
head is that associated with the resistance of the hydraulic circuit. A
circulator pump, by definition, is a pump that is either a wet rotor
circulator pump; a dry rotor, two-piece circulator pump; or a dry
rotor, three-piece circulator pump. A circulator pump may be
distributed in commerce with or without a volute.
The January 2016 TP Final Rule implemented the recommendations of
the Commercial and Industrial Pump Working Group (``CIPWG''),
established through the Appliance Standards Rulemaking Federal Advisory
Committee (``ASRAC'') to negotiate standards and a test procedure for
general pumps. (Docket No. EERE-2013-BT-NOC-0039) The CIPWG and ASRAC
approved a term sheet containing recommendations to DOE that included
initiation of a separate rulemaking for circulator pumps. (Docket No.
EERE-2013-BT-NOC-0039, No. 92, Recommendation #5A at p. 2)
On February 3, 2016, DOE issued a notice of intent to establish a
working group to negotiate a NOPR for energy conservation standards for
circulator pumps, to negotiate, if possible, Federal standards and a
test procedure for circulator pumps, and to announce the first public
meeting. 81 FR 5658. The members of the Circulator Pump Working Group
(``CPWG''), which was established under the ASRAC, were selected to
ensure a broad and balanced array of interested parties and expertise,
including representatives from efficiency advocacy organizations and
manufacturers. Additionally, one member from ASRAC and one DOE
representative were part of the CPWG. Table II.1 lists the 15 members
of the CPWG and their affiliations.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.007
The CPWG commenced negotiations at an open meeting on March 29,
2016, and held six additional meetings to discuss scope, metric, and
the test procedure. The CPWG concluded its negotiations for test
procedure topics on September 7, 2016, with a consensus vote to approve
a term sheet containing recommendations to DOE on scope, definitions,
metric, and the basis of the test procedure (``September 2016 CPWG
Recommendations''). The September 2016 CPWG Recommendations are
available in the CPWG docket. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No.
58)
The CPWG continued to meet to address potential energy conservation
standards for circulator pumps. Those meetings were held November 3-4,
2016, and November 29-30, 2016, with approval of a second term sheet
(``November 2016 CPWG Recommendations'') containing CPWG
recommendations related to energy conservation standards, applicable
test procedure, labeling, and certification requirements for circulator
pumps (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 98). Whereas the September
2016 CPWG Recommendations are discussed in the September 2022 TP Final
Rule, the November 2016 CPWG Recommendations are summarized in section
III.A of this document. In a meeting held December 22, 2016, ASRAC
voted unanimously to approve the September 2016 and November 2016 CPWG
Recommendations. (Docket No. EERE-2013-BT-NOC-0005, No. 91 at p. 2)
\16\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\16\ All references in this document to the approved
recommendations included in 2016 Term Sheets are noted with the
recommendation number and a citation to the appropriate document in
the CPWG docket (e.g., Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. X,
Recommendation #Y at p. Z). References to discussions or suggestions
of the CPWG not found in the 2016 Term Sheets include a citation to
meeting transcripts and the commenter, if applicable (e.g., Docket
No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, [Organization], No. X at p. Y).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In a letter dated June 9, 2017, the Hydraulic Institute (``HI'')
expressed its support for the process that DOE initiated regarding
circulator pumps and encouraged the publishing of a NOPR and a final
rule by the end of 2017. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, HI, No. 103
at p. 1) DOE took no actions regarding circulator pumps between 2017
and 2020. In response to an early assessment review request for
information (``RFI'') published September 28, 2020, regarding the
existing test procedures for general pumps (85 FR 60734, ``September
2020 Early Assessment RFI''), HI commented that it continues to support
the recommendations from the CPWG. (Docket No. EERE-2020-BT-TP-0032,
HI, No. 6 at p. 1) The Northwest Energy Efficiency Alliance (``NEEA'')
also referenced the September 2016 CPWG Recommendations and recommended
that DOE adopt test procedures for circulator pumps in the pumps
rulemaking or a separate rulemaking. (Docket No. EERE-2020-BT-TP-0032,
NEEA, No. 8 at p. 8)
On May 7, 2021, DOE published a request for information related to
test procedures and energy conservation standards for circulator pumps
and received comments from the interested parties. 86 FR 24516 (``May
2021 RFI'').
DOE published a NOPR for the test procedure on December 20, 2021,
presenting DOE's proposals to establish
[[Page 44474]]
a circulator pump test procedure (``December 2021 TP NOPR''). 86 FR
72096. DOE held a public meeting related to this NOPR on February 2,
2022. DOE published a final rule for the test procedure on September
19, 2022 (``September 2022 TP Final Rule''). The test procedure final
rule established definitions, testing methods and a performance metric,
requirements regarding sampling and representations of energy
consumption and certain other metrics, and enforcement provisions for
circulator pumps.
DOE published an energy conservation standard NOPR on December 6,
2022. 87 FR 74850 (``December 2022 NOPR''). DOE held a public meeting
related to the December 2022 NOPR on January 19, 2023 (``NOPR public
meeting'').
DOE received comments in response to the December 2022 NOPR from
the interested parties listed in Table II.2.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.008
A parenthetical reference at the end of a comment quotation or
paraphrase provides the location of the item in the public record.\17\
To the extent that interested parties have provided written comments
that are substantively consistent with any oral comments provided
during the NOPR public meeting, DOE cites the written comments
throughout this final rule. Any oral comments provided during the NOPR
public meeting that are not substantively addressed by written comments
are summarized and cited separately throughout this final rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\17\ The parenthetical reference provides a reference for
information located in the docket of DOE's rulemaking to develop
energy conservation standards for circulator pumps. (Docket No.
EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, which is maintained at www.regulations.gov).
The references are arranged as follows: (commenter name, comment
docket ID number, page of that document).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
III. General Discussion
DOE developed this final rule after considering oral and written
comments, data, and information from interested parties that represent
a variety of interests. The following discussion addresses issues
raised by these commenters.
A. November 2016 CPWG Recommendations
As discussed in section II.B of this document, the CPWG approved
two term sheets which represented the group's consensus
recommendations. The second term sheet, referred to in this final rule
as the ``November 2016 CPWG Recommendations'' contained the CPWG's
recommendations related to energy conservation standards, applicable
test procedure, labeling, and certification requirements for circulator
pumps. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 98) The standards
established in this final rule closely mirror the November 2016 CPWG
Recommendations, which are summarized in this section.
In response to the December 2022 NOPR, the CA IOUs provided
comments that supported DOE's alignment of the proposed regulations and
the CPWG's consensus November term sheet. (CA IOUs, No. 133 at pp. 1-2)
HI stated they support the recommendations agreed upon by the CPWG.
(HI, No. 135 at p.
[[Page 44475]]
1) HI acknowledged DOE has incorporated the appropriate sections for
the testing and rating of circulator pumps. Id.
1. Energy Conservation Standard Level
The November 2016 CPWG Recommendations recommended that each
circulator pump be required to meet an applicable minimum efficiency
standard. Specifically, the recommendation was that each pump must have
a CEI \18\ of less than or equal to 1.00. Among the numbered efficiency
levels (``ELs'') considered by the CPWG as potential standard levels,
the agreed level was EL 2, i.e., a CEI less than or equal to 1.00
(``Recommendation #1'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\18\ The November 2016 CPWG Recommendations predated
establishment of the current metric, called ``CEI,'' and instead
used the analogous term ``PEICIRC''. In the December 2021
TP NOPR, DOE proposed to adopt the ``CEI'' nomenclature instead
based, in part, on comments received, to remain consistent with
terminology used in HI 41.5 and to avoid potential confusion. After
receiving favorable comments on its proposal, DOE adopted the CEI
nomenclature in the September 2022 TP Final Rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In response to the December 2022 NOPR, NEEA/NWPCC supported the
proposed rulemaking, specifically the proposed adoption of TSL 2.
(NEEA/NWPCC, No. 134 at pp. 3-4) In the December 2022 NOPR DOE defined
EL 2 and TSL 2 at the same standard level, which is consistent with
this final rule, as discussed in section V.B.2 of this document. 87 FR
74850, 74895. NYSERDA supported the proposed adoption of TSL 2 as well,
due to the number of multifamily buildings in New York City being
higher than the national average. (NYSERDA, No. 130 at p. 4) NYSERDA
commented that circulator pumps likely operate more in any given year
in places such as New York City and they may see more energy savings
than the NOPR proposed. Id. The CA IOUs also supported DOE's
development of energy conservation standards based on the consensus
recommendations and supported adoption of the proposed TSL 2
recommendation. (CA IOUs, No. 133 at p. 1)
DOE did not receive any comments that did not support the CPWG-
recommended standard level for circulator pumps in response to the
December 2022 NOPR. Accordingly, and as described in section V.C.1 of
this document, DOE, in this final rule, is adopting energy conservation
standards for circulator pumps at TSL 2.
CEI was defined in the September 2022 TP Final Rule consistent with
the November 2016 CPWG Recommendations as shown in equation (2), and
consistent with section 41.5.3.2 of HI 41.5-2022. 87 FR 57264.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.009
Where:
CER = circulator energy rating (hp); and
CERSTD = circulator energy rating for a minimally
compliant circulator pump serving the same hydraulic load as the
tested pump.
The value of CER varies according to the circulator pump control
variety of the tested pump, but in all cases is a function of measured
pump input power when operated under certain conditions, as described
in the September 2022 TP Final Rule.
Relatedly, CERSTD represents CER for a hypothetical
circulator pump, as a function of hydraulic power, that is minimally
compliant with DOE's energy conservation standards, as determined in
accordance with the specifications at paragraph (i) of Sec. 431.465.
87 FR 57264. Conceptually, it is a curve that provides a value of pump
input power for any hydraulic output power. Energy conservation
standards could equivalently have been formulated to direct that a
circulator pump must carry a CER less than the value of
CERSTD at its particular hydraulic output power. Defining
CEI as a ratio of CER and CERSTD serves to normalize the
energy conservation standard, allowing it to assume a fixed numerical
value regardless of hydraulic output power, which has the advantage of
simplicity and better comparability among different pump models.
The November 2016 CPWG Recommendations contained a proposed method
for calculating CERSTD.\19\ The equation represents a
summation of weighted input powers at each part load test point. The
part load test points are set at 25%, 50%, 75%, and 100% of the flow at
best efficiency point (``BEP''). Each test point is weighted based on
the controls used for testing. This equation is shown in equation (3):
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\19\ The November 2016 CPWG Recommendations predated
establishment of the current term ``CERSTD'' and instead
used the analogous term ``PERCIRC,STD''. In the December
2021 TP NOPR, DOE proposed to adopt the ``CERSTD''
nomenclature instead of ``PERCIRC,STD'' because DOE
believed that CERSTD was more reflective of Federal
energy conservation standards. After receiving no opposition on its
proposal, DOE adopted the CERSTD nomenclature in the
September 2022 TP Final Rule.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.010
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Where:
[omega]i = weight at each test point i, specified in
Recommendation #2B;
Pi\in,STD\ = reference power input to the circulator pump
driver at test point i, calculated using the equations and method
specified in Recommendation #2C; and
i = test point(s), defined as 25%, 50%, 75%, and 100% of the flow at
BEP.
Recommendation #2B of the November 2016 CPWG Recommendations
specified a weighting factor of 25% for each respective test point i.
(``Recommendation #2B'').
The November 2016 CPWG Recommendations also included
(``Recommendation #2C'') a
[[Page 44476]]
recommended reference input power, Pi\in,STD\, as described
in equation (4).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.011
Where:
Pu,i = tested hydraulic power output of the pump being
rated at test point i, in hp;
[eta]WTW,100 = reference BEP circulator pump
efficiency at the recommended standard level (%), calculated using
the equations and values specified in Recommendation #2D;
[alpha]i = part-load efficiency factor at each test point
i, specified in Recommendation #2E; and
i = test point(s), defined as 25%, 50%, 75%, and 100% of the flow at
BEP.
The November 2016 CPWG Recommendations also included a reference
efficiency at BEP at the CPWG-recommended standard level,
[eta]WTW,100 (``Recommendation #2D''), which varies
by circulator pump hydraulic output power.
Specifically, for circulator pumps with BEP hydraulic output power
Pu,100 <1 hp, the reference efficiency at BEP
([eta]WTW,100) should be determined using equation
(5):
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.012
Where:
[eta]WTW,100 = reference BEP pump efficiency at
the recommended standard level (%); and
Pu,100 = tested hydraulic power output of the
pump being rated at BEP (hp).
For the CPWG-recommended standard level, the constants A, B, and C
used in equation 5 would have the values listed in Table III.1.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.013
For circulator pumps with BEP hydraulic output power
Pu,100 >=1 hp, the reference efficiency at BEP
([eta]WTW,100) would have a constant value of 67.79.
Additionally, the November 2016 CPWG Recommendations included a
part-load efficiency factor ([alpha]i, as appears in
equation (4)), which varies according to test point (``Recommendation
#2E). Specifically, [alpha]i would have the values listed in
Table III.2.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\20\ The November 2016 CPWG Recommendations did not explicitly
include a value for the part-load efficiency factor,
[alpha]i, in Recommendation #2E. Nonetheless,
Recommendation #2C makes clear that a value for [alpha]i
is required to calculate reference input power, which calls for a
value at test point i=100%. DOE infers the omission of
[alpha]100 from Recommendation #2E to reflect
that i=100% corresponds to full-load, and thus implies no part-load-
driven reduction in efficiency and, by extension, a load coefficient
of unity. DOE is making this assumption that
[alpha]100 = 1 explicit by including it in this
table, which is otherwise identical to that of Recommendation #2E.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.014
This CPWG-recommended equation structure is used to characterize
the standard level established in this final rule, with certain
inconsequential changes to variable names.
2. Labeling Requirements
Under EPCA, DOE has certain authority to establish labeling
requirements for covered equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6315) The November 2016
CPWG Recommendations contained one recommendation regarding labeling
requirements, which was to include both model number and CEI \21\ on
the circulator nameplate. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 98,
Recommendation #3 at p. 4)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\21\ The CPWG recommended that ``PEI'' be included in a
potential labeling requirement which, as described previously, is
analogous to CEI.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 44477]]
In response to the December 2022 NOPR, HI recommended that DOE
establish label requirements for circulator pumps in this rulemaking
that only include the basic model number and CEI, as agreed to by the
CPWG. (HI, No. 135 at p. 6) DOE did not receive any other comments
regarding the establishment of labeling requirements for circulator
pumps.
DOE is considering establishing labeling requirements for
circulator pumps in a separate rulemaking and is carefully evaluating
the potential benefits of establishing labeling requirements as
explained by HI. Accordingly, in this final rule, DOE is not
establishing specific labeling requirements for circulator pumps, but
DOE may consider such requirements for circulator pumps, including
those recommended by the CPWG, in a separate rulemaking.
3. Certification Reports
Under EPCA, DOE has the authority to require information and
reports from manufacturers with respect to the energy efficiency or
energy use. (42 U.S.C. 6316; 42 U.S.C. 6296).
The November 2016 CPWG Recommendations contained one recommendation
regarding certification reporting requirements. Specifically, the CPWG
recommended that the following information should be included in both
certification reports and the public Compliance Certification
Management System (``CCMS'') database:
Manufacturer name
Model number
CEI \22\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\22\ CEI had not been established at the time of the November
2016 CPWG Recommendations, which instead referred to this value as
``PEICIRC''.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flow (in gallons per minute) and head (in feet) at BEP
Tested control setting
Input power at measured data points
(Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 98, Recommendation #4 at p. 4)
The aforementioned CPWG recommendation also included that certain
additional information be permitted but not mandatorily included in
both certification reports and the public CCMS database. (Docket No.
EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 98 Recommendation #4 at p. 4) These
additional options are: true root mean square (``RMS'') current, true
RMS voltage, real power, and resultant power factor at measured data
points. Id.
In response to the December 2022 NOPR proposal to require a pump
operating in the least consumptive control mode when meeting compliance
with energy conservation standards for circulator pumps, the CA IOUs
noted that the most consumptive performance of circulator products
indicates the product's combined motor and hydraulic efficiency without
controls, providing helpful information to consumers and the regulatory
process. (CA IOUs, No. 133 at p. 2) They encouraged DOE to support
voluntary reporting of this performance data to inform future
rulemakings. Id.
DOE is not establishing certification or reporting, voluntary or
mandatory, requirements for circulator pumps in this final rule.
Instead, DOE may consider proposals to address amendments to the
certification requirements and reporting for circulator pumps under a
separate rulemaking regarding appliance and equipment certification.
Further information on this voluntary reporting of performance in
various control modes is discussed in section III.D.1 of this document.
B. General Comments
DOE received a single general comment from an interested party
regarding rulemaking timing and process. Specifically, ASAP et al.
commented in response to the December 2022 NOPR that they supported
DOE's proposed rulemaking for circulator pumps. (ASAP et al., No. 131
at p. 1)
C. Equipment Classes and Scope of Coverage
When evaluating and establishing energy conservation standards, DOE
divides covered equipment into equipment classes by the type of energy
used or by capacity or other performance-related features that justify
differing standards. In determining whether a performance-related
feature justifies a different standard, DOE must consider such factors
as the utility of the feature to the consumer and other factors DOE
determines are appropriate. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(q))
This final rule covers equipment that meets the definition of
``circulator pumps,'' as codified at 10 CFR 431.462, which is
consistent with the September 2016 CPWG Recommendations. DOE identified
no basis to change the scope of energy conservation standards for
circulator pumps relative to the scope of test procedures adopted in
the September 2022 Final Rule. Accordingly, in this final rule, DOE is
aligning the scope of energy conservation standards for circulator
pumps with that of the circulator pumps test procedure. 87 FR 57264.
Specifically, this final rule is applying energy conservation standards
to all circulator pumps that are also clean water pumps, including on-
demand circulator pumps and circulators-less-volute, and excluding
submersible pumps and header pumps. Comments related to scope are
discussed and considered in the test procedure final rule.
Both of these proposals--scope and equipment classes--match the
recommendations of the CPWG, which are summarized in this section. They
are discussed further in section IV.A.1 of this document.
1. CPWG Recommendations
a. Scope
The September 2016 CPWG Recommendations addressed the scope of a
circulator pumps rulemaking. Specifically, the CPWG recommended that
the scope of a circulator pumps test procedure and energy conservation
standards cover clean water pumps (as defined at 10 CFR 431.462)
distributed in commerce with or without a volute and that are one of
the following categories: wet rotor circulator pumps, dry-rotor close-
coupled circulator pumps, and dry-rotor mechanically coupled circulator
pumps. The CPWG also recommended that the scope exclude submersible
pumps and header pumps. 86 FR 24516, 24520. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-
STD-0004, No. 58, Recommendations #1A, 2A, and 2B at pp. 1-2) As
previously stated, the scope of this rule aligns with the scope
recommended by the CPWG, consistent with the September 2022 TP Final
Rule.
b. Definitions
The CPWG also recommended several definitions relevant to scope.
DOE notes that, generally, definitions recommended by the CPWG rely on
terms previously defined in the January 2016 TP final rule, including
``close-coupled pump,'' ``mechanically-coupled pump,'' ``dry rotor
pump,'' ``single axis flow pump,'' and ``rotodynamic pump.'' 81 FR
4086, 4146-4147; 10 CFR 431.462.
In the September 2022 TP Final Rule, DOE did not propose a new
definition for submersible circulator pumps, instead signaling
applicability of an established term, ``submersible pump,'' which was
defined in the 2017 test procedure final rule for dedicated-purpose
pool pumps. 82 FR 36858, 36922 (Aug. 7, 2017):
``Submersible pump'' means a pump that is designed to be operated
with the motor and bare pump fully submerged in the pumped liquid. 10
CFR 431.462.
In the September 2022 TP Final Rule, DOE established a number of
definitions related to circulator pumps. 87 FR
[[Page 44478]]
57264. Specifically, DOE defined ``circulator pump,'' ``wet rotor
circulator pump,'' ``dry rotor, two-piece circulator pump,'' ``dry
rotor, three-piece circulator pump,'' ``horizontal motor,'' ``header
pump,'' and ``circulator-less-volute.'' Id.
``Circulator pump'' was defined to include both wet- and dry-rotor
designs and to include circulators-less-volute, which are distributed
in commerce without a volute and for which a paired volute is also
distributed in commerce. Header pumps, by contrast, are those without
volutes and for which no paired volute is available in commerce. Id.
DOE is maintaining these definitions from the September 2022 TP
Final Rule in the standards for circulator pumps.
c. Equipment Classes
The CPWG recommended that all circulator pumps be analyzed in a
single equipment class. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 98,
Recommendation #1 at p. 1) DOE's proposal aligns with the
recommendation of the CPWG. Equipment classes are discussed further in
section IV.A.1.b of this document.
d. Small Vertical In-Line Pumps
The CPWG recommended that DOE analyze and establish energy
conservation standards for small vertical in-line pumps (``SVILs'')
with a compliance date equivalent to the previous energy conservation
standards final rule (81 FR 4367, Jan. 26, 2016) for general (not
circulator) pumps. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 58,
Recommendation #1B at pp. 1-2) The CPWG recommended the standards for
SVILs be similar in required performance to those of general pumps.
(Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 58, Recommendation #1B at p. 2)
In addition to energy conservation standards for SVILs, the CPWG
recommended SVILs be evaluated using the same test metric as general
pumps. Id.
Consistent with the CPWG recommendation, DOE extended the
commercial and industrial pump test procedures to SVILs in a separate
final rule published March 24, 2023. 88 FR 17934 (``March 2023 Final
Rule''). That test procedure allows evaluation of energy conservation
standards for SVILs as part of a commercial and industrial pumps
rulemaking process.
In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE tentatively determined to maintain
its approach to address energy conservation standards for circulator
pumps only in this rulemaking, separately from SVILs. 87 FR 74850,
74862. DOE did not receive adequate data or information to suggest that
DOE should address standards for SVILs along with the circulator pumps
within the scope of the December 2022 NOPR. Id. Accordingly, DOE did
not propose to include SVILs within the scope of the energy
conservation standards considered in the December 2022 NOPR. Id.
Relatedly, the September 2022 TP Final Rule did not adopt test
procedures for SVILs. 87 FR 57264.
In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE requested comment on its approach to
exclude SVILs from the scope of the NOPR, and whether DOE should
consider standards for any SVILs as part of this rulemaking. 87 FR
74850, 74862.
HI and NEEA/NWPCC agreed with DOE's decision to exclude SVIL pumps
from the circulators scope. (NEEA/NWPCC, No. 134 at pp. 4-5; HI, No.
135 at p. 4) HI also commented that according to ASRAC negotiations,
SVILs should instead be addressed under the commercial and industrial
pumps rulemaking. (HI, No. 135 at p. 4)
Due to stakeholders providing comment supporting SVILs to be
evaluated in the commercial and pumps rulemaking in both this
rulemaking and the commercial and industrial pumps rulemaking, DOE has
determined to maintain its approach to address energy conservation
standards for circulator pumps only in this rulemaking, separately from
SVILs. Accordingly, DOE is not including SVILs within the scope of the
energy conservation standards considered in this final rule.
D. Test Procedure
EPCA sets forth generally applicable criteria and procedures for
DOE's adoption and amendment of test procedures. (42 U.S.C. 6314(a))
Manufacturers of covered equipment must use these test procedures to
certify to DOE that their equipment complies with energy conservation
standards and to quantify the efficiency of their equipment. DOE's
current energy conservation standards for circulator pumps are
expressed in terms of CEI. CEI represents the weighted average electric
input power to the driver over a specified load profile, normalized
with respect to a circulator pump serving the same hydraulic load that
has a specified minimum performance level. \23\ (See 10 CFR
431.464(c).)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\23\ The performance of a comparable pump that has a specified
minimum performance level is referred to as the circulator energy
rating (``CERstd'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Control Mode
Circulator pumps may be equipped with speed controls that govern
their response to settings or signals. DOE's test procedure contains
definitions and test methods applicable to pressure controls,
temperature controls, manual speed controls, external input signal
controls, and no controls (i.e., full speed operation only).\24\
Section B.1 of appendix D to subpart Y of 10 CFR part 431 specifies
that circulator pumps without one of the identified control varieties
(i.e., pressure control, temperature control, manual speed control or
external input signal control) are tested at full speed.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\24\ In this document, circulator pumps with ``no controls'' are
also inclusive of other potential control varieties that are not one
of the specifically identified control varieties.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Some circulator pumps operate in only a single control mode,
whereas others are capable of operating in any of several control
modes. As discussed in the September 2022 TP Final Rule, circulator
pump energy consumption typically varies by control mode, for
circulator pumps equipped with more than one control mode. 87 FR 57264,
57273-57275. In the September 2022 TP Final Rule, DOE summarized and
responded to a variety of stakeholder comments which discussed
advantages and disadvantages of various potential requirements
regarding the control variety activated during testing. Id. Ultimately,
DOE determined not to restrict active control variety during testing.
Id. To not limit application of a particular control mode, the test
procedure for circulator pumps states ``if a given circulator pump
model is distributed in commerce with multiple control varieties
available, the manufacturer may select a control variety (or varieties)
among those available with which to test the circulator pump, including
the test method for circulator pumps at full speed or circulator pumps
without external input signal, manual, pressure, or temperature
controls).'' Section 2.2 of appendix D to subpart Y of 10 CFR part 431.
In the September 2022 TP Final Rule, DOE stated that although the
test procedure does not restrict active control variety during testing,
whether compliance with any standards would be based on a specific
control mode (or no controls) would be addressed in an energy
conservation standard rulemaking. 87 FR 57264, 57275. It further
explains that a future energy conservation standard rulemaking could
determine whether certain information related to the control mode used
for testing would be required as part of certification. Id.
In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE proposed to require compliance with
[[Page 44479]]
energy conservation standards for circulator pumps while operated in
the least consumptive control mode in which it is capable of operating.
87 FR 74850, 74862. Because many circulator pumps equipped with control
modes designed to reduce energy consumption relate to full-speed
operating also include the ability to operate at constant speed, to
require testing using a circulator pump's most consumptive control mode
may reduce the ability of rated CEI to characterize the degree of
energy savings possible across circulator pump models. 87 FR 74850,
74862-74863. Circulator pump basic models equipped with a variety of
control modes would receive the same rating as an otherwise identical
basic model which could operate only at full speed, even though in
practice the former may consume considerably less energy in many
applications. 87 FR 74850, 74863.
In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE requested comment regarding
circulator pump control variety for the purposes of demonstrating
compliance with energy conservation standards. 87 FR 74850, 74863.
HI, ASAP et al., and the CA IOUs all supported using the least
consumptive operating mode as the CEI rating metric. (HI, No. 135 at p.
4; ASAP et al., No. 131 at p. 2; CA IOUs, No. 133 at p. 2) The CA IOUs
also noted that variable-speed control demonstrated potential savings
relative to maximum-speed-only circulator pumps. (CA IOUs, No. 133 at
p. 2) Therefore, the CA IOUs recommended DOE support voluntary
reporting of performance data of variable-speed control as well as
account for variable-speed control savings in future circulator pump
test methods and conservation standards. Id.
Further, ASAP et al. encouraged DOE to require additional reporting
of ratings with the most consumptive method. (ASAP et al., No. 131 at
p. 2) ASAP et al. commented that specifying CEI ratings based only on
the least consumptive model may not accurately reflect the energy usage
of fixed-speed-mode circulator pumps. Id.
DOE agrees that performance data obtained from a circulator pump
operated in one mode may not reflect performance when operated in a
different mode, including the fixed-speed mode cited by ASAP. While DOE
is not adopting certification requirements, mandatory or voluntary, in
this final rule, as stated in section III.A.3 of this document, it may
do so as part of a separate rulemaking.
NEEA/NWPCC recommended DOE require circulator pumps to be tested
and to demonstrate compliance with energy conservation standards in the
most consumptive control mode because: (1) they ``are concerned that
manufacturers will meet the standard through an optional speed control
setting rather than hydraulic redesign or addition of an efficient
motor, meaning that the circulator will often function in a control
setting that delivers performance below what is required by the
standard. In some cases, such as three speed circulator pumps, the
speed controls are intended to serve different sizes of systems, and
the least-consumptive mode will not be representative of larger
systems.'' (2) ``Least-consumptive testing will increase testing
burden, as manufacturers will have to test multiple settings to first
determine which setting is the least-consumptive. Conversely, DOE has
asserted (and we agree) that the most-consumptive control is the full
speed setting, meaning there is no additional testing required to
determine the most-consumptive setting.'' (3) ``Non-guaranteed
performance will discourage utility programs, as they will not be able
to determine the current practice baseline because many circulators
will operate below the actual standard.'' (4) ``The market will be
confused about the performance of circulators in the field, because
least-consumptive control does not equate to the most representative
control. While we agree with DOE's assertion in this NOPR that testing
in the least-consumptive control mode will better communicate the range
of controls available to the market and their relative energy
consumption, consumers may be confused as to why the expected energy
performance fails to materialize.'' (5) ``Manufacturers already support
testing in most-consumptive control setting as they test and submit
ratings to the Hydraulic Institute (HI) circulator Energy Rating (ER)
database.'' (6) '' Least-consumptive testing impedes future rulemakings
that could strengthen the standard. Least-consumptive testing will
allow for a range of performance, with some circulators operating in
modes that perform worse than the DOE standard. Tightening that
standard in the future may simply widen the gap of tested versus actual
performance. Conversely, most-consumptive testing would establish a
clear minimum performance standard that DOE can build upon in future
rulemakings.'' (NEEA/NWPCC, No. 134 at pp. 2-3) NEEA/NWPCC also
explained that the most-consumptive testing ensures that any tightening
of the standard will remove equipment with low performance, but least-
consumptive testing may not if their lowest consumptive method is in
standards and the rest are not. Id. NEEA/NWPCC stated that the revised
standard would only achieve the energy conservation goals if using most
consumptive testing, and NEEA/NWPCC recommend that DOE revisit this
issue in future circulator pump rulemakings. Id.
Regarding NEEA/NWPCC's first point that manufacturers may comply
with a standard based on the least consumptive operating mode by
incorporating controls, DOE recognizes the possibility but not that it
would necessarily be detrimental. Speed reduction is a legitimate means
of reducing circulator pump energy consumption, far outstripping the
savings potential of other technology options for certain applications.
Even in nominally fixed-speed applications, which call for no flow
variability, speed adjustment can be used to match the circulator pump
output to load imposed by the actual hydraulic circuit at hand. The
potential for manufacturers of noncompliant circulator pumps adding
manual speed controls as a way to reduce CEI to reach compliance is not
expected to be significant. Analysis of submitted manufacturer model
data indicates that adding manual speed controls reduces a circulator
pump's CER metric by an average of 6.5%. DOE's analysis of the market
shows that less than 2% of circulator pumps that would not be compliant
with the standard levels adopted in this final rule are single-speed
models that could attain compliance by introducing manual speed
controls. Further, because there would likely be significant conversion
cost associated with modifying circulator pump models, manufacturers
may be hesitant to develop them unless confident of strong demand that
would enable recovery of those costs. Further, the products themselves
would cost more to manufacture due to multispeed motors' costing more
to purchase or construct than single-speed motors, which would reduce
their appeal to first-cost-motivated consumers. Finally, while NEEA/
NWPCC identifies a potential case in which manual speed controls reduce
the energy savings achievable by an energy conservation standard, so
too can manual speed controls be used to save energy in applications
that do not require the circulator pumps' full output. In view of the
relatively small fraction of the market that could feasibly function as
NEEA/NWPCC describes, the additional equipment costs and conversion
costs associated with multi-speed products relative to single-speed,
and the potential for manual-speed control to
[[Page 44480]]
help as well as hinder the objective of energy savings, the potential
of manual speed control to undermine the anticipated energy savings of
this final rule appears minimal.
Regarding NEEA/NWPCC's second point that least consumptive testing
may increase testing burden, industry standard HI 41.5-2022, section
41.5.3.4 ``Determination of CER'' directs that circulator pumps already
be rated at both the most and least consumptive control methods.
Accordingly, DOE finds incremental testing burden to be minimized to
the extent that computing both methods is already widespread industry
practice.
Regarding NEEA/NWPCC's third point that non-guaranteed performance
may discourage utility programs, DOE does not have information to
evaluate the size of potential energy savings arising from utility
programs concerning circulator pumps relative to the magnitude of the
energy savings estimated to be associated with the energy conservation
standards adopted in this final rule. Further, a least-consumptive-
based compliance requirement does not necessarily obscure differences
in full-load performance, as more-efficient motors will tend to perform
better at both full and reduced speeds.
Regarding NEEA/NWPCC's fourth point that the market may be confused
about the performance of circulators in the field, DOE observes that
the ``field'' would include an array of applications, some of which
would realize greater or lesser savings than a single CEI value in
isolation could convey. One factor which may tend to make the former
less likely than the latter is cost--because variable-speed circulator
pumps tend to cost more, purchasers may be more likely to have
developed enough understanding of the product to justify paying a
premium.
It is possible that a circulator pump purchaser may wind up with
less savings than anticipated if purchasing a variable-speed circulator
pump for an application that truly requires single-speed operation.
However, even in an application with truly constant demand, variable-
speed circulator pumps may still offer energy savings relative to a
single-speed circulator pump. Such savings could arise from the fact
that, while circulator pump applications exist over a continuous
spectrum of hydraulic power requirements, circulator pump models are
offered only at certain, discrete hydraulic power levels. Thus, even
purchasers who accurately estimate their demand would likely end up
with some amount of unnecessary hydraulic power. A variable-speed
circulator pump may save energy by operating closer to the necessary
hydraulic power level, even if that level does not vary over time.
DOE cannot be certain of how electric utilities might design future
incentive programs for circulator pumps but does not see that they
would necessarily dismiss the potential of variable-speed circulator
pumps to save energy, even while purchase of a variable-speed
circulator pump does not guarantee that every individual installation
would realize savings relative to a hypothetical alternative of a
single-speed circulator pump with less full-speed power consumption.
One potential mitigating factor, in the case of a utility unwilling to
consider an incentive program that could not guarantee savings at every
circulator pump installation using the CEI metric alone, is that full-
speed pump performance data may be published for those pumps and
subsequently used as basis for incentive qualification provided that
such data was generated consistently with the test procedure for
circulator pumps. (See 10 CFR 431.464(c).)
Regarding NEEA/NWPCC's fifth point that manufacturers already
support testing in the most-consumptive setting, as evidenced by their
testing and submission of corresponding ratings to HI's circulator
Energy Rating database, those manufacturers also submit ratings
corresponding to the least consumptive setting. As stated, this is a
voluntary directive of industry standard HI 41.5-2022, Sec. 41.5.3.4
``Determination of CER''.
Regarding NEEA/NWPCC's sixth point that least consumptive testing
may impede future rulemakings that could otherwise have strengthened
standards, DOE observes that more-stringent standards in a hypothetical
future rulemaking would not be prohibited, or even materially impeded,
by this final rule's adoption of requirements to base compliance on the
least-consumptive operating mode. Improved motors and hydraulic
assemblies, which are the sources of improved performance in the fixed-
speed evaluation scenario supported by NEEA/NWPCC's arguments, would
still carry potential to improve under any choice of required operating
mode for compliance.
Several commenters argue that testing in the least consumptive
control mode may provide a less representative CEI value in certain
situations, but do not openly consider that the same must be true of a
requirement to test in the most consumptive control mode. Testing and
certifying performance using the most consumptive mode would also
generate results that are not accurate in all individual situations.
Because there are multiple control modes on some circulator pumps,
testing at one load profile could not represent every potential
circulator pump application. For the purpose of estimating energy
savings that would be realized by consumers at various potential
standard levels, DOE does not assume a pump would consume energy in
direct proportion to its CEI value, but instead relies on energy use
assumption as discussed in section IV.E of this document.
The energy conservation standards evaluated in this final rule are
based on wire-to-water efficiency, which is influenced by both
hydraulic efficiency and motor efficiency. Because circulator pump
efficiency is measured on a wire-to-water basis, it is difficult to
entirely disentangle performance differences due to motor efficiency
from those due to hydraulic efficiency. In redesigning a pump model to
meet the standard established in this final rule, manufacturers would
likely consider both hydraulic efficiency and motor efficiency. Speed
reduction is a legitimate means of reducing energy consumption and
likely offers greater potential energy savings than hydraulic
optimization would alone due to pump affinity laws, which are described
in section IV.A.2.c of this document. If compliance with energy
conservation standards were based on the most consumptive control mode,
circulator pumps with energy-saving controls would be unlikely to
receive benefit to their CEI score, as essentially all circulator pumps
would be evaluated at full speed.
In view of the foregoing discussion and the support of HI, ASAP et
al., and the CA IOUs, DOE is adopting the requirement that circulator
pumps comply with energy conservation standards while operated in their
least consumptive mode.
As stated in section III.A.3 of this document, certification
requirements, including those related to active control variety, are
not being proposed in this final rule, but may be addressed in a
potential future rulemaking.
E. Technological Feasibility
1. General
In each energy conservation standards rulemaking, DOE conducts a
screening analysis based on information gathered on all current
technology options and prototype designs that could improve the
efficiency of the equipment that is the subject of the rulemaking. As
the first step in such an analysis, DOE develops a list of technology
options for
[[Page 44481]]
consideration in consultation with manufacturers, design engineers, and
other interested parties. DOE then determines which of those means for
improving efficiency are technologically feasible. DOE considers
technologies incorporated in commercially available equipment or in
working prototypes to be technologically feasible. 10 CFR 431.4;
sections 6(b)(3)(i) and 7(b)(1) of appendix A to 10 CFR part 430
subpart C (``Process Rule'').
After DOE has determined that particular technology options are
technologically feasible, it further evaluates each technology option
in light of the following additional screening criteria: (1)
practicability to manufacture, install, and service; (2) adverse
impacts on equipment utility or availability; (3) adverse impacts on
health or safety and (4) unique-pathway proprietary technologies. 10
CFR 431.4; sections 7(b)(2)-(5). Section IV.B of this document
discusses the results of the screening analysis for circulator pumps,
particularly the designs DOE considered, those it screened out, and
those that are the basis for the standards considered in this
rulemaking. For further details on the screening analysis for this
rulemaking, see chapter 4 of the final rule technical support document
(``TSD'').
2. Maximum Technologically Feasible Levels
When DOE proposes to adopt a new standard for a type or class of
covered equipment, it must determine the maximum improvement in energy
efficiency or maximum reduction in energy use that is technologically
feasible for such equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(1))
Accordingly, in the engineering analysis, DOE determined the maximum
technologically feasible (``max-tech'') improvements in energy
efficiency for circulator pumps, using the design parameters for the
most efficient equipment available on the market or in working
prototypes. The max-tech levels that DOE determined for this rulemaking
are described in section IV.C.2 of this final rule and in chapter 5 of
the final rule TSD.
F. Energy Savings
1. Determination of Savings
For each TSL, DOE projected energy savings from application of the
TSL to circulator pumps purchased in the 30-year period that begins in
the year of compliance with the new standards (2028-2057).\25\ The
savings are measured over the entire lifetime of equipment purchased in
the 30-year analysis period. DOE quantified the energy savings
attributable to each TSL as the difference in energy consumption
between each standards case and the no-new-standards case. The no-new-
standards case represents a projection of energy consumption that
reflects how the market for equipment would likely evolve in the
absence of new energy conservation standards.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\25\ DOE also presents a sensitivity analysis that considers
impacts for equipment shipped in a 9-year period.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE used its national impact analysis (``NIA'') spreadsheet models
to estimate national energy savings (``NES'') from potential new
standards for circulator pumps. The NIA spreadsheet model (described in
section IV.H of this document) calculates energy savings in terms of
site energy, which is the energy directly consumed by equipment at the
locations where it is used. For electricity, DOE reports national
energy savings in terms of primary energy savings, which is the savings
in the energy that is used to generate and transmit the site
electricity. DOE also calculates NES in terms of full-fuel-cycle
(``FFC'') energy savings. The FFC metric includes the energy consumed
in extracting, processing, and transporting primary fuels (i.e., coal,
natural gas, petroleum fuels), and thus presents a more complete
picture of the impacts of energy conservation standards.\26\ DOE's
approach is based on the calculation of an FFC multiplier for each of
the energy types used by covered equipment. For more information on FFC
energy savings, see section IV.H.2 of this document.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\26\ The FFC metric is discussed in DOE's statement of policy
and notice of policy amendment. 76 FR 51282 (Aug. 18, 2011), as
amended at 77 FR 49701 (Aug. 17, 2012).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Significance of Savings
To adopt any new standards for covered equipment, DOE must
determine that such action would result in significant energy savings.
(42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B))
The significance of energy savings offered by a new energy
conservation standard cannot be determined without knowledge of the
specific circumstances surrounding a given rulemaking.\27\ For example,
some covered equipment has most of its energy consumption occur during
periods of peak energy demand. The impact of this equipment on the
energy infrastructure can be more pronounced than equipment with
relatively constant demand. Accordingly, DOE evaluates the significance
of energy savings on a case-by-case basis, considering the significance
of cumulative FFC national energy savings, the cumulative FFC emissions
reductions, and the need to confront the global climate crisis, among
other factors.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\27\ The numeric threshold for determining the significance of
energy savings established in a final rule published on February 14,
2020 (85 FR 8626, 8670) was subsequently eliminated in a final rule
published on December 13, 2021 (86 FR 70892).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As stated, the standard levels adopted in this final rule are
projected to result in national energy savings of 0.55 quad, the
equivalent of the primary annual energy use of 5.9 million homes. Based
on the amount of FFC savings, the corresponding reduction in emissions,
and the need to confront the global climate crisis, DOE has determined
the energy savings from the standard levels adopted in this final rule
are ``significant'' within the meaning of 42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(3)(B). Even without considering the need to confront the global
climate crisis, DOE has determined the energy savings from the standard
levels adopted in this rule are ``significant'' under EPCA.
G. Economic Justification
1. Specific Criteria
As noted previously, EPCA provides seven factors to be evaluated in
determining whether a potential energy conservation standard is
economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(I)-(VII)) The following sections discuss how DOE has
addressed each of those seven factors in this rulemaking.
a. Economic Impact on Manufacturers and Consumers
In determining the impacts of potential new standards on
manufacturers, DOE conducts an MIA, as discussed in section IV.J of
this document. DOE first uses an annual cash-flow approach to determine
the quantitative impacts. This step includes both a short-term
assessment--based on the cost and capital requirements during the
period between when a regulation is issued and when entities must
comply with the regulation--and a long-term assessment over a 30-year
period. The industry-wide impacts analyzed include (1) INPV, which
values the industry on the basis of expected future cash flows; (2)
cash flows by year; (3) changes in revenue and income; and (4) other
measures of impact, as appropriate. Second, DOE analyzes and reports
the impacts on different types of manufacturers, including impacts on
small manufacturers. Third, DOE considers the impact of standards on
[[Page 44482]]
domestic manufacturer employment and manufacturing capacity, as well as
the potential for standards to result in plant closures and loss of
capital investment. Finally, DOE considers cumulative impacts of
various DOE regulations and other regulatory requirements on
manufacturers.
For individual consumers, measures of economic impact include the
changes in LCC and payback period (``PBP'') associated with new
standards. These measures are discussed further in the following
section. For consumers in the aggregate, DOE also calculates the
national net present value of the consumer costs and benefits expected
to result from particular standards. DOE also evaluates the impacts of
potential standards on identifiable subgroups of consumers that may be
affected disproportionately by a standard.
b. Savings in Operating Costs Compared to Increase in Price (LCC and
PBP)
EPCA requires DOE to consider the savings in operating costs
throughout the estimated average life of the covered equipment in the
type (or class) compared to any increase in the price of, or in the
initial charges for, or maintenance expenses of, the covered equipment
that are likely to result from a standard. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42
U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(II)) DOE conducts this comparison in its LCC
and PBP analysis.
The LCC is the sum of the purchase price of equipment (including
its installation) and the operating cost (including energy,
maintenance, and repair expenditures) discounted over the lifetime of
the equipment. The LCC analysis requires a variety of inputs, such as
equipment prices, equipment energy consumption, energy prices,
maintenance and repair costs, equipment lifetime, and discount rates
appropriate for consumers. To account for uncertainty and variability
in specific inputs, such as equipment lifetime and discount rate, DOE
uses a distribution of values, with probabilities attached to each
value.
The PBP is the estimated amount of time (in years) it takes
consumers to recover the increased purchase cost (including
installation) of more-efficient equipment through lower operating
costs. DOE calculates the PBP by dividing the change in purchase cost
due to a more-stringent standard by the change in annual operating cost
for the year that standards are assumed to take effect.
For its LCC and PBP analysis, DOE assumes that consumers will
purchase the covered equipment in the first year of compliance with new
standards. The LCC savings for the considered efficiency levels are
calculated relative to the case that reflects projected market trends
in the absence of new standards. DOE's LCC and PBP analysis is
discussed in further detail in section IV.F of this document.
c. Energy Savings
Although significant conservation of energy is a separate statutory
requirement for adopting an energy conservation standard, EPCA requires
DOE, in determining the economic justification of a standard, to
consider the total projected energy savings that are expected to result
directly from the standard. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(III)) As discussed in section IV.H of this document,
DOE uses the NIA spreadsheet models to project national energy savings.
d. Lessening of Utility or Performance of Equipment
In establishing equipment classes, and in evaluating design options
and the impact of potential standard levels, DOE evaluates potential
standards that would not lessen the utility or performance of the
considered equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(IV)) Based on data
available to DOE, the standards adopted in this document would not
reduce the utility or performance of the equipment under consideration
in this rulemaking.
e. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition
EPCA directs DOE to consider the impact of any lessening of
competition, as determined in writing by the Attorney General, that is
likely to result from a standard. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(V)) It also directs the Attorney General to determine
the impact, if any, of any lessening of competition likely to result
from a standard and to transmit such determination to the Secretary
within 60 days of the publication of a proposed rule, together with an
analysis of the nature and extent of the impact. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42
U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(ii)) To assist the Department of Justice (``DOJ'')
in making such a determination, DOE transmitted copies of its proposed
rule and the NOPR TSD to the Attorney General for review, with a
request that the DOJ provide its determination on this issue. In its
assessment letter responding to DOE, DOJ concluded that the proposed
energy conservation standards for circulator pumps are unlikely to have
a significant adverse impact on competition. DOE is publishing the
Attorney General's assessment at the end of this final rule.
f. Need for National Energy Conservation
DOE also considers the need for national energy and water
conservation in determining whether a new standard is economically
justified. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VI)) The
energy savings from the adopted standards are likely to provide
improvements to the security and reliability of the Nation's energy
system. Reductions in the demand for electricity also may result in
reduced costs for maintaining the reliability of the Nation's
electricity system. DOE conducts a utility impact analysis to estimate
how standards may affect the Nation's needed power generation capacity,
as discussed in section IV.M of this document.
DOE has determined that environmental and public health benefits
associated with the more efficient use of energy are important to take
into account when considering the need for national energy
conservation. The adopted standards are likely to result in
environmental benefits in the form of reduced emissions of air
pollutants and greenhouse gases (``GHGs'') associated with energy
production and use. DOE conducts an emissions analysis to estimate how
potential standards may affect these emissions, as discussed in section
IV.K of this document; the estimated emissions impacts are reported in
section V.B.6 of this document. DOE also estimates the economic value
of emissions reductions resulting from the considered TSLs, as
discussed in section IV.L of this document.
g. Other Factors
In determining whether an energy conservation standard is
economically justified, DOE may consider any other factors that the
Secretary deems to be relevant. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VII)) To the extent DOE identifies any relevant
information regarding economic justification that does not fit into the
other categories described previously, DOE could consider such
information under ``other factors.''
2. Rebuttable Presumption
EPCA creates a rebuttable presumption that an energy conservation
standard is economically justified if the additional cost to the
equipment that meets the standard is less than three times the value of
the first year's energy savings resulting from the standard, as
calculated under the applicable DOE test procedure. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a);
42 U.S.C.
[[Page 44483]]
6295(o)(2)(B)(iii)) DOE's LCC and PBP analyses generate values used to
calculate the effect potential new energy conservation standards would
have on the payback period for consumers. These analyses include, but
are not limited to, the 3-year payback period contemplated under the
rebuttable-presumption test. In addition, DOE routinely conducts an
economic analysis that considers the full range of impacts to
consumers, manufacturers, the Nation, and the environment, as required
under (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)) The results of
this analysis serve as the basis for DOE's evaluation of the economic
justification for a potential standard level (thereby supporting or
rebutting the results of any preliminary determination of economic
justification). The rebuttable presumption payback calculation is
discussed in section IV.F of this final rule.
H. Compliance Date
EPCA does not prescribe a compliance lead time for energy
conservation standards for pumps, i.e., the number of years between the
date of publication of a final energy conservation standard
(``effective date'') and the date on which manufacturers must comply
with the new standard. The November 2016 CPWG Recommendations specified
a compliance date of four years following publication of the final
rule.
In response to the May 2021 RFI, DOE received two comments
regarding the compliance date. Grundfos recommended a 2-year compliance
date and NEEA recommended a 3-year compliance date. (Docket No. EERE-
2016-BT-STD-0004, Grundfos, No. 113, at p. 1; Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-
STD-0004, NEEA, No. 115, at p. 3) Neither Grundfos nor NEEA provided
additional comments regarding the compliance date in response to the
December 2022 NOPR.
In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE proposed a 2-year compliance date
for energy conservation standards due to the industry being more mature
than when the CPWG made its recommendation. 87 FR 74850, 74865. DOE
requested comment on its proposal. Id. DOE also noted that, due to
projected market trends, a change in the rulemaking's compliance date
may lead to a small but non-negligible change in consumer and
manufacturer benefits or impacts. Id.
In response to the December 2022 NOPR, HI and Xylem recommended DOE
adopt a 4-year compliance lead time for manufacturers to meet the
proposed standard. (HI, No. 135 at p. 1; Xylem, No. 136 at p. 1) HI and
Xylem stated that the proposed 2-year compliance lead time conflicts
with the 4-year time negotiated by the CPWG and that the existing
equipment on the market meeting EL 2 does not cover the breadth of
utility required by the market. Id. Xylem explained that implementing a
2-year compliance timeline for pumps would delay, rather than
accelerate, manufacturer compliance. (Xylem, No. 136 at p. 1) Xylem
recommended that DOE make recourse to the European Union's method of
implementing regulations to decrease circulator pump energy consumption
by providing manufacturers the necessary time to comply with the
regulations. (Xylem, No. 136 at p. 2)
HI and Xylem commented that, as stated in the December 2022 NOPR,
66 percent of circulator pumps on the market need to be redesigned to
meet the proposed standard, and manufacturers will benefit from a 4-
year compliance lead time to engineer, develop, and test equipment to
meet the standard. (HI, No. 135 at p. 2; Xylem, No. 136 at p. 2) HI and
Xylem commented that, due to supply chain issues, it is not uncommon
for an 18-month lead time for manufacturers to obtain materials to
leave just 6 months for all engineering, development, and third-party
agency testing; meaning this timeline is not feasible for
manufacturers. (HI, No. 135 at pp. 2-3; Xylem, No. 136 at p. 3). HI and
Xylem also stated that much of the development, sourcing, testing, and
equipment line implementation is linear, with each step dependent on
prior steps being completed. Id. HI and Xylem commented that much
equipment will require an EL 3 effort to be compliant and meet market
competitiveness requirements, which will extend the timeline of
equipment development and testing well beyond 2 years. Id. In addition,
HI added that manufacturers are required to obtain safety and drinking
water approvals via third party agency testing for all new/redesigned
equipment. (HI, No. 135 at p. 3)
HI and Xylem further commented that manufacturers, including Xylem
itself, anticipate struggling to meet capacity, for instance regarding
lead times for electronically commutated motors (``ECMs''), production
test equipment, and other assets that will delay the compliance lead
time. (HI, No. 135 at p. 3; Xylem, No. 136 at p. 3) HI noted that ECM
component suppliers have been unable to meet demand and will continue
to fall behind as the circulator market transitions to ECMs. (HI, No.
135 at p. 4) Xylem commented that manufacturers will see similar lead
time issues when developing new production lines as seen with materials
in the supply chain. (Xylem, No. 136 at pp. 3-4) Xylem stated it will
take 12-18 months to source and implement production lines, which will
delay the compliance lead time. Id. Xylem commented that manufacturers'
inability to meet the aggressive compliance timeline will result in a
gap of pumps available in the market and potentially lead to
overinflated pricing, substitution of older and less efficient
equipment, and costly conversions to alternative systems. Id.
In the NOPR public meeting, Taco commented that the proposed
implementation period is extremely short and requires a lot of changes.
(Taco, Inc., Public Meeting Transcript, No. 129 at pp. 65-66) Taco
stated it is nearly impossible to get anything electronic in a two-year
period to go through this testing. Id. Taco further commented that
everything would need to be redesigned with no way to get the parts in
house to make that happen. Id. Taco stated that, at the time of the
public meeting, it was receiving two-year quotes to get in new
electronic products. Id.
HI and Xylem commented that a 2-year lead time will pose an
additional financial burden on manufacturers due to conversion-cost
impacts with a quick turnaround. (HI, No. 135 at p. 4; Xylem, No. 136
at p. 4) Xylem commented that even large companies may not be able to
justify achieving the extremely short investment-to-launch period
proposed by DOE. (Xylem, No. 136 at p. 4) Xylem believes manufacturers
will redesign to be competitive, which likely means redesigning past
the minimal compliance CEI of 1.0, which will include additional costs
and time needed. Id. Xylem agreed that basic model counts would
decrease with a transition to ECMs due to the greater range of
applications served. Id. However, Xylem recommended DOE consider the
additional incremental cost to transition these models to EL 3 levels.
Id. Xylem commented that capital investment is likely to increase when
going from EL 2 to EL 4 and that DOE has underestimated the capital
investment and time commitment needed to reach EL 3 and EL 4. Id. HI
and Xylem recommended that DOE follow up with manufacturers to qualify
the lead times to acquire and commission manufacturing assets. (HI, No.
135 at p. 4; Xylem, No. 136 at pp. 3-4).
Further, HI and Xylem disagreed with DOE's assertion that
manufacturers
[[Page 44484]]
affected by this rulemaking are not affected by other rulemakings and
recommended that DOE consider the cumulative burden of rulemakings
currently in progress, such as those regarding commercial and
industrial pumps and electric motors. (HI, No. 135 at p. 4; Xylem, No.
136 at p. 5) HI also recommended DOE consider that the ECM technology
used in CP2- and CP3-style circulator pumps is under consideration in
the electric motor rulemakings. (HI, No. 135 at p. 6) HI commented that
the timing and outcome of the electric motor rulemakings would impact
circulator manufacturers' ability to redesign CP2 and CP3 equipment
within the 2-year compliance lead time. Id.
Wyer commented that the manufacturing industry has seen an increase
in the number of ECM circulator pumps in recent years and this increase
has proven problematic. (Tom Wyer, No. 128 at pp. 1-2) Wyer commented
that the pump manufacturers listed by the CPWG do not currently have
the ability to produce ECM pumps in sufficient quantities to satisfy a
growing market. Id. Wyer commented that several manufacturers are
substituting permanent split capacitor ``''PSC'') motor pumps for ECMs
to make up for the insufficient availability of ECM pumps, which is due
to: (1) international supply chain shortages; (2) plant capacity in the
facilities that manufacturer ECM circulators, all of which are located
in Europe; and (3) the rapid adoption of hydronic heat pumps in Europe
caused by the war in Ukraine, natural gas supply constraints, and
rising prices. Id. Wyer commented that U.S. manufacturing
infrastructure cannot support the level of production needed to satisfy
the hydronics market with ECM circulators. (Tom Wyer, No. 128 at p. 2)
Wyer stated that ECM pumps with the performance curves necessary for
the geothermal HVAC industry are only manufactured in Europe, while the
majority of PSC pumps currently used in the geothermal HVAC industry
are made in the United States. Id. Wyer commented that U.S.-based
manufacturers are more likely to shut down domestic facilities and
continue importing ECM circulators rather than invest to upgrade their
plants to produce ECM pumps. Id. Wyer recommended that DOE consider the
impact of the proposed rulemaking on domestic manufacturer employment
and the potential of plant closures. Id. Wyer commented that 3 years is
not enough time for pump manufacturers to upgrade their capacity to
supply the entire hydronics market in the U.S. and recommended that DOE
delay the implementation of the standard until the domestic supply of
ECM pumps is sufficient to meet current and future demand. Id. Wyer
recommended that if DOE continues with the proposed rulemaking, the
compliance time should be increased to a minimum of 6 years. Id.
In response, DOE notes that, as stated by manufacturers, the
redesign process for circulator pumps contains multiple, sequential
steps dependent on completion of the preceding step. Third-party water
testing, which is necessary after the redesign process but before the
circulator pumps go to market, adds further time constraints to pump
manufacturers. These reasons make a 2-year compliance date hard for
manufacturers to reach EL 2 levels, but some manufacturers will use the
redesigning process as an opportunity for further energy savings. HI
and Xylem also noted that they feel the cumulative regulatory burden
from other rulemakings, including commercial industrial pumps and small
electric motors, put further strain on manufacturers who expect a 2-
year compliance date for circulator pumps to add significant financial
burden. Cumulative regulatory burden from other rulemakings is
discussed in section V.B.2.e of this document.
As discussed previously, in the December 2022 NOPR DOE did not
follow the CPWG's recommendation of a 4-year compliance date, instead
proposing a 2-year compliance date due to the market maturing since the
2016 CPWG meetings. However, as discussed by stakeholders, the natural
growth of ECMs in the market has been slow, with only around 1 percent
of the market switching to ECMs annually, leaving the majority of the
market in need of redesign to reach EL 2. As such, DOE agrees that a
longer compliance period than proposed in the DOE 2022 NOPR is
warranted. However, although the natural market share growth of ECMs
has been slow, the market is closer to EL 2 on average now than when
the CPWG initially recommended a 4-year compliance date, which has led
DOE to conclude that no additional time past the 4-year recommendation,
such as a 6-year compliance date, is necessary. Accordingly, in this
final rule, DOE is adopting a 4-year compliance date for energy
conservation standards.
IV. Methodology and Discussion of Related Comments
This section addresses the analyses DOE has performed for this
rulemaking with regard to circulator pumps. Separate subsections
address each component of DOE's analyses.
DOE used several analytical tools to estimate the impact of the
standards considered in this document. The first tool is a spreadsheet
that calculates the LCC savings and PBP of potential new energy
conservation standards. The national impacts analysis uses a second
spreadsheet set that provides shipments projections and calculates
national energy savings and net present value of total consumer costs
and savings expected to result from potential energy conservation
standards. DOE uses the third spreadsheet tool, the Government
Regulatory Impact Model (``GRIM''), to assess manufacturer impacts of
potential standards. These three spreadsheet tools are available on the
DOE website for this rulemaking: www.regulations.gov/docket/EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004. Additionally, DOE used output from the latest version of
the Energy Information Administration's (``EIA's'') Annual Energy
Outlook (``AEO'') for the emissions and utility impact analyses.
A. Market and Technology Assessment
DOE develops information in the market and technology assessment
that provides an overall picture of the market for the equipment
concerned, including the purpose of the equipment, the industry
structure, manufacturers, market characteristics, and technologies used
in the equipment. This activity includes both quantitative and
qualitative assessments, based primarily on publicly available
information. The subjects addressed in the market and technology
assessment for this rulemaking include (1) a determination of the scope
of the rulemaking and equipment classes, (2) manufacturers and industry
structure, (3) existing efficiency programs, (4) shipments information,
(5) market and industry trends, and (6) technologies or design options
that could improve the energy efficiency of circulator pumps. The key
findings of DOE's market assessment are summarized in the following
sections. See chapter 3 of the final rule TSD for further discussion of
the market and technology assessment.
In response to the December 2022 NOPR, HI requested that DOE
provide its market assessment of basic model information as a
supplemental publication, including the estimated number of models left
for conversion and the percentage they make up of the market. (HI, No.
126 at p. 1) HI requested that DOE allow manufacturers time to review
the market assessment data and provide comments. Id.
DOE responded to this comment by publishing a supplementary
document
[[Page 44485]]
with the estimated number of models at or above EL 2 and the number of
models below EL 2 on January 31, 2023. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-
0004-0127) This information is reflected in Table IV.14 in section
IV.J.2.c of this document.
1. Scope of Coverage and Equipment Classes
a. Scope
As stated in the December 2022 NOPR, DOE proposed to align the
scope of these proposed energy conservation standards with that of the
circulator pumps test procedure. 87 FR 74850, 74865; 87 FR 57264. In
that document, DOE finalized the scope of the circulator pumps test
procedure such that it applies to circulator pumps that are clean water
pumps, including circulators-less-volute and on-demand circulator
pumps, and excluding header pumps and submersible pumps. 87 FR 74850,
74865-74866. That scope is consistent with the recommendations of the
CPWG. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 58)
In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE proposed to apply energy
conservation standards to all circulator pumps included in the CWPG
recommendations, which excluded submersible pumps and header pumps. 87
FR 74850, 74866. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 58) The
September 2022 TP Final Rule also excluded submersible pumps and header
pumps. 87 FR 57264, 57272. Any future evaluation of energy conservation
standards would require a corresponding test procedure.
In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE requested comment regarding the
proposed scope of energy conservation standards for circulator pumps.
87 FR 74850, 74866.
HI agreed with DOE's proposal to apply standards to all circulator
pumps included in the CWPG recommendations, which excluded submersible
pumps and header pumps. (HI, No. 135 at p. 4)
Equipment Diagrams
In general, DOE establishes written definitions to designate which
equipment falls within the scope of a test procedure or energy
conservation standard. In the specific case of circulator pumps,
certain scope-related definitions were adopted by the September 2022 TP
Final Rule and codified at 10 CFR 431.462.
DOE adopted the definitions that distinguish various circulator
pumps nearly unchanged from those recommended by the CPWG at meeting 2.
(Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004-0021, p. 22) 10 CFR 431.462. CPWG
membership included five manufacturers of circulator pumps; a trade
association representing the U.S. hydraulic industry; a trade
association representing plumbing, heating, and cooling contractors;
and other manufacturers of equipment that either use or are used by
circulator pumps as components.
In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE stated that given the strong
representation of entities with deep experience in circulator pump
design and for whom definitional ambiguity could be burdensome, it is
reasonable to expect the CPWG-proposed definitions were viewed as
sufficiently clear at the time of their recommendation. 87 FR 74850,
74866.
Additionally, in the December 2022 NOPR, DOE explained that the
development of diagrams to support the definitions could create
confusion if interpretations of such diagrams differ from those of the
corresponding written definitions. For this reason, and in the absence
of any evidence of ambiguity in the definitions, DOE did not propose to
establish equipment diagrams in the December 2022 NOPR, but requested
comments on the definitions and whether any clarification was needed.
87 FR 74850, 74866.
HI agreed that the proposed definitions are sufficiently clear and
consistent with the diagrams provided in ANSI/HI 14.1-14.2. (HI, No.
135 at p. 4)
Accordingly, DOE is not establishing equipment diagrams in this
final rule.
b. Equipment Classes
When evaluating and establishing energy conservation standards, DOE
may divide covered equipment into equipment classes by the type of
energy used, or by capacity or other performance-related features that
justify a different standard. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(q)) In
making a determination whether capacity or another performance-related
feature justifies a different standard, DOE must consider such factors
as the utility of the feature to the consumer and other factors DOE
deems appropriate. Id.
For circulator pumps, there are no current energy conservation
standards and, thus, no preexisting equipment classes. However, the
November 2016 Term Sheets contained a recommendation related to
establishing equipment classes for circulator pumps. Specifically,
``Recommendation #1'' of the November 2016 CPWG Recommendations
suggests grouping all circulator pumps into a single equipment class,
though with numerical energy conservation standard values that vary as
a function of hydraulic output power. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-
0004, No. 98, Recommendation #1 at p.1)
As stated in section III.C.1 of this document, circulator pumps may
be offered in wet- or dry-rotor configurations, and if dry-rotor, in
either close-coupled or mechanically coupled construction. Minor
differences may exist across configurations. For example, during
interviews with manufacturers, DOE learned that wet-rotor pumps tended
to be quieter, whereas dry-rotor pumps may be easier to service. In
general, however, each respective pump variety serves similar
applications. Similarly, data provided to DOE as part of the
confidential submission process indicates that each variety may reach
similar efficiency levels when operated with similar motor technology.
Accordingly, no apparent basis exists to warrant establishing separate
equipment classes by circulator pump configuration.
One additional salient design attribute of circulator pumps is
housing material. Generally, circulator pumps are built using a cast
iron, bronze, or stainless-steel housing. Bronze and stainless steel
(sometimes discussed collectively with the descriptor ``nonferrous'')
carry greater corrosion resistance and are thus suitable for use in
applications in which they will be exposed to corrosive elements.
Typically, corrosion resistance is most important in ``open loop''
applications in which new water is constantly being replaced.
By contrast, cast iron (sometimes described as ``ferrous'' to
distinguish from the ``nonferrous'' descriptor applied to bronze and
stainless steel) pump housing is less resistant to corrosion than
bronze or stainless steel, and as a result is generally limited to
``closed loop'' applications in which the same water remains in the
hydraulic circuit, in which it will eventually become deionized and
less able to corrode metallic elements of circulator pumps. Cast iron
is generally less expensive to manufacture than bronze or stainless
steel and, as a result, bronze or stainless-steel circulator pumps are
less commonly selected by consumers for applications that do not
strictly require them.
As discussed in the December 2022 NOPR, although a difference in
utility exists across circulator pump housing materials, no such
difference exists in ability to reach higher efficiencies. 87 FR 74850,
74866. All housing materials can reach all efficiency levels analyzed
in this final rule. Id. Accordingly, no
[[Page 44486]]
apparent basis exists to warrant establishing separate equipment
classes by circulator pump housing material. Id.
In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE requested comment regarding the
proposal to analyze all circulator pumps within a single equipment
class. 87 FR 74850, 74866.
In response, ASAP et al. and HI supported DOE's proposal of a
single equipment class and standard for all circulator pumps, as it is
consistent with the CPWG recommendations. (ASAP et al., No. 131 at pp.
1-2; HI, No. 135 at p. 4)
Based on the foregoing analysis and the support of stakeholders,
DOE is establishing circulator pumps in a single equipment class.
Strauch commented that while DOE regularly considers the cumulative
regulatory burden on manufacturers, DOE does not address an equivalent
burden on consumers, for whom regulatory processes result in diminished
equipment choices. (Mark Strauch, No. 123 at p. 2)
As discussed by Strauch, DOE evaluated cumulative regulatory burden
on manufacturers in this rulemaking. See section V.B.2.e of this
document. In response to Strauch's comment regarding diminishing
equipment choices, DOE notes that some circulator pump models with
induction motors also come equipped with automatic continuous variable
speed controls and therefore not all induction motors will be removed
from the market. Further, DOE analyzes burden on consumers in section
IV.I of this document.
On-Demand Circulator Pumps
On-demand circulator pumps respond to actions of the user rather
than other factors such as pressure, temperature, or time. In the
September 2022 TP Final Rule, DOE adopted the following definition for
on-demand circulator pumps, which is consistent with that recommended
by the CPWG (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 98, Recommendation 4
at p. 5):
On-demand circulator pump means a circulator pump that is
distributed in commerce with an integral control that:
Initiates water circulation based on receiving a signal
from the action of a user [of a fixture or appliance] or sensing the
presence of a user of a fixture and cannot initiate water circulation
based on other inputs, such as water temperature or a pre-set schedule.
Automatically terminates water circulation once hot water
has reached the pump or desired fixture.
Does not allow the pump to operate when the temperature in
the pipe exceeds 104 [deg]F or for more than 5 minutes continuously.
10 CFR 431.462.
The TP final rule (87 FR 57264) responded to a number of comments
received in response to the December 2021 TP NOPR, which were discussed
therein. Several commenters encouraged DOE to develop an adjustment to
the CEI metric that accounted for the potential of on-demand circulator
pumps to save energy in certain contexts. (EERE-2016-BT-TP-0033, No. 10
at p. 5; EERE-2016-BT-TP-0033, No. 11 at pp. 4-5). Other commenters did
not support an adjusted CEI metric for on-demand circulator pumps in
the test procedure final rule, but recommended evaluation of such in a
potential future rulemaking. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-TP-0033, No. 9 at
p. 3; EERE-2016-BT-TP-0033, No. 7 at p. 1).
DOE ultimately did not adopt any modification to the CEI metric for
on-demand circulator pumps in the final rule but stated that it would
consider the appropriate scope and equipment categories for standards
for on-demand circulator pumps in a separate energy conservation
rulemaking.
As stated in section III.C of this document, DOE is aligning the
scope of energy conservation standards for circulator pumps
consistently with that of the test procedure for circulator pumps,
which includes on-demand circulator pumps. 87 FR 57264.
As discussed in the December 2022 NOPR, in developing the equipment
class structure, DOE is directed to consider, among other factors,
performance-related features that justify a different standard and the
utility of such features to the consumer. 87 FR 74850, 74867. (42
U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(q)) In the specific case of on-demand
circulator pumps, the primary distinguishing feature (i.e., ability to
react to user action or presence) is not obviously performance related
in that it does not impede the ability of on-demand circulator pumps to
reach the same performance levels as any other circulator pumps. Id.
On that basis, DOE proposed not to establish a separate equipment
class for on-demand circulator pumps in the December 2022 NOPR. Id.
In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE requested comment on its proposal
not to establish a separate equipment class for on-demand circulator
pumps. 87 FR 74850, 74867.
In response to the December 2022 NOPR, HI and NEEA/NWPCC stated
their support of DOE's proposal to refrain from creating a separate
equipment class for on-demand circulators. (HI, No. 135 at p. 4; NEEA/
NWPCC, No. 134 at p. 4) NEEA/NWPCC also recommended that, due to the
associated energy savings, DOE adopt a CEI credit for on-demand
circulator pumps, recognizing that the necessary data collection may
delay implementing such a credit until the next circulator pumps
rulemaking. (NEEA/NWPCC, No. 134 at p. 4)
On-demand circulator pumps have access to the same technology
options as circulator pumps at-large. Thus, it is not clear that on-
demand function relates to efficiency, as measured by the test
procedure for circulator pumps. (See 10 CFR 431.464(c)) In certain
applications, on-demand circulator pumps may conceivably save energy if
used to replace an equivalent non-on-demand circulator pump through
reduced aggregate operating duration rather the improved energy
efficiency during operation. DOE expects the energy efficiency during
operation to be the same. DOE does not have data to determine the
extent to which on-demand circulator pumps are replacing more
traditional circulator pumps. However, such energy savings during the
life of the operation would be highly variable based on used and would
not materialize if the on-demand circulator pump were installed where
none had existed previously (i.e., a newly added on-demand circulator
pump). DOE already accounts for operating duration of on-demand
circulator pumps in the energy use analysis, which is described in
section IV.E of this final rule. In summary, on-demand circulator pumps
neither obviously provide additional utility to consumers relative to
non-on-demand circulator pumps nor face any impediment to achieving the
same performance levels as circulator pumps at-large. Accordingly, DOE
is not able to conclude that on-demand function would meet the
statutory requirements for establishment of a separate equipment class
(42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(q)).
Based on the foregoing analysis and consistent with commenters, DOE
is not establishing a separate equipment class for on-demand
circulators. If DOE receives data regarding a potential CEI credit for
on-demand circulator pumps, DOE may consider a CEI credit at that time.
2. Technology Options
In the preliminary market analysis and technology assessment, DOE
identified 3 technology options that would be expected to improve the
efficiency of circulator pumps, as measured by the DOE test procedure:
Improved hydraulic design;
More efficient motors; and
[[Page 44487]]
Increased number of motor speeds.
Chapter 3 of the final rule TSD details each of these technology
options. Section IV.C.2.c of this document provides examples of which
technology options may be used to reach various efficiency levels.
a. Hydraulic Design
The performance characteristics of a pump, such as flow, head, and
efficiency, are influenced by the pump's hydraulic design. For the
purposes of DOE's analysis, ``hydraulic design'' is a broad term used
to describe the system design of the wetted components of a pump.
Although hydraulic design focuses on the specific hydraulic
characteristics of the impeller and the volute/casing, it also includes
design choices related to bearings, seals, and other ancillary
components.
Impeller and volute/casing geometries, clearances, and associated
components can be redesigned to a higher efficiency (at the same flow
and head) using a combination of techniques including historical best
practices and modern computer-aided design (CAD) and analysis methods.
The wide availability of modern CAD packages and techniques now enables
pump designers to reach designs with improved vane shapes, flow paths,
and cutwater designs more quickly, all of which work to improve the
efficiency of the pump as a whole.
b. More Efficient Motors
Different constructions of motors have different achievable
efficiencies. Two general motor constructions are present in the
circulator pump market: induction motors and ECMs. Induction motors
include both single-phase and three-phase configurations. Single-phase
induction motors may be further differentiated and include split-phase,
capacitor-start induction-run (``CSIR''), capacitor-start capacitor-run
(``CSCR''), and PSC motors. In manufacturer interviews, DOE, using
confidentially submitted manufacturer data, found that induction motor
circulator pumps account for the majority of the circulator pump
market.
The efficiency of an induction motor can be increased by
redesigning the motor to reduce slip losses between the rotor and
stator components, as well as reducing mechanical losses at seals and
bearings. ECMs are generally more efficient than induction motors
because their construction minimizes slip losses between the rotor and
stator components. Unlike induction motors, however, ECMs require an
electronic drive to function. This electronic drive consumes
electricity, and variations in drive losses and mechanical designs lead
to a range of ECM efficiencies.
The energy conservation standard in this rule is based upon wire-
to-water efficiency, which is defined as the hydraulic output power of
a circulator pump divided by its line input power and is expressed as a
percentage. The achievable wire-to-water efficiency of circulator pumps
is influenced by both hydraulic efficiency and motor efficiency. As
part of the engineering analysis (section IV.C of this document), DOE
assessed the range of attainable wire-to-water efficiencies for
circulator pumps with induction motors and those with ECMs over a range
of hydraulic power outputs. Because circulator pump efficiency is
measured on a wire-to-water basis, it is difficult to fully separate
differences due to motor efficiency from those due to hydraulic
efficiency. In redesigning a pump model to meet the standard
established in this final rule, manufacturers could consider both
hydraulic efficiency and motor efficiency.
Higher motor capacities are generally required for higher hydraulic
power outputs, and as motor capacity increases, the attainable
efficiency of the motor at full load also increases. Higher horsepower
motors also operate close to their peak efficiency for a wider range of
loading conditions.\28\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\28\ U.S. DOE Building Technologies Office. Energy Savings
Potential and Opportunities for High-Efficiency Electric Motors in
Residential and Commercial Equipment. December 2013. Prepared for
the DOE by Navigant Consulting. pp. 4. Available at energy.gov/sites/prod/files/2014/02/f8/Motor%20Energy%20Savings%20Potential%20Report%202013-12-4.pdf DFR.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Circulator pump manufacturers either manufacture motors in-house or
purchase complete or partial motors from motor manufacturers and/or
distributors. Manufacturers may select an entirely different motor or
redesign an existing motor in order to improve a pump's motor
efficiency.
c. Speed Reduction
Circulator pumps with variable speed capability can reduce their
energy consumption by reducing pump speed to match load requirements.
As discussed in the September 2022 TP Final Rule, the CER metric is a
weighted average of input powers at each test point relative to BEP
flow. The circulator pump test procedure allows CER values for multi-
and variable-speed circulator pumps to be calculated as the weighted
average of input powers at full speed BEP flow, and reduced speed at
flow points less than BEP; CER for single-speed circulator pumps is
calculated based only on input power at full speed. 10 CFR
431.464(c)(2). Due to pump affinity laws, variable-speed circulator
pumps will achieve reduced power consumption at flow points less than
BEP by reducing their rotational speed to more closely match required
system head. As such, the CER metric grants benefits on circulator
pumps capable of variable speed operation.
Specifically, pump affinity laws describe the relationship of pump
operating speed, flow rate, head, and hydraulic power. According to the
affinity laws, flow varies proportionally with the pump's rotational
speed, as described in equation (6). The affinity laws also establish
that pump total head is proportional to speed squared, as described in
equation (7), and pump hydraulic power is proportional to speed cubed,
as described in equation (8)
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.015
[[Page 44488]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.016
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.017
Where:
Q1 and Q2 = volumetric flow rate at two
operating points;
H1 and H2 = pump total head at two operating
points;
N1 and N2 = pump rotational speed at two
operating points; and
P1 and P2 = pump hydraulic power at two
operating points.
This means that a pump operating at half speed will provide one
half of the pump's full-speed flow and one eighth of the pump's full-
speed power.\29\ However, pump affinity laws do not account for changes
in hydraulic and motor efficiency that may occur as a pump's rotational
speed is reduced. Typically, hydraulic efficiency and motor efficiency
will be reduced at lower operating speeds. Consequently, at reduced
speeds, power consumption is not reduced as drastically as hydraulic
output power. Even so, the efficiency losses at low-speed operation are
typically outweighed by the exponential reduction in hydraulic output
power at low-speed operation; this results in a lower input power at
low-speed operation at flow points lower than BEP.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\29\ A discussion of reduced-speed pump dynamics is available at
www.regulations.gov/document?D=EERE-2015-BT-STD-0008-0099.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Circulator pump speed controls may be discrete or continuous, as
well as manual or automatic. Circulator pumps with discrete speed
controls vary the circulator pump's rotational speed in a stepwise
manner. Discrete controls are found mostly on circulator pumps with
induction motors and have several speed settings that can be used to
allow contractors greater installation flexibility with a single
circulator pump model. For these circulator pumps, the speed is set
manually with a dial or buttons by the installer or user, and they
operate at a constant speed once the installation is complete.
Circulator pumps equipped with automatic speed controls can adjust
the circulator pump's rotational speed based on a signal from
differential pressure or temperature sensors, or an external input
signal from a boiler. The variable frequency drives required for ECMs
make them fairly amenable to the addition of variable speed control
logic; currently, the vast majority of circulator pumps with automatic
continuously variable speed controls also have ECMs. However, some
circulator pump models with induction motors also come equipped with
automatic continuous variable speed controls. While automatic controls
can reduce energy consumption by allowing circulator pump speed to
dynamically respond to changes in system conditions, these controls can
also reduce energy consumption by reducing speed to a single, constant
value that is optimized based on system head at the required flow
point. Automatic controls can be broadly categorized into two groups:
pressure-based controls, and temperature-based controls.
Pressure-based controls vary the circulator pump speed based on
changes in the system pressure. These pressure changes are typically
induced by a thermostatically controlled zone valve that monitors the
space temperature in different zones and calls for heat (i.e., opens
the valve) when the space/zone temperature is below the set-point,
similar to a thermostat. In this type of control, a pressure sensor
internal to the circulator pump determines the amount of pressure in
the system and adjusts the circulator pump speed to achieve the desired
system pressure.
Temperature-based controls monitor the supply and return
temperature to the circulator pump and modulate the circulator pump's
speed to maintain a fixed temperature drop across the system.
Circulator pumps with temperature-based controls are able to serve the
heat loads of a conditioned space at a lower speed, and therefore lower
input power, than the differential pressure control because it can
account for the differential temperature between the space and supplied
hot water, delivering a constant BTU/hr load to the space when less
heat is needed even in a given zone or zones.
In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE concluded that the technology
options identified were sufficient to conduct the engineering analysis,
which is discussed in section IV.C of this document.
B. Screening Analysis
DOE uses the following four screening criteria to determine which
technology options are suitable for further consideration in an energy
conservation standards rulemaking:
(1) Technological feasibility. Technologies that are not
incorporated in commercial equipment or in commercially viable,
existing prototypes will not be considered further.
(2) Practicability to manufacture, install, and service. If it
is determined that mass production of a technology in commercial
equipment and reliable installation and servicing of the technology
could not be achieved on the scale necessary to serve the relevant
market at the time of the projected compliance date of the standard,
then that technology will not be considered further.
(3) Impacts on equipment utility. If a technology is determined
to have a significant adverse impact on the utility of the equipment
to subgroups of consumers, or result in the unavailability of any
covered equipment type with performance characteristics (including
reliability), features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are
substantially the same as equipment generally available in the
United States at the time, it will not be considered further.
(4) Safety of technologies. If it is determined that a
technology would have significant adverse impacts on health or
safety, it will not be considered further.
(5) Unique-pathway proprietary technologies. If a technology has
proprietary protection and represents a unique pathway to achieving
a given efficiency level, it will not be considered further, due to
the potential for monopolistic concerns.
10 CFR 431.4; 10 CFR part 430, subpart C, appendix I6(c)(3) and 7(b).
In sum, if DOE determines that a technology, or a combination of
technologies, fails to meet one or more of the listed five criteria, it
will be excluded from further consideration in
[[Page 44489]]
the engineering analysis. The reasons for eliminating any technology
are discussed in the following sections.
The subsequent sections include comments from interested parties
pertinent to the screening criteria, DOE's evaluation of each
technology option against the screening analysis criteria, and whether
DOE determined that a technology option should be excluded (``screened
out'') based on the screening criteria.
1. Screened-Out Technologies
In the December 2022 NOPR DOE received comment from stakeholders
regarding the potential of screening out ECMs. HI responded to the May
2021 RFI by commenting that ECMs and controls could potentially become
a problem due to scarcity of necessary component materials, reliance on
foreign sources, and the degree of automation and specialized tooling
involved in the manufacture of ECMs. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004,
HI, No. 112, at p. 7) DOE interpreted HI's comment to be discussing a
hypothetical future scenario, and not to be stating that ECMs are
unavailable at this time. 87 FR 74850, 74870. Accordingly in the
December 2022 NOPR, DOE retained ECMs as a design option for the
analysis. Id.
In the December 2022 NOPR DOE requested comment regarding the
current and anticipated forward availability of ECMs and components
necessary for their manufacture. 87 FR 74850, 74870.
HI responded stating the suppliers of ECM components, such as
chips, electronic components, and rare earth metals, have not been able
to meet demand and that some manufacturers have been seeing lead times
of 18 months. (HI, No. 135 at p. 4)
Subsequent private interview of a well-known circulator pump
manufacturer concluded that, although certain components had realized
shortages following the COVID-19 pandemic, the market appeared to be
equilibrating and there was no reason to expect the shortage would
persist.
DOE has found ECMs available in a range of sizes needed to support
the circulator pumps market and commercially and readily available
today. Further, the U.S. government is investing in domestic
manufacturing of semiconductor microchips in programs such as the CHIPS
and Science Act. Semiconductors are an integral part of ECMs and are
often the limiting factor in the motor's production. CHIPS for America
is a program that offers $52 billion of financial incentives for
domestic manufacturing and development of semiconductors and was signed
into law on August 9, 2022. Therefore, domestic microchip production
may be expected to grow.
DOE did not receive any comments requesting that ECMs be screened
out in this analysis. Therefore, DOE is retaining ECMs as a design
option for the analysis.
2. Remaining Technologies
Through a review of each technology, DOE tentatively concludes that
all of the other identified technologies listed in section IV.A.2 of
this document met all five screening criteria to be examined further as
design options in DOE's final rule analysis. In summary, DOE did not
screen out the following technology options:
Improved hydraulic design;
Improved motor efficiency; or
Increased number of motor speeds.
DOE determined that these technology options are technologically
feasible because they are being used or have previously been used in
commercially available equipment or working prototypes. DOE also finds
that all of the remaining technology options meet the other screening
criteria (i.e., practicable to manufacture, install, and service and do
not result in adverse impacts on consumer utility, equipment
availability, health, or safety). For additional details, see chapter 4
of the final rule TSD.
C. Engineering Analysis
The purpose of the engineering analysis is to establish the
relationship between the efficiency and cost of circulator pumps. There
are two elements to consider in the engineering analysis; the selection
of efficiency levels to analyze (i.e., the ``efficiency analysis'') and
the determination of equipment cost at each efficiency level (i.e., the
``cost analysis''). In determining the performance of higher-efficiency
equipment, DOE considers technologies and design option combinations
not eliminated by the screening analysis. For each equipment class, DOE
estimates the baseline cost, as well as the incremental cost for the
equipment at efficiency levels above the baseline. The output of the
engineering analysis is a set of cost-efficiency ``curves'' that are
used in downstream analyses (i.e., the LCC and PBP analyses and the
NIA).
1. Representative Equipment
To assess MPC-efficiency relationships for all circulator pumps
available on the market, DOE selected a set of representative units to
analyze. These representative units exemplify capacities and hydraulic
characteristics typical of circulator pumps currently found on the
market. In general, to determine representative capacities and
hydraulic characteristics, DOE analyzed the distribution of all
available models and/or shipments and discussed its findings with the
CPWG. The analysis focused on single speed induction motors as they
represent the bulk of the baseline of the market.
To start the selection process, nominal horsepower targets based on
CPWG feedback of 1/40, 1/25, 1/12, 1/6, and 1 hp were selected for
representative units (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004-0061, p. 9). At
each horsepower target, pump curves were constructed from manufacturer
data. Near identical pump curves were consolidated into single curves
and curves that represent circulator pumps with low shipments were
filtered out to remove the impact of low-selling pumps. These high-
sales consolidated pump curves were then grouped with similar curves to
form clusters of similar circulator pumps. A representative curve was
then constructed from this cluster of pumps by using the mean flow and
head at each test point. Eight of these curves were constructed to form
the eight representative units used in further analyses.
a. Circulator Pump Varieties
Circulator pumps varieties are used to classify different pumps in
industry. Wet rotor circulator pumps are commonly referred to as CP1;
dry-rotor, two-piece circulator pumps are commonly referred to as CP2;
and dry-rotor, three-piece circulator pumps are commonly referred to as
CP3. The distinction of circulator varieties does not have a large
impact on performance with all circulator pump varieties being capable
of achieving any particular performance curve. Due to the performance
similarities, the groups of pump curves used to generate representative
units contain a mix of all three circulator varieties. Although DOE
analyzed CP1, CP2, and CP3 circulator varieties as a single equipment
class, representative units were selected such that all circulator
varieties were captured in the analysis.
The parameters of each of the representative units used in this
analysis are provided in Table IV.1.
[[Page 44490]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.018
2. Efficiency Analysis
DOE typically uses one of two approaches to develop energy
efficiency levels for the engineering analysis: (1) relying on observed
efficiency levels in the market (i.e., the efficiency-level approach),
or (2) determining the incremental efficiency improvements associated
with incorporating specific design options to a baseline model (i.e.,
the design-option approach). Using the efficiency-level approach, the
efficiency levels established for the analysis are determined based on
the market distribution of existing equipment (in other words, based on
the range of efficiencies and efficiency level ``clusters'' that
already exist on the market). Using the design option approach, the
efficiency levels established for the analysis are determined through
detailed engineering calculations and/or computer simulations of the
efficiency improvements from implementing specific design options that
have been identified in the technology assessment. DOE may also rely on
a combination of these two approaches. For example, the efficiency-
level approach (based on actual equipment on the market) may be
extended using the design option approach to interpolate to define
``gap fill'' levels (to bridge large gaps between other identified
efficiency levels) and/or to extrapolate to the ``max-tech'' level
(particularly in cases where the ``max-tech'' level exceeds the maximum
efficiency level currently available on the market).
In this rulemaking, DOE applied an efficiency-level approach due to
the availability of robust data characterizing both performance and
selling price at a variety of efficiency levels.
a. Baseline Efficiency
For each equipment class, DOE generally selects a baseline model as
a reference point for each class, and measures changes resulting from
potential energy conservation standards against the baseline. The
baseline model in each equipment class represents the characteristics
of equipment typical of that class (e.g., capacity, physical size).
Generally, a baseline model is one that just meets current energy
conservation standards, or, if no standards are in place, the baseline
is typically a common, low-efficiency unit on the market.
For all representative units, DOE modeled a baseline circulator
pump as one with a PSC motor.
b. Higher Efficiency Levels
As part of DOE's analysis, the maximum available efficiency level
is the highest efficiency unit currently available on the market. DOE
also defines a ``max-tech'' efficiency level to represent the maximum
possible efficiency for a given type of equipment.
For all representative units, DOE modeled a max-tech circulator
pump as one with an ECM and operated on a differential temperature-
based control scheme.
c. EL Analysis
DOE examined the influence of different parameters on wire-to-water
efficiency including hydraulic power. Hydraulic power has a significant
impact on wire-to-water efficiency as seen in the different
representative units. To find the correlation, the relationship of
power and wire-to-water efficiency were evaluated for both single speed
induction and single speed ECMs. Multiple relationships were tested
with a logarithmic relationship being the most accurate. This
logarithmic relationship can be used to set efficiency levels inclusive
of all representative units across the ranges of horsepower.
To calculate wire-to-water efficiency at part-load conditions,
wire-to-water efficiency at full-load conditions is multiplied by a
part-load coefficient, represented by alpha ([alpha]). As instructed by
the CPWG, a mean fit was developed for each part-load test point across
representative units to find a single value to use for alpha for each
test point. This methodology was conducted independently for single-
speed induction, single-speed ECM, and variable-speed ECM to find
unique alphas at each point for each motor type. The unique alpha
values are provided in Table IV.2.
[[Page 44491]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.019
DOE set EL 0 as the baseline configuration of circulator pumps
representing the minimum efficiency available on the market. DOE used
the logarithmic function developed when finding the relationship
between hydraulic power and wire-to-water efficiency to find the lower
second percentile of single speed induction circulator pumps to set as
EL 0. DOE finds single speed circulator pumps with induction motors
have the lowest wire-to-water efficiency and are being set as EL 0, as
agreed on at CPWG meeting 8. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004-0061, p.
15)
DOE set EL 1 to correspond approximately to single-speed induction
motors with improved wire-to-water efficiency. EL 1 is an intermediate
efficiency level between the baseline EL 0 and more efficient ECMs
defined in higher efficiency levels. EL 1 was defined as the halfway
between the most efficient single-speed induction motors and the
baseline used as EL 0.
EL 2 is set to correspond approximately to single-speed ECMs. The
values for these circulator pumps are found using the same base
logarithmic function that was used when finding the relationship
between hydraulic power and wire-to-water efficiency. EL 2 corresponds
to a CEI of 1.00, which is the level recommended by the CPWG in the
November 2016 CPWG Recommendations.
EL 3 is set to correspond approximately to variable-speed ECMs with
automatic proportional pressure control. The effect of a 50-percent
proportional pressure control is applied using equation (9) for each
part-load test point. The wire-to-water efficiency at each test point
is found using the alpha values for variable speed ECM values for
Alpha.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.020
Where:
Hi = total system head at each load point i (ft);
Qi = flow rate at each load point i (gpm);
Q100 = flow rate at 100 percent of BEP flow at
maximum speed (gpm); and
H100 = total pump head at 100 percent of BEP flow
at maximum speed (ft).
EL 4 is the max-tech efficiency level, which represents the
circulator pumps with the maximum possible efficiency. EL 4 is set as
variable speed ECMs with automatic differential temperature control.
The effects of the controls are calculated using equation (10). Similar
to EL 3, the wire-to-water efficiencies are found using the alpha
values for variable speed ECMs.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.021
For pumps that do not fit exactly into a representative unit, DOE
developed a continuous function for wire-to-water efficiency at BEP.
The technique extends the representative units for each EL to compute
wire-to-water efficiency at BEP for all circulator pumps by using a
logarithmic function based on hydraulic power represented in equation
(11) and fit to each pump's specific performance data. A logarithmic
curve form was selected based on apparent fit over a wide power range
to manufacturer-submitted pump performance data. Variable d can be
solved by using equation (12) and the variables for a and b are
presented in Table IV.3 which contains different values for each
efficiency level. See TSD Chapter 5 for additional detail on the
engineering analysis.
[[Page 44492]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.022
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.023
Where:
[eta]WTW = wire-to-water efficiency
Phydro = hydraulic power (hp);
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.024
Table IV.4 contains a summary of the motor type and control scheme
associated with each EL.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.025
3. Cost Analysis
The cost analysis portion of the engineering analysis is conducted
using one or a combination of cost approaches. The selection of cost
approach depends on a suite of factors, including the availability and
reliability of public information, characteristics of the regulated
equipment, the availability and timeliness of purchasing the equipment
on the market. The cost approaches are summarized as follows:
[ballot] Physical teardowns: Under this approach, DOE physically
dismantles commercially available equipment, component-by-component, to
develop a detailed bill of materials for the equipment.
[ballot] Catalog teardowns: In lieu of physically deconstructing
equipment, DOE identifies each component using parts diagrams
(available from manufacturer websites or appliance repair websites, for
example) to develop the bill of materials for the equipment.
[ballot] Price surveys: If neither a physical nor catalog teardown
is feasible (for example, for tightly integrated equipment such as
fluorescent lamps, which are infeasible to disassemble and for which
parts diagrams are unavailable) or cost-prohibitive and otherwise
impractical (e.g., large commercial boilers), DOE conducts price
surveys using publicly available pricing data published on major online
retailer websites and/or by soliciting prices from distributors and
other commercial channels.
In the present case, DOE conducted the analysis using a combination
of physical teardowns and price surveys. The resulting bill of
materials provides the basis for the manufacturer production cost
(``MPC'') estimates.
To account for manufacturers' non-production costs and profit
margin, DOE applies a multiplier (the manufacturer markup) to the MPC.
The resulting manufacturer selling price (``MSP'') is the price at
which the manufacturer distributes a unit into commerce. DOE developed
an average manufacturer markup by examining the annual Securities and
Exchange Commission (``SEC'') 10-K reports filed by publicly traded
manufacturers primarily engaged in machinery and equipment-industrial
pumps, except hydraulic fluid power pumps, not seasonally adjusted
manufacturing, and whose combined equipment range includes circulator
pumps.
[[Page 44493]]
4. Cost-Efficiency Results
The results of the engineering analysis are reported as cost-
efficiency data (or ``curves'') in the form of wire-to-water efficiency
versus MPC (in dollars). DOE developed 15 curves representing the 15
representative units in the analysis. The methodology for developing
the curves started with determining the energy consumption for baseline
equipment and MPCs for this equipment. Above the baseline, DOE
implemented design options using the ratio of cost to savings and
implemented only one design option at each level. Design options were
implemented until all available technologies were employed (i.e., at a
max-tech level).
Table IV.5, Table IV.6, Table IV.7, and Table IV.8 contain cost-
efficiency results of the engineering analysis. MPCs are presented for
circulator pumps with both ferrous and nonferrous housing material.
Housing material does not significantly affect the energy consumption
of circulator pumps but does alter production cost. Housing material is
discussed further in section IV.A.1.b of this document. See TSD Chapter
5 for additional detail on the engineering analysis.
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.026
[[Page 44494]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.027
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.028
[[Page 44495]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.029
BILLING CODE 6450-01-C
5. Manufacturer Markup and Manufacturer Selling Price
To account for manufacturers' non-production costs and profit
margin, DOE applies a non-production cost multiplier (the manufacturer
markup) to the full MPC. The resulting MSP is the price at which the
manufacturer can recover production and non-production costs. To
calculate the manufacturer markups, DOE used data from 10-K reports
\30\ submitted to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (``SEC'')
by the publicly owned circulator pump manufacturers. DOE then averaged
the financial figures spanning the years 2018 to 2022 to calculate the
initial estimate of markups for circulator pumps for this rulemaking.
During the 2022 manufacturer interviews, DOE discussed the manufacturer
markup with manufacturers and used the feedback to modify the
manufacturer markup calculated through review of SEC 10-K reports.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\30\ U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Annual 10-K
Reports (Various Years) available at sec.gov (Last accessed Sept.
19, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
To calculate the MSP for circulator pump equipment, DOE multiplied
the calculated MPC at each efficiency level by the manufacturer markup.
See chapter 12 of the final rule TSD for more details about the
manufacturer markup calculation and the MSP calculations.
D. Markups Analysis
The markups analysis develops appropriate markups (e.g., retailer
markups, wholesaler markups, contractor markups) in the distribution
chain and sales taxes to convert the MSP estimates derived in the
engineering analysis to consumer prices, which are then used in the LCC
and PBP analysis and in the manufacturer impact analysis. At each step
in the distribution channel, companies mark up the price of the
equipment to cover business costs and profit.
For circulator pumps, the main parties in the distribution channel
are (1) sales representatives (reps); (2) wholesalers; (3) contractors;
and (4) original equipment manufacturers (OEMs). For each actor in the
distribution channel, DOE developed baseline and incremental markups.
Baseline markups are applied to the price of equipment with baseline
efficiency, while incremental markups are applied to the difference in
price between baseline and higher-efficiency models (the incremental
cost increase). The incremental markup is typically less than the
baseline markup and is designed to maintain similar per-unit operating
profit before and after new standards.\31\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\31\ Because the projected price of standards-compliant
equipment is typically higher than the price of baseline equipment,
using the same markup for the incremental cost and the baseline cost
would result in higher per-unit operating profit. While such an
outcome is possible in the short run, DOE maintains that in markets
that are reasonably competitive it is unlikely that standards would
lead to a sustainable increase in profitability in the long run.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE identified distribution channels for circulator pumps and
estimated their respective shares of shipments by sector (residential
and commercial) based on feedback from manufacturers and the CPWG
(Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 49 at p. 51), as shown in Table
IV.9.
[[Page 44496]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.030
The sales representative in the distribution chain serves the role
of a wholesale distributor, as they do not take commission from the
sale, but buy the equipment and take title to it. The OEM channels
represent sales of circulator pumps, which are included in other
equipment, such as hot water boilers.
In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE requested comment on whether the
distribution channels described above and the percentage of equipment
sold through the different channels are appropriate and sufficient to
describe the distribution markets for circulator pumps. 87 FR 74850,
74875. Specifically, DOE requested comment and data on online sales of
circulator pumps and the appropriate channel to characterize them. Id.
HI commented that it generally agreed with the distribution
channels presented in Table IV.9 and noted that online sales would be
split between line 2 (Sales Rep [rarr] Distributor [rarr] Contractor
[rarr] End User) and line 4 (Sales Rep [rarr] Distributor [rarr] End
User) (HI, No. 135 at p. 5)
DOE acknowledges that the online sales of circulator pumps may have
increased in the past few years. However, there is currently no
sufficient data supporting a notable price difference between online
sales and conventional sales, namely channel 2 and channel 4. Hence,
DOE assumed that circulator pumps sold through online channels have the
same prices as those through conventional channels and that online
sales have been included in the shares of channel 2 and channel 4.
To estimate average baseline and incremental markups, DOE relied on
several sources, including: (1) U.S. Census Bureau 2017 Annual
Wholesale Trade Survey \32\ (for sales representatives and circulator
wholesalers), (2) U.S. Census Bureau 2017 Economic Census data \33\ on
the residential and commercial building construction industry (for
contractors), and (3) the Heating, Air Conditioning & Refrigeration
Distributors International (``HARDI'') 2013 Profit Report \34\ (for
equipment wholesalers). In addition to markups of distribution channel
costs, DOE applied state and local sales tax provided by the Sales Tax
Clearinghouse to derive the final consumer purchase prices for
circulator pumps.\35\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\32\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2017 Annual Wholesale Trade Survey
(Available at: www.census.gov/data/tables/2017/econ/awts/) (Last
accessed February 07, 2023).
\33\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2017 Economic Census Data. available at
www.census.gov/programs-surveys/economic-census.html (last accessed
February 07, 2023).
\34\ Heating, Air Conditioning & Refrigeration Distributors
International (``HARDI''), 2013 HARDI Profit Report, available at
hardinet.org/ (last accessed February 07, 2023). Note that the 2013
HARDI Profit Report is the latest version of the report.
\35\ Sales Tax Clearinghouse Inc., State Sales Tax Rates Along
with Combined Average City and County Rates, 2023 (Available at:
thestc.com/STrates.stm) (Last accessed September. 11, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chapter 6 of the final rule TSD provides details on DOE's
development of markups for circulator pumps.
E. Energy Use Analysis
The purpose of the energy use analysis is to determine the annual
energy consumption of circulator pumps at different efficiencies in
representative U.S. single-family homes, multi-family residences, and
commercial buildings, and to assess the energy savings potential of
increased circulator pump efficiency. The energy use analysis estimates
the range of energy use of circulator pumps in the field (i.e., as they
are actually used by consumers). The energy use analysis provides the
basis for other analyses DOE performed, particularly assessments of the
energy savings and the savings in consumer operating costs that could
result from adoption of new standards.
Following the same approach as in the December 2022 NOPR, to
calculate the annual energy use (``AEU'') for circulator pumps, DOE
multiplied the annual operating hours by the line input power (derived
in the engineering analysis) at each operating point. The following
sections describe how DOE estimated circulator pump energy use in the
field for different applications, geographical areas, and use cases.
1. Circulator Pump Applications
DOE identified two primary applications for circulator pumps:
hydronic heating, and hot water recirculation. Hydronic heating systems
are typically characterized by the use of water to move heating from
sources such as hot water boilers to different rooms through pipes and
radiating surfaces. Hot water recirculation systems serve the purpose
of moving hot water from sources such as water heaters, through pipes,
to water fixture outlets. For each of these applications, DOE developed
estimates of operating hours and load profiles to characterize
circulator pump energy use in the field.
Circulator pumps used in hydronic heating applications typically
have cast iron housings, while those used in hot water recirculation
applications have housings made of stainless steel or bronze. DOE
collected sales data for circulator pumps, including their housing
materials, through manufacturer interviews, and was able to estimate
the market share of each application by horsepower and efficiency
level. To estimate market shares by sector and horsepower rating, DOE
relied primarily on industry expert input.
In the May 2021 RFI, DOE requested feedback on whether the
breakdowns of circulator pumps by sector and application have changed
since the CPWG proceedings. HI commented that there have not been any
market changes to warrant a different estimate. (HI, No. 112 at p. 9)
During the 2022 manufacturer interviews, DOE collected recent data and
updated the estimated market shares by application. According to these
data, DOE estimated the market share of circulator pumps used in
hydronic heating and hot water recirculation applications at 66.6, and
33.4 percent, respectively.
[[Page 44497]]
2. Consumer Samples
To estimate the energy use of circulator pumps in field operating
conditions, DOE developed consumer samples that are representative of
installation and operating characteristics of how such equipment is
used in the field, as well as distributions of annual energy use by
application and market segment.
To develop a sample of circulator pump consumers, DOE used the
Energy Information Administration's (EIA) 2018 Commercial Buildings
Energy Consumption Survey (CBECS) \36\ and the 2015 residential energy
consumption survey (RECS) \37\. For the commercial sector, DOE selected
commercial buildings from CBECS and apartment buildings with five or
more units from RECS. For the residential sector, DOE selected single
family attached or detached buildings from RECS. As discussed in
chapter 7 of the final rule TSD, the majority of consumers (73.7%) of
circulator pumps are in the residential sector, and the rest (26.3%)
are in the commercial sector. The following paragraphs describe how DOE
developed the consumer samples by application.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\36\ U.S. Department of Energy-Energy Information
Administration. 2012 Commercial Buildings Energy Consumption Survey
(CBECS). 2018. (Last accessed September 29, 2023.) www.eia.gov/consumption/commercial/data/2012/.
\37\ U.S. Department of Energy: Energy Information
Administration. 2015 Residential Energy Consumption Survey (RECS).
2015. (Last accessed September 29, 2023.) www.eia.gov/consumption/residential/data/2015/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
For hydronic heating, because there is no data in RECS and CBECS
specifically on the use of circulator pumps, DOE used data on hot water
boilers to develop its consumer sample. DOE adjusted the selection
weight associated with the representative RECS and CBECS buildings
containing boilers to effectively exclude steam boilers, which are not
used with circulator pumps. To estimate the distribution of circulator
pumps by geographical region, DOE also used information on each
building's heated area by boilers to correlate it to circulator
horsepower rating.
For hot water recirculation, there is limited information in RECS
and CBECS. In the residential sector, DOE selected consumers based on
building square footage and assumed that buildings greater than 3,000
square feet have a hot water recirculation system, according to
feedback from the CPWG.\38\ (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 67
at pp. 171,172) DOE also assumed that only small (<\1/12\ hp)
circulator pumps are installed in residential buildings, according to
feedback from the CPWG. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 67 at
pp. 157-163) For the commercial sector, DOE first selected buildings in
CBECS with water heaters. Further, DOE assigned a circulator pump size
category based on the number of floors in each building. The commercial
segment of the RECS sample was defined as multi-family buildings with
more than four units. Similar to the hydronic heating application, to
determine a distribution by region by representative unit, DOE assigned
circulator pump sizes (i.e., horsepower ratings) to building types
based on the number of floors in each building.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\38\ As discussed during the CPWG, a hot water recirculation
pump is more likely to be available in a building where the distance
from a water heater to outlets (e.g., bathrooms) is such that the
benefits of a HWR system are more pronounced. (Docket No. EERE-2016-
BT-STD-0004, No. 46 at pp. 180-181,184)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
For details on the consumer sample methodology, see chapter 7 of
the final rule TSD.
3. Operating Hours
DOE developed annual operating hour estimates by sector
(commercial, residential) and application (hydronic heating, hot water
recirculation).
a. Hydronic Heating
For hydronic heating applications in the residential sector,
operating hours per year were estimated based on two sources: 2015
confidential residential field metering data from Vermont, and a 2012-
2013 residential metering study in Ithaca, NY.\39\ DOE used the data
from these metering data to establish a relationship between heating
degree days (HDDs) \40\ and circulator pump operating hours. DOE
correlated monthly operating hours with corresponding HDDs to annual
operating hours. DOE then used the geographic distribution of
consumers, derived from the consumer sample based on RECS and CBECS in
correlation to the presence of hot water boilers, as described in
section IV.E.2, to estimate weighted-average HDDs for each region. For
the residential sector, this scaling factor was 0.33 HPY/HDD. For the
commercial sector, the CPWG recommended a scaling factor of 0.45 HPY/
HDD. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 100 at pp. 122-123). The
weighted average operating hours per year for the hydronic heating
application were estimated at approximately 1,970 and 2,200 for the
residential and commercial sector, respectively.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\39\ Arena, L. and O. Faakye. Optimizing Hydronic System
Performance in Residential Applications. 2013. U.S. Department of
Energy Building Technologies Office. Last accessed July 21, 2022.
www.nrel.gov/docs/fy14osti/60200.pdf.
\40\ Heating Degree Day (HDD) is a measure of how cold a
location was over a period of time, relative to a base temperature.
In RECS and CBECS, the base temperature used is 65 [deg]F and the
period of time is one year. The heating degree-days for a single day
is the difference between the base temperature and the day's average
outside temperature if the daily average is less than the base, and
zero if the daily average outside temperature is greater than or
equal to the base temperature. The heating degree-days for a longer
period of time are the sum of the daily heating degree-days for days
in that period.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
b. Hot Water Recirculation
For circulator pumps used in hot water recirculation applications,
DOE developed operating hour and consumer fractions estimates based on
their associated control types, according to feedback from the CPWG
(Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 60 at p. 74; Docket No. EERE-
2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 67 at pp. 194-195; Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-
0004, No. 68 at p. 184), as shown in Table IV.10.
[[Page 44498]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.031
With regard to Table IV.10, Strauch commented that DOE
overestimates operating hours for circulator pumps in the residential
sector and cited personal experience with using a circulator pump with
an integrated timer. (Strauch, No. 123 at p. 1) In response, while DOE
acknowledges that the estimates in Table IV.10 are averages and do not
cover all use cases, it also notes that these estimates were discussed
in the CPWG and supported by stakeholders following the May 2021 RFI.
(NEEA, No. 115 at pp. 5-6); (Grundfos, No. 113 at p. 9); (HI, No. 112
at p. 9)
NYSERDA commented that DOE's assumed average operating hours across
technology options are nationally representative but may be higher when
high-rise multi-family buildings due to longer pipes with increased
heat loss, as well as larger household sizes and water usage. (NYSERDA,
No.130 at p. 4)
DOE agrees with NYSERDA that multi-family buildings may consume
more water and experience more heat loss than other types of buildings.
However, DOE is not aware of data relating circulator pump hours of
operation to building type. DOE also notes that its analysis does
consider purchasers with the characteristics related to high-rise
multi-family buildings. For example, half of the purchasers in the hot
water recirculation application are estimated to use their circulator
pump 24 hours per day. Further, DOE considers a wide range of piping
configurations in its calculation of load profiles as described in the
section IV.E.4, including systems curves related to longer pipes.
4. Load Profiles
To estimate the power consumption of each representative unit at
each efficiency level, DOE used the following methodology: For each
representative unit, DOE defined a range of typical system curves
representing different piping and fluid configurations and bounded the
representative unit's pump curve derived in the engineering analysis
within those system curves. The upper and lower boundaries of this
range of system curves correspond to a maximum (Qmax) and minimum
(Qmin) value of volumetric flow. The value of Qmax is capped to 150% of
BEP flow at most, while the value of the value of Qmin is capped to at
least 25% of BEP flow.
For single speed circulator pumps (ELs 0-2) in single zone
applications, DOE randomly selects a single operating point
(Q0) within the boundaries of a uniform distribution defined
by the system curves such that Q0 is between Qmin and Qmax.
The AEU is then calculated by multiplying the power consumption at the
volumetric flow Q0, as derived in the engineering analysis,
by the annual operating hours. DOE notes that while a random operating
point is assigned to each purchaser of an analyzed representative unit,
as discussed in the previous paragraph, the boundaries Qmin and Qmax
are selected such that they correspond to appropriate operating ranges
specifically for each of those representative units.
For variable-speed circulator pumps (ELs 3-4) in single-zone
applications, similarly, DOE randomly selects a single operating point
(Q0) within the boundaries of the system curves, such that
Q0 is between Qmin and Qmax. After the operating point is
selected, the procedure to determine the AEU varies depending on the
value of Q0: If the selected operating point (Q0)
has a flow that is equal or higher than QBEP, the method is
the same as the one for single speed circulator pumps in single zones.
For operating points where Q0 0.
For circulator pumps in multi-zone applications DOE modeled their
operation by assuming that representative multi-zone systems have three
zones, resulting in two additional operating points (Q- and
Q+), which are equidistant from a randomly selected
operating point, Q0, and are within the allowable operating
flow (between Qmin and Qmax), as defined by the representative unit's
characteristic system curves. (Docket #0004, No. 61 at p. 88)
In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE noted that its energy use analysis
assumes that all purchasers of variable-speed equipment with controls
(ELs 3 and 4) are installed in systems that benefit from such control
capabilities. However, this assumption may differ from the reality of
installations in the field, where a fraction of purchasers may not
benefit from such control capabilities due to system characteristics or
improper installation. In such cases, the energy use of EL 3 and EL 4
equipment would be at similar levels to EL 2 equipment. The CA IOUs
commented that they agree with DOE's
[[Page 44499]]
assertion that a portion of purchasers do not benefit from controls in
the field, in which case energy savings of variable speed controls
compared to EL 2 may not be fully realized. However, they noted that
occurrences of ineffective installed controls should decrease over time
as integrated controls and automatic-operating-point adjustments become
simpler to set-up and more widely adopted (CA IOUs, No. 133 at p. 3)
ASAP requested that DOE determine the fraction of circulator pump
installations in the field that are indeed capable of benefiting from
speed control. (ASAP, No. 131 at p. 2)
In response to these comments, DOE conducted further research but
found no data on the fraction of circulator pump installations in the
field that are indeed capable of benefiting from speed controls. In
turn, DOE conducted a sensitivity analysis to estimate the impact in
the LCC analysis of varying the fraction of purchasers that benefit
from controls in the field. Results showed that the fraction of
purchasers experiencing a net cost at EL 3 and EL 4 would linearly
increase from 42.7% to 60.7% and 45.9% to 74.8%, respectively, when the
fraction of purchasers who do benefit from controls in the field varies
from 100% to 0%. The remaining ELs (EL0 and EL1) do not include
controls and were not affected. See chapter 8 of the final rule TSD and
appendix 8D for more details on this sensitivity analysis.
Chapter 7 of the final rule TSD provides details on DOE's energy
use analysis.
F. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period Analysis
DOE conducted LCC and PBP analyses to evaluate the economic impacts
on individual purchasers of potential energy conservation standards for
circulator pumps. The effect of new energy conservation standards on
individual purchasers usually involves a reduction in operating cost
and an increase in purchase cost. DOE used the following two metrics to
measure consumer impacts:
[ballot] The LCC is the total consumer expense of an equipment over
the life of that equipment, consisting of total installed cost
(manufacturer selling price, distribution chain markups, sales tax, and
installation costs) plus operating costs (expenses for energy use,
maintenance, and repair). To compute the operating costs, DOE discounts
future operating costs to the time of purchase and sums them over the
lifetime of the equipment.
[ballot] The PBP is the estimated amount of time (in years) it
takes purchasers to recover the increased purchase cost (including
installation) of a more-efficient equipment through lower operating
costs. DOE calculates the PBP by dividing the change in purchase cost
at higher efficiency levels by the change in annual operating cost for
the year that new standards are assumed to take effect.
For any given efficiency level, DOE measures the change in LCC
relative to the LCC in the no-new-standards case, which reflects the
estimated efficiency distribution of circulator pumps in the absence of
new energy conservation standards. In contrast, the PBP for a given
efficiency level is measured relative to the baseline equipment.
For each considered efficiency level in each equipment class, DOE
calculated the LCC and PBP for a nationally representative set of
commercial and residential purchasers. As stated previously, DOE
developed purchaser samples from the 2015 RECS and the 2018 CBECS, for
the residential and commercial sectors, respectively. For each sampled
purchaser, DOE determined the energy consumption for the circulator
pumps and the appropriate energy price. By developing a representative
sample of purchasers, the analysis captured the variability in energy
consumption and energy prices associated with the use of circulator
pumps.
Inputs to the calculation of total installed cost include the cost
of the equipment--which includes MPCs, manufacturer markups, retailer
and distributor markups, and sales taxes--and installation costs.
Inputs to the calculation of operating expenses include annual energy
consumption, energy prices and price projections, repair and
maintenance costs, equipment lifetimes, and discount rates. DOE created
distributions of values for equipment lifetime, discount rates, and
sales taxes, with probabilities attached to each value, to account for
their uncertainty and variability.
The computer model DOE uses to calculate the LCC relies on a Monte
Carlo simulation to incorporate uncertainty and variability into the
analysis. The Monte Carlo simulations randomly sample input values from
the probability distributions and circulator pumps user samples. The
model calculated the LCC and PBP for a sample of 75,000 purchasers per
simulation run. The analytical results include a distribution of 75,000
data points showing the range of LCC savings. In performing an
iteration of the Monte Carlo simulation for a given consumer, equipment
efficiency is chosen based on its probability. By accounting for
purchasers who already purchase more-efficient equipment, DOE avoids
overstating the potential benefits from increasing efficiency.
DOE calculated the LCC and PBP for purchasers of circulator pumps
as if each were to purchase a new equipment in the first year of
required compliance with new standards. As discussed in section III.G,
new standards would apply to circulator pumps manufactured 4 years
after the date on which any new or amended standard is published. DOE
is publishing this final rule in 2024. Therefore, for purposes of its
analysis, DOE used 2028 as the first year of compliance with standards
for circulator pumps.
Table IV.11 summarizes the approach and data DOE used to derive
inputs to the LCC and PBP calculations. The subsections that follow
provide further discussion. Details of the model, and of all the inputs
to the LCC and PBP analyses, are contained in chapter 8 of the final
rule TSD and its appendices.
[[Page 44500]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.032
1. Equipment Cost
To calculate consumer equipment costs, DOE multiplied the MPCs
developed in the engineering analysis by the markups described
previously (along with sales taxes). DOE used different markups for
baseline equipment and higher-efficiency equipment because DOE applies
an incremental markup to the increase in MSP associated with higher-
efficiency equipment. Due to lack of historical price data and
uncertainty on the factors that may affect future circulator pump
prices, such as price declines on certain equipment components, DOE
assumed a constant price over the analysis period. However, DOE
developed a sensitivity analysis accounting for future price declines
of electronic components in circulator pumps with ECMs. See chapter 8
of the final rule TSD and appendix 8D for more details on this
sensitivity analysis.
2. Installation Cost
Installation cost includes labor, overhead, and any miscellaneous
materials and parts associated with installing a circulator pump in the
place of use. DOE derived installation costs for circulator pumps based
on data from RSMeans and input from the CPWG.\41\ (Docket #0004, No. 67
at p. 266)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\41\ RSMeans. 2021 RSMeans Plumbing Cost Data. Rockland, MA.
https://www.rsmeans.com.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE assumed that circulator pumps without variable speed controls
(ELs 0-2) require a labor time of 3 hours and an additional 30 minutes
for circulators with electronic controls (ELs 3 and 4). (Docket #0004,
No. 67 at p. 266) RSMeans provides estimates on the labor hours and
labor costs required to install equipment. In the NOPR, DOE derived the
installation cost for circulator pumps as the product of labor hours
and time required to install a circulator pump. Installation costs vary
by geographic location and efficiency level. During the 2022
manufacturer interviews, manufacturers agreed with DOE's approach to
estimate installation costs.
In the December 2022 NOPR, the CA IOUs acknowledged DOE's
installation cost assumptions regarding additional set-up time for
circulator pumps with controls due to commissioning challenges.
However, they noted that, in a future rulemaking evaluation cycle, DOE
should not consider incremental set-up time for circulator pumps at EL
3 and EL 4 that have automatic-operating-point selection functionality.
(CA IOUs, No.133 at p. 2-3) In response to the CA IOUs comment, DOE
states that is not aware of data quantifying the fraction of circulator
pumps purchasers that have automatic-operating-point selection
functionality. Therefore, DOE maintained its installation cost
assumptions, which are based on what was agreed by the CWPG, as
previously described.
3. Annual Energy Consumption
For each sampled purchaser, DOE determined the AEU for a circulator
pump at different efficiency levels using the approach described
previously in section IV.E.3 of this document.
4. Energy Prices
Because marginal electricity price more accurately captures the
incremental savings associated with a change in energy use from higher
efficiency, it provides a better representation of incremental change
in consumer costs than average electricity prices. DOE generally
applies average electricity prices for the energy use of the equipment
purchased in the no-new-standards case, and marginal electricity prices
for the incremental change in energy use associated with the other
efficiency levels considered. In this final rule, DOE only used
marginal electricity prices due to the calculated annual electricity
cost for some regions and efficiency levels being negative when using
average electricity prices for the energy use of the equipment
purchased in the no-new-standards case. Negative costs can occur in
instances where the marginal electricity cost for the region and the
energy savings relative to the baseline for the given efficiency level
are large enough that the incremental cost savings exceed the baseline
cost.
DOE derived electricity prices in 2022 using data from EEI Typical
Bills and Average Rates reports. Based upon comprehensive, industry-
wide surveys, this semi-annual report presents typical monthly electric
bills and average kilowatt-hour costs to the customer as charged by
investor-owned utilities. For the residential sector, DOE calculated
[[Page 44501]]
electricity prices using the methodology described in Coughlin and
Beraki (2018).\42\ For the commercial sector, DOE calculated
electricity prices using the methodology described in Coughlin and
Beraki (2019).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\42\ Coughlin, K. and B. Beraki.2018. Residential Electricity
Prices: A Review of Data Sources and Estimation Methods. Lawrence
Berkeley National Lab. Berkeley, CA. Report No. LBNL-2001169.
ees.lbl.gov/publications/residential-electricity-prices-review.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE's methodology allows electricity prices to vary by sector,
region, and season. In the analysis, variability in electricity prices
is chosen to be consistent with the way the consumer economic and
energy use characteristics are defined in the LCC analysis.
To estimate energy prices in future years, DOE multiplied the 2022
regional energy prices by the projection of annual change in national-
average residential or commercial energy price from AEO2023, which has
an end year of 2050.\43\ For each purchaser sampled, DOE applied the
projection for the geographic location in which the consumer was
located. To estimate price trends after 2050, DOE assumed that the
regional prices would remain at the 2050 value.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\43\ EIA. Annual Energy Outlook 2023. Available at www.eia.gov/outlooks/aeo/ (last accessed September, 21, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE used the electricity price trends associated with the AEO
Reference case, which is a business-as-usual estimate, given known
market, demographic, and technological trends. DOE also included AEO
High Economic Growth and AEO Low Economic Growth scenarios in the
analysis. The high- and low-growth cases show the projected effects of
alternative economic growth assumptions on energy prices.
For a detailed discussion of the development of electricity prices,
see chapter 8 of the final rule TSD.
5. Maintenance and Repair Costs
Repair costs are associated with repairing or replacing equipment
components that have failed in an equipment; maintenance costs are
associated with maintaining the operation of the equipment. Typically,
small incremental increases in equipment efficiency entail no, or only
minor, changes in repair and maintenance costs compared to baseline
efficiency equipment.
As in the December 2022 NOPR, DOE assumed that only certain types
of CP3 circulators require annual maintenance through oil lubrication.
Based on CPWG feedback, DOE assumed that 50 percent of commercial
purchasers have a maintenance cost of $10 per year and 25 percent of
residential purchasers have a maintenance cost of $20 per year, which
result in an overall $5 annual maintenance cost for CP3 circulators in
each of the two applications. (Docket #0004, No. 47 at pp. 324-327)
Repair costs consist of both labor and replacement part costs. DOE
assumed that repair costs for CP1 circulators are negligible because
purchasers tend to discard such equipment when they fail. For CP2 and
CP3 circulator pumps, DOE assumed that 50 percent of purchasers will
incur repairs once in the equipment lifetime, that repair cost does not
vary with efficiency level, and that cost is spread over the
equipment's lifetime. Rather than assuming a specific repair year, the
cost of a single repair is divided over the lifetime of the equipment
and added to its annual operating expenses. According to CPWG feedback
and manufacturer interview input, typical repairs for CP2 and CP3
include seal replacements and coupler plus motor mount replacements,
respectively. DOE assumed consistent labor time with installation
costs, which is 3 hours for seal replacement and 1.5 hours for coupler
and motor mount replacement. Additionally, DOE assumes there is no
variation in repair costs between a baseline efficiency circulator and
a higher efficiency circulator. During the 2022 manufacturer
interviews, manufacturers agreed with DOE's approach to estimate
maintenance and repair costs. DOE maintained its assumptions in this
final rule.
6. Equipment Lifetime
Equipment lifetime is the age when a unit of circulator equipment
is retired from service. DOE estimated lifetimes and developed lifetime
distributions for circulator pumps primarily based on manufacturer
interviews conducted in 2016 and CPWG feedback. (Docket #0004, No. 41
at p. 74) The data collected by manufacturers allowed DOE to develop a
survival function, which provides a distribution of lifetimes ranging
from a minimum of 3 years based on warranty covered period, to a
maximum of 50 years for CP1, CP2, or CP3 respectively. Based on
manufacturer interviews, DOE assumed circulator pump lifetimes do not
vary across efficiency levels. (Docket #0004, No. 41 at p. 74) Table
IV.12 shows the average and maximum lifetimes by circulator variety.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.033
During the 2022 manufacturer interviews, DOE solicited additional
feedback from manufacturers on the lifetime assumptions presented in
Table IV.12, and the general consensus was that there have not been
significant technological changes to warrant a different estimate on
the circulator pump lifetimes.
Mark Strauch commented that equipment lifetime should vary by
efficiency level because more controls equate to less reliability and
AC motors and ECMs fail at different rates. (Mark Strauch, No.123 at p.
1) DOE did not modify its lifetime assumptions because its assumptions
rely on feedback from manufacturer interviews and CPWG feedback.
7. Discount Rates
In the calculation of LCC, DOE applies discount rates appropriate
to residential and commercial purchasers to estimate the present value
of future operating cost savings. The subsections below provide
information on the derivation of the discount rates by sector.
a. Residential
DOE applies weighted average discount rates calculated from
consumer debt and asset data, rather than marginal
[[Page 44502]]
or implicit discount rates.\44\ The LCC analysis estimates net present
value over the lifetime of the equipment, so the appropriate discount
rate will reflect the general opportunity cost of household funds,
taking this time scale into account. Given the long time-horizon
modeled in the LCC, the application of a marginal interest rate
associated with an initial source of funds is inaccurate. Regardless of
the method of purchase, purchasers are expected to continue to
rebalance their debt and asset holdings over the LCC analysis period,
based on the restrictions purchasers face in their debt payment
requirements and the relative size of the interest rates available on
debts and assets. DOE estimates the aggregate impact of this
rebalancing using the historical distribution of debts and assets.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\44\ The implicit discount rate is inferred from a consumer
purchase decision between two otherwise identical goods with
different first cost and operating cost. It is the interest rate
that equates the increment of first cost to the difference in net
present value of lifetime operating cost, incorporating the
influence of several factors: transaction costs; risk premiums and
response to uncertainty; time preferences; interest rates at which a
consumer is able to borrow or lend. The implicit discount rate is
not appropriate for the LCC analysis because it reflects a range of
factors that influence consumer purchase decisions, rather than the
opportunity cost of the funds that are used in purchases.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
To establish residential discount rates for the LCC analysis, DOE
identified all relevant household debt or asset classes in order to
approximate a consumer's opportunity cost of funds related to equipment
energy cost savings. It estimated the average percentage shares of the
various types of debt and equity by household income group using data
from the Federal Reserve Board's triennial Survey of Consumer Finances
\45\ (``SCF'') in 1995, 1998, 2001, 2004, 2007, 2010, 2013, 2016, and
2019. U.S. Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Survey of
Consumer Finances. 1995, 1998, 2001, 2004, 2007, 2010, 2013, 2016, and
2019. (Last accessed August 1, 2023.) https://www.federalreserve.gov/econresdata/scf/scfindex.htm. Using the SCF and other sources, DOE
developed a distribution of rates for each type of debt and asset by
income group to represent the rates that may apply in the year in which
new standards would take effect. DOE assigned each sample household a
specific discount rate drawn from one of the distributions. The average
rate across all types of household debt and equity and income groups,
weighted by the shares of each type, is 3.9 percent. See chapter 8 of
the final rule TSD for further details on the development of consumer
discount rates.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\45\ U.S. Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Survey of Consumer Finances. 1995, 1998, 2001, 2004, 2007, 2010,
2013, 2016, and 2019. (Last accessed May 1, 2023.)
www.federalreserve.gov/econresdata/scf/scfindex.htm.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
b. Commercial
For commercial purchasers, DOE used the cost of capital to estimate
the present value of cash flows to be derived from a typical company
project or investment. Most companies use both debt and equity capital
to fund investments, so the cost of capital is the weighted-average
cost to the firm of equity and debt financing. This corporate finance
approach is referred to as the weighted-average cost of capital. DOE
used currently available economic data in developing commercial
discount rates, with Damodaran Online being the primary data
source.\46\ The average discount rate across the commercial building
types is 6.9 percent.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\46\ Damodaran, A. Data Page: Costs of Capital by Industry
Sector. 2021. (Last accessed August 1, 2023.) https://
pages.stern.nyu.edu/~adamodar/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
See chapter 8 of the final rule TSD for further details on the
development of discount rates.
8. Energy Efficiency Distribution in the No-New-Standards Case
To accurately estimate the share of purchasers that would be
affected by a potential energy conservation standard at a particular
efficiency level, DOE's LCC analysis considered the projected
distribution (market shares) of equipment efficiencies under the no-
new-standards case (i.e., the case without new energy conservation
standards).
To estimate the energy efficiency distribution of circulator pumps
at the assumed compliance year (2028), DOE first analyzed detailed
confidential manufacturer shipments data from 2015, broken down by
efficiency level, circulator variety, and nominal horsepower. During
the 2016 manufacturer interviews, DOE also collected aggregated
historical circulator pump efficiency data from 2013 to 2015. Based on
these data, DOE developed an efficiency trend between the year for
which DOE had detailed data (2015) and the expected first year of
compliance.\47\ According to CPWG feedback, DOE applied an efficiency
trend from baseline (EL 0) circulator pumps to circulator pumps with
ECMs (ELs 2-4). (Docket #0004, No. 78 at p. 6).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\47\ To develop the efficiency trend, DOE also utilized an
estimated introduction year of 1994 for circulator pumps with ECMs.
(Docket #0004, No. 78 at p. 6).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the May 2021 RFI, DOE requested information on whether any
changes in the circulator pump market since 2015 have affected the
market efficiency distribution of circulator pumps. NEEA discussed
their energy efficiency program for circulators since mid 2020 and the
circulator sales data collected from circulator manufacturer
representatives covering the entire Northwest at the start of 2020.
NEEA stated that more than two-thirds of circulator pumps sold by
participants in the Northwest are not equipped with ECM. NEEA stated
that fewer than one-fifth of circulator pumps are equipped with speed
control technology. (NEEA, No. 115 at pp. 2-3, 6) HI stated that small
incremental growth is occurring for ECMs, but first cost is a barrier.
(HI, No. 112 at p. 9-10) Grundfos suggested market changes have
affected distribution of circulators since 2015 and DOE should use
manufacturer and market interviews to update their dataset. (Grundfos,
No. 113 at p. 9)
During the 2022 manufacturer interviews, DOE collected additional
aggregated historical circulator pump efficiency data (ranging from
2016 to 2021). Based on these data, DOE retained the methodology
described earlier, but updated the efficiency trend, which was used to
project the no-standards-case efficiency distribution at the assumed
compliance year (2028) and beyond. See chapter 8 of the final rule TSD
for further information on the derivation of the efficiency
distributions.
Following the December 2022 NOPR, in which DOE requested further
comment on its approach and inputs to develop the no-new standards case
efficiency distribution, HI commented that it agrees with DOE's
approach and noted that markets are moving towards more controlled
equipment. (HI, No. 135 at p. 5). DOE maintained the same methodology
as in the December 2022 NOPR to develop the no-standards-case
efficiency distribution in this final rule.
a. Assignment of Circulator Pump Efficiency to Sampled Consumers
While DOE expects economic factors to play a role when consumers,
commercial building owners, or builders decide on what type of
circulator pump to install, assignment of circulator pump efficiency
for a given installation based solely on economic measures such as
life-cycle cost or simple payback period would not fully and accurately
reflect most real-world installations. There are a number of market
failures discussed in the economics literature that illustrate how
purchasing decisions with respect to
[[Page 44503]]
energy efficiency are unlikely to be perfectly correlated with energy
use, as described subsequently. DOE maintains that the method of
assignment, which is in part random, is a reasonable approach. It
simulates behavior in the circulator pump market, where market failures
result in purchasing decisions not being perfectly aligned with
economic interests. DOE further emphasizes that its approach does not
assume that all purchasers of circulator pumps make economically
irrational decisions (i.e., the lack of a correlation is not the same
as a negative correlation). As part of the random assignment, some
homes or buildings with large heating loads will be assigned higher-
efficiency circulator pumps, and some homes or buildings with
particularly low heating loads will be assigned baseline circulator
pumps, which aligns with the available data. By using this approach,
DOE acknowledges the uncertainty inherent in the data and does not
assume certain market conditions that are unsupported by the available
evidence.
The following discussion provides more detail about the various
market failures that affect circulator pump purchases. First, consumers
are motivated by more than simple financial trade-offs. There are
consumers who are willing to pay a premium for more energy-efficient
products because they are environmentally conscious.\48\ Additionally,
there are systematic market failures that are likely to contribute
further complexity to how equipment is chosen by consumers. For
example, in new construction, builders influence the type of circulator
pumps used in many buildings but do not pay operating costs. Also,
contractors install a large share of circulator pumps in replacement
situations, and they can exert a high degree of influence over the type
of circulator pump purchased. Furthermore, emergency replacements of
essential equipment such as a circulator pump in the heating season are
strongly biased toward like-for-like replacement (i.e., replacing the
non-functioning equipment with a similar or identical product). Time is
a constraining factor during emergency replacements, and consumers may
not consider the full range of available options on the market, despite
their availability. The consideration of alternative equipment options
is far more likely for planned replacements and installations in new
construction.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\48\ Ward, D.O., Clark, C.D., Jensen, K.L., Yen, S.T., &
Russell, C.S. (2011): ``Factors influencing willingness-to pay for
the ENERGY STAR[supreg] label,'' Energy Policy, 39 (3), 1450-1458
(Available at: www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0301421510009171) (Last accessed March 14, 2024).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
There are market failures relevant to circulator pumps installed in
commercial applications as well. It is often assumed that because
commercial and industrial customers are businesses that have trained or
experienced individuals making decisions regarding investments in cost-
saving measures, some of the commonly observed market failures present
in the general population of residential customers should not be as
prevalent in a commercial setting. However, there are many
characteristics of organizational structure and historic circumstance
in commercial settings that can lead to underinvestment in energy
efficiency.
First, a recognized problem in commercial settings is the split
incentive problem, where the building owner (or building developer)
selects the equipment, and the tenant (or subsequent building owner)
pays for energy costs.49 50 There are other similarly
misaligned incentives embedded in the organizational structure within a
given firm or business that can impact the choice of a circulator pump.
For example, if one department or individual within an organization is
responsible for capital expenditures (and therefore equipment
selection) while a separate department or individual is responsible for
paying the energy bills, a market failure similar to the split-
incentive problem can result.\51\ Additionally, managers may have other
responsibilities and often have other incentives besides operating cost
minimization, such as satisfying shareholder expectations, which can
sometimes be focused on short-term returns.\52\ Decision-making related
to commercial buildings is highly complex and involves gathering
information from and for a variety of different market actors. It is
common to see conflicting goals across various actors within the same
organization, as well as information asymmetries between market actors
in the energy efficiency context in commercial building
construction.\53\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\49\ Vernon, D., and Meier, A. (2012). ``Identification and
quantification of principal-agent problems affecting energy
efficiency investments and use decisions in the trucking industry,''
Energy Policy, 49, 266-273.
\50\ Blum, H. and Sathaye, J. (2010). ``Quantitative Analysis of
the Principal-Agent Problem in Commercial Buildings in the U.S.:
Focus on Central Space Heating and Cooling,'' Lawrence Berkeley
National Laboratory, LBNL-3557E (Available at: escholarship.org/uc/item/6p1525mg) (Last accessed March 14, 2024).
\51\ Prindle, B., Sathaye, J., Murtishaw, S., Crossley, D.,
Watt, G., Hughes, J., and de Visser, E. (2007). ``Quantifying the
effects of market failures in the end-use of energy,'' Final Draft
Report Prepared for International Energy Agency (Available from
International Energy Agency, Head of Publications Service, 9 rue de
la Federation, 75739 Paris, Cedex 15 France).
\52\ Bushee, B.J. (1998). ``The influence of institutional
investors on myopic R&D investment behavior,'' Accounting Review,
305-333. DeCanio, S.J. (1993). ``Barriers Within Firms to Energy
Efficient Investments,'' Energy Policy, 21(9), 906-914 (explaining
the connection between short-termism and underinvestment in energy
efficiency).
\53\ International Energy Agency (IEA). (2007). Mind the Gap:
Quantifying Principal-Agent Problems in Energy Efficiency. OECD Pub.
(Available at www.iea.org/reports/mind-the-gap) (Last accessed March
14, 2024).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The arguments for the existence of market failures in the
commercial and industrial sectors are corroborated by empirical
evidence. One study in particular showed evidence of substantial gains
in energy efficiency that could have been achieved without negative
repercussions on profitability, but the investments had not been
undertaken by firms.\54\ The study found that multiple organizational
and institutional factors caused firms to require shorter payback
periods and higher returns than the cost of capital for alternative
investments of similar risk. Another study demonstrated similar results
with firms requiring very short payback periods of 1-2 years in order
to adopt energy-saving projects, implying hurdle rates of 50 to 100
percent, despite the potential economic benefits.\55\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\54\ DeCanio, S.J. (1998). ``The Efficiency Paradox:
Bureaucratic and Organizational Barriers to Profitable Energy-Saving
Investments,'' Energy Policy, 26(5), 441-454.
\55\ Andersen, S.T., and Newell, R.G. (2004). ``Information
programs for technology adoption: the case of energy-efficiency
audits,'' Resource and Energy Economics, 26, 27-50.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The existence of market failures in the residential and commercial
sectors is well supported by the economics literature and by a number
of case studies. If DOE developed an efficiency distribution that
assigned circulator pump efficiency in the no-new-standards case solely
according to energy use or economic considerations such as life-cycle
cost or payback period, the resulting distribution of efficiencies
within the building sample would not reflect any of the market failures
or behavioral factors above. Thus, DOE concludes such a distribution
would not be representative of the circulator pump market.
9. Payback Period Analysis
The payback period is the amount of time (expressed in years) it
takes the consumer to recover the additional installed cost of more-
efficient equipment, compared to baseline equipment, through energy
cost savings. Payback periods that exceed the life of
[[Page 44504]]
the equipment mean that the increased total installed cost is not
recovered in reduced operating expenses.
The inputs to the PBP calculation for each efficiency level are the
change in total installed cost of the equipment and the change in the
first-year annual operating expenditures relative to the baseline. DOE
refers to this as a ``simple PBP'' because it does not consider changes
over time in operating cost savings. The PBP calculation uses the same
inputs as the LCC analysis when deriving first-year operating costs.
As noted previously, EPCA establishes a rebuttable presumption that
a standard is economically justified if the Secretary finds that the
additional cost to the consumer of purchasing an equipment complying
with an energy conservation standard level will be less than three
times the value of the first year's energy savings resulting from the
standard, as calculated under the applicable test procedure. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(iii)) For each considered efficiency level, DOE
determined the value of the first year's energy savings by calculating
the energy savings in accordance with the applicable DOE test
procedure, and multiplying those savings by the average energy price
projection for the year in which compliance with the new standards
would be required.
G. Shipments Analysis
DOE uses projections of annual equipment shipments to calculate the
national impacts of potential new energy conservation standards on
energy use, NPV, and future manufacturer cash flows.\56\ The shipments
model takes an accounting approach, tracking market shares of each
equipment class and the vintage of units in the stock. Stock accounting
uses equipment shipments as inputs to estimate the age distribution of
in-service equipment stocks for all years. The age distribution of in-
service equipment stocks is a key input to calculations of both the NES
and NPV, because operating costs for any year depend on the age
distribution of the stock.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\56\ DOE uses data on manufacturer shipments as a proxy for
national sales, as aggregate data on sales are lacking. In general,
one would expect a close correspondence between shipments and sales.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the accounting approach, shipments are the result either of
demand for the replacement of existing equipment, or of demand for
equipment from new commercial and residential construction.
Replacements in any projection year are based on (a) shipments in prior
years, and (b) the lifetime of previously shipped equipment. Demand for
new equipment is based on the rate of increase in commercial floor
space (in the commercial sector), and residential housing (in the
residential sector). In each year of shipments projections, retiring
equipment is removed from a record of existing stock, and new shipments
are added. DOE accounts for demand lost to demolitions (i.e. loss of
circulator pumps that will not be replaced) by assuming that a small
fraction of stock is retired without being replaced in each year, based
on a derived demolition rate for each sector.
DOE collected confidential historical shipments data for the period
2013-2021 from manufacturer interviews held in 2016 (during the CPWG)
and 2022. Shipments data provided by manufacturers were broken down by
circulator variety, nominal horsepower rating, and efficiency. Table
IV.13 presents historical circulator pumps shipments. Note that due to
confidentiality concerns, DOE is only able to present aggregated
circulator pump shipments.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.034
1. No-New-Standards Case Shipments Projections
The no-new-standards case shipments projections are an estimate of
how much of each equipment type would be shipped in the absence of any
new standard. DOE projected shipments in the no-new-standards case by
circulator pump variety (CP1, CP2, and CP3) as well as sector
(residential and commercial) and application (hydronic heating and hot
water recirculation).
In the no-new-standards case, DOE assumes that demand for new
installations would be met by CP1 circulator pumps alone. New demand is
based on AEO 2023 projections of commercial floorspace and new
construction (for demand to the commercial sector), and projections of
residential housing stock and starts (for demand to the residential
sector).
HI commented that DOE should consider the impact of legislation and
increased demand of heat pumps and their impact on circulator pump
shipments. (HI, No.135 at p. 5) While DOE is not able to explicitly
estimate the effect of recent legislation incentivizing heat pump
adoption, DOE assumes that over time, a decreasing amount of demand for
equipment in the hydronic heating application is met by circulator
pumps. For each year in the shipments projection period (2022-2057),
DOE estimates a 6 percent year-over-year reduction of new demand
penetration for circulator pumps in the hydronic heating application.
This estimate is based on a trendline fit from available Census data on
new heating systems.\57\ See Chapter 9 of the final rule TSD for more
details on this analysis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\57\ Type of Heating System Used in New Single-Family Houses
Completed. Available at www.census.gov/construction/chars/xls/heatsystem_cust.xls (Last accessed August 20, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE assumed that demand for replacements would be met by circulator
pumps of the same variety (e.g., CP2 only replaced by CP2) in each
[[Page 44505]]
sector and application, according to manufacturer feedback.\58\ After
calculating retirements of existing pumps based on those previously
shipped and equipment lifetimes, DOE assumes that some of this quantity
will not be replaced due to demolition. DOE estimates the demolition
rate of existing equipment stock by using the AEO 2023 projections of
new commercial floorspace and floorspace growth in the commercial
sector, and new housing starts and housing stock in the residential
sector.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\58\ According to manufacturer feedback, circulator pumps are
typically replaced by the same model if available when they fail.
Contractors and technicians are more likely to replace a like-for-
like circulator pump in order to match installation configurations
and that the replacement pump meets the performance criteria of the
replaced one.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Standards-Case Shipment Projections
The standards-case shipments projections account for the effects of
potential standards on shipments. DOE assumed a ``roll-up'' scenario to
estimate standards-case shipments, wherein the no-new-standards-case
shipments that would be below the minimum qualifying efficiency level
prescribed by a standard beginning in the assumed compliance year
(2028) are ``rolled up'' (i.e., added to) to the minimum qualifying
equipment efficiency level at that standard level.
HI did not provide any further suggestions beyond the approach
proposed by DOE. (HI, No.135 at p. 5). See chapter 9 of the final rule
TSD for details on the shipments analysis.
H. National Impact Analysis
The NIA assesses the national energy savings (``NES'') and the NPV
from a national perspective of total consumer costs and savings that
would be expected to result from new standards at specific efficiency
levels.\59\ (``Consumer'' in this context refers to purchasers of the
equipment being regulated.) DOE calculates the NES and NPV for the
potential standard levels considered based on projections of annual
equipment shipments, along with the annual energy consumption and total
installed cost data from the energy use and LCC analyses. For the
present analysis, DOE projected the energy savings, operating cost
savings, equipment costs, and NPV of consumer benefits over the
lifetime of circulator pumps sold from 2028 through 2057.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\59\ The NIA accounts for impacts in the 50 states and U.S.
territories.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE evaluates the impacts of new standards by comparing a case
without such standards with standards-case projections. The no-new-
standards case characterizes energy use and consumer costs for each
equipment class in the absence of new energy conservation standards.
For this projection, DOE considers historical trends in efficiency and
various forces that are likely to affect the mix of efficiencies over
time. DOE compares the no-new-standards case with projections
characterizing the market for each equipment class if DOE adopted new
standards at specific energy efficiency levels (i.e., the TSLs or
standards cases) for that class. For the standards cases, DOE considers
how a given standard would likely affect the market shares of equipment
with efficiencies greater than the standard.
DOE provides a spreadsheet model to calculate the energy savings
and the national consumer costs and savings from each TSL. Interested
parties can review DOE's analyses by changing various input quantities
within the spreadsheet. The NIA spreadsheet model uses typical values
(as opposed to probability distributions) as inputs.
Table IV.14 summarizes the inputs and methods DOE used for the NIA
analysis for the final rule. Discussion of these inputs and methods
follows the table. See chapter 10 of the final rule TSD for further
details.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.035
1. Equipment Efficiency Trends
A key component of the NIA is the trend in energy efficiency
projected for the no-new-standards case and each of the standards
cases. Section IV.F.8 of this document describes how DOE developed an
energy efficiency distribution for the no-new-standards case (which
yields a shipment-weighted average efficiency) for each of the
considered equipment classes for the year of anticipated compliance
with an new standard. To project the trend in efficiency absent new
standards for circulator pumps over the entire shipments projection
period, DOE followed the approach discussed in section IV.F.8 of this
document. The approach is further described in chapter 8 of the final
rule TSD.
For the standards cases, DOE used a ``roll-up'' scenario to
establish the shipment-weighted efficiency for the year that standards
are assumed to
[[Page 44506]]
become effective (2028). In this scenario, the market shares of
equipment in the no-new-standards case that do not meet the standard
under consideration would ``roll up'' to meet the new standard level,
and the market share of equipment above the standard would remain
unchanged.
The CA IOUs commented that they expect accelerated adoption of
circulator pumps with variable speed controls following a standard at
TSL 2 and strongly encouraged DOE to collaborate with stakeholders
monitoring these trends to better inform the LCC and NIA analyses and
associated savings from EL 3 and EL 4 circulator pumps. (CA IOUs,
No.133 at p. 4) In response, DOE notes that based on manufacturer-
provided data, DOE estimates an efficiency trend from baseline (EL 0)
or EL 1 circulator pumps to ELs 2 through 4 in the absence of standards
(see section F.8 of this document and chapter 8 of the final rule TSD
for details). In the standards case, while it is possible that a higher
percentage of purchasers and applications may shift to circulator pumps
with variable speed control (i.e., ELs 3 and 4), DOE does not have the
data (e.g., historical price and efficiency data) to estimate that
trend, therefore, consistent with the NOPR analysis, it assumes a roll-
up scenario in this final rule.
2. National Energy Savings
The national energy savings analysis involves a comparison of
national energy consumption of the considered equipment between each
potential standards case (``TSL'') and the case with no new energy
conservation standards. DOE calculated the national energy consumption
by multiplying the number of units (stock) of each equipment (by
vintage or age) by the unit energy consumption (also by vintage). DOE
calculated annual NES based on the difference in national energy
consumption for the no-new-standards case and for each higher
efficiency standard case. DOE estimated energy consumption and savings
based on site energy and converted the electricity consumption and
savings to primary energy (i.e., the energy consumed by power plants to
generate site electricity) using annual conversion factors derived from
AEO2023. Cumulative energy savings are the sum of the NES for each year
over the timeframe of the analysis.
Use of higher-efficiency equipment is sometimes associated with a
direct rebound effect, which refers to an increase in utilization of
the equipment due to the increase in efficiency. DOE did not find any
data on the rebound effect specific to circulator pumps \60\ and
requested comment on its assumption of 0 rebound effect in the NOPR
issued in 2021. DOE requested a comment specifically for circulator
pumps, including the magnitude of any rebound effect and data sources
specific to circulator pumps. In response, HI commented that it agrees
with DOE's assumed negligible rebound effect. (HI, No.135 at p. 5)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\60\ DOE acknowledges that studies have found a rebound effect
in residential heating situations. However, none of these studies
address circulator pumps in particular. DOE does not expect that
consumers would increase utilization of their heating system due to
increased efficiency of a small component of the system.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In 2011, in response to the recommendations of a committee on
``Point-of-Use and Full-Fuel-Cycle Measurement Approaches to Energy
Efficiency Standards'' appointed by the National Academy of Sciences,
DOE announced its intention to use FFC measures of energy use and
greenhouse gas and other emissions in the national impact analyses and
emissions analyses included in future energy conservation standards
rulemakings. 76 FR 51281 (Aug. 18, 2011). After evaluating the
approaches discussed in the August 18, 2011 notice, DOE published a
statement of amended policy in which DOE explained its determination
that EIA's National Energy Modeling System (``NEMS'') is the most
appropriate tool for its FFC analysis and its intention to use NEMS for
that purpose. 77 FR 49701 (Aug. 17, 2012). NEMS is a public domain,
multi-sector, partial equilibrium model of the U.S. energy sector \61\
that EIA uses to prepare its Annual Energy Outlook. The FFC factors
incorporate losses in production and delivery in the case of natural
gas (including fugitive emissions) and additional energy used to
produce and deliver the various fuels used by power plants. The
approach used for deriving FFC measures of energy use and emissions is
described in appendix 10B of the final rule TSD.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\61\ For more information on NEMS, refer to The National Energy
Modeling System: An Overview 2009, DOE/EIA-0581(2009), October 2009.
Available at www.eia.gov/forecasts/aeo/index.cfm (last accessed
October 5, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Net Present Value Analysis
The inputs for determining the NPV of the total costs and benefits
experienced by purchasers are (1) total annual installed cost, (2)
total annual operating costs (energy costs and repair and maintenance
costs), and (3) a discount factor to calculate the present value of
costs and savings. DOE calculates net savings each year as the
difference between the no-new-standards case and each standards case in
terms of total savings in operating costs versus total increases in
installed costs. DOE calculates operating cost savings over the
lifetime of each equipment shipped during the projection period.
Due to lack of historical price data and uncertainty on the factors
that may affect future circulator pump prices, DOE assumed a constant
price (in $2022) when estimating circulator pump prices in future
years. However, as discussed in section IV.F.1 of this document, DOE
developed a sensitivity analysis to account for the effect of potential
future price declines of electronic components in circulator pumps with
ECMs. See appendix 10C of the final rule TSD for the results of this
sensitivity analysis.
The operating cost savings are energy cost savings and costs
associated with repair and maintenance, which are calculated using the
estimated operating cost savings in each year and the projected price
of the appropriate form of energy. The energy cost savings are
calculated using the estimated energy savings in each year and the
projected price of the appropriate form of energy. To estimate energy
prices in future years, DOE multiplied the average regional energy
prices by the projection of annual national-average residential energy
price changes in the Reference case from AEO2023, which has an end year
of 2050. To estimate price trends after 2050, the 2050 price was used
for all years. As part of the NIA, DOE also analyzed scenarios that
used inputs from variants of the AEO2023 Reference case that have lower
and higher economic growth. Those cases have lower and higher energy
price trends compared to the Reference case. NIA results based on these
cases are presented in appendix10C of the final rule TSD.
In calculating the NPV, DOE multiplies the net savings in future
years by a discount factor to determine their present value. For this
final rule, DOE estimated the NPV of consumer benefits using both a 3-
percent and a 7-percent real discount rate. DOE uses these discount
rates in accordance with guidance provided by the Office of Management
and Budget (``OMB'') to Federal agencies on the development of
regulatory analysis.\62\ The discount rates for the determination of
NPV are in contrast to the discount rates used in the
[[Page 44507]]
LCC analysis, which are designed to reflect a consumer's perspective.
The 7-percent real value is an estimate of the average before-tax rate
of return to private capital in the U.S. economy. The 3-percent real
value represents the ``social rate of time preference,'' which is the
rate at which society discounts future consumption flows to their
present value.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\62\ United States Office of Management and Budget. Circular A-
4: Regulatory Analysis. September 17, 2003. Section E. Available at
https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/legacy_drupal_files/omb/circulars/A4/a-4.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
I. Consumer Subgroup Analysis
In analyzing the potential impact of new energy conservation
standards on purchasers, DOE evaluates the impact on identifiable
subgroups of purchasers that may be disproportionately affected by a
new national standard. The purpose of a subgroup analysis is to
determine the extent of any such disproportional impacts. DOE evaluates
impacts on particular subgroups of purchasers by analyzing the LCC
impacts and PBP for those particular purchasers from alternative
standard levels. For this final rule, due to the high fraction of
consumers utilizing circulator pumps in the residential sector, DOE
analyzed the impacts of the considered standard levels on one subgroup:
i.e., senior-only households. The analysis used subsets of the RECS
2015 sample composed of households that meet the criteria for the
considered subgroups. DOE used the LCC and PBP spreadsheet model to
estimate the impacts of the considered efficiency levels on these
subgroups. Chapter 11 in the final rule TSD describes the consumer
subgroup analysis.
In the December 2022 NOPR, NYSERDA commented that DOE should
consider including high-rise multifamily buildings in the subgroup
analysis for subsequent rulemakings because they are likely to
experience higher operating hours, especially for the HWR application.
(NYSERDA, No.130 at p. 4)
DOE notes the primary purpose of a subgroup analysis is to
investigate whether a subsection of purchasers would be negatively
impacted by standards. If high-rise multifamily buildings are expected
to experience higher operating hours than the general purchaser
population, then they will incur larger and more positive benefits from
standards, rendering a subgroup analysis of these purchasers
unnecessary.
J. Manufacturer Impact Analysis
1. Overview
DOE performed an MIA to estimate the financial impacts of new
energy conservation standards on manufacturers of circulator pumps and
to estimate the potential impacts of such standards on employment and
manufacturing capacity. The MIA has both quantitative and qualitative
aspects and includes analyses of projected industry cash flows, the
INPV, investments in research and development (``R&D'') and
manufacturing capital, and domestic manufacturing employment.
Additionally, the MIA seeks to determine how new energy conservation
standards might affect manufacturing employment, capacity, and
competition, as well as how standards contribute to overall regulatory
burden. Finally, the MIA serves to identify any disproportionate
impacts on manufacturer subgroups, including small business
manufacturers.
The quantitative part of the MIA primarily relies on the Government
Regulatory Impact Model (``GRIM''), an industry cash flow model with
inputs specific to this rulemaking. The key GRIM inputs include data on
the industry cost structure, unit production costs, equipment
shipments, manufacturer markups, and investments in R&D and
manufacturing capital required to produce compliant equipment. The key
GRIM outputs are the INPV, which is the sum of industry annual cash
flows over the analysis period, discounted using the industry-weighted
average cost of capital, and the impact on domestic manufacturing
employment. The model uses standard accounting principles to estimate
the impacts of more-stringent energy conservation standards on a given
industry by comparing changes in INPV and domestic manufacturing
employment between a no-new-standards case and the various standards
cases (i.e., TSLs). To capture the uncertainty relating to manufacturer
pricing strategies following new standards, the GRIM estimates a range
of possible impacts under different manufacturer markup scenarios.
The qualitative part of the MIA addresses manufacturer
characteristics and market trends. Specifically, the MIA considers such
factors as a potential standard's impact on manufacturing capacity,
competition within the industry, the cumulative impact of other DOE and
non-DOE regulations, and impacts on manufacturer subgroups. The
complete MIA is outlined in chapter 12 of the final rule TSD.
DOE conducted the MIA for this rulemaking in three phases. In Phase
1 of the MIA, DOE prepared a profile of the circulator pump
manufacturing industry based on the market and technology assessment,
preliminary manufacturer interviews, and publicly available
information. This included a top-down analysis of circulator pump
manufacturers that DOE used to derive preliminary financial inputs for
the GRIM (e.g., revenues; materials, labor, overhead, and depreciation
expenses; selling, general, and administrative expenses (``SG&A''); and
R&D expenses). DOE also used public sources of information to further
calibrate its initial characterization of the circulator pump
manufacturing industry, including company filings of form 10-K from the
SEC,\63\ corporate annual reports, the U.S. Census Bureau's ``Economic
Census,'' \64\ and reports from D&B Hoovers.\65\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\63\ www.sec.gov/edgar.
\64\ www.census.gov/programs-surveys/asm/data/tables.html.
\65\ app.avention.com.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In Phase 2 of the MIA, DOE prepared a framework industry cash-flow
analysis to quantify the potential impacts of new energy conservation
standards. The GRIM uses several factors to determine a series of
annual cash flows starting with the announcement of the standard and
extending over a 30-year period following the compliance date of the
standards. These factors include annual expected revenues, costs of
sales, SG&A and R&D expenses, taxes, and capital expenditures. In
general, energy conservation standards can affect manufacturer cash
flow in three distinct ways: (1) creating a need for increased
investment, (2) raising production costs per unit, and (3) altering
revenue due to higher per-unit prices and changes in sales volumes.
In addition, during Phase 2, DOE developed interview guides to
distribute to manufacturers of circulator pumps in order to develop
other key GRIM inputs, including product and capital conversion costs,
and to gather additional information on the anticipated effects of
energy conservation standards on revenues, direct employment, capital
assets, industry competitiveness, and subgroup impacts.
In Phase 3 of the MIA, DOE conducted structured, detailed
interviews with representative manufacturers. During these interviews,
DOE discussed engineering, manufacturing, procurement, and financial
topics to validate assumptions used in the GRIM and to identify key
issues or concerns. As part of Phase 3, DOE also evaluated subgroups of
manufacturers that may be disproportionately impacted by new standards
or that may not be accurately represented by the average cost
assumptions used to develop the
[[Page 44508]]
industry cash-flow analysis. Such manufacturer subgroups may include
small business manufacturers, low-volume manufacturers, niche players,
and/or manufacturers exhibiting a cost structure that largely differs
from the industry average. DOE identified one subgroup for a separate
impact analysis: small business manufacturers. The small business
subgroup is discussed in section VI.B, ``Review under the Regulatory
Flexibility Act'' and in chapter 12 of the final rule TSD.
2. Government Regulatory Impact Model and Key Inputs
DOE uses the GRIM to quantify the changes in cash flow due to new
standards that result in a higher or lower industry value. The GRIM
uses a standard, annual discounted cash-flow analysis that incorporates
manufacturer costs, markups, shipments, and industry financial
information as inputs. The GRIM model changes in costs, distribution of
shipments, investments, and manufacturer margins that could result from
new energy conservation standards. The GRIM spreadsheet uses the inputs
to arrive at a series of annual cash flows, beginning in 2024 (the base
year of the analysis) and continuing to 2057. DOE calculated INPVs by
summing the stream of annual discounted cash flows during this period.
For manufacturers of circulator pumps, DOE used a real discount rate of
9.6 percent, which was derived from industry financials and then
modified according to feedback received during manufacturer interviews.
The GRIM calculates cash flows using standard accounting principles
and compares changes in INPV between the no-new-standards case and each
standards case. The difference in INPV between the no-new-standards
case and a standards case represents the financial impact of new energy
conservation standards on manufacturers. As discussed previously, DOE
developed critical GRIM inputs using a number of sources, including
publicly available data, results of the engineering analysis,
information gathered from industry stakeholders during the course of
manufacturer interviews, and subsequent Working Group meetings. The
GRIM results are presented in section V.B.2 of this document.
Additional details about the GRIM, the discount rate, and other
financial parameters can be found in chapter 12 of the final rule TSD.
a. Manufacturer Production Costs
Manufacturing more efficient equipment is typically more expensive
than manufacturing baseline equipment due to the use of more complex
components, which are typically more costly than baseline components.
The changes in the MPCs of covered equipment can affect the revenues,
gross margins, and cash flow of the industry. MPCs were derived in the
engineering analysis using methods discussed in section IV.C.3 of this
document.
For a complete description of the MPCs, see chapter 5 of the final
rule TSD.
b. Shipments Projections
The GRIM estimates manufacturer revenues based on total unit
shipment projections and the distribution of those shipments by
efficiency level. Changes in sales volumes and efficiency mix over time
can significantly affect manufacturer finances. For this analysis, the
GRIM uses the NIA's annual shipment projections derived from the
shipments analysis from 2024 (the base year) to 2057 (the end year of
the analysis period). See chapter 9 of the final rule TSD for
additional details.
c. Product and Capital Conversion Costs
New energy conservation standards could cause manufacturers to
incur conversion costs to bring their production facilities and
equipment designs into compliance. DOE evaluated the level of
conversion-related expenditures that would be needed to comply with
each considered efficiency level in each equipment class. For the MIA,
DOE classified these conversion costs into two major groups: (1)
product conversion costs; and (2) capital conversion costs. Product
conversion costs are investments in research, development, testing,
marketing, and other non-capitalized costs necessary to make equipment
designs comply with new energy conservation standards. Capital
conversion costs are investments in property, plant, and equipment
necessary to adapt or change existing production facilities such that
new compliant equipment designs can be fabricated and assembled.
To evaluate the level of product conversion costs manufacturers
would likely incur to comply with new energy conservation standards,
DOE estimated the number of basic models that manufacturers would have
to re-design to move their equipment lines to each incremental
efficiency level. DOE developed the product conversion costs by
estimating the amount of labor per basic model manufacturers would need
for research and development to raise the efficiency of models to each
incremental efficiency level. DOE anticipates that manufacturer basic
model counts would decrease with use of ECMs due to the greater range
of applications served by one ECM as opposed to an induction motor. DOE
also assumed manufacturers would incur testing costs to establish
certified ratings using DOE's test procedure for circulator pumps and
applying DOE's statistical sampling plans to assess compliance.
For circulator pumps, DOE estimated that the re-design effort
varies by efficiency level. At EL 1, DOE anticipates a minor redesign
effort as manufacturers increase their breadth of offerings to meet
standards at this level. DOE estimated a redesign effort of 18 months
of engineering labor and 9 months of technician labor per model at this
level. At EL 2, DOE anticipates manufacturers to integrate ECMs into
their circulator pumps. This requires a significant amount of re-design
as manufacturers transition from legacy AC induction motors to ECMs.
DOE estimated a redesign effort of 35 months of engineering labor and
18 months of technician labor per model. At EL 3 and EL 4, DOE
anticipates manufacturers to incur additional control board redesign
costs as manufacturers add controls (e.g., proportional pressure
controls). DOE estimated a redesign effort of 54 months of engineering
labor and 35 months of technician labor per model at EL 3. DOE
estimated a redesign effort of 54 months of engineering labor and 54
months of technician labor per model at EL 4.
To evaluate the level of capital conversion costs manufacturers
would likely incur to comply with new energy conservation standards,
DOE used information derived from the engineering analysis, shipments
analysis, and manufacturer interviews. DOE used the information to
estimate the additional investments in property, plant, and equipment
that are necessary to meet energy conservation standards. In the
engineering analysis evaluation of higher efficiency equipment from
leading manufacturers of circulator pumps, DOE found a range of designs
and manufacturing approaches. DOE attempted to account for both the
range of manufacturing pathways and the current efficiency distribution
of shipments in the modeling of industry capital conversion costs.
For all circulator pump varieties, DOE estimates that capital
conversion costs are driven by the cost for industry to expand
production capacity at efficiency levels requiring use of an ECM (i.e.,
EL 2, EL 3, and EL 4). DOE anticipates capital investments to be
similar among EL 2 through EL 4 as circulator pump controls are likely
to be used to increase a circulator pump
[[Page 44509]]
beyond EL 2, and pump controls do not require additional capital
investments. At all ELs, DOE anticipates manufacturers will incur costs
to expand production capacity of more efficient equipment.
For CP1 type circulator pumps, DOE anticipates manufacturers would
choose to assemble ECMs in-house. As such, the capital conversion cost
estimates for CP1-type circulator pumps include, but were not limited
to, capital investments in welding and bobbin tooling, magnetizers,
winders, lamination dies, testing equipment, and additional
manufacturing floor-space requirements.
For CP2 and CP3 type circulator pumps, DOE anticipates
manufacturers would purchase ECMs as opposed to assembling in-house. As
such, DOE estimated that the design changes to produce circulator pumps
with ECMs would be driven by purchased parts (i.e., ECMs). The capital
conversion costs for these variety of circulator pumps are based on
additional manufacturing floor space requirements to expand
manufacturing capacity of ECMs.
During the NOPR public meeting, Taco requested that DOE provide an
estimate on the number of models that are assumed to be redesigned for
each EL. (Taco, Inc., Public Meeting Transcript, No. 129 at pp. 69-70)
Table IV.15 displays the number of circulator pump models that would be
redesigned and introduced into the market at each efficiency level.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.036
HI and Xylem commented on the December 2022 NOPR that the
investments DOE estimated in the December 2022 NOPR required to comply
with standards set at TSL 2, TSL 3, and TSL 4, would be substantial
investments given the size of and total free cash flow available to
most circulator pump manufacturers. (HI, No. 135 at pp. 3-5; Xylem, No.
136 at p. 4) HI and Xylem continued by stating that requiring
manufacturers to make these investments in a 2-year compliance period
and the current market's supply chain issues increases the conversion
cost impacts on the manufacturers. (Id.) Additionally, HI and Xylem
commented that considering lead times for materials and components, it
is not possible to invest the amount required to comply with TSL 2
efficiently within the 2-year compliance period.\66\ (Id.) HI and Xylem
recommended that DOE have a 4-year compliance period, which was the
compliance period agreed to by the CPWG. (Id.) As discussed in section
III.H of this document, DOE is establishing a 4-year compliance date
for energy conservation standards for circulator pumps. DOE interprets
HI's comment regarding conversion cost impact to manufacturers' will be
mitigated if a 4-year compliance date is adopted.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\66\ In the December 2022 NOPR (Table IV.13) DOE estimated that
manufacturers will have to invest $54.7 million in product
conversion costs and an additional $22.3 million in capital
conversion cost ($77.0 million total). 87 FR 74850, 74886.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
HI and Xylem also commented that it would be difficult for
companies to introduce a circulator pump into the market that has a CEI
right at 1.0 and have it be competitive in the market. (HI, No. 135 at
pp. 3-5; Xylem, No. 136 at p. 4) Therefore, HI and Xylem state that the
DOE NOPR analysis of TSL 2, which only looks at the costs associated
with making circulator pumps that are minimally compliant with TSL 2
(i.e., comply with standards set at TSL 2 but would not meet efficiency
levels associated with TSL 3) is not accurate. (Id.) HI and Xylem
stated that the market realities are that new circulators need to be
designed to successfully compete in the market as well, which will
require an investment much closer to the impacts (cost & time) which
DOE has associated with TSL 3. (Id.) As described in section IV.G.2 of
this document, the shipments analysis models a ``roll-up'' scenario to
estimate standards-case shipments. In this scenario, the shipments in
the no-new-standards-case that would be below the minimum qualifying
efficiency level prescribed by standards are ``rolled up'' (i.e., added
to) to the minimum qualifying equipment efficiency level at that
standard level. DOE disagrees that there would not be a market for
minimally qualifying circulator pumps at any of the analyzed TSLs. As
displayed in Table IV.4 through Table IV.7, MPCs increase at higher
efficiency levels, which results in more expensive end-user prices at
higher efficiency levels. DOE estimates that approximately 70 percent
of circulator pump shipments currently sold into the U.S. market are at
baseline or EL 1 (which are the least expensive circulator pumps on the
market). HI additionally stated that while small incremental growth is
occurring for ECMs (circulator pumps with ECMs typically are at EL 2,
EL 3, or EL 4) first cost is a barrier for customers. (HI, No. 112 at
pp. 9-10) DOE agrees that the initial purchase price prevents some
customers from purchasing more efficient and expensive circulator
pumps. Therefore, DOE modeled a shipment scenario that has customers
continuing to purchase the minimally complaint circulator pumps (which
would also be the least expensive circulator pumps) after compliance
with each analyzed energy conservation standard.
HI and Xylem also commented that capital investment will increase
going from EL 2 to EL 4. (Id.) HI commented that EL 3 and EL 4
circulator pumps are more complex equipment that will require
additional investment in programing and testing infrastructure, and
additional manufacturing tooling for EL 4 beyond what is required at EL
3 to simulate the external input signals during manufacturing testing.
(Id.) DOE agrees that EL 3 and EL 4 will require additional programing
and testing and has included those additional costs in the product
conversion costs shown in Table IV.16 as these programing and testing
costs are non-capitalized costs and should be included in product
conversion costs and not capital conversion costs.\67\ Therefore, DOE
has included these additional investments required to comply with EL 3
and EL 4.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\67\ At EL 2 DOE estimates the product conversion costs will be
$56.4 million. This will increase to $91.5 million at EL 3 and
increase to $105.1 million at EL 4.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In general, DOE assumes all conversion-related investments occur
between the date of publication of this final rule and the year by
which manufacturers must comply with the new standards. The conversion
cost figures used in the GRIM can be found in Table IV.16 and in
section V.B.2.a of this document. For additional information on the
estimated capital
[[Page 44510]]
and product conversion costs, see chapter 12 of the final rule TSD.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.037
d. Manufacturer Markup Scenarios
MSPs include direct manufacturing production costs (i.e., labor,
materials, and overhead estimated in DOE's MPCs) and all non-production
costs (i.e., SG&A, R&D, and interest), along with profit. To calculate
the MSPs in the GRIM, DOE applied non-production cost markups to the
MPCs estimated in the engineering analysis for each equipment class and
efficiency level. Modifying these markups in the standards case yields
different sets of impacts on manufacturers. For the MIA, DOE modeled
two standards-case manufacturer markup scenarios to represent
uncertainty regarding the potential impacts on prices and profitability
for manufacturers following the implementation of new energy
conservation standards: (1) a preservation of gross margin scenario and
(2) a preservation of operating profit scenario. These scenarios lead
to different manufacturer markup values that, when applied to the MPCs,
result in varying revenue and cash flow impacts.
Under the preservation of gross margin scenario, DOE applied a
single uniform ``gross margin percentage'' across all efficiency
levels, which assumes that manufacturers would be able to maintain the
same amount of profit as a percentage of revenues at all efficiency
levels within an equipment class. As MPCs increase with efficiency,
this scenario implies that the absolute dollar markup will increase.
This is the manufacturer markup scenario that is used in all consumer
analyses (e.g., LCC, NIA, etc.).
To estimate the average manufacturer markup used in the
preservation of gross margin scenario, DOE analyzed publicly available
financial information for manufacturers of circulator pumps. DOE then
requested feedback on its initial manufacturer markup estimates during
manufacturer interviews. Based on manufacturer interviews, DOE revised
the initial manufacturer markups that were used in December 2022 NOPR.
DOE did not receive any comments on the manufacturer markups presented
in the December 2022 NOPR. Therefore, DOE continues to use the same
manufacturer markups in this final rule analysis that were used in the
December 2022 NOPR. Table IV.17 presents the manufacturers markups used
in this final rule analysis for the no-new-standards case and the
preservation of gross margin scenario standards cases. These markups
capture all non-production costs, including SG&A expenses, R&D
expenses, interest expenses, and profit.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.038
Under the preservation of operating profit scenario, DOE modeled a
situation in which manufacturers are not able to increase per-unit
operating profit in proportion to increases in MPCs. In this scenario,
manufacturer markups are set so that operating profit one year after
the compliance date of energy conservation standards is the same as in
the no-new-standards case on a per-unit basis. In other words,
manufacturers are not able to garner additional operating profit from
the higher MPCs and the investments that are required to comply with
the energy conservation standards. However, manufacturers are able to
maintain the same per-unit operating profit in the standards case that
was earned in the no-new-standards case. Therefore, operating margin in
percentage terms is reduced between the no-new-standards case and
standards case.
A comparison of industry financial impacts under the two
manufacturer markup scenarios is presented in section V.B.2.a of this
document.
K. Emissions Analysis
The emissions analysis consists of two components. The first
component estimates the effect of potential energy conservation
standards on power sector and site (where applicable) combustion
emissions of CO2, NOX, SO2, and Hg.
The second component estimates the impacts of potential standards on
emissions of two additional greenhouse gases, CH4 and
N2O, as well as the reductions in emissions of other gases
due to ``upstream'' activities in the fuel production chain. These
upstream activities comprise extraction, processing, and transporting
fuels to the site of combustion.
The analysis of electric power sector emissions of CO2,
NOX, SO2, and Hg uses emissions intended to
represent the marginal impacts of the change in electricity consumption
associated with new standards. The methodology is based on results
published for the AEO, including a set of side cases that implement a
variety of efficiency-related policies. The methodology is described in
appendix 13A in the final rule TSD. The analysis presented in this
notice uses projections from AEO2023. Power sector emissions of
CH4 and N2O from fuel combustion are estimated
using Emission Factors for Greenhouse Gas Inventories published by the
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).\68\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\68\ Available at www.epa.gov/sites/production/files/2021-04/documents/emission-factors_apr2021.pdf (last accessed September 29,
2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 44511]]
FFC upstream emissions, which include emissions from fuel
combustion during extraction, processing, and transportation of fuels,
and ``fugitive'' emissions (direct leakage to the atmosphere) of
CH4 and CO2, are estimated based on the
methodology described in chapter 15 of the final rule TSD.
The emissions intensity factors are expressed in terms of physical
units per MWh or MMBtu of site energy savings. For power sector
emissions, specific emissions intensity factors are calculated by
sector and end use. Total emissions reductions are estimated using the
energy savings calculated in the national impact analysis.
1. Air Quality Regulations Incorporated in DOE's Analysis
DOE's no-new-standards case for the electric power sector reflects
the AEO, which incorporates the projected impacts of existing air
quality regulations on emissions. AEO2023 reflects, to the extent
possible, laws and regulations adopted through mid-November 2022,
including the emissions control programs discussed in the following
paragraphs the emissions control programs discussed in the following
paragraphs, and the Inflation Reduction Act.\69\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\69\ For further information, see the Assumptions to AEO2023
report that sets forth the major assumptions used to generate the
projections in the Annual Energy Outlook. Available at www.eia.gov/outlooks/aeo/assumptions/ (last accessed September 29, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
SO2 emissions from affected electric generating units
(``EGUs'') are subject to nationwide and regional emissions cap-and-
trade programs. Title IV of the Clean Air Act sets an annual emissions
cap on SO2 for affected EGUs in the 48 contiguous States and
the District of Columbia (``DC''). (42 U.S.C. 7651 et seq.)
SO2 emissions from numerous States in the eastern half of
the United States are also limited under the Cross-State Air Pollution
Rule (``CSAPR''). 76 FR 48208 (Aug. 8, 2011). CSAPR requires these
States to reduce certain emissions, including annual SO2
emissions, and went into effect as of January 1, 2015.\70\ The AEO
incorporates implementation of CSAPR, including the update to the CSAPR
ozone season program emission budgets and target dates issued in 2016.
81 FR 74504 (Oct. 26, 2016). Compliance with CSAPR is flexible among
EGUs and is enforced through the use of tradable emissions allowances.
Under existing EPA regulations, for states subject to SO2
emissions limits under CSAPR, any excess SO2 emissions
allowances resulting from the lower electricity demand caused by the
adoption of an efficiency standard could be used to permit offsetting
increases in SO2 emissions by another regulated EGU.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\70\ CSAPR requires states to address annual emissions of
SO2 and NOX, precursors to the formation of
fine particulate matter (``PM2.5'') pollution, in order
to address the interstate transport of pollution with respect to the
1997 and 2006 PM2.5 National Ambient Air Quality
Standards (``NAAQS''). CSAPR also requires certain states to address
the ozone season (May-September) emissions of NOX, a
precursor to the formation of ozone pollution, in order to address
the interstate transport of ozone pollution with respect to the 1997
ozone NAAQS. 76 FR 48208 (Aug. 8, 2011). EPA subsequently issued a
supplemental rule that included an additional five states in the
CSAPR ozone season program; 76 FR 80760 (Dec. 27, 2011)
(Supplemental Rule), and EPA issued the CSAPR Update for the 2008
ozone NAAQS. 81 FR 74504 (Oct. 26, 2016).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
However, beginning in 2016, SO2 emissions began to fall
as a result of the Mercury and Air Toxics Standards (``MATS'') for
power plants.\71\ 77 FR 9304 (Feb. 16, 2012). The final rule
establishes power plant emission standards for mercury, acid gases, and
non-mercury metallic toxic pollutants. Because of the emissions
reductions under the MATS, it is unlikely that excess SO2
emissions allowances resulting from the lower electricity demand would
be needed or used to permit offsetting increases in SO2
emissions by another regulated EGU. Therefore, energy conservation
standards that decrease electricity generation will generally reduce
SO2 emissions. DOE estimated SO2 emissions
reduction using emissions factors based on AEO2023.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\71\ In order to continue operating, coal power plants must have
either flue gas desulfurization or dry sorbent injection systems
installed. Both technologies, which are used to reduce acid gas
emissions, also reduce SO2 emissions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
CSAPR also established limits on NOX emissions for
numerous States in the eastern half of the United States. Energy
conservation standards would have little effect on NOX
emissions in those States covered by CSAPR emissions limits if excess
NOX emissions allowances resulting from the lower
electricity demand could be used to permit offsetting increases in
NOX emissions from other EGUs. In such case, NOX
emissions would remain near the limit even if electricity generation
goes down. Depending on the configuration of the power sector in the
different regions and the need for allowances, however, NOX
emissions might not remain at the limit in the case of lower
electricity demand. That would mean that standards might reduce
NOX emissions in covered States. Despite this possibility,
DOE has chosen to be conservative in its analysis and has maintained
the assumption that standards will not reduce NOX emissions
in States covered by CSAPR. Standards would be expected to reduce
NOX emissions in the States not covered by CSAPR. DOE used
AEO2023 data to derive NOX emissions factors for the group
of States not covered by CSAPR.
The MATS limit mercury emissions from power plants, but they do not
include emissions caps and, as such, DOE's energy conservation
standards would be expected to slightly reduce Hg emissions. DOE
estimated mercury emissions reduction using emissions factors based on
AEO2023, which incorporates the MATS.
L. Monetizing Emissions Impacts
As part of the development of this final rule, for the purpose of
complying with the requirements of Executive Order 12866, DOE
considered the estimated monetary benefits from the reduced emissions
of CO2, CH4, N2O, NOX, and
SO2 that are expected to result from each of the TSLs
considered. In order to make this calculation analogous to the
calculation of the NPV of consumer benefit, DOE considered the reduced
emissions expected to result over the lifetime of equipment shipped in
the projection period for each TSL. This section summarizes the basis
for the values used for monetizing the emissions benefits and presents
the values considered in this final rule.
To monetize the benefits of reducing GHG emissions, this analysis
uses the interim estimates presented in the Technical Support Document:
Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates
Under Executive Order 13990 published in February 2021 by the IWG.
1. Monetization of Greenhouse Gas Emissions
DOE estimates the monetized benefits of the reductions in emissions
of CO2, CH4, and N2O by using a
measure of the SC of each pollutant (e.g., SC-CO2). These
estimates represent the monetary value of the net harm to society
associated with a marginal increase in emissions of these pollutants in
a given year, or the benefit of avoiding that increase. These estimates
are intended to include (but are not limited to) climate-change-related
changes in net agricultural productivity, human health, property
damages from increased flood risk, disruption of energy systems, risk
of conflict, environmental migration, and the value of ecosystem
services.
DOE exercises its own judgment in presenting monetized climate
benefits as recommended by applicable Executive orders, and DOE would
reach the same conclusion presented in this
[[Page 44512]]
rulemaking in the absence of the social cost of greenhouse gases. That
is, the social costs of greenhouse gases, whether measured using the
February 2021 interim estimates presented by the Interagency Working
Group on the Social Cost of Greenhouse Gases or by another means, did
not affect the rule ultimately proposed by DOE.
DOE estimated the global social benefits of CO2,
CH4, and N2O reductions using SC-GHG values that
were based on the interim values presented in the Technical Support
Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim
Estimates under Executive Order 13990, published in February 2021 by
the IWG (``February 2021 SC-GHG TSD''). The SC-GHG is the monetary
value of the net harm to society associated with a marginal increase in
emissions in a given year, or the benefit of avoiding that increase. In
principle, the SC-GHG includes the value of all climate change impacts,
including (but not limited to) changes in net agricultural
productivity, human health effects, property damage from increased
flood risk and natural disasters, disruption of energy systems, risk of
conflict, environmental migration, and the value of ecosystem services.
The SC-GHG therefore, reflects the societal value of reducing emissions
of the gas in question by one metric ton. The SC-GHG is the
theoretically appropriate value to use in conducting benefit-cost
analyses of policies that affect CO2, N2O and
CH4 emissions. As a member of the IWG involved in the
development of the February 2021 SC-GHG TSD, DOE agreed that the
interim SC-GHG estimates represent the most appropriate estimate of the
SC-GHG until revised estimates are developed reflecting the latest,
peer-reviewed science. See 87 FR 78382, 78406-78408 for discussion of
the development and details of the IWG SC-GHG estimates.
There are a number of limitations and uncertainties associated with
the SC-GHG estimates. First, the current scientific and economic
understanding of discounting approaches suggests discount rates
appropriate for intergenerational analysis in the context of climate
change are likely to be less than 3 percent, near 2 percent or
lower.\72\ Second, the IAMs used to produce these interim estimates do
not include all of the important physical, ecological, and economic
impacts of climate change recognized in the climate change literature
and the science underlying their ``damage functions''--i.e., the core
parts of the IAMs that map global mean temperature changes and other
physical impacts of climate change into economic (both market and
nonmarket) damages--lags behind the most recent research. For example,
limitations include the incomplete treatment of catastrophic and non-
catastrophic impacts in the integrated assessment models, their
incomplete treatment of adaptation and technological change, the
incomplete way in which inter-regional and intersectoral linkages are
modeled, uncertainty in the extrapolation of damages to high
temperatures, and inadequate representation of the relationship between
the discount rate and uncertainty in economic growth over long time
horizons. Likewise, the socioeconomic and emissions scenarios used as
inputs to the models do not reflect new information from the last
decade of scenario generation or the full range of projections. The
modeling limitations do not all work in the same direction in terms of
their influence on the SC-CO2 estimates. However, as
discussed in the February 2021 SC-GHG TSD, the IWG has recommended
that, taken together, the limitations suggest that the interim SC-GHG
estimates used in this final rule likely underestimate the damages from
GHG emissions. DOE concurs with this assessment.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\72\ Interagency Working Group on Social Cost of Greenhouse
Gases. 2021. Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon,
Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates under Executive Order
13990. February. United States Government. Available at:
www.whitehouse.gov/briefing-room/blog/2021/02/26/a-return-to-science-evidence-based-estimates-of-the-benefits-of-reducing-climate-pollution/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earthjustice et al. commented that DOE appropriately applies the
social cost estimates developed by the IWG to its analysis of climate
benefits. They stated that these values are widely agreed to
underestimate the full social costs of greenhouse gas emissions, but
for now they remain appropriate to use as conservative estimates.
(Earthjustice et al., No. 132-1 at p. 1)
DOE agrees that the interim SC-GHG values applied for this final
rule are conservative estimates. In the February 2021 SC-GHG TSD, the
IWG stated that the models used to produce the interim estimates do not
include all of the important physical, ecological, and economic impacts
of climate change recognized in the climate change literature. For
these same impacts, the science underlying their ``damage functions''
lags behind the most recent research. In the judgment of the IWG, these
and other limitations suggest that the range of four interim SC-GHG
estimates presented in the TSD likely underestimate societal damages
from GHG emissions. The IWG is in the process of assessing how best to
incorporate the latest peer-reviewed science and the recommendations of
the National Academies to develop an updated set of SC-GHG estimates,
and DOE remains engaged in that process.
Earthjustice et al. suggested that DOE should state that criticisms
of the social cost of greenhouse gases are moot in this rulemaking
because the proposed rule is justified without them. (Earthjustice et
al., No. 132-1 at p.2) DOE agrees that the proposed rule is
economically justified without including climate benefits associated
with reduced GHG emissions.
Earthjustice et al. commented that DOE should consider applying
sensitivity analysis using EPA's draft climate-damage estimates
released in November 2022, as EPA's work faithfully implements the
roadmap laid out in 2017 by the National Academies of Sciences and
applies recent advances in the science and economics on the costs of
climate change. (Earthjustice et al., No. 132-1 at pp. 2-3)
DOE is aware that in December 2023, EPA issued a new set of SC-GHG
estimates in connection with a final rulemaking under the Clean Air
Act.\73\ As DOE had used the IWG interim values in proposing this rule
and is currently reviewing the updated 2023 SC-GHG values, for this
final rule, DOE used these updated 2023 SC-GHG values to conduct a
sensitivity analysis of the value of GHG emissions reductions. DOE
notes that because EPA's estimates are considerably higher than the
IWG's interim SC-GHG values applied for this final rule, an analysis
that uses the EPA's estimates results in significantly greater climate-
related benefits. However, such results would not affect DOE's decision
in this final rule. As stated elsewhere in this document, DOE would
reach the same conclusion regarding the economic justification of the
standards presented in this final rule without considering the IWG's
interim SC-GHG values, which DOE agrees are conservative estimates. For
the same reason, if DOE were to use EPA's higher SC-GHG estimates, they
would not change DOE's conclusion that the standards are economically
justified.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\73\ See www.epa.gov/environmental-economics/scghg.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE's derivations of the SC-CO2, SC-N2O, and
SC-CH4 values used for this final rule are discussed in the
following sections, and the results of DOE's analyses estimating the
benefits of the reductions in emissions of these GHGs are presented in
section V.B.6 of this document.
[[Page 44513]]
a. Social Cost of Carbon
The SC-CO2 values used for this final rule were based on
the values developed for the February 2021 SC-GHG TSD, which are shown
in Table IV.18 in five-year increments from 2020 to 2050. The set of
annual values that DOE used, which was adapted from estimates published
by EPA,\74\ is presented in Appendix 14A of the final rule TSD. These
estimates are based on methods, assumptions, and parameters identical
to the estimates published by the IWG (which were based on EPA
modeling), and include values for 2051 to 2070. DOE expects additional
climate benefits to accrue for equipment still operating after 2070,
but a lack of available SC-CO2 estimates for emissions years
beyond 2070 prevents DOE from monetizing these potential benefits in
this analysis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\74\ See EPA, Revised 2023 and Later Model Year Light-Duty
Vehicle GHG Emissions Standards: Regulatory Impact Analysis,
Washington, DC, December 2021. Available at nepis.epa.gov/Exe/ZyPDF.cgi?Dockey=P1013ORN.pdf (last accessed October 2, 2023).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.039
DOE multiplied the CO2 emissions reduction estimated for
each year by the SC-CO2 value for that year in each of the
four cases. DOE adjusted the values to 2022$ using the implicit price
deflator for gross domestic product (``GDP'') from the Bureau of
Economic Analysis. To calculate a present value of the stream of
monetary values, DOE discounted the values in each of the four cases
using the specific discount rate that had been used to obtain the SC-
CO2 values in each case.
b. Social Cost of Methane and Nitrous Oxide
The SC-CH4 and SC-N2O values used for this
final rule were based on the values developed for the February 2021 SC-
GHG TSD. Table IV.19 shows the updated sets of SC-CH4 and
SC-N2O estimates from the latest interagency update in 5-
year increments from 2020 to 2050. The full set of annual values used
is presented in appendix 14A of the final rule TSD. To capture the
uncertainties involved in regulatory impact analysis, DOE has
determined it is appropriate to include all four sets of SC-
CH4 and SC-N2O values, as recommended by the IWG.
DOE derived values after 2050 using the approach described above for
the SC-CO2.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.040
DOE multiplied the CH4 and N2O emissions
reduction estimated for each year by the SC-CH4 and SC-
N2O estimates for that year in each of the cases. DOE
adjusted the values to 2022$ using the implicit price deflator for
gross domestic product (``GDP'') from the Bureau of Economic Analysis.
To calculate a present value of the stream of monetary values, DOE
discounted the values in each of the cases using the specific discount
rate that had been used to obtain the SC-CH4 and SC-
N2O estimates in each case.
c. Sensitivity Analysis Using Updated SC-GHG Estimates
In December 2023, EPA issued an updated set of SC-GHG estimates
(2023
[[Page 44514]]
SC-GHG) in connection with a final rulemaking under the Clean Air
Act.\75\ These estimates incorporate recent research and address
recommendations of the National Academies (2017) and comments from a
2023 external peer review of the accompanying technical report. For
this rulemaking, DOE used these updated 2023 SC-GHG values to conduct a
sensitivity analysis of the value of GHG emissions reductions
associated with alternative standards for circulator pumps. This
sensitivity analysis provides an expanded range of potential climate
benefits associated with amended standards. The final year of EPA's new
2023 SC-GHG estimates is 2080; therefore, DOE did not monetize the
climate benefits of GHG emissions reductions occurring after 2080.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\75\ See www.epa.gov/environmental-economics/scghg.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The overall climate benefits are greater when using the higher,
updated 2023 SC-GHG estimates, compared to the climate benefits using
the older IWG SC-GHG estimates. The results of the sensitivity analysis
are presented in appendix 14C of the final rule TSD.
2. Monetization of Other Emissions Impacts
For the final rule, DOE estimated the monetized value of
NOX and SO2 emissions reductions from electricity
generation using benefit-per-ton estimates for that sector from the
EPA's Benefits Mapping and Analysis Program.\76\ DOE used EPA's values
for PM2.5-related benefits associated with NOX
and SO2 and for ozone-related benefits associated with
NOX for 2025 and 2030, and 2040, calculated with discount
rates of 3 percent and 7 percent. DOE used linear interpolation to
define values for the years not given in the 2025 to 2040 period; for
years beyond 2040, the values are held constant. DOE combined the EPA
regional benefit-per-ton estimates with regional information on
electricity consumption and emissions from AEO2023 to define weighted-
average national values for NOX and SO2 (see
appendix 14B of the final rule TSD).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\76\ U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Estimating the
Benefit per Ton of Reducing Directly-Emitted PM2.5,
PM2.5 Precursors and Ozone Precursors from 21 Sectors.
www.epa.gov/benmap/estimating-benefit-ton-reducing-directly-emitted-pm25-pm25-precursors-and-ozone-precursors.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE multiplied the site emissions reduction (in tons) in each year
by the associated $/ton values, and then discounted each series using
discount rates of 3 percent and 7 percent as appropriate.
M. Utility Impact Analysis
The utility impact analysis estimates the changes in installed
electrical capacity and generation projected to result for each
considered TSL. The analysis is based on published output from the NEMS
associated with AEO2023. NEMS produces the AEO Reference case, as well
as a number of side cases that estimate the economy-wide impacts of
changes to energy supply and demand. For the current analysis, impacts
are quantified by comparing the levels of electricity sector
generation, installed capacity, fuel consumption and emissions in the
AEO2023 Reference case and various side cases. Details of the
methodology are provided in the appendices to chapters 13 and 15 of the
final rule TSD.
The output of this analysis is a set of time-dependent coefficients
that capture the change in electricity generation, primary fuel
consumption, installed capacity and power sector emissions due to a
unit reduction in demand for a given end use. These coefficients are
multiplied by the stream of electricity savings calculated in the NIA
to provide estimates of selected utility impacts of potential new
energy conservation standards.
N. Employment Impact Analysis
DOE considers employment impacts in the domestic economy as one
factor in selecting a standard. Employment impacts from new energy
conservation standards include both direct and indirect impacts. Direct
employment impacts are any changes in the number of employees of
manufacturers of the equipment subject to standards, their suppliers,
and related service firms. The MIA addresses those impacts. Indirect
employment impacts are changes in national employment that occur due to
the shift in expenditures and capital investment caused by the purchase
and operation of more-efficient equipment. Indirect employment impacts
from standards consist of the net jobs created or eliminated in the
national economy, other than in the manufacturing sector being
regulated, caused by (1) reduced spending by purchasers on energy, (2)
reduced spending on new energy supply by the utility industry, (3)
increased consumer spending on the equipment to which the new standards
apply and other goods and services, and (4) the effects of those three
factors throughout the economy.
One method for assessing the possible effects on the demand for
labor of such shifts in economic activity is to compare sector
employment statistics developed by the Labor Department's Bureau of
Labor Statistics (``BLS''). BLS regularly publishes its estimates of
the number of jobs per million dollars of economic activity in
different sectors of the economy, as well as the jobs created elsewhere
in the economy by this same economic activity. Data from BLS indicate
that expenditures in the utility sector generally create fewer jobs
(both directly and indirectly) than expenditures in other sectors of
the economy.\77\ There are many reasons for these differences,
including wage differences and the fact that the utility sector is more
capital-intensive and less labor-intensive than other sectors. Energy
conservation standards have the effect of reducing consumer utility
bills. Because reduced consumer expenditures for energy likely lead to
increased expenditures in other sectors of the economy, the general
effect of efficiency standards is to shift economic activity from a
less labor-intensive sector (i.e., the utility sector) to more labor-
intensive sectors (e.g., the retail and service sectors). Thus, the BLS
data suggest that net national employment may increase due to shifts in
economic activity resulting from energy conservation standards.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\77\ See U.S. Department of Commerce--Bureau of Economic
Analysis. Regional Multipliers: A User Handbook for the Regional
Input-Output Modeling System (``RIMS II''). 1997. U.S. Government
Printing Office: Washington, DC. Available at apps.bea.gov/scb/pdf/regional/perinc/meth/rims2.pdf (last accessed October 02, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE estimated indirect national employment impacts for the standard
levels considered in this final rule using an input/output model of the
U.S. economy called Impact of Sector Energy Technologies version 4
(``ImSET'').\78\ ImSET is a special-purpose version of the ``U.S.
Benchmark National Input-Output'' (``I-O'') model, which was designed
to estimate the national employment and income effects of energy-saving
technologies. The ImSET software includes a computer-based I-O model
having structural coefficients that characterize economic flows among
187 sectors most relevant to industrial, commercial, and residential
building energy use.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\78\ Livingston, O.V., S.R. Bender, M.J. Scott, and R.W.
Schultz. ImSET 4.0: Impact of Sector Energy Technologies Model
Description and User's Guide. 2015. Pacific Northwest National
Laboratory: Richland, WA. PNNL-24563.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE notes that ImSET is not a general equilibrium forecasting
model, and that the uncertainties involved in projecting employment
impacts, especially changes in the later years of the analysis. Because
ImSET does not incorporate price changes, the employment effects
predicted by ImSET may over-estimate actual job impacts
[[Page 44515]]
over the long run for this rule. Therefore, DOE used ImSET only to
generate results for near-term timeframes (2028-2032), where these
uncertainties are reduced. For more details on the employment impact
analysis, see chapter 16 of the final rule TSD.
V. Analytical Results and Conclusions
The following section addresses the results from DOE's analyses
with respect to the considered energy conservation standards for
circulator pumps. It addresses the TSLs examined by DOE, the projected
impacts of each of these levels if adopted as energy conservation
standards for circulator pumps, and the standards level that DOE is
adopting in this final rule. Additional details regarding DOE's
analyses are contained in the final rule TSD supporting this document.
A. Trial Standard Levels
In general, DOE typically evaluates potential new standards for
equipment by grouping individual efficiency levels for each class into
TSLs. Use of TSLs allows DOE to identify and consider manufacturer cost
interactions between the equipment classes, to the extent that there
are such interactions, and price elasticity of consumer purchasing
decisions that may change when different standard levels are set.
In the analysis conducted for this final rule, DOE analyzed the
benefits and burdens of four TSLs for circulator pumps. As discussed
previously, because there is only one equipment class for circulator
pumps, DOE developed TSLs that align with their corresponding ELs
(i.e., TSL 1 corresponds to EL 1, etc.). DOE presents the results for
the TSLs in this document, while the results for all efficiency levels
that DOE analyzed are in the final rule TSD.
Table V.1 presents the TSLs and the corresponding efficiency levels
that DOE has identified for potential new energy conservation standards
for circulator pumps. TSL 4 represents the maximum technologically
feasible (``max-tech'') energy efficiency.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.041
B. Economic Justification and Energy Savings
1. Economic Impacts on Individual Consumers
DOE analyzed the economic impacts on circulator pump consumers by
looking at the effects that potential new standards at each TSL would
have on the LCC and PBP. DOE also examined the impacts of potential
standards on selected consumer subgroups. These analyses are discussed
in the following sections.
a. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period
In general, higher-efficiency equipment affects consumers in two
ways: (1) purchase price increases and (2) annual operating costs
decrease. Inputs used for calculating the LCC and PBP include total
installed costs (i.e., equipment price plus installation costs), and
operating costs (i.e., annual energy use, energy prices, energy price
trends, repair costs, and maintenance costs). The LCC calculation also
uses equipment lifetime and a discount rate. Chapter 8 of the final
rule TSD provides detailed information on the LCC and PBP analyses.
Table V.2 and Table V.3 show the LCC and PBP results for the TSLs
considered for each equipment class. In the first of each pair of
tables, the simple payback is measured relative to the baseline
equipment. In the second table, the impacts are measured relative to
the efficiency distribution in the in the no-new-standards case in the
compliance year (see section IV.F.8 of this document). Because some
consumers purchase equipment with higher efficiency in the no-new-
standards case, the average savings are less than the difference
between the average LCC of the baseline equipment and the average LCC
at each TSL. The savings refer only to consumers who are affected by a
standard at a given TSL. Those who already purchase an equipment with
efficiency at or above a given TSL are not affected. Consumers for whom
the LCC increases at a given TSL experience a net cost.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.042
[[Page 44516]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.043
b. Consumer Subgroup Analysis
In the consumer subgroup analysis, due to the high fraction of
circulator pumps used in the residential sector, DOE estimated the
impact of the considered TSLs on senior-only households. The analysis
used subsets of the RECS 2015 sample composed of households that meet
the criteria for seniors to generate a new sample of 75,000 senior
consumers. Table V.4 compares the average LCC savings and PBP at each
efficiency level for the consumer subgroups with similar metrics for
the entire consumer sample for circulator pumps. In most cases, the
average LCC savings and PBP for senior-only households at the
considered efficiency levels are not substantially different from the
average for all households. Chapter 11 of the final rule TSD presents
the complete LCC and PBP results for the considered subgroup.
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.044
BILLING CODE 6450-01-C
c. Rebuttable Presumption Payback
As discussed in section II.A of this document, EPCA establishes a
rebuttable presumption that an energy conservation standard is
economically justified if the increased purchase cost for an equipment
that meets the standard is less than three times the value of the
first-year energy savings resulting from the standard. In calculating a
rebuttable presumption payback period for each of the considered TSLs,
DOE used discrete values, and as required by EPCA, based the energy use
calculation on the DOE test procedures for circulator pumps. In
contrast, the PBPs presented in section
[[Page 44517]]
V.B.1.a were calculated using distributions that reflect the range of
energy use in the field.
Table V.5 presents the rebuttable-presumption payback periods for
the considered TSLs for circulator pumps. While DOE examined the
rebuttable-presumption criterion, it considered whether the standard
levels considered for this rule are economically justified through a
more detailed analysis of the economic impacts of those levels,
pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i), that considers the full range
of impacts to the consumer, manufacturer, Nation, and environment. The
results of that analysis serve as the basis for DOE to definitively
evaluate the economic justification for a potential standard level,
thereby supporting or rebutting the results of any preliminary
determination of economic justification.\79\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\79\ As shown in Table V.5, the rebuttable payback period for
the recommended standard level (3.0 years) comes very close to
satisfying the rebuttable presumption.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.045
2. Economic Impacts on Manufacturers
DOE performed an MIA to estimate the impact of new energy
conservation standards on manufacturers of circulator pumps. The next
section describes the expected impacts on manufacturers at each
considered TSL. Chapter 12 of the final rule TSD explains the analysis
in further detail.
a. Industry Cash Flow Analysis Results
In this section, DOE provides GRIM results from the analysis, which
examines changes in the industry that would result from new energy
conservation standards. The following tables summarize the estimated
financial impacts (represented by changes in INPV) of potential new
energy conservation standards on manufacturers of circulator pumps, as
well as the conversion costs that DOE estimates manufacturers of
circulator pumps would incur at each TSL.
As discussed in section IV.J.2.d of this document, DOE modeled two
manufacturer markup scenarios to evaluate a range of cash flow impacts
on the circulator pump industry: (1) the preservation of gross margin
scenario and (2) the preservation of operating profit scenario. DOE
considered the preservation of gross margin scenario by applying a
``gross margin percentage'' for each equipment class across all
efficiency levels. As MPCs increase with efficiency, this scenario
implies that the absolute dollar markup will increase. Because this
scenario assumes that a manufacturer's absolute dollar markup would
increase as MPCs increase in the standards cases, it represents the
upper-bound to industry profitability under new energy conservation
standards.
The preservation of operating profit scenario reflects
manufacturers' concerns about their inability to maintain margins as
MPCs increase to meet higher efficiency levels. In this scenario, while
manufacturers make the necessary investments required to convert their
facilities to produce compliant equipment, operating profit remains the
same in absolute dollars, but decreases as a percentage of revenue.
Each of the modeled manufacturer markup scenarios results in a
unique set of cash-flows and corresponding industry values at each TSL.
In the following discussion, the INPV results refer to the difference
in industry value between the no-new-standards case and each standards
case resulting from the sum of discounted cash-flows from 2024 through
2057. To provide perspective on the short-run cash-flow impact, DOE
includes in the discussion of results a comparison of free cash flow
between the no-new-standards case and the standards case at each TSL in
the year before new energy conservation standards are required.
DOE presents the range in INPV for circulator pump manufacturers in
Table V.6 and Table V.7. DOE presents the impacts to industry cash
flows and the conversion costs in Table V.8.
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.046
[[Page 44518]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.047
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.048
BILLING CODE 6450-01-C
At TSL 4, DOE estimates the change in INPV will range from -$118.1
million to $32.4 million, which represents a change in INPV of -34.0
percent to 9.3 percent, respectively. At TSL 4, industry free cash flow
decreases to -$20.8 million, which represents a decrease of
approximately 173.3 percent, compared to the no-new-standards case
value of $28.4 million in 2027, the year before the compliance year.
TSL 4 sets the efficiency level at EL 4, max-tech, for all
circulator pump varieties. DOE estimates that approximately 2 percent
of all circulator pump shipments will meet the ELs required at TSL 4 in
the no-new-standards case in 2028, the compliance year.
At TSL 4, DOE estimates manufacturers would incur $105.1 million in
product conversion costs and $24.7 million in capital conversion costs
to bring their equipment portfolios into compliance with standards set
at TSL 4. At TSL 4, product conversion costs are the key driver of the
decrease in free cash flow. These upfront investments result in a
significantly lower free cash flow in the year before the compliance
date.
At TSL 4, the shipment weighted-average MPC significantly increases
by approximately 65.3 percent relative to the no-new-standards case
MPC. In the preservation of gross margin scenario, this increase in MPC
causes an increase in manufacturer free cash flow, while the $129.9
million in conversion costs estimated at TSL 4 cause a decrease in
manufacturer free cash flow. Ultimately, these factors result in a
moderately positive change in INPV at TSL 4 under the preservation of
gross margin scenario.
Under the preservation of operating profit scenario, the
significant increase in the shipment weighted-average MPC results in a
lower average manufacturer markup. This lower average manufacturer
markup and the $129.9 million in conversion costs result in a
significantly negative change in INPV at TSL 4 under the preservation
of operating profit scenario.
At TSL 3, DOE estimates the change in INPV will range from -$100.1
million to $15.2 million, which represents a change in INPV of -28.8
percent to 4.4 percent, respectively. At TSL 3, industry free cash flow
decreases to -$14.6 million, which represents a decrease of
approximately 151.6 percent, compared to the no-new-standards case
value of $28.4 million in 2027, the year before the compliance year.
TSL 3 sets the efficiency level at EL 3 for all circulator pump
varieties. DOE estimates that approximately 20 percent of all
circulator pump shipments will meet or exceed the ELs required at TSL 3
in the no-new-standards case in 2028, the compliance year.
At TSL 3, DOE estimates manufacturers would incur $91.5 million in
product conversion costs and $24.7 million in capital conversion costs
to bring their equipment portfolios into compliance with standards set
at TSL 3. At TSL 3, product conversion costs continue to be a key
driver of the decrease in free cash flow. These upfront investments
result in a significantly lower free cash flow in the year before the
compliance date.
At TSL 3, the shipment weighted-average MPC significantly increases
by approximately 51.0 percent relative to the no-new-standards case
MPC. In the preservation of gross margin scenario, this increase in MPC
causes an increase in manufacturer free cash flow, while the $116.2
million in conversion costs estimated at TSL 3 cause a decrease in
manufacturer free cash flow. Ultimately, these factors result in a
slightly positive change in INPV at TSL 3 under the preservation of
gross margin scenario.
Under the preservation of operating profit scenario, the
significant increase in the shipment weighted-average MPC results in a
lower average manufacturer markup. This lower average manufacturer
markup and the $116.2 million in conversion costs result in a
significantly negative change in INPV at TSL 3 under the preservation
of operating profit scenario.
[[Page 44519]]
At TSL 2, DOE estimates the change in INPV will range from -$69.2
million to $11.1 million, which represents a change in INPV of -19.9
percent to 3.2 percent, respectively. At TSL 2, industry free cash flow
decreases to -$2.1 million, which represents a decrease of
approximately 107.3 percent, compared to the no-new-standards case
value of $28.4 million in 2027, the year before the compliance year.
TSL 2 sets the efficiency level at EL 2 for all circulator pump
varieties. DOE estimates that approximately 37 percent of all
circulator pump shipments will meet or exceed the ELs required at TSL 2
in the no-new-standards case in 2028, the compliance year.
At TSL 2, DOE estimates manufacturers would incur $56.4 million in
product conversion costs and $24.7 million in capital conversion costs
to bring their equipment portfolios into compliance with standards set
at TSL 2. At TSL 2, product conversion costs continue to be a key
driver of the decrease in free cash flow. These upfront investments
result in a lower free cash flow in the year before the compliance
date.
At TSL 2, the shipment weighted-average MPC moderately increases by
approximately 36.5 percent relative to the no-new-standards case MPC.
In the preservation of gross margin scenario, this increase in MPC
causes an increase in manufacturer free cash flow, while the $81.2
million in conversion costs estimated at TSL 2 cause a decrease in
manufacturer free cash flow. Ultimately, these factors result in a
slightly positive change in INPV at TSL 2 under the preservation of
gross margin scenario.
Under the preservation of operating profit scenario, the moderate
increase in the shipment weighted-average MPC results in a lower
average manufacturer markup. This lower average manufacturer markup and
the $81.2 million in conversion costs result in a moderately negative
change in INPV at TSL 2 under the preservation of operating profit
scenario.
At TSL 1, DOE estimates the change in INPV will be -$3.4 million,
which represents a change in INPV of -1.0 percent. At TSL 1, industry
free cash flow decreases to $26.5 million, which represents a decrease
of approximately 6.6 percent, compared to the no-new-standards case
value of $28.4 million in 2027, the year before the compliance year.
TSL 1 sets the efficiency level at EL 1 for all circulator pump
varieties. DOE estimates that approximately 69 percent of all
circulator pump shipments will meet or exceed the ELs required at TSL 1
in the no-new-standards case in 2028, the compliance year.
At TSL 1, DOE does not expect the increases in efficiency
requirements at this TSL to require any capital investments. DOE
anticipates that manufacturers would have to make slight investments in
R&D to re-design some of their equipment offering to meet standards set
at TSL 1. Overall, DOE estimates that manufacturers would incur $5.5
million in product conversion costs to bring their equipment portfolios
into compliance with standards set to TSL 1. At TSL 1, all
manufacturers have basic models that meet or exceed these efficiency
levels.
At TSL 1, the shipment-weighted average MPC for all circulator
pumps does not increase relative to the no-new-standards case shipment-
weighted average MPC in 2028. Since the shipment-weighted average MPC
does not increase at all at TSL 1 compared to the no-new-standards
case, manufacturers are not able to recover any additional revenue at
TSL 1, despite the conversion costs that they incur at TSL 1.
Therefore, the $5.5 million in conversion costs incurred by
manufacturers causes a slightly negative change in INPV at TSL 1 in
both manufacturer markup scenarios.
b. Direct Impacts on Employment
To quantitatively assess the potential impacts of new energy
conservation standards on direct employment in the circulator pump
industry, DOE used the GRIM to estimate the domestic labor expenditures
and number of direct employees in the no-new-standards case and in each
of the standards cases during the analysis period. This analysis
includes both production and non-production employees employed by
circulator pump manufacturers. DOE used statistical data from the U.S.
Census Bureau's 2021 Annual Survey of Manufacturers \80\ (``ASM''), the
results of the engineering analysis, and interviews with manufacturers
to determine the inputs necessary to calculate industry-wide labor
expenditures and domestic employment levels. Labor expenditures related
to manufacturing of the equipment are a function of the labor intensity
of the equipment, the sales volume, and an assumption that wages remain
fixed in real terms over time.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\80\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2018-2021 Annual Survey of
Manufacturers: Statistics for Industry Groups and Industries (2021).
Available at www.census.gov/data/tables/time-series/econ/asm/2018-2021-asm.html.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The total labor expenditures in the GRIM are converted to domestic
production worker employment levels by dividing production labor
expenditures by the average fully burdened wage per production worker.
DOE calculated the fully burdened wage by multiplying the industry
production worker hourly blended wage (provided by the ASM) by the
fully burdened wage ratio. The fully burdened wage ratio factors in
paid leave, supplemental pay, insurance, retirement and savings, and
legally required benefits. DOE determined the fully burdened ratio from
the Bureau of Labor Statistics' employee compensation data.\81\ The
estimates of production workers in this section cover workers,
including line supervisors who are directly involved in fabricating and
assembling the equipment within the manufacturing facility. Workers
performing services that are closely associated with production
operations, such as materials handling tasks using forklifts, are also
included as production labor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\81\ U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. Employer Costs for
Employee Compensation (June 2023). Available at www.bls.gov/news.release/archives/ecec_09122023.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-production worker employment levels were determined by
multiplying the industry ratio of production worker employment to non-
production employment against the estimated production worker
employment previously explained. Estimates of non-production workers in
this section cover above-the-line supervisors, sales, sales delivery,
installation, office functions, legal, and technical employees.
The total direct-employment impacts calculated in the GRIM are the
sum of the changes in the number of domestic production and non-
production workers resulting from energy conservation standards for
circulator pumps, as compared to the no-new-standards case. Typically,
more efficient equipment is more complex and labor intensive to
produce. Per-unit labor requirements and production time requirements
trend higher with more stringent energy conservation standards.
DOE estimates that approximately 65 percent of circulator pumps
sold in the United States are manufactured domestically. In the absence
of energy conservation standards, DOE estimates that there would be 173
domestic production workers in the circulator pump industry in 2028,
the compliance year.
DOE's analysis estimates that the circulator pump industry will
domestically employ 284 production and non-production workers in the
circulator pump industry in 2028 in the absence of energy conservation
standards. Table V.9 presents the range
[[Page 44520]]
of potential impacts of energy conservation standards on U.S.
production workers of circulator pumps.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.049
At the upper end of the range, all examined TSLs show an increase
(or no change) in the number of domestic workers for circulator pumps.
The upper end of the range represents a scenario where manufacturers
increase production and non-production hiring due to the increase in
labor associated with more efficient circulator pumps and the
additional engineers needed to redesign more efficient circulator
pumps. However, this assumes that in addition to hiring more production
and no-production employees, all existing domestic production and non-
production employees would remain in the United States and not shift to
other countries that currently produce circulator pumps that are sold
in the United States.
At the lower end of the range, all examined TSLs show a decrease
(or no change) in the number of domestic workers for circulator pumps.
Based on information gathered during manufacturer interviews, DOE
understands circulator pumps with ECMs are primarily manufactured
outside the United States. However, manufacturers stated that they
would likely expand their ECM production capacities in the United
States if standards were established at efficiency levels that would
likely require ECMs (i.e., TSL 2 or higher). The lower end of the range
represents a scenario where some manufacturers with existing production
facilities abroad move their circulator pump production for ELs that
will likely require an ECM to those production facilities abroad.
Therefore, DOE modeled a low-end employment range that assumes half of
existing domestic production would be relocated to foreign countries
due to the energy conservation standard at TSL 2 or higher.
HI stated that domestic employment is specific to each
manufacturer. To obtain this information DOE is encouraged to procure
these estimates under NDA with each manufacturer. (HI, No. 135 at p. 6)
DOE conducted manufacturer interviews with a variety of circulator pump
manufacturers prior to the December 2022 NOPR. DOE continues to use the
information gathered during those manufacturer interviews in this final
rule.
Wyer commented that U.S. manufacturing infrastructure cannot
support the level of production needed to satisfy the hydronics market
with ECM circulators. (Wyer, No. 128 at p. 2) Wyer stated that ECM
pumps with the performance curves necessary for the geothermal HVAC
industry are only manufactured in Europe, while the majority of PSC
pumps currently being used in the geothermal HVAC industry are made in
the United States. (Id.) Wyer commented that U.S.-based manufacturers
are more likely to shut down domestic facilities and continue importing
ECM circulators rather than invest to upgrade their plants to produce
ECM pumps. (Id.) Wyer recommended that DOE consider the impact of the
proposed rulemaking on domestic manufacturer employment and the
potential of plant closures. (Id.) Table V.9 displays the range of
potential impacts to domestic manufacturing. Specifically, the lower
end of the range represents a scenario where some manufacturers move
their circulator pump production for ELs that will likely require an
ECM to production facilities located abroad.
Due to variations in manufacturing labor practices, actual direct
employment could vary depending on manufacturers' preference for high
capital or high labor practices in response to standards. DOE notes
that the employment impacts discussed here are independent of the
indirect employment impacts to the broader U.S. economy, which are
documented in chapter 15 of the accompanying TSD.
c. Impacts on Manufacturing Capacity
During manufacturer interviews, industry feedback indicated that
manufacturers' current production capacity was strained due to upstream
supply chain constraints. Additionally, manufacturers expressed that
additional production lines would be required during the conversion
period if standards were set at a level requiring ECMs. However, many
manufacturers noted that their portfolios have expanded in recent years
to accommodate more circulator pumps using ECMs. Furthermore,
manufacturers indicated that a circulator pump utilizing an ECM could
support a wider range of applications compared to a circulator pump
utilizing an induction motor.
As part of the December 2022 NOPR, DOE requested comment on a
potential 2-year compliance period. HI and Xylem commented that
manufacturers will benefit from a 4-year compliance period to allow
time to engineer, develop, and test equipment to meet the standards.
Additionally, there could be manufacturing capacity concerns if DOE
required compliance within 2 years of
[[Page 44521]]
publication of a final rule. (HI, No. 135 at pp. 2-3; Xylem, No. 136 at
pp. 3-4) This topic is also discussed in more detail in section III.H
of this document. Given that DOE is requiring compliance with energy
conservation standards 4 years after publication of this final rule,
DOE does not anticipate any manufacturing capacity concerns.
d. Impacts on Subgroups of Manufacturers
As discussed in section IV.J of this document, using average cost
assumptions to develop an industry cash-flow estimate may not be
adequate for assessing differential impacts among manufacturer
subgroups. Small manufacturers, niche manufacturers, and manufacturers
exhibiting a cost structure substantially different from the industry
average could be affected disproportionately. DOE used the results of
the industry characterization to group manufacturers exhibiting similar
characteristics. Consequently, DOE identified small business
manufacturers as a subgroup for a separate impact analysis.
For the small business subgroup analysis, DOE applied the small
business size standards published by the Small Business Administration
(``SBA'') to determine whether a company is considered a small
business. The size standards are codified at 13 CFR part 201. To be
categorized as a small business under the North American Industry
Classification System (``NAICS'') code 333914, ``Measuring, Dispensing,
and Other Pumping Equipment Manufacturing,'' a circulator pump
manufacturer and its affiliates may employ a maximum of 750 employees.
The 750-employee threshold includes all employees in a business's
parent company and any other subsidiaries. Based on this
classification, DOE identified three small businesses that manufacture
circulator pumps in the United States. DOE estimates one of the small
businesses does not manufacture any circulator pump models that would
meet the adopted standards. The other two small businesses both offer
circulator pumps that would meet the adopted standards. The first small
business is estimated to redesign 32 basic models at a cost of
approximately $50.1 million, which corresponds to approximately 7.9
percent of that small business's annual revenue over the 4-year
compliance period. The second small business is estimated to redesign 3
basic models at a cost of approximately $3.7 million, which corresponds
to approximately 11.6 percent of that small business's annual revenue
over the 4-year compliance period. The third small business is
estimated to redesign 1 basic model at a cost of approximately $1.5
million, which corresponds to approximately 18.3 percent of that small
business's annual revenue over the 4-year compliance period.
The small business subgroup analysis is discussed in more detail in
chapter 12 of the final rule TSD and in section VI.B of this document.
e. Cumulative Regulatory Burden
One aspect of assessing manufacturer burden involves looking at the
cumulative impact of multiple DOE standards and the regulatory actions
of other Federal agencies and States that affect the manufacturers of
covered equipment. While any one regulation may not impose a
significant burden on manufacturers, the combined effects of several
existing or impending regulations may have serious consequences for
some manufacturers, groups of manufacturers, or an entire industry.
Multiple regulations affecting the same manufacturer can strain profits
and lead companies to abandon equipment lines or markets with lower
expected future returns than competing equipment. For these reasons,
DOE conducts an analysis of cumulative regulatory burden as part of its
rulemakings pertaining to equipment efficiency.
DOE evaluates equipment-specific regulations that will take effect
approximately 3 years before or after the 2028 compliance date of any
energy conservation standards for circulator pumps.\82\ DOE is aware
that circulator pump manufacturers produce other equipment or products
including dedicated-purpose pool pumps \83\ and commercial and
industrial pumps.\84\ None of these products or equipment have proposed
or adopted energy conservation standards that require compliance within
3 years of the adopted energy conservation standards for circulator
pumps in this final rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\82\ Section 13(g)(2) of appendix A to 10 CFR part 430 subpart C
(``Process Rule'').
\83\ www.regulations.gov/docket/EERE-2022-BT-STD-0001.
\84\ www.regulations.gov/docket/EERE-2021-BT-STD-0018.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
HI and Xylem stated that the commercial and industrial pumps
rulemaking is ongoing and the impact of the commercial and industrial
pumps rulemaking will certainly require extensive resources from the
same manufacturers being affected by the circulator pumps rulemaking
during the same time horizon. (HI, No. 135 at p. 4; Xylem, No. 136 at
p. 5) The commercial and industrial pumps rulemaking is an ongoing
rulemaking that has not published a proposed rulemaking (i.e., NOPR) or
a final rule. DOE is unable to estimate the potential impact of
rulemakings that do not have proposed or adopted energy conservation
standards. However, DOE will consider the cumulative effect of this
circulator pumps rulemaking as part of the commercial and industrial
pumps rulemaking if DOE proposes or establishes standards for
commercial and industrial pumps in a future rulemaking.
Lastly, HI and Xylem commented that the electric motors rulemaking
\85\ will have a significant impact on the availability (style and
volume), and breadth of ECMs to support conversion, especially the CP2
and CP3 style circulator pumps. (Id.) DOE was unable to find any
circulator pump manufacturer that also manufactures electric motors
covered by that rulemaking. Additionally, the ECMs that are used in the
circulator pumps to meet the efficiency levels at EL 2 and above, are
not covered by that electric motors rulemaking.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\85\ 88 FR 36066 (Jun. 1, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. National Impact Analysis
This section presents DOE's estimates of the national energy
savings and the NPV of consumer benefits that would result from each of
the TSLs considered as potential new standards.
a. Significance of Energy Savings
To estimate the energy savings attributable to potential new
standards for circulator pumps, DOE compared their energy consumption
under the no-new-standards case to their anticipated energy consumption
under each TSL. The savings are measured over the entire lifetime of
equipment purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the year of
anticipated compliance with new standards (2028-2057). Table V.10
presents DOE's projections of the national energy savings for each TSL
considered for circulator pumps. The savings were calculated using the
approach described in section IV.H.2 of this document.
[[Page 44522]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.050
OMB Circular A-4 \86\ requires agencies to present analytical
results, including separate schedules of the monetized benefits and
costs that show the type and timing of benefits and costs. Circular A-4
also directs agencies to consider the variability of key elements
underlying the estimates of benefits and costs. For this rulemaking,
DOE undertook a sensitivity analysis using 9 years, rather than 30
years, of equipment shipments. The choice of a 9-year period is a proxy
for the timeline in EPCA for the review of certain energy conservation
standards and potential revision of and compliance with such revised
standards.\87\ The review timeframe established in EPCA is generally
not synchronized with the equipment lifetime, equipment manufacturing
cycles, or other factors specific to circulator pumps. Thus, such
results are presented for informational purposes only and are not
indicative of any change in DOE's analytical methodology. The NES
sensitivity analysis results based on a 9-year analytical period are
presented in Table V.11. The impacts are counted over the lifetime of
circulator pumps purchased in 2028-2036.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\86\ U.S. Office of Management and Budget. Circular A-4:
Regulatory Analysis. September 17, 2003. https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/legacy_drupal_files/omb/circulars/A4/a-4.pdf.
\87\ EPCA requires DOE to review its standards at least once
every 6 years, and requires, for certain equipment, a 3-year period
after any new standard is promulgated before compliance is required,
except that in no case may any new standards be required within 6
years of the compliance date of the previous standards. (42 U.S.C.
6295(m)) While adding a 6-year review to the 3-year compliance
period adds up to 9 years, DOE notes that it may undertake reviews
at any time within the 6-year period and that the 3-year compliance
date may yield to the 6-year backstop. A 9-year analysis period may
not be appropriate given the variability that occurs in the timing
of standards reviews and the fact that for some equipment, the
compliance period is 5 years rather than 3 years.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.051
b. Net Present Value of Consumer Costs and Benefits
DOE estimated the cumulative NPV of the total costs and savings for
consumers that would result from the TSLs considered for circulator
pumps. In accordance with OMB's guidelines on regulatory analysis,\88\
DOE calculated NPV using both a 7-percent and a 3-percent real discount
rate. Table V.12 shows the consumer NPV results with impacts counted
over the lifetime of equipment purchased in 2028-2057.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\88\ U.S. Office of Management and Budget. Circular A-4:
Regulatory Analysis. September 17, 2003. https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/legacy_drupal_files/omb/circulars/A4/a-4.pdf.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.052
The NPV results based on the aforementioned 9-year analytical
period are presented in Table V.13. The impacts are counted over the
lifetime of equipment purchased in 2028-2036. As mentioned previously,
such results are presented for informational purposes only and are not
indicative of any change in DOE's analytical methodology or decision
criteria.
[[Page 44523]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.053
c. Indirect Impacts on Employment
DOE estimates that new energy conservation standards for circulator
pumps will reduce energy expenditures for consumers of those equipment,
with the resulting net savings being redirected to other forms of
economic activity. These expected shifts in spending and economic
activity could affect the demand for labor. As described in section
IV.N of this document, DOE used an input/output model of the U.S.
economy to estimate indirect employment impacts of the TSLs that DOE
considered. There are uncertainties involved in projecting employment
impacts, especially changes in the later years of the analysis.
Therefore, DOE generated results for near-term timeframes (2028-2032),
where these uncertainties are reduced.
The results suggest that the adopted standards are likely to have a
negligible impact on the net demand for labor in the economy. The net
change in jobs is so small that it would be imperceptible in national
labor statistics and might be offset by other, unanticipated effects on
employment. Chapter 16 of the final rule TSD presents detailed results
regarding anticipated indirect employment impacts.
4. Impact on Utility or Performance of Equipment
As discussed in section III.G.1.d of this document, DOE has
concluded that the standards adopted in this final rule will not lessen
the utility or performance of the circulator pumps under consideration
in this rulemaking. Manufacturers of these equipment currently offer
units that meet or exceed the adopted standards.
5. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition
DOE considered any lessening of competition that would be likely to
result from new standards. As discussed in section III.G.1.e of this
document, EPCA directs the Attorney General of the United States
(``Attorney General'') to determine the impact, if any, of any
lessening of competition likely to result from a proposed standard and
to transmit such determination in writing to the Secretary within 60
days of the publication of a proposed rule, together with an analysis
of the nature and extent of the impact. To assist the Attorney General
in making this determination, DOE provided the Department of Justice
(``DOJ'') with copies of the NOPR and the TSD for review. In its
assessment letter responding to DOE, DOJ concluded that the proposed
energy conservation standards for circulator pumps are unlikely to have
a significant adverse impact on competition. DOE is publishing the
Attorney General's assessment at the end of this final rule.
6. Need of the Nation To Conserve Energy
Enhanced energy efficiency, where economically justified, improves
the Nation's energy security, strengthens the economy, and reduces the
environmental impacts (costs) of energy production. Reduced electricity
demand due to energy conservation standards is also likely to reduce
the cost of maintaining the reliability of the electricity system,
particularly during peak-load periods. Chapter 15 in the final rule TSD
presents the estimated impacts on electricity, for the TSLs that DOE
considered in this rulemaking.
Energy conservation resulting from potential energy conservation
standards for circulator pumps is expected to yield environmental
benefits in the form of reduced emissions of certain air pollutants and
greenhouse gases. Table V.14 provides DOE's estimate of cumulative
emissions reductions expected to result from the TSLs considered in
this rulemaking. The emissions were calculated using the multipliers
discussed in section IV.K of this document. DOE reports annual
emissions reductions for each TSL in chapter 13 of the final rule TSD.
[[Page 44524]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.054
As part of the analysis for this rule, DOE estimated monetary
benefits likely to result from the reduced emissions of CO2
that DOE estimated for each of the considered TSLs for circulator
pumps. Section IV.L of this document discusses the estimated SC-
CO2 values that DOE used. Table V.15 presents the value of
CO2 emissions reduction at each TSL for each of the SC-
CO2 cases. The time-series of annual values is presented for
the selected TSL in chapter 14 of the final rule TSD.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.055
As discussed in section IV.L.2 of this document, DOE estimated the
climate benefits likely to result from the reduced emissions of methane
and N2O that DOE estimated for each of the considered TSLs
for circulator pumps. Table V.16 presents the value of the
CH4 emissions reduction at each TSL, and Table V.17 presents
the value of the N2O emissions reduction at each TSL. The
time-series of annual values is presented for the selected TSL in
chapter 14 of the final rule TSD.
[[Page 44525]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.056
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.057
DOE is well aware that scientific and economic knowledge about the
contribution of CO2 and other GHG emissions to changes in
the future global climate and the potential resulting damages to the
global and U.S. economy continues to evolve rapidly. DOE, together with
other Federal agencies, will continue to review methodologies for
estimating the monetary value of reductions in CO2 and other
GHG emissions. This ongoing review will consider the comments on this
subject that are part of the public record for this and other
rulemakings, as well as other methodological assumptions and issues.
DOE notes, however, that the adopted standards would be economically
justified even without inclusion of monetized benefits of reduced GHG
emissions.
DOE also estimated the monetary value of the economic benefits
associated with NOX and SO2 emissions reductions
anticipated to result from the considered TSLs for circulator pumps.
The dollar-per-ton values that DOE used are discussed in section IV.L
of this document. Table V.18 presents the present value for
NOX emissions reduction for each TSL calculated using 7-
percent and 3-percent discount rates, and Table V.19 presents similar
results for SO2 emissions reductions. The results in these
tables reflect application of EPA's low dollar-per-ton values, which
DOE used to be conservative. The time-series of annual values is
presented for the selected TSL in chapter 14 of the final rule TSD.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.058
[[Page 44526]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.059
Not all the public health and environmental benefits from the
reduction of greenhouse gases, NOX, and SO2 are
captured in the values above, and additional unquantified benefits from
the reductions of those pollutants as well as from the reduction of
direct PM and other co-pollutants may be significant. DOE has not
included monetary benefits of the reduction of Hg emissions because the
amount of reduction is very small.
7. Other Factors
The Secretary of Energy, in determining whether a standard is
economically justified, may consider any other factors that the
Secretary deems to be relevant. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VII)) No
other factors were considered in this analysis.
8. Summary of Economic Impacts
Table V.20 presents the NPV values that result from adding the
estimates of the economic benefits resulting from reduced GHG and
NOX and SO2 emissions to the NPV of consumer
benefits calculated for each TSL considered in this rulemaking. The
consumer benefits are domestic U.S. monetary savings that occur as a
result of purchasing the covered equipment and are measured for the
lifetime of equipment shipped in 2028-2057. The climate benefits
associated with reduced GHG emissions resulting from the adopted
standards are global benefits and are also calculated based on the
lifetime of circulator pumps shipped in 2028-2057.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.060
C. Conclusion
When considering new energy conservation standards, the standards
that DOE adopts for any type (or class) of covered equipment must be
designed to achieve the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that
the Secretary determines is technologically feasible and economically
justified. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A)) In determining
whether a standard is economically justified, the Secretary must
determine whether the benefits of the standard exceed its burdens by,
to the greatest extent practicable, considering the seven statutory
factors discussed previously. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(i)) The new standard must also result in significant
conservation of energy. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B))
For this final rule, DOE considered the impacts of new standards
for circulator pumps at each TSL, beginning with the maximum
technologically feasible level, to determine whether that level was
economically justified. Where the max-tech level was not justified, DOE
then considered the next most efficient level and undertook the same
evaluation until it reached the highest efficiency level that is both
technologically feasible and economically justified and saves a
significant amount of energy.
To aid the reader as DOE discusses the benefits and/or burdens of
each TSL, tables in this section present a summary of the results of
DOE's quantitative analysis for each TSL. In addition to the
quantitative results presented in the tables, DOE also considers other
burdens and benefits that affect economic justification. These include
the impacts on identifiable subgroups of consumers who may be
disproportionately affected by a national standard and impacts on
employment.
1. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs Considered for Circulator Pump
Standards
Table V.21 and Table V.22 summarize the quantitative impacts
estimated for each TSL for circulator pumps. The national impacts are
measured over the lifetime of circulator pumps purchased
[[Page 44527]]
in the 30-year period that begins in the anticipated year of compliance
with new standards (2028-2057). The energy savings, emissions
reductions, and value of emissions reductions refer to full-fuel-cycle
results. DOE is presenting monetized benefits of GHG emissions
reductions in accordance with the applicable Executive orders and DOE
would reach the same conclusion presented in this notice in the absence
of the social cost of greenhouse gases, including the Interim Estimates
presented by the Interagency Working Group. The efficiency levels
contained in each TSL are described in section V.A of this document.
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.061
[[Page 44528]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.062
BILLING CODE 6450-01-C
DOE first considered TSL 4, which represents the max-tech
efficiency levels. TSL 4 would save an estimated 1.19 quads of energy,
an amount DOE considers significant. Under TSL 4, the NPV of consumer
benefit would be $1.17 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent, and
$3.57 billion using a discount rate of 3 percent.
The cumulative emissions reductions at TSL 4 are 21.73 Mt of
CO2, 40.4 thousand tons of SO2, 6.29 thousand
tons of NOX, 0.04 tons of Hg, 182.7 thousand tons of
CH4, and 0.20 thousand tons of N2O. The estimated
monetary value of the climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions
(associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate) at
TSL 4 is $1.25 billion. The estimated monetary value of the health
benefits from reduced SO2 and NOX emissions at
TSL 4 is $1.07 billion using a 7-percent discount rate and $2.47
billion using a 3-percent discount rate.
Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs,
health benefits from reduced SO2 and NOX
emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits
from reduced GHG emissions, the estimated total NPV at TSL 4 is $3.5
billion. Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs,
the estimated total NPV at TSL 4 is $7.29 billion.
At TSL 4, the average LCC impact is a savings of $112.4. The simple
payback period is 4.6 years. The fraction of purchasers experiencing a
net LCC cost is 45.9 percent.
At TSL 4, the projected change in INPV ranges from a decrease of
$118.1 million to an increase of $32.4 million, which corresponds to a
decrease of 34.0 percent and an increase of 9.3 percent, respectively.
DOE estimates that industry must invest $129.9 million to comply with
standards set at TSL 4. This investment is primarily driven by
converting all existing equipment to include differential-temperature
based controls and the associated product conversion costs that would
be needed to support such a transition. DOE estimates that
approximately 2 percent of circulator pump shipments would meet the
efficiency levels analyzed at TSL 4 in the no-new-standards case.
The Secretary concludes that at TSL 4 for circulator pump, the
benefits of energy savings, positive NPV of consumer benefits, emission
reductions, and the estimated monetary value of the emissions
reductions would be outweighed by the economic burden on many
consumers, and the impacts on manufacturers, including the large
conversion costs, profit margin impacts that could result in a large
reduction in INPV, and the lack of manufacturers currently offering
products meeting the efficiency levels required at this TSL, including
small businesses. Almost a majority of circulator pump customers (45.9
percent) would experience a net cost and manufacturers would have to
significantly ramp up production of more efficient models since only 2
percent of shipments currently meet the efficiency levels at TSL 4.
Consequently, the Secretary has concluded that TSL 4 is not
economically justified.
DOE then considered TSL 3, which represents EL 3 for all circulator
pumps, and would require automatic proportional pressure controls to be
added to the circulator pump. TSL 3 would save an estimated 1.02 quads
of energy, an amount DOE considers significant. Under TSL 3, the NPV of
consumer benefit would be $1.11 billion using a discount rate of 7
percent, and $3.25 billion using a discount rate of 3 percent.
The cumulative emissions reductions at TSL 3 are 18.56 Mt of
CO2, 5.39 thousand tons of SO2, 34.5 thousand
tons of NOX, 0.04 tons of Hg, 155.86 thousand tons of
CH4, and 0.18 thousand tons of N2O. The estimated
monetary value of the climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions
(associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate) at
TSL 3 is $1.07 billion. The estimated monetary value of the health
benefits from reduced SO2 and NOX emissions at
TSL 3 is $0.92 billion using a 7-percent discount rate and $2.11
billion using a 3-percent discount rate.
Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs,
health benefits from reduced SO2 and NOX
emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits
from reduced GHG emissions, the estimated total NPV at TSL 3 is $3.10
billion. Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs,
the estimated total NPV at TSL 3 is $6.44 billion.
At TSL 3, the average LCC impact is a savings of $117.4. The simple
payback period is 4.5 years. The fraction of consumers experiencing a
net LCC cost is 42.7 percent.
At TSL 3, the projected change in INPV ranges from a decrease of
$100.1 million to an increase of $15.2 million, which corresponds to a
decrease of 28.8 percent and an increase of 4.4 percent, respectively.
DOE estimates that industry must invest $116.2 million to comply with
standards set at TSL 3. DOE estimates that approximately 20 percent of
circulator pump shipments will meet or exceed the efficiency levels
analyzed at TSL 3 in the no-new-standards case.
DOE also notes that the estimated energy and economic savings from
TSL 3 are highly dependent on the end-use systems in which the
circulator pumps
[[Page 44529]]
are installed (e.g., hydronic heating or water heating applications).
Circulator pumps are typically added to systems when installed in the
field and can be replaced separately than the end-use appliance in
which they are paired. Depending on the type of controls that the end-
use appliance contains, the circulator pumps may not see the field
savings benefits from the technologies incorporated in TSL 3 because
the end-use system cannot accommodate full variable-speed operation. In
particular, some systems will not achieve any additional savings from
differential pressure controls as compared to a single speed ECM with
no controls (i.e., TSL 2). As discussed earlier in this document, to
evaluate the effect of a varying fraction of circulator pumps
benefitting from controls, DOE conducted a sensitivity in the LCC
analysis. The results of this sensitivity analysis showed that the
fraction of purchasers experiencing a net cost at EL 3 and EL 4 would
linearly increase from 42.7% to 60.7% and 45.9% to 74.8%, respectively,
when the fraction of purchasers who do benefit from controls in the
field varies from 100% to 0%. While the analysis includes the best
available assumptions on the distribution of system curves and single-
zone versus multi-zone applications, variation in those assumptions
could have a large impact on savings potential and resulting economics
providing uncertainty in the savings associated with TSL 3.
The Secretary concludes that at TSL 3 for circulator pump, the
benefits of energy savings, positive NPV of consumer benefits, emission
reductions, and the estimated monetary value of the emissions
reductions would be outweighed by the economic burden on many
consumers, and the impacts on manufacturers, including the large
conversion costs, profit margin impacts that could result in a large
reduction in INPV, and the lack of manufacturers currently offering
products meeting the efficiency levels required at this TSL, including
small businesses. Almost a majority of circulator pump customers (42.7
percent) would experience a net cost and manufacturers would have to
significantly ramp up production of more efficient models since only 2
percent of shipments currently meet TSL 3 efficiency levels. In
addition, the Secretary is also concerned about the uncertainty
regarding the potential energy savings as compared to the field savings
due to the lack of end-use appliances being able to respond to
differential pressure controls from the circulator pump. Consequently,
the Secretary has concluded that TSL 3 is not economically justified.
DOE then considered TSL 2, which represents efficiency level 2 for
circulator pumps. TSL 2 would save an estimated 0.55 quads of energy,
an amount DOE considers significant. Under TSL 2, the NPV of consumer
benefit would be $0.95 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent, and
$2.34 billion using a discount rate of 3 percent.
The cumulative emissions reductions at TSL 2 are 10.04 Mt of
CO2, 2.95 thousand tons of SO2, 18.65 thousand
tons of NOX, 0.02 tons of Hg, 83.84 thousand tons of
CH4, and 0.10 thousand tons of N2O. The estimated
monetary value of the climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions
(associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate) at
TSL 2 is $0.59 billion. The estimated monetary value of the health
benefits from reduced SO2 and NOX emissions at
TSL 2 is $0.51 billion using a 7-percent discount rate and $1.16
billion using a 3-percent discount rate.
Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs,
health benefits from reduced SO2 and NOX
emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits
from reduced GHG emissions, the estimated total NPV at TSL 2 is $2.05
billion. Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs,
the estimated total NPV at TSL 2 is $4.09 billion.
At TSL 2, the average LCC impact is a savings of $110.9. The simple
payback period is 3.3 years. The fraction of consumers experiencing a
net LCC cost is 28.0 percent.
At TSL 2, the projected change in INPV ranges from a decrease of
$69.2 million to an increase of $11.1 million, which corresponds to a
decrease of 19.9 percent and to an increase of 3.2 percent,
respectively. DOE estimates that industry must invest $81.2 million to
comply with standards set at TSL 2. DOE estimates that approximately 37
percent of circulator pump shipments would meet the efficiency levels
analyzed at TSL 2. At TSL 2, most manufacturers have current circulator
pump offerings at this level.
Standards set at TSL 2 essentially guarantees energy savings in all
applications currently served by an induction motor, as the savings
accrue from motor efficiency alone rather than from a particular
control strategy that must be properly matched to the system in the
field. In comparison, TSL 3 and 4 include an ECM as in TSL 2, but TSL 3
and 4 also include the associated variable speed controls that must be
properly matched in the field. TSL 2 also allows and encourages uptake
of circulators with controls, as manufacturers may choose to prioritize
variable speed ECM as opposed to single speed ECM. This could increase
the potential savings from TSL 2 from those captured in the analysis,
while providing consumers and manufacturers with flexibility to select
the motor and/or control strategy most appropriate to their given
application.
After considering the analysis and weighing the benefits and
burdens, the Secretary has concluded that a standard set at TSL 2 for
circulator pumps would be economically justified. At this TSL, the
average LCC savings are positive. An estimated 28.0 percent \89\ of
circulator pump consumers experience a net cost. The FFC national
energy savings are significant and the NPV of consumer benefits is
positive using both a 3-percent and 7-percent discount rate. Notably,
the benefits to consumers vastly outweigh the cost to manufacturers. At
TSL 2, the NPV of consumer benefits, even measured at the more
conservative discount rate of 7 percent is over 13 times higher than
the maximum estimated manufacturers' loss in INPV. The standard levels
at TSL 2 are economically justified even without weighing the estimated
monetary value of emissions reductions. When those emissions reductions
are included--representing $0.59 billion in climate benefits
(associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate), and
$1.16 billion (using a 3-percent discount rate) or $0.51 billion (using
a 7-percent discount rate) in health benefits--the rationale becomes
stronger still.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\89\ While there are various factors that may lead to certain
consumers experiencing a net cost (e.g., high discount rates, lower
equipment lifetimes, or a combination thereof), typically consumers
who use their equipment for lower operating hours compared to the
rest of the sample are generally less likely to recoup the purchase
price of the equipment through operating cost savings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As stated, DOE conducts the walk-down analysis to determine the TSL
that represents the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is
technologically feasible and economically justified as required under
EPCA. The walk-down is not a comparative analysis, as a comparative
analysis would result in the maximization of net benefits instead of
energy savings that are technologically feasible and economically
justified, which would be contrary to the statute. 86 FR 70892, 70908.
Although DOE has not conducted a comparative analysis to select the new
energy conservation standards, DOE notes that despite the average
consumer LCC savings being
[[Page 44530]]
similar between TSL 2 ($110.9), TSL 3 ($117.4) and TSL 4 ($112.4), TSL
2 has a much lower fraction of consumers who experience a net cost
(28.0%) than TSL 3 (42.7%) and TSL 4 (45.9%). In terms of industry
investment to comply with each standard level, TSL 2 ($81.2 million)
has considerably lower impact than TSL 3 ($116.2 million) and TSL 4
($129.9 million).
Therefore, based on the previous considerations, DOE adopts the
energy conservation standards for circulator pumps at TSL 2. The new
energy conservation standards for circulator pumps, which are expressed
as CEI, are shown in Table V.23.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.063
2. Annualized Benefits and Costs of the Adopted Standards
The benefits and costs of the adopted standards can also be
expressed in terms of annualized values. The annualized net benefit is
(1) the annualized national economic value (expressed in 2022$) of the
benefits from operating equipment that meet the adopted standards
(consisting primarily of operating cost savings from using less
energy), minus increases in equipment purchase costs, and (2) the
annualized monetary value of the climate and health benefits.
Table V.24 shows the annualized values for circulator pumps under
TSL 2, expressed in 2022$. The results under the primary estimate are
as follows.
Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs and
NOX and SO2 reductions, and the 3-percent
discount rate case for GHG social costs, the estimated cost of the
adopted standards for circulator pumps is $113.9 million per year in
increased equipment installed costs, while the estimated annual
benefits are $207.5 million from reduced equipment operating costs,
$32.7 million in GHG reductions (climate benefits), and $50.7 million
in health benefits from reduced NOX and SO2
emissions. In this case, the net benefit amounts to $177 million per
year.
Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs, the
estimated cost of the adopted standards for circulator pumps is $109.4
million per year in increased equipment costs, while the estimated
annual benefits are $239.7 million in reduced operating costs, $32.7
million from GHG reductions, and $64.7 million from reduced
NOX and SO2 emissions. In this case, the net
benefit amounts to $227.7 million per year.
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P
[[Page 44531]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.064
BILLING CODE 6450-01-C
[[Page 44532]]
VI. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review
A. Review Under Executive Orders 12866, 13563, and 14094
Executive Order (``E.O.'') 12866, ``Regulatory Planning and
Review,'' as supplemented and reaffirmed by E.O. 13563, ``Improving
Regulation and Regulatory Review,'' 76 FR 3821 (Jan. 21, 2011) and
amended by E.O. 14094, ``Modernizing Regulatory Review,'' 88 FR 21879
(April 11, 2023), requires agencies, to the extent permitted by law, to
(1) propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination
that its benefits justify its costs (recognizing that some benefits and
costs are difficult to quantify); (2) tailor regulations to impose the
least burden on society, consistent with obtaining regulatory
objectives, taking into account, among other things, and to the extent
practicable, the costs of cumulative regulations; (3) select, in
choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, those approaches that
maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental,
public health and safety, and other advantages; distributive impacts;
and equity); (4) to the extent feasible, specify performance
objectives, rather than specifying the behavior or manner of compliance
that regulated entities must adopt; and (5) identify and assess
available alternatives to direct regulation, including providing
economic incentives to encourage the desired behavior, such as user
fees or marketable permits, or providing information upon which choices
can be made by the public. DOE emphasizes as well that E.O. 13563
requires agencies to use the best available techniques to quantify
anticipated present and future benefits and costs as accurately as
possible. In its guidance, the Office of Information and Regulatory
Affairs (``OIRA'') in the Office of Management and Budget (``OMB'') has
emphasized that such techniques may include identifying changing future
compliance costs that might result from technological innovation or
anticipated behavioral changes. For the reasons stated in the preamble,
this final regulatory action is consistent with these principles.
Section 6(a) of E.O. 12866 also requires agencies to submit
``significant regulatory actions'' to OIRA for review. OIRA has
determined that this final regulatory action constitutes a
``significant regulatory action'' within the scope of section 3(f)(1)
of E.O. 12866., as amended by E.O. 14094. Accordingly, pursuant to
section 6(a)(3)(C) of E.O. 12866, DOE has provided to OIRA an
assessment, including the underlying analysis, of benefits and costs
anticipated from the final regulatory action, together with, to the
extent feasible, a quantification of those costs; and an assessment,
including the underlying analysis, of costs and benefits of potentially
effective and reasonably feasible alternatives to the planned
regulation, and an explanation why the planned regulatory action is
preferable to the identified potential alternatives. These assessments
are summarized in this preamble and further detail can be found in the
technical support document for this rulemaking.
B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.) requires
preparation of an initial regulatory flexibility analysis (``IRFA'')
and a final regulatory flexibility analysis (``FRFA'') for any rule
that by law must be proposed for public comment, unless the agency
certifies that the rule, if promulgated, will not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. As required
by E.O. 13272, ``Proper Consideration of Small Entities in Agency
Rulemaking,'' 67 FR 53461 (Aug. 16, 2002), DOE published procedures and
policies on February 19, 2003, to ensure that the potential impacts of
its rules on small entities are properly considered during the
rulemaking process. 68 FR 7990. DOE has made its procedures and
policies available on the Office of the General Counsel's website
(energy.gov/gc/office-general-counsel). DOE has prepared the following
FRFA for the equipment that is the subject of this rulemaking.
For manufacturers of circulator pumps, the SBA has set a size
threshold, which defines those entities classified as ``small
businesses'' for the purposes of the statute. DOE used the SBA's small
business size standards to determine whether any small entities would
be subject to the requirements of the rule. (See 13 CFR part 121.) The
size standards are listed by NAICS code and industry description and
are available at www.sba.gov/document/support-table-size-standards.
Manufacturing of circulator pumps is classified under NAICS 333914,
``Measuring, Dispensing, and Other Pumping Equipment Manufacturing.''
The SBA sets a threshold of 750 employees or fewer for an entity to be
considered as a small business for this category.
1. Need for, and Objectives of, Rule
The January 2016 TP Final Rule and the January 2016 ECS Final Rule
implemented the recommendations of the CIPWG established through the
ASRAC to negotiate standards and a test procedure for general pumps.
(Docket No. EERE-2013-BT-NOC-0039) The CIPWG approved a term sheet
containing recommendations to DOE on appropriate standard levels for
general pumps, as well as recommendations addressing issues related to
the metric and test procedure for general pumps (``CIPWG
recommendations''). (Docket No. EERE-2013-BT-NOC-0039, No. 92)
Subsequently, ASRAC approved the CIPWG recommendations. The CIPWG
recommendations included initiation of a separate rulemaking for
circulator pumps. (Docket No. EERE-2013-BT-NOC-0039, No. 92,
Recommendation #5A at p. 2)
On February 3, 2016, DOE issued a notice of intent to establish the
Circulator Pumps Working Group to negotiate a NOPR for energy
conservation standards for circulator pumps; to negotiate, if possible,
Federal standards and a test procedure for circulator pumps; and to
announce the first public meeting. 81 FR 5658. The CPWG met to address
potential energy conservation standards for circulator pumps. Those
meetings began on November 3-4, 2016, and concluded on November 30,
2016, with approval of a term sheet (``November 2016 CPWG
Recommendations'') containing CPWG recommendations related to energy
conservation standards, applicable test procedure, and labeling and
certification requirements for circulator pumps. (Docket No. EERE-2016-
BT-STD-0004, No. 98) As such, DOE has undertaken this rulemaking to
consider establishing energy conservation standards for circulator
pumps.
2. Significant Issues Raised by Public Comments in Response to the IRFA
HI commented that while they do not have any specific small
business data to provide, the 2-year compliance lead time will be very
difficult for small businesses to comply with, which may cause these
small businesses to exit the market. As discussed in section III.H of
this document, DOE is establishing a 4-year compliance date for energy
conservation standards for circulator pumps. DOE interprets HI's
comment regarding the impacts to small businesses will be mitigated if
a 4-year compliance date is adopted.
3. Description and Estimated Number of Small Entities Affected
As previously described, DOE used SBA's definition of a small
business to identify any circulator pump small business manufacturers.
DOE used
[[Page 44533]]
publicly available information to identify small businesses that
manufacture circulator pumps covered in this rulemaking. DOE identified
ten companies that are manufacturers of circulator pumps covered by
this rulemaking. DOE screened out companies that do not meet the
definition of a ``small business,'' are foreign-owned and operated, or
do not manufacture circulator pumps in the United States. DOE
identified three small businesses that manufacture circulator pumps in
the United States using subscription-based business information tools
to determine the number of employees and revenue of these small
businesses.
4. Description of Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance
Requirements
This final rule establishes energy conservation standards for
circulator pumps. To determine the impact on the small business
manufacturers, DOE estimated the product conversion costs and capital
conversion costs that all circulator pump manufacturers would incur.
DOE additionally estimated the product and capital conversion costs
that the three identified small business manufacturers would incur.
Product conversion costs are investments in research, development,
testing, marketing, and other non-capitalized costs necessary to make
equipment designs comply with energy conservation standards. Capital
conversion costs are one-time investments in plant, property, and
equipment made in response to standards.
DOE estimates there is one small business that does not have any
circulator pump models that would meet the adopted standards. The other
two businesses both offer circulator pumps that would meet the adopted
standards. DOE applied the conversion cost methodology described in
section IV.J.2.c of this document to arrive at its estimate of product
and capital conversion costs for the small business manufacturers. DOE
assumes that all circulator pump manufacturers, including small
business manufacturers, would spread conversion costs over the four-
year compliance timeframe, as manufacturers are required to comply with
standards four years after the publication of this final rule. Using
publicly available data, DOE estimated the average annual revenue for
each of the three small businesses, displayed in Table VI.1.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.066
Additionally, these manufacturers could choose to discontinue their
least efficient models and ramp up production of existing, compliant
models rather than redesign each of their non-compliant models.
Therefore, DOE's estimated conversion costs could overestimate the
actual conversion costs that these small businesses would incur.
5. Significant Alternatives Considered and Steps Taken To Minimize
Significant Economic Impacts on Small Entities
The discussion in the previous section analyzes impacts on small
businesses that would result from the adopted standards, represented by
TSL 2. In reviewing alternatives to the adopted standards, DOE examined
energy conservation standards set at lower efficiency levels. While TSL
1 would reduce the impacts on small business manufacturers, it would
come at the expense of a reduction in energy savings. TSL 1 achieves 80
percent lower energy savings and achieves 51 percent lower consumer net
benefits compared to the energy savings and consumer net benefits at
TSL 2.
Establishing standards at TSL 2 is the maximum improvement in
energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and that DOE has
determined in this final rule to be economically justified as
requirement by EPCA, including considering the potential burdens placed
on circulator pump manufacturers, including small business
manufacturers. Accordingly, DOE is not adopting one of the other TSLs
considered in the analysis, or the other policy alternatives examined
as part of the regulatory impact analysis and included in chapter 17 of
the final rule TSD.
Additional compliance flexibilities may be available through other
means. Manufacturers subject to DOE's energy efficiency standards may
apply to DOE's Office of Hearings and Appeals for exception relief
under certain circumstances. Manufacturers should refer to 10 CFR part
430, subpart E, and 10 CFR part 1003 for additional details.
C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act
Manufacturers of circulator pumps must certify to DOE that their
equipment complies with any applicable energy conservation standards.
In certifying compliance, manufacturers must test their equipment
according to the DOE test procedures for circulator pumps, including
any amendments adopted for those test procedures. DOE has established
regulations for the certification and recordkeeping requirements for
all covered consumer equipment and commercial equipment, including
circulator pumps. (See generally 10 CFR part 429). The collection-of-
information requirement for the certification and recordkeeping is
subject to review and approval by OMB under the Paperwork Reduction Act
(``PRA''). This requirement has been approved by OMB under OMB control
number 1910-1400. Public reporting burden for the certification is
estimated to average 35 hours per response, including the time for
reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and
maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the
collection of information.
Certification data will be required for circulator pumps; however,
DOE is not adopting certification or reporting requirements for
circulator pumps in this final rule. Instead, DOE may consider
proposals to establish certification requirements and reporting for
circulator pumps under a separate rulemaking regarding appliance and
equipment certification. DOE will address changes to OMB Control
[[Page 44534]]
Number 1910-1400 at that time, as necessary.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the law, no person is
required to respond to, nor shall any person be subject to a penalty
for failure to comply with, a collection of information subject to the
requirements of the PRA, unless that collection of information displays
a currently valid OMB Control Number.
D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969
Pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969
(``NEPA''), DOE has analyzed this proposed action rule in accordance
with NEPA and DOE's NEPA implementing regulations (10 CFR part 1021).
DOE has determined that this rule qualifies for categorical exclusion
under 10 CFR part 1021, subpart D, appendix B5.1 because it is a
rulemaking that establishes energy conservation standards for consumer
equipment or industrial equipment, none of the exceptions identified in
B5.1(b) apply, no extraordinary circumstances exist that require
further environmental analysis, and it meets the requirements for
application of a categorical exclusion. (See 10 CFR 1021.410.)
Therefore, DOE has determined that promulgation of this rule is not a
major Federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human
environment within the meaning of NEPA, and does not require an
environmental assessment or an environmental impact statement.
E. Review Under Executive Order 13132
E.O. 13132, ``Federalism,'' 64 FR 43255 (Aug. 10, 1999), imposes
certain requirements on Federal agencies formulating and implementing
policies or regulations that preempt State law or that have federalism
implications. The Executive order requires agencies to examine the
constitutional and statutory authority supporting any action that would
limit the policymaking discretion of the States and to carefully assess
the necessity for such actions. The Executive order also requires
agencies to have an accountable process to ensure meaningful and timely
input by State and local officials in the development of regulatory
policies that have federalism implications. On March 14, 2000, DOE
published a statement of policy describing the intergovernmental
consultation process it will follow in the development of such
regulations. 65 FR 13735. DOE has examined this rule and has determined
that it would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on
the relationship between the national government and the States, or on
the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels
of government. EPCA governs and prescribes Federal preemption of State
regulations as to energy conservation for the equipment that are the
subject of this final rule. States can petition DOE for exemption from
such preemption to the extent, and based on criteria, set forth in
EPCA. See 42 U.S.C. 6316(a) and (b); 42 U.S.C. 6297) Therefore, no
further action is required by Executive Order 13132.
F. Review Under Executive Order 12988
With respect to the review of existing regulations and the
promulgation of new regulations, section 3(a) of E.O. 12988, ``Civil
Justice Reform,'' imposes on Federal agencies the general duty to
adhere to the following requirements: (1) eliminate drafting errors and
ambiguity, (2) write regulations to minimize litigation, (3) provide a
clear legal standard for affected conduct rather than a general
standard, and (4) promote simplification and burden reduction. 61 FR
4729 (Feb. 7, 1996). Regarding the review required by section 3(a),
section 3(b) of E.O. 12988 specifically requires that Executive
agencies make every reasonable effort to ensure that the regulation (1)
clearly specifies the preemptive effect, if any, (2) clearly specifies
any effect on existing Federal law or regulation, (3) provides a clear
legal standard for affected conduct while promoting simplification and
burden reduction, (4) specifies the retroactive effect, if any, (5)
adequately defines key terms, and (6) addresses other important issues
affecting clarity and general draftsmanship under any guidelines issued
by the Attorney General. Section 3(c) of E.O. 12988 requires Executive
agencies to review regulations in light of applicable standards in
section 3(a) and section 3(b) to determine whether they are met or it
is unreasonable to meet one or more of them. DOE has completed the
required review and determined that, to the extent permitted by law,
this final rule meets the relevant standards of E.O. 12988.
G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (``UMRA'')
requires each Federal agency to assess the effects of Federal
regulatory actions on State, local, and Tribal governments and the
private sector. Public Law 104-4, sec. 201 (codified at 2 U.S.C. 1531).
For a regulatory action likely to result in a rule that may cause the
expenditure by State, local, and Tribal governments, in the aggregate,
or by the private sector of $100 million or more in any one year
(adjusted annually for inflation), section 202 of UMRA requires a
Federal agency to publish a written statement that estimates the
resulting costs, benefits, and other effects on the national economy.
(2 U.S.C. 1532(a), (b)) The UMRA also requires a Federal agency to
develop an effective process to permit timely input by elected officers
of State, local, and Tribal governments on a ``significant
intergovernmental mandate,'' and requires an agency plan for giving
notice and opportunity for timely input to potentially affected small
governments before establishing any requirements that might
significantly or uniquely affect them. On March 18, 1997, DOE published
a statement of policy on its process for intergovernmental consultation
under UMRA. 62 FR 12820. DOE's policy statement is also available at
energy.gov/sites/prod/files/gcprod/documents/umra_97.pdf.
DOE has concluded that this final rule may require expenditures of
$100 million or more in any one year by the private sector. Such
expenditures may include (1) investment in research and development and
in capital expenditures by circulator pumps manufacturers in the years
between the final rule and the compliance date for the new standards
and (2) incremental additional expenditures by consumers to purchase
higher-efficiency circulator pumps, starting at the compliance date for
the applicable standard.
Section 202 of UMRA authorizes a Federal agency to respond to the
content requirements of UMRA in any other statement or analysis that
accompanies the final rule. (2 I.C. 1532(c)) The content requirements
of section 202(b) of UMRA relevant to a private sector mandate
substantially overlap the economic analysis requirements that apply
under section 325(o) of EPCA and Executive Order 12866. The
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section of this document and the TSD for this
final rule respond to those requirements.
Under section 205 of UMRA, DOE is obligated to identify and
consider a reasonable number of regulatory alternatives before
promulgating a rule for which a written statement under section 202 is
required. (2 U.S.C. 1535(a)) DOE is required to select from those
alternatives the most cost-effective and least burdensome alternative
that achieves the objectives of the rule unless DOE publishes an
explanation for doing otherwise, or the selection of such an
alternative is inconsistent with law. As required by 42 U.S.C. 6295(m),
this final rule establishes new energy conservation standards for
circulator pumps that are designed to achieve the
[[Page 44535]]
maximum improvement in energy efficiency that DOE has determined to be
both technologically feasible and economically justified, as required
by 6295(o)(2)(A) and 6295(o)(3)(B). A full discussion of the
alternatives considered by DOE is presented in chapter [17] of the TSD
for this final rule.
H. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act,
1999
Section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations
Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105-277) requires Federal agencies to issue a Family
Policymaking Assessment for any rule that may affect family well-being.
This rule would not have any impact on the autonomy or integrity of the
family as an institution. Accordingly, DOE has concluded that it is not
necessary to prepare a Family Policymaking Assessment.
I. Review Under Executive Order 12630
Pursuant to E.O. 12630, ``Governmental Actions and Interference
with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights,'' 53 FR 8859 (March
18, 1988), DOE has determined that this rule would not result in any
takings that might require compensation under the Fifth Amendment to
the U.S. Constitution.
J. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act,
2001
Section 515 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations
Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516, note) provides for Federal agencies to
review most disseminations of information to the public under
information quality guidelines established by each agency pursuant to
general guidelines issued by OMB. OMB's guidelines were published at 67
FR 8452 (Feb. 22, 2002), and DOE's guidelines were published at 67 FR
62446 (Oct. 7, 2002). Pursuant to OMB Memorandum M-19-15, Improving
Implementation of the Information Quality Act (April 24, 2019), DOE
published updated guidelines which are available at www.energy.gov/sites/prod/files/2019/12/f70/DOE%20Final%20Updated%20IQA%20Guidelines%20Dec%202019.pdf. DOE has
reviewed this final rule under the OMB and DOE guidelines and has
concluded that it is consistent with applicable policies in those
guidelines.
K. Review Under Executive Order 13211
E.O. 13211, ``Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly
Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use,'' 66 FR 28355 (May 22,
2001), requires Federal agencies to prepare and submit to OIRA at OMB,
a Statement of Energy Effects for any significant energy action. A
``significant energy action'' is defined as any action by an agency
that promulgates or is expected to lead to promulgation of a final
rule, and that (1) is a significant regulatory action under Executive
Order 12866, or any successor order; and (2) is likely to have a
significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of
energy, or (3) is designated by the Administrator of OIRA as a
significant energy action. For any significant energy action, the
agency must give a detailed statement of any adverse effects on energy
supply, distribution, or use should the proposal be implemented, and of
reasonable alternatives to the action and their expected benefits on
energy supply, distribution, and use.
DOE has concluded that this regulatory action, which sets forth new
energy conservation standards for circulator pumps, is not a
significant energy action because the standards are not likely to have
a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of
energy, nor has it been designated as such by the Administrator at
OIRA. Accordingly, DOE has not prepared a Statement of Energy Effects
on this final rule.
L. Information Quality
On December 16, 2004, OMB, in consultation with the Office of
Science and Technology Policy (``OSTP''), issued its Final Information
Quality Bulletin for Peer Review (``the Bulletin''). 70 FR 2664 (Jan.
14, 2005). The Bulletin establishes that certain scientific information
shall be peer reviewed by qualified specialists before it is
disseminated by the Federal Government, including influential
scientific information related to agency regulatory actions. The
purpose of the Bulletin is to enhance the quality and credibility of
the Government's scientific information. Under the Bulletin, the energy
conservation standards rulemaking analyses are ``influential scientific
information,'' which the Bulletin defines as ``scientific information
the agency reasonably can determine will have, or does have, a clear
and substantial impact on important public policies or private sector
decisions.'' 70 FR 2664, 2667.
In response to OMB's Bulletin, DOE conducted formal peer reviews of
the energy conservation standards development process and the analyses
that are typically used and prepared a report describing that peer
review.\90\ Generation of this report involved a rigorous, formal, and
documented evaluation using objective criteria and qualified and
independent reviewers to make a judgment as to the technical/
scientific/business merit, the actual or anticipated results, and the
productivity and management effectiveness of programs and/or projects.
Because available data, models, and technological understanding have
changed since 2007, DOE has engaged with the National Academy of
Sciences to review DOE's analytical methodologies to ascertain whether
modifications are needed to improve DOE's analyses. DOE is in the
process of evaluating the resulting report.\91\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\90\ The 2007 ``Energy Conservation Standards Rulemaking Peer
Review Report'' is available at the following website: energy.gov/eere/buildings/downloads/energy-conservation-standards-rulemaking-peer-review-report-0 (last accessed September 19, 2023).
\91\ The report is available at www.nationalacademies.org/our-work/review-of-methods-for-setting-building-and-equipment-performance-standards.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
M. Congressional Notification
As required by 5 U.S.C. 801, DOE will report to Congress on the
promulgation of this rule prior to its effective date. Pursuant to
Subtitle E of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of
1996 (also known as the Congressional Review Act), the Office of
Information and Regulatory Affairs has determined that this rule meets
the criteria set forth in 5 U.S.C. 804(2).
VII. Approval of the Office of the Secretary
The Secretary of Energy has approved publication of this final
rule.
List of Subjects in 10 CFR Part 431
Administrative practice and procedure, Confidential business
information, Energy conservation, Incorporation by reference, Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements.
Signing Authority
This document of the Department of Energy was signed on April 9,
2024, by Jeffrey Marootian, Principal Deputy Assistant Secretary for
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, pursuant to delegated authority
from the Secretary of Energy. That document with the original signature
and date is maintained by DOE. For administrative purposes only, and in
compliance with requirements of the Office of the Federal Register, the
undersigned DOE Federal Register Liaison Officer has been authorized to
sign and submit the document in electronic format for
[[Page 44536]]
publication, as an official document of the Department of Energy. This
administrative process in no way alters the legal effect of this
document upon publication in the Federal Register.
Signed in Washington, DC, on April 10, 2024.
Treena V. Garrett,
Federal Register Liaison Officer,U.S. Department of Energy.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, DOE amends part 431 of
chapter II, subchapter D, of title 10 of the Code of Federal
Regulations as set forth below:
PART 431--ENERGY EFFICIENCY PROGRAM FOR CERTAIN COMMERCIAL AND
INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT
0
1. The authority citation for part 431 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6291-6317; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note.
0
2. Amend Sec. 431.465 by revising the section heading and adding
paragraph (i) to read as follows:
Sec. 431.465 Circulator pumps energy conservation standards and their
compliance dates.
* * * * *
(i) Each circulator pump that is manufactured starting on May 22,
2028 and that meets the criteria in paragraphs (i)(1) through (i)(2) of
this section must have a circulator energy index (``CEI'') rating (as
determined in accordance with the test procedure in Sec.
431.464(c)(2)) of not more than 1.00 using the instructions in
paragraph (i)(3) of this section and with a control mode as specified
in paragraph (i)(4) of this section:
(1) Is a clean water pump as defined in Sec. 431.462.
(2) Is not a submersible pump or a header pump, each as defined in
Sec. 431.462.
(3) The relationships in this paragraph (i)(3) are necessary to
calculate maximum CEI.
(i) Calculate CEI according to the following equation:
Equation 1 to Paragraph (i)(3)(i)
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.067
Where:
CEI = the circulator energy index (dimensionless);
CER = the circulator energy rating (hp), determined in accordance
with section 6 of appendix D to subpart Y of part 431; and
CERSTD = the CER for a circulator pump that is minimally
compliant with DOE's energy conservation standards with the same
hydraulic horsepower as the rated pump (hp), determined in
accordance with paragraph (i)(3)(ii) of this section.
(ii) Calculate CERSTD according to the following
equation:
Equation 2 to Paragraph (i)(3)(ii)
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.068
Where:
CERSTD = the CER for a circulator pump that is minimally
compliant with DOE's energy conservation standards with the same
hydraulic horsepower as the rated pump (hp);
i = the index variable of the summation notation used to express
CERSTD (dimensionless) as described in the table 3 to
paragraph (i)(3)(ii), in which i is expressed as a percentage of
circulator pump flow at best efficiency point, determined in
accordance with the test procedure in Sec. 431.464(c)(2);
[omega]i = the weighting factor (dimensionless) at each
corresponding test point, i, as described in table 3 to paragraph
(i)(3)(ii); and Piin,STD = the reference power
input to the circulator pump driver (hp) at test point i, calculated
using the equations and method specified in paragraph (i)(3)(iii) of
this section.
Table 3 to Paragraph (i)(3)(ii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corresponding
I (%) [omega]i
------------------------------------------------------------------------
25..................................................... .25
50..................................................... .25
75..................................................... .25
100.................................................... .25
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iii) Calculate Piin,STD according to the
following equation:
Equation 3 to Paragraph (i)(3)(iii)
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20MY24.069
Where:
Piin,STD = the reference power input to the
circulator pump driver at test point i (hp);
Pu,i = circulator pump basic model rated hydraulic
horsepower (hp) determined in accordance with 10 CFR
429.59(a)(2)(i);
[alpha]i = part-load efficiency factor (dimensionless) at
each test point i as described in table 4 to paragraph (i)(3)(iii);
and
[eta]WTW,100 = reference circulator pump wire-to-
water efficiency at best efficiency point (%) at the applicable
energy conservation standard level, as described in table 5 to
paragraph (i)(3)(iii) as a function of circulator pump basic model
rated hydraulic horsepower at 100% BEP flow,
Pu,100.
[[Page 44537]]
Table 4 to Paragraph (i)(3)(iii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corresponding
I (%) [alpha]i
------------------------------------------------------------------------
25..................................................... 0.4843
50..................................................... 0.7736
75..................................................... 0.9417
100.................................................... 1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 5 to Paragraph (i)(3)(iii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pu,100 [eta]WTW,100
------------------------------------------------------------------------
<1.............................. 10*ln(Pu,100 + 0.001141) +
67.78.
>=1............................. 67.79%.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(4) A circulator pump subject to energy conservation standards as
described in this paragraph (i) must achieve the maximum CEI as
described in paragraph (i)(3)(i) of this section and in accordance with
the test procedure in Sec. 431.464(c)(2) in the least consumptive
control mode in which it is capable of operating.
Note: The following letter will not appear in the Code of
Federal Regulations.
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
Antitrust Division
RFK Main Justice Building
950 Pennsylvania Avenue NW
Washington, DC 20530-0001
January 26, 2024
Ami Grace-Tardy
Assistant General Counsel
for Litigation, Regulation and Energy Efficiency
U.S. Department of Energy
Washington, DC 20585
Re: Energy Conservation Standards for Circulator Pumps
DOE Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004
Dear Assistant General Counsel Grace-Tardy:
I am responding to your November 28, 2023, letter seeking the views
of the Attorney General about the potential impact on competition of
energy conservation standards for circulator pumps.
Your request was submitted under Section 325(o)(2)(B)(i)(V) of the
Energy Policy and Conservation Act, as amended (ECPA), 42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(V), which requires the Attorney General to make a
determination of the impact of any lessening of competition that is
likely to result from the imposition of proposed energy conservation
standards. The Attorney General's responsibility for responding to
requests from other departments about the effect of a program on
competition has been delegated to the Assistant Attorney General for
the Antitrust Division in 28 CFRSec. 0.40(g). The Assistant Attorney
General for the Antitrust Division has authorized me, as the Policy
Director for the Antitrust Division, to provide the Antitrust
Division's views regarding the potential impact on competition of
proposed energy conservation standards on his behalf.
In conducting its analysis, the Antitrust Division examines whether
a potential amended standard may lessen competition, for example, by
substantially limiting consumer choice, by placing certain
manufacturers at an unjustified competitive disadvantage, or by
inducing avoidable inefficiencies in production or distribution of
particular products. A lessening of competition could result in higher
prices to manufacturers and consumers.
We have reviewed the proposed standards contained in the Notice of
proposed rulemaking and request for comment (87 FR 74850, December 6,
2022) and the related Technical Support Document. We have also reviewed
public comments and information discussed at the Working Group Meetings
held in November 29-30, 2016.
Based on this review, our conclusion is that the proposed energy
conservation standards for circulator pumps are unlikely to have a
significant impact on competition.
Sincerely,
David G.B. Lawrence,
Policy Director
[FR Doc. 2024-07873 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P